Forest Theater - Bid Specifications

Bids to be opened at 10:00 A.M.
on Monday, March 30, 2015

at City Hall on Monte Verde
Carmel-by-the-Sea, California
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
FOREST THEATER RENOVATION
For Use With

CalTrans Standard Specifications 2010
MEMBERS OF CITY COUNCIL

Jason Burnett - Mayor
Victoria Beach
Ken Talmage
Steve Dallas
Carrie Theis
Douglas J. Schmitz - City Administrator
March 2015
8346-14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Notice to Bidders ...........................................................................................................
Instructions to Bidders ..................................................................................................
Bid Proposal Form .........................................................................................................
Bidder's Checklist ..........................................................................................................
10
Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages ..............................................................
11
List of Subcontractors ....................................................................................................
13
Signature Pages for Bid Proposal ...................................................................................
10 & 14
Sample Bidders Bond ....................................................................................................
15
Attachments (to be Filed after Award) ............................................................................

Contract
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
17
Special Provisions ..........................................................................................................
29
Technical Specifications .................................................................................................
41
Appendix A:
Appendix B:
Hazardous Materials Survey & Testing Results; and Technical Specifications

for their removal, mitigation, disposal, etc.
Geotechnical Investigation and Report
(Not available at time of issuance of the Notice to Bidders. To be
distributed as a Bid Addendum during the bidding period).
CITY OF CARMEL-BY-THE-SEA,
CALIFORNIA
Project: Forest Theater Renovation
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Notice is hereby given that the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea will receive sealed bids at City Hall, located
on the east side of Monte Verde Street between Ocean and Seventh Avenues until 10:00 A.M. on Monday,
March 30, 2015, at which time bids will be opened for the Forest Theater Renovation project. Sealed bids shall
be submitted to the attention of the City Clerk.
This work consists primarily of renovating of an existing facility including; demolition of various
components; mitigation of hazardous building materials; site grading; new asphalt access road; new concrete
and asphalt pedestrian walkways - incorporating ramps, landings, stairs, handrails, etc.; structural
improvements; new light / sound towers; new electrical lighting; restrooms remodeling; masonry; painting; etc.
The Construction Allocation for this project is $1,200,000. No bid will be considered for award unless the
Bidder at the time of bid opening, is licensed with a valid Class "A" or B Contractor's License issued by the
State of California.
All bids must be submitted only on forms furnished by the City. Bid plans and specifications for this
project may be obtained as follows:
1. As of 8 AM Monday, March 2, 2015:
a. https://www.dropbox.com/sh/2lsipn1ii3m72lp/AACHLpglscvAL6QcyRmpeYbHa?dl=0
2. Approximate availability as of March 4, 2015:
a. Central Coast Builders Association
i. Salinas Office: 20 Quail Run Cir Ste A, Salinas, CA 93907, Phone 831.758.1624, Fax
831.758.6203. admin@ccbabuilds.com
ii. Monterey Office: 100 12th St #2861, Marina, CA 93933, Phone 831.883.3933
b. Builders Exchange of Santa Clara County
i. 400 Reed St., in Santa Clara, CA, info@bxscco.com, 408.727.4000
c. Bay Area Builders Exchange
i. San Leandro Location: 3055 Alvarado Street, San Leandro, CA 94577, Phone: (510)
483-8880, Fax: (510) 352-1509, E-Mail: info@bayareabx.com
ii. Concord Location: 2440 Stanwell Dr. Suite B, Concord CA, 94520, Tel.: 925-685-8630,
Fax. 925-685-3424
d. Central California Builders Exchange
i. 1244 North Mariposa Street, Fresno, CA 93703, (559) 237-1831
A non-mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at 10:00 AM, on Wednesday, March 11, 2015, in the
community room at Vista Lobos Park, located on Torres Street, east side of street, between 3rd Avenue and 4th
Avenue, Carmel-by-the-Sea, California. Prospective Bidders are encouraged to attend since City Staff will be
present to answer any questions regarding the plans and specifications; and following there will be an
inspection tour of the job site.
The Contractor shall have the right to substitute securities for any monies withheld by the City to insure
performance under the contract pursuant to Government Code Section 4590. All questions regarding plans
and specifications should be directed to Andy Vanderford, Project Manager, City of Carmel-by-the-Sea,
Public Works Department, 831-620-2078, Avandeford@ci.carmel.ca.us. Bidders shall use the supplied
Bid Question Form as found within the specifications. Bidders shall not contact the Architect.
Forest Theater
Bidders
Notice to
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any irregularities.
Each bid shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications adopted therefore, submitted on the
proposal forms furnished.
Bids shall be in accordance with the prevailing hourly rate of per diem wages for this locality and project
as determined by the State of California Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to California Labor Code
Section 1771, which prevailing hourly rate of wages is made a part of this Notice to Bidders by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
If the project requires the employment of workers in any apprenticeable craft or trade, once awarded,
the contractor of subcontractors must apply to the Joint Apprenticeship Council unless already covered by local
apprentice standards (California Labor Code Section 1777.5).
The Contractor shall submit with the proposal on the forms supplied, a list of the names and addresses
of each subcontractor and the portions of the work, which each subcontractor will do. If no such list is
submitted, it will be assumed that the contractor will do all the work herein specified.
BID DEPOSIT. Bidders must submit a Bid Deposit in the amount of TEN PERCENT (10%) of the Total
Net Bid Amount (or, in bids with Add Alternates, the highest possible combination of the Base Bid plus Add
Alternates) with their Bid Proposal. Such Bid Deposit shall be in the form of a certified or cashier's check, an
irrevocable letter of credit or a certificate of deposit payable to the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, or a bidder's
bond executed by a corporate surety, admitted by the California Insurance Commissioner to do business in
California, payable and acceptable to the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea. Such Deposit shall be retained by the City
of Carmel-by-the-Sea as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded all or part of the Contract, will within 10
working days from the date the Notice of Award is mailed to the Bidder, execute and return a Contract
furnished by the City. No Bid Deposits will be returned to Bidders until either a Contract has been executed for
all items awarded, or all bids have been rejected. Bid bonds will not be returned, except upon bidder's written
request.
Within ten (10) working days after award of the bid, Contractor must provide a Performance Bond to insure
performance under the contract pursuant to Government Code Section 4590, and a Material and Labor Bond.
The successful bidder and his sub-contractors must obtain a City of Carmel-by-the-Sea Business
License. Proof of valid Workers Compensation Insurance and General Liability and Property Insurance, with
limits as specified under the Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Section of this document, shall be
submitted to the City. The City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, its elected officials, agents, officers, and
employees shall be specifically named, by written endorsement to the Certificate of Insurance, as
additionally insureds for this project under such insurance policy and Contractor shall provide the
certification of such insurance for the term of this contract. The amount of such insurance shall be as
follows: One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in
aggregate. The Certificate of Insurance shall guarantee that the issuing company shall provide to the City of
Carmel-by-the-Sea no less than ten (10) days prior written notice of any cancellation of the Public Liability and
Property Damage Policy. All required documents, licenses and permits to include proof of all applicable
insurance coverages as required by the State of California or by the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea shall be placed
on file with the City Clerk before work shall commence and no later than ten (10) working days after award of
the bid.
Forest Theater
Bidders
Notice to
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
BID PROPOSALS WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR AWARD ONLY IF THE BIDDER HAS COMPLIED WITH
THE FOLLOWING:
1. Bid Proposals shall be submitted on the forms furnished by the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, with all
documents listed on the Bidder's Checklist, completely filled out, properly signed by the Bidder and
delivered, under sealed cover and plainly marked: Forest Theater Renovation. Attention: City
Clerk. The City Clerks Office is located within the Administration Offices within City of Carmel-bythe-Seas City Hall. City Hall is located on the east side of Monte Verde Street between Ocean and
Seventh Avenues. Bid Proposals will be received until 10:00 AM on Monday, March 30, 2015, at
which time bids will be publicly opened. Bids received at 10:00 AM or after will not be accepted.
The time within the City Hall Administration Office will be the official clock for documenting the time of
filing.
2. BID DEPOSIT
Bidders must submit a Bid Deposit in the amount of TEN PERCENT (10%) of the Total Net Bid
Amount (or, in bids with Add Alternates, the highest possible combination of the Base Bid plus Add
Alternates) with their Bid Proposal. Such Bid Deposit shall be in the form of a certified or cashier's
check, an irrevocable letter of credit or a certificate of deposit payable to the City of Carmel-by-theSea, or a bidder's bond executed by a corporate surety, admitted by the California Insurance
Commissioner to do business in California, payable and acceptable to the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea.
Such Deposit shall be retained by the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea as a guarantee that the Bidder, if
awarded all or part of the Contract, will within 10 working days from the date the Notice of Award is
mailed to the Bidder, execute and return a Contract furnished by the City. No Bid Deposits will be
returned to Bidders until either a Contract has been executed for all items awarded, or all bids have
been rejected. Bid bonds will not be returned, except upon bidder's written request.
3. PREVAILING WAGE
The work hereunder constitutes a public work as defined in Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the
California Labor Code, and Contractor shall cause the work to be performed as a public work in
accordance with such Chapter of the California Labor Code. The Contractor declares under penalty
of perjury that the Bid Proposal price is in accordance with the prevailing hourly rate of the per diem
wages for this locality (Area 2) pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.
4. VERIFICATION OF WORK
All dimensions and quantities noted on the Plans, exhibits, etc., are approximate. Before submitting a
Bid Proposal, Bidders should inspect the work site to verify the Work and the conditions under which
the Work will be performed. The submittal of a Bid Proposal shall be considered prima facie evidence
that the Bidder has reviewed the Plans and Specifications, job site and conditions; is fully aware of
the required Work and Work conditions and has included within the Bid Proposal the appropriate
amounts covering the cost of execution of the Work in accordance with such Plans and
Specifications, job site and conditions.
5. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The Prime Contractor shall include with the Bid Proposal the name and the location of the place of
business of each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Contractor in
or about the construction of the Work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of
California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of
the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications.
The Prime Contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each portion of work as is defined by the
prime contractor in his/her bid.
4
Subcontractor Information Detail (after bid opening). The three lowest bidders / prime contractors
shall submit to the City within one day after the bid opening Subcontractor Information Detail
concerning any subcontractor who the prime contractor is required to list. Subcontractor Detail shall
include the name, address, work to be performed, California State License No., License Expiration
Date, License Class, Name of Licensing Bonding Company, and Bond Number. The Prime
Contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each portion of work as is defined by the prime
contractor in his/her bid.
6. PRE-BID CONFERENCE
A pre-bid conference will be held at the time and place listed in the Notice to Bidders. Prospective
Bidders are encouraged to attend. City Staff will be present to answer any questions regarding the
plans and specifications, and following there will be an inspection tour of the job site.
7. QUESTIONS, CLARIFICATIONS AND CONCERNS
The Plans and Specifications describing this project have been carefully prepared. Any questions or
concerns relating to these Plans and Specifications shall be directed in writing to the Project
Manager of the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea (see cover page) and shall be sent by email to
Avanderford@ci.carmel.ca.us. A Bid Question form for this purpose has been included within these
Specifications.
Questions will be accepted only up to 5 working days prior to the bid opening date to allow the
City, if necessary, to issue an addendum to all bidders stating revisions, deletions, or additions to be
made to the Plans and/or Specifications as a result of any questions. If questions arise after the
deadline, please contact the Project Manager of the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, but the City will not
guarantee a response. The City will not be responsible for verbal responses made by parties other
than the Project Manager or her/his designee.
8. CONTACTS WITH CITY STAFF
Before an award is made, any contact with City staff, other than the Project Manager or his/her
designee(s), without prior written authorization is strictly prohibited and may render the Bidder nonresponsible.
9. CONSTRUCTION ALLOCATION
The Construction Allocation listed in the Notice to Bidders is given for informational purposes only.
This amount does not include other Project costs such as design, inspection, contingency and
Contract compliance and is not warranted to represent the Citys estimated cost of construction for
this Project.
10. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS
Where specific names are used in conjunction with materials, they are mentioned as standards, but
this implies no right upon the part of the Contractor to substitute other materials or methods without
permission of the Project Manager. The intent of the Plans and Specifications is not to eliminate
properly qualified entrants from competition, but to confine the bidding on the part of the Contractor to
those whose standing and qualifications are such that the Project Manager deems warranted in giving
them his/her approval. If manufacturers or brands are used or listed in conjunction with products,
equipment or materials in these Plans and Specifications without the words "or equal," equals are
allowed. Except in those instances where the product is designated as "No Substitution Allowed.
Where "or equal(s)" are allowed for any product, equipment or materials, they must meet all the
requirements of the Plans and Specifications to the satisfaction of the City, and must be in current
production. For all "or equal(s)" Contractor shall make submittals after the Notice to Proceed for
evaluation. If approval as an equal is denied by the City, Contractor shall provide one of the
manufacturers/brands listed in the Plans and/or Specifications without change in the Contract Price.
5
Where the Contractor has good and sufficient reason to suggest a substitution, he/she will within 14
days after the signing of the Contract, submit his/her request for substitution in writing and shall
indicate all information required thereof including reasons for substitution, difference in price or cost,
difference in size, difference in color, etc., and it will be approved or disallowed within 30 days. No
consideration shall be given to request for substitution not in accordance with the above conditions.
The Project Manager will be the sole judge in matters concerning equality of proposed substitutions
and the decision shall be final. The burden of proof as to the quality of any proposed substitutions
shall be upon the Contractor.
11. EXCEPTIONS
Any exceptions taken at the time of or after bid submittal, may render the bid nonresponsive.
Attachments by Bidders which include legal terms and conditions that conflict with the Specifications
may be considered an exception, and Bidder may, therefore, be considered nonresponsive.
12. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
Errors and omissions by the Bidder will be dealt with in accordance with the California Public Contract
Code including, but not limited to sections 4107.5 and 5103.
13. DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
Disadvantage business enterprise (DBE) or Minority business enterprise (MBE) will be used
interchangeably and means a business concern that is all of the following:
(1) At least 51 percent owned by one or more minorities, or in the case of publicly owned business, at
least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by, one or more minorities.
(2) Managed by and the daily business operations are controlled by, one or more minorities.
(3) A domestic corporation with its home office located in the United States, which is not a branch or
subsidiary of a foreign corporation, firm, or other business.
Women business enterprise (WBE) means a business concern that is all of the following:
(1) At least 51 percent owned by a woman, or in the case of publicly owned business, at least 51
percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women.
(2) Managed by and the daily business operations are controlled by one or more women.
(3) A domestic corporation with its home office located in the United States, which is not a branch of
subsidiary of a foreign corporation, firm, or other business.
14. DBE/MBE/WBE Goals
For this project, the City has established an aggregate participation goal (not a requirement) of 2.0
percent for disadvantaged/minority enterprises (DBE/MBE) and/or women business enterprises
(WBE). An MBE or WBE must be a certified MBE or WBE on the date bids for the project are opened
before credit may be allowed toward the MBE or WBE goal. MBEs and WBEs which have been
certified are identified in a Directory compiled by the California Department of Transportation
(CalTrans). Others may also qualify for certification but must be certified before bid opening. The
Directory may be obtained from the CalTrans Office of Business and Economic Opportunity web site.
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

Attention: Andy Vanderford
Email to: Avanderford@ci.carmel.ca.us
Phone# (831) 620-2078
BID QUESTIONS FOR: Forest Theater Renovation
(FOR CITY USE ONLY)

QUESTION NO:_____________________________
DATE:
REVIEWED BY:____________
RESPONSIBLE FOR RESPONSE:

ATTENTION: Andy Vanderford, Project Manager
] CITY STAFF
] CONSULTANT
FROM:____________________________________
DATE:_____________________________________
COMPANY:________________________________
PHONE #:_________________________________
CONTACT PERSON:_________________________
E-mail:___________________________________
QUESTION (One question per sheet.)_______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
ANSWER:______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
RESPONSE BY:______________________________________________
INCLUDED IN ADDENDUM NO.__________________________________
DATE:________________
DATE:________________
One question per page - Duplicate this form as necessary.
Bid Proposal Form
BIDDERS NAME:
(Submit with Bid Proposal)
BIDDER'S CHECKLIST
SUBMIT THIS BIDDER'S CHECKLIST WITH YOUR BID DOCUMENTS. Bidders shall complete and
submit all documents marked with an "X" in the "REQUIRED" column. Documents required on the checklist
but not included may render your bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award. Bids received by the City by
the scheduled bid opening time will be opened and publicly read but are subject to verification that all the
required documents have been submitted.
REQUIRED
[X] 1.
[X] 2.
[X] 3.
[X] 4.
[X] 5.
[X] 6.
BID PROPOSAL FORM pages 9 through 14.

CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE information, page 14.
BID DEPOSIT attached to front of Proposal in the form of:
[ ] Certified Check
[ ] Bidder's Bond
[ ] Cashier's Check
[ ] Irrevocable Ltr of Credit
[ ] Certificate of Deposit
[ ] Annual Bidder's Bond
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, page 13.
SIGNATURE PAGES, pages 10 & 14.
ADDENDA - Signature page of all Addenda issued, Addenda No.
to
. (Enter numbers)
SUBMITTED BY:
Contact Name______________________
Name of Company
Address
Phone No.
City
State
Zip________
Fax No. _____________________________
E-Mail address: __________________________________________________________
BIDDERS NAME:___________________________
BID PROPOSAL FORM
Sealed bid will be received until 10:00 A.M., on Monday, March 30, 2015, at City Hall, located on the
east side of Monte Verde Street between Ocean and Seventh Avenues, Carmel-by-the-Sea, California
93921. Sealed bids shall be submitted to the attention of the City Clerk located at Camel-by-the-Sea City
Hall.
All blanks shall be filled in and no bidder shall qualify its bid. The outside of the envelope shall be
clearly marked: Bid for Forest Theater Renovation, Attention: City Clerk
PROPOSAL
Name of Bid: Forest Theater Renovation
City of Carmel-by-the-Sea
Post Office Box CC
Carmel-by-the-Sea, CA 93921
____________________________
(Name of Bidder)
TO:
Post Office Box CC
Sir:
The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services
necessary to complete the project as described in the contractual documents for the Forest Theater
Renovation.
BID: The undersigned has thoroughly read the contractual documents and understands them. The
undersigned agrees to do all work required by the contractual documents for the contract prices of
$:________________________________________________________________
(Numerical Bid Price)
____________________________________________________________________________
(Total Written Bid Price)
The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury that the above total contract price is bid in accordance
with the prevailing hourly rate of the per diem wages for this locality (Area 2) pursuant to Labor Code
Section 1771.
_____________________________
(Signature)
_____________________________
(Date)
10
BIDDERS NAME:___________________________
1. WORK TO BE PERFORMED
Refer to Plans and Specifications.
2. TIME OF COMPLETION TO SIGN CONTRACT
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned hereby agrees to sign the Contract within ten (10) working
days after notice of award of said Contract.
3. TIME OF COMPLETION TO PERFORM THE WORK
The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of one-hundred
(100) working days from the date of the Notice to Proceed.
4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is agreed that the Contractor shall be liable for and pay to the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, as fixed,
and agreed, liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000)
per day for each calendar day of delay in completion of the work from the date for completion as
specified herein or in any written extension of time granted by the City. TIME OF COMPLETION AS
SPECIFIED WILL BE ENFORCED. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM
PAYMENTS.
5. CAREFUL PREPARATION
The undersigned has carefully checked all figures used in calculating the bid and understands that
the City will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making
this bid. The undersigned hereby warrants and unconditionally guarantees these figures to be firm
and constant for a minimum period of ninety (90) days.
6. CONTRACT QUANTITIES
The City reserves the right to increase or decrease Contract quantities in accordance with available
funds. If the City Council has not appropriated funds, or if sufficient funds are not available to
complete the purchase, the City reserves the right to decrease quantities to stay within the budget
limitations.
7. ADDENDA
The City makes a concentrated effort to ensure any addenda issued relating to these Specifications
are distributed to all interested parties. It shall be the Bidders responsibility to inquire as to whether
any addenda to the Plans and/or Specifications have been issued. Upon issuance by the City, all
Addenda are part of the Bid Proposal. Signing the Bid Proposal on the signature page thereof shall
also constitute signature on all Addenda.
8. AWARD OF CONTRACT
When bids are submitted to the Council, the award will be made to the lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder, subject to the right to reject any and all bids.
11
BIDDERS NAME:___________________________
9. MINOR IRREGULARITIES
The City reserves the right to waive any informality or minor irregularity that does not have a
monetary consideration when it is in the best interest of the public and of the City to do so. A
discrepancy that offers a Bidder an unfair advantage will cause the bid to be nonresponsive.
10. CITY ENGINEERS QUANTITY ESTIMATE
All bids will be compared with the City Engineers Estimate of the quantities of work to be done.
11. TIEBREAKER
In the event a tiebreaker is needed to establish the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, the
City shall, unless otherwise agreed upon by all participating parties, utilize a coin toss as a tiebreaker
to be administered by a third party chosen by mutual consent of the participants. Such coin toss shall
take place within 7 working days from the date of bid opening. If the City determines that a tiebreaker
is necessary, each applicable Bidder agrees to participate or to indemnify the City in any litigation
resulting from the utilization of the tiebreaker. If a Bidder refuses to timely participate, the City shall
conduct the coin toss in a manner determined by the City to be fair to all and the results of such coin
toss shall be final.
12. LICENSING AND INSURANCE
The undersigned, if the successful bidder, agrees to obtain a City Business License and comply with
Municipal Code and the terms of the attached Contract relating to Public Liability and Workers
Compensation Insurance. The fee for such City License, which expires on June 30 of each year,
can be obtained by telephoning City Hall at (831) 620-2000.
13. BONDS
The undersigned SHALL provide a BID BOND of ten percent (10%) of the BID or the undersigned
SHALL substitute securities, certified check, cashiers check, cash, or a corporate bond.
14. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Each bidder shall list herein the name and place of business of each subcontractor, if any, who shall
perform work or render services in or about the work which shall not be performed by the
undersigneds own force. The undersigned agrees that it shall employ no other subcontractors on
the work without the written permission of the City and that all work not specifically listed herein shall
be performed by its own force. Failure to complete this list may result in rejection of the bid.
The undersigned warrants and agrees that each subcontractor shall, if required by City ordinance or
State law, obtain any required permits or licenses.
The successful bidder shall provide proof of valid insurance coverages for Workers Compensation
Insurance, public liability and property insurance and all other required insurance coverages for each
subcontractor as required by the State of California or the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea. Valid
Certificate of Insurance guaranteeing that the issuing company shall provide, to the named
Additional Insured, ten (10) days prior written notification of cancellation of policies, proof of which
must be placed on file with the City Clerk prior to commencement of work.
12
BIDDERS NAME:___________________________
CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 1777.5
PLEASE ANSWER YES OR NO: Was the undersigned Bidder in the last six months determined to have
willfully failed to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1777.5 relating to apprentices
on Public Works?
YES ___________ NO______________
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Pursuant to the provisions of California Public Contract Code sections 4100 to 4113 inclusive, the
undersigned hereby designates below, for the Project, opposite various portions of work, the names and
locations of the places of business of each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to
the Contractor in or about the construction of the Work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the
State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion
of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an
amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractors total bid or, in the case of bids or offers
for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime
contractors total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater. All work not listed below shall
be performed by the undersigned Bidder. It is understood that the Bidder, if awarded the Contract, shall not
substitute any Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractors herein designated, or sublet or
subcontract any of the work as to which a Subcontractor is not herein designated, without the written
consent of the City. The subletting or subcontracting of any work for which there was no Subcontractor
designated in the original bid may be permitted only in case of public emergency or necessity, and only after
the City Council makes findings in a Resolution setting forth facts constituting the emergency or necessity.
List one firm only for each portion of work.
NAME
LOCATION
WORK TO BE SUBLET
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
______________________ ___________________________________ ____________________
(Attach additional sheets if necessary)
BIDDERS NAME:___________________________
13
BIDDER: Name and Address:
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
Authorized Representative:
_______________________________________________
Phone Number:
_______________________________________________
E-mail Address:
_______________________________________________
Description of & License(s)
_______________________________________________
number(s)
_______________________________________________
Workers Compensation Carrier
_______________________________________________
Name and Address:
_______________________________________________
Liability Insurance Carrier
_______________________________________________
Name and Address:
_______________________________________________
Policy Number:
_______________________________________________
Coverage Limit:
_______________________________________________
CONTRACTORS LICENSE
The undersigned, as bidder, declares that its valid California Contractors license number is
and that the license expiration date is _______________________________and that the representations
made in this Bid are made under penalty of perjury.
Signed this
day of
, 20
________________________________________________
Name of Bidder (typed or printed)
________________________________________________
Signature of Bidder
________________________________________________
Title of Signer (typed or printed)
14
Bond No.
SAMPLE BIDDERS BOND
For:
Monterey, County, California
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,

THAT WE_____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
AS PRINCIPAL, and
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
AS SURETY,
are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, hereinafter called the City, in the
penal sum of TEN PER CENT (10%) of the TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE BID of the Principal
above named, submitted by said principal to the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, Monterey County,
California, for the work described below, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the
United States, as well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly to these presents. In no case shall the
liability of the surety hereunder exceed the sum of ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the
bid.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH:
That whereas the Principal has submitted the above-mentioned bid to the City of Carmelby-the-Sea for certain construction specifically described as follows, for which the bids are to be
California,
opened at
, for __________________________________________
(insert date of bid opening)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
(COPY HERE THE EXACT DESCRIPTION OF WORK INCLUDING LOCATION, AS IT
APPEARS ON THE PROPOSAL.)
8346-14
15
Bidders Bond
NOW, THEREFORE, if the aforesaid Principal is awarded the contract and, within the time and
manner required under the specifications, after the prescribed forms are presented to him for
signature, enters into a written contract in the prescribed form, in accordance with the bid, and
files the two bonds with the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, one to guarantee Faithful Performance
and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, as required by law, then this
obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Obligee and judgment is recovered, the
surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Obligee in such suit, including a reasonable attorneys
fee to be fixed by the court.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals on this
______________day of
A.D.
_____________________________
By: __________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
8346-14
16
Bidders Bond
CITY OF CARMEL-BY-THE-SEA
Monterey County, California
SAMPLE CONTRACT FORM

(Contract for project will be in substantially this form)
8346-14
17
Contract
CALIFORNIA
CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT is made and entered into this
day of ____________, 2015, by
and between the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, Monterey County, State of California, hereinafter called
City, and
hereinafter called
Contractor.
WITNESSETH: That City and Contractor have mutually covenanted and agreed, and by
these presents do covenant and agree with each other as follows:
1. That for and in consideration of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained on the
part of City, and the sums of money hereinafter designated to be paid to Contractor by City in the
manner and form as shown in the attached specifications, Contractor hereby covenants and agrees to
and with City, to furnish all labor, tools, appliances, equipment, plant and transportation, and any and
all other expenses necessary or incidental to the performance of certain work hereinafter specified, and
to complete the public work herein referred to for City, for the schedule and items awarded, all as more
particularly and in detail set forth in those certain specifications filed in the office of the City
Administrator, approved and adopted by the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea on the day of _________,
20 , and identified by the signatures of the parties to this agreement. True copies of the contract
documents together with all modifications incorporated in those documents before their execution, are
hereunto annexed by and reference thereto incorporated herein and made a part hereof as though in this
document fully set forth. The contract documents shall consist of this Contract (xx pages); Notice to
Bidders (2 pages); Bid Form Proposal (xx pages); Bid Addenda No. __ through _ ; Special Provisions
(xx pages); Technical Specifications (xx pages); Plans (xx sheets); Bidders Bond (2 pages); Faithful
Performance Bond (xx pages); and a Material and Labor Bond (xx pages).
2. Contract Price: Contractor agrees to receive and accept and City agrees to pay the
proposal prices as full compensation for furnishing all materials and for doing all the work embraced
and contemplated in this agreement and as set forth in the Contractors proposal submitted and
approved by the City Council of the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, on the
day of
, 20 ,
and the true copy thereof attached, and for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of said work, or
from the action of the elements of from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or
be encountered in the prosecution of the rise connected with the work, and for well and faithfully
completing the work and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the said specifications and
the requirements of the (City representative) under them, to wit: The Contract price of
$______________________________ as set forth in Contractors Proposal for the work awarded
under this agreement, which price shall be considered as though repeated herein.
8346-14
18
Contract
Contractor further agrees to plan the work and to prosecute it with such diligence that said work
and all of it, shall be completed no later than XXXXX (XX) working days after the start of work.
Upon completion, Contractor shall present a Statement of Compliance, if applicable. Attached
thereto there shall be copies of payroll certification records indicating the prevailing hourly rate of per
diem wages for this locality (Area 2) pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.
Pursuant to SB222, City is required to withhold from any progress payments owed to a
contractor any amount that has been forfeited a penalties, or as wages owed to employees who have
not been paid the prevailing wage for work performed. This allows the intervention by the Division of
Labor Standards Enforcement, which is headed by the State Labor Commission, in a contractors
lawsuit for recovery of amounts withheld by an awarding body. All withheld wages and penalties will
be transferred to the Labor Commissioner for disbursement in those cases where a contractor fails to
bring a lawsuit for amounts withheld within ninety (90) days after completion of the public works
contract and formal acceptance of the job by awarding body. The Labor Commissioner is then
permitted to intervene in any lawsuit brought by the contractor against an awarding body for recovery
of amounts withheld.
Certified payroll records must be on the forms provided by the Division of Labor or contain the
same information required on the Divisions form.
3. Payment. Contractor shall be paid for the work as follows: On the last day of each and
every month during the progress of the work, commencing with the
day of
, 20 .
Contractor shall submit to Citys representative a complete itemized statement of all labor and
materials incorporated into the improvement during the preceding month and the portion of the
contract sum applicable thereto. On approval in writing of said statement by Citys representative,
Contractors invoice will be submitted to Citys Finance Department for payment during the next
regular check run. City shall pay Contractor a sum based upon ninety-five (95) percent of the contract
price apportionment of the labor and materials incorporated into the improvement under the Contract
during the month covered by said statement.
The remaining five (5) percent of the contract price shall be paid to Contractor ninety (90) days
after final written acceptance of the work by City, on duly certified voucher therefore, after Contractor
shall have furnished City with a release of, or bond against, all claims against City, if required by City,
arising under and by virtue of this Contract, and work done, and materials furnished hereunder. In the
event that there are any claims specifically excepted by Contractor, if permitted by City, from the
operation of the release, there shall be retained by City stated amounts to be set forth therein, and
approved by Citys representative.
4. The parties agree that this Contract shall be binding upon themselves, their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assignees and hereby agree to the full performance of the
covenants herein contained.
8346-14
19
Contract
5. No interest in this Contract shall be transferred by Contractor to any other party, and any
such transfer shall cause annulment of this Contract, so far as City is concerned. All rights of action,
however, for any breach of this Contract are reserved to City.
6. Supplies. Contractor shall keep harmless, indemnify and defend City, its officers and
agents, on account of articles supplied by Contractor under this Contract, of which it is not patentee or
which it is not entitled to use or sell.
7. Hold Harmless. Contractor agrees to hold harmless, indemnify and defend City, its
elected officials and the City Engineer (Citys representative), and any agents or employees thereof,
while acting within the scope of their duties from and against any and all liability, claims, damages and
cost of defense arising out of Contractors performance of the work described herein including injuries
and damages arising from negligence of City or others except for injuries and damages arising from
sole negligence of City. Contractor will require any and all subcontractors to conform with the
provisions of this clause and provide proof of all required insurance prior to commencing any work.
8. Warranties. Contractor agrees that it will warrant all work performed and equipment
supplied hereunder for a period of one year or, in the case of equipment, for the period of the
manufacturers warranty if such warranty be for a period longer than one year. Contractor shall
immediately correct all defective workmanship discovered within one year after acceptance of final
payment by it and shall indemnify and defend City against all loss and damage occasioned by any such
defect, discovered within said year, even though the damage or loss may not be ascertained until after
the expiration thereof. Nothing herein constitutes a waiver of Citys rights or any statute of limitations.
9. Independent Contractor. While engaged in carrying out the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, Contractor is an independent contractor and not an officer, employee or agent of City.
Contractor shall not at any time or in any manner represent that it or any of its agents or employees is
in any manner, an agent or employee of City.
10. Contractor shall provide:
A. Workers Compensation Insurance. Contractor shall maintain adequate
Workers of California, and shall provide employers general liability insurance for the benefit of its
employees and the employees of any subcontractor under it, not protected by such compensation laws,
and proof of such insurance, satisfactory to City, shall be given by filing certificates of such insurance
with City, in a form satisfactory to City. If such insurance is underwritten by any agency other than
the State Compensation Fund, such agency shall be a company authorized to do business in the State of
California. Contractor shall not commence work until certified proof of insurance has been provided
to City.
B. Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance. Contractor shall take out and
maintain during the life of this Contract such public liability and property damage insurance as shall
protect it and any subcontractor performing work covered by this contract from claims for personal
8346-14
20
Contract
injury or property damages which may arise because of the nature of the work or from operations
under this contract, whether such operations be by Contractor or by any subcontractor or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The Public Liability, Personal Injury and Property
Damage Insurance shall also directly protect the City, its officers, agents and employees, as well as the
Contractor and its subcontractors, and all insurance policies issued hereunder shall so state. The City
of Carmel-by-the-Sea, its elected officials, officers, agents and employees shall be specifically named,
by written endorsement to the Certificate of Insurance, as additional insured for this project under such
insurance policy and Contractor shall provide City with a certificate of such insurance for the term of
this contract. The amount of such insurance shall be as follows: per occurrence and Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in aggregate.
Said insurance shall be with a company acceptable to City and shall be primary over
any other valid or collectible insurance City may have. The insurance carrier shall provide City with a
certificate evincing the existence of the insurance and specifying compliance with these terms and the
issuing company shall agree to provide City with thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation or
non-renewal of the policy.
Contractors liability insurance and automobile liability insurance covering all vehicles
used in the performance of the Contract providing for public liability, personal injury and property
damage insurance with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single
limit.
C. Bond. To insure performance, Contractor and any subcontractor must provide
Faithful Performance and Labor and Material Bonds in favor of City, each in the amount of one
hundred percent (100%) of the value of the contract.
11. Safety. Contractor shall conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety
established by the California Division of Industrial Safety.
12. Liquidated Damages. In consideration of liquidated damages to City, occasioned by
Contractor not completing the work within the time set for Contractors performance, City having to
prepare termination notices, prepare specifications to complete the work, relet bids, and experience the
general delay of not having the work completed in a timely fashion, the parties agree that it would be
extremely difficult and impractical to fix actual damages and that Contractor agrees if the Contract is
not completed within the time period specified in the Contract, it will pay to City the sum of XXXX
dollars ($XXXX) for each and every calendar days delay in finishing the work in excess of
the number of working days prescribed in the Contract, except for any delays caused by City or beyond
control of Contractor, said sum of liquidated damages to be deducted from the amount due the
Contractor for work completed.
13. Conflicts in Documents. This Contract and the contract documents are intended to
constitute one complete and consistent contract. Should any conflict exist, Contractor shall secure
written instructions from (Citys representative) before proceeding.
8346-14
21
Contract
14. Protecting Trees. Contractor acknowledges that it is familiar with Citys policies for the
protection of trees and agrees to take all reasonable precautions to protect trees not subject to trimming
or removal from damage which might be caused during the work. (Refer to the Municipal Code of the
City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, Chapter 12.28).
15. Inspection. City shall at all times have the right to inspect the work and materials.
Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by City for the proper examination
of the work and all parts thereof. Such inspection shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to
perform said work strictly in accordance with the specifications or any modifications thereof and in
compliance with the law.
16. Conflict of Interest. Contractor covenants that neither it nor any person working for it or
with it to provide the services called for by this Contract has any interest, nor shall any person acquire
any interest, directly or indirectly, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance
of the services hereunder. Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this Contract, no
person having such interest shall be employed by Contractor.
17. Nondiscrimination. Contractor agrees that in the performance of this Contract or any
sub-agreement hereunder, neither Contractor nor any person acting on Contractors behalf shall refuse
to employ or refuse to continue in any employment any person on the basis of race, religious creed,
color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sexual preference,
sex or age. Harassment in the workplace is not permitted in any form. Contractor further agrees to
comply with all laws with respect to employment when performing this Contract.
18. Suspension or Abandonment of Work. It is mutually agreed that City may suspend or
abandon, in whole or in part, this Contract upon five (5) days written notice to Contractor, in which
case City shall pay Contractor for services rendered and work completed at the time of such
suspension.
19. Changes. Any changes or amendments to this Contract shall be written, consecutively
numbered, change orders. City may, from time to time, amend or modify the scope of the work to be
performed hereunder.
20. Disputes. Disputes and other matters in question between Contractor and Citys
representative relating to this Contract shall be referred to the City Administrator or his duly
authorized representative, who will render a decision within a reasonable period of time.
21. Claims. Claims for time extensions or cost increases from Contractor shall be considered
valid only if Contractor notifies the City Representative of any such claim in writing within five (5)
working days from the date of the circumstances allegedly justifying the claim, unless otherwise stated
in the Contract specifications. The formal, written claim shall be submitted to the City representative
within ten (10) working days of the notification date, or no longer than fifteen (15) days from the date
of the circumstances allegedly justifying the claim. The City representative may negotiate the claim
8346-14
22
Contract
with Contractor and render a decision in writing. Claims not resolved by the City representative may
be appealed to the City Administrator. An appeal to the City Administrator shall be submitted, in
writing, within five (5) working days from Contractors receipt of written notice from the City
representative that the claim has been rejected. The City Administrators decision shall be final.
Acceptance of a final contract payment by Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any further claims by
it, except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor as unsettled at the time of
application for payment.
22. Notice. Any notice or notices required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Contract
may be personally served on the other party giving such notice or may be served by Certified Mail,
Return Receipt Requested to the following addresses:
City
City Clerk
Box CC
23.
Contractors License. Contractor warrants and declares that its California
Contractors license number

24.
Contractor
is valid, and that its expiration date is
Business License. The Contractors Carmel-by-the-Sea Business license number is
_______________; with an expiration date of ________________.

25. Attorneys Fees. If either party hereto should bring any suit against the other party
hereto (formal judicial proceeding, mediation or arbitration), for the breach of any term, covenant,
condition or obligation herein contained to be kept, by such other party, for the recovery of any sum
due hereunder, or to recover possession of the premises, or for any summary action for forfeiture of
this Contract or to prevent further violations of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or obligation, or
for any other relief then, and in that event, the case shall be handled in Monterey County, California,
and the prevailing party in such suit or summary action shall be entitled to a reasonable attorneys fee
to be fixed by the judge, mediator or arbitrator hearing the case and such fee shall be included in the
judgment, together with all costs.
Dated:
, 2015
CONTRACTOR
___________________________________
By: ________________________________
8346-14
23
Contract
(Typed or Printed Name)
(Signature)
___________________________________
(Title)
Recommended by:
___________________________________
___________________________________
Andy Vanderford, Project Manager
Dated:
, 2015
ATTEST: _____________________
Lee Price, Interim City Clerk
8346-14
A Municipal Corporation,
By: ________________________________
Douglas J. Schmitz, City Administrator
24
Contract
Bond No.
Premium:
SAMPLE FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That, WHEREAS, the City Council of the
City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, Monterey County, State of California, by Order of Council passed
____________________________________________________ as awarded to
_______________________________________ hereinafter designated as the Principal, a
contract for constructing street improvements for said City, and
WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said contract to furnish a Bond
for Faithful Performance of said contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, We, the Principal and _________ are surety, as held and
firmly bound unto the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea, California, in the penal sum of
________________________________________________ lawful money of the United States,
being not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the estimated contract cost, for the payment of
which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and
successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden
Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand
to and abide by, and well and truly keep and faithfully perform the covenants, conditions, and
agreements in the said contract and any alterations made as therein provided, on his or their part,
to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects
according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of
Carmel-by-the-Sea, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become
null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the said contract, the above
Dollars ($
) being not less
obligation to the amount of
than ten percent (10%) of the estimated contract cost, shall hold good for a period of one (1) year
after the completion and acceptance of the said work, during which time if the above bounden
Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns shall fail to make full,
complete and satisfactory repair and replacements or totally protects the said City of Carmel-bythe-Sea from loss or damage made evident during said period of (1) one year from the date of
acceptance of said works, and resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty
workmanship in the prosecution of the work done, the above obligation in the said sum of
______________________________Dollars ($
), shall remain in full force
and virtue, otherwise the above obligation shall be void.
8346-14
25
Faithful Performance Bond
And the said surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be
performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its
obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,
alteration or addition to the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the above bounden parties have executed this instrument
under their seals this _____________ day of _____________, the name and corporate seal of
each corporate party being hereto affixed and presents duly signed by its undersigned
representatives, pursuant to authority of its governing body.
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
Principal
(SEAL)
By: __________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
Surety
By: __________________________
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
On this _____________________ day of _____________________, before me
_________________, a notary public in and for the State of California, personally appeared
_________________ known to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument
as the Attorney in Fact of _______________________ ______________________ and
acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of _______________ thereto as surety, and his
own name as Attorney in Fact.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the
day and year in this certificate first above written.
______________________________________________
Notary Public in and for said State of California
8346-14
26
Faithful Performance Bond
Bond No.
SAMPLE MATERIAL AND LABOR BOND
PUBLIC WORKS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we ________________________________________________________________
___________________________as surety, and _______________________________________
___________________________as Principal, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF
CARMEL-BY-THE-SEA, in the sum of _____________________ ($________ ), said sum
being one hundred percent (100%) of the estimated amount of the foregoing and annexed
contract, to be paid to said City, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly and by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH:
That if the above bounden Principal, as Contractor in the annexed contract or his
subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for
or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or shall fail to pay any person,
company or corporation renting implements or machinery for or contributing to said work to be
done, or any person who has performed work or labor upon the amounts due under the
Employment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, the surety will pay for the same,
in an amount not exceeding the above obligation, and also, in case suit is brought upon such
bond, the above bounden Principal and the said surety will pay a reasonable attorneys fee to be
fixed by the court. This obligation and bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons
entitled to serve a notice under Section 3181 of the Civil Code and said persons or any of them,
or their assigns shall have right of action thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals on this __________
day of ____________________, 20___.
BY__________________________ (Seal)
Principal
_____________________________ (Seal)
Surety
BY__________________________
Attorney in Fact
8346-14
27
Material and Labor Bond
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
On this
day of
, 2015, before me ____________, a
notary public in and for the State of California, personally appeared _____________________
known to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument as the Attorney in
Fact of _____________________________________________________________________
and acknowledged to me that he subscribed the name of ______________________________
__________________________________________________________ thereto as surety, and
his own name as Attorney in Fact.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official

seal the day and year in this certificate first above written.
_______________________________________
Notary Public in and for said State of California
8346-14
28
Material and Labor Bond
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
29
8346-14
Special Provisions
The work embraced herein is shown on a plan for the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea,
entitled Forest Theater Renovations, dated March 2015.
The Construction Allocation for this project is $1,200,000.
The work, as indicated by the plans and specifications, and also in accordance with the
Standard Specifications 2010 of the State of California, Department of Transportation, referred
to herein as the Standard Specifications, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In case of conflict between any portion of the Standard Specifications and the Special
Provisions/Technical Specifications and/or the plans, precedence shall be given first to the
plans and second to the Special Provisions/Technical Specifications, and the plans and/or
these Special Provisions/Technical Specifications shall be used in lieu of such conflicting
portions.
SECTION 1. - GENERAL
1-1.07B - Glossary: Wherever State, Department of Public Works, City Administrator,
Department of Transportation, Owner, City, District, Architect, or words of like portent or
meaning are used in the Plans, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications or
other contract documents they shall have the meaning of the City of Carmel-by-the-Sea,
Monterey County, California, or its designated officials acting for the said City, within the
scope of such duties entrusted to them.
Wherever the words of State Highway Engineer, Chief Engineer of Department of
Transportation, Division of Highways, or words of like portent or meaning appear in the
Standard Specifications, they shall have the meaning of Engineer for the City of Carmelby-the-Sea acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents
acting within the scope of such duties entrusted to them.
Andy Vanderford of the Public Works Department will be designated as the City
Representative and Project Manager authorized to act on behalf of the City and City
Administrator in all matters pertaining to this contract.
PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
The location of the work, together with profiles and special construction details are
illustrated on the accompanying Plans consisting of sheet(s) as follows:
ARCHITECTURAL
A0.0 COVER SHEET
A0.1 CODE SUMMARY
A0.2 EXITING PLAN
A0.3 DEMOLITION SITE PLAN
A0.4 PROPOSED SITE PLAN
A1.1 EXISTING PLAN
A2.0 DEMO ENLARGED SEATING PLAN
30
8346-14
Special Provisions
A2.1
A2.3
A2.4
A2.5
A4.1
A5.0
A5.1
A6.0
A6.1
A6.2
A6.3
A6.4
A6.5
A6.6
A8.0
A8.1
ENLARGED SEATING PLAN

STAGE BUILDING FLOOR PLAN
STAGE BUILDING FLOOR PLAN
SCHEDULES
SITE SECTION
ENLARGED PLANS/BUILDING SECTIONS
ENLARGED PLANS
SEATING DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
LANDSCAPE DETAILS
STAIR & BENCH DETAILS
ACCESSIBILITIY DETAILS
ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS
CIVIL
C1.1 SITE PLAN
C1.2 SITE SECTION
LANDSCAPE
L0.1 TREE PROTECTION & REMOVAL PLAN
L0.2 TREE PROTECTION NOTES
L1.1 MATERIALS LAYOUT
L4.1 PLANTING PLAN
STRUCTURAL
S0.1 GENERAL NOTES
S0.2 GENERAL NOTES
S0.3 GENERAL NOTES
S1.0 SITE PLAN
S2.1 SEATING PLAN & CONTROL BOOTH
S2.2 STAGE PLAN
S2.3 INDOOR THEATER & DECK PLAN
S5.1 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS
S8.1 TYPICAL WOOD DETAILS
S8.2 DETAILS
S8.3 DETAILS
ELECTRICAL
E0.1 SYMBOLS, GEN. NOTES, SHEET INDEX
E0.2 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
E1.1 SITE PLAN
E2.1 SEATING PLAN
E2.2 STAGE PLAN
E2.3 INDOOR THATER PLAN
31
8346-14
Special Provisions
E8.1
E8.2
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL
M0.1 SYMBOLS, GEN. NOTES, SHEET INDEX
M2.1 STAGE PLAN
M5.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The work embraced herein shall be done in accordance with applicable provisions of the
Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, and Technical Specifcations conditions
contained herein.
Inspection and other construction review shall be provided by the City of Carmel-by-theSea, except where specified otherwise in Specifications or required permits.
PERMITS AND FEES
The Contractor shall secure all permits required to complete the items of this Contract.
No fees will be charged for any City permits.
SECTION 2. - BIDDING
The bidder's attention is directed to all of the provisions of Section 2 of the
Standard Specifications for proposal requirements and conditions, INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS pages, and Bid Proposal Form pages.
SECTION 3. - CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION

The bidders attention is directed to all of the provisions of Section 3 of the Standard
Specifications for the requirements and conditions concerning the award of and execution of
contract.
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Contractor agrees that he or she shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job
site conditions during the course of construction of this project, including safety of all
persons and property; that this requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited
to normal working hours.
TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK
The Project Manger shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly or in part, for
such period as deemed necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or to such other
conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the work, or for
32
8346-14
Special Provisions
such time as he or she may deem necessary due to the failure on the part of the
Contractor to carry out orders given, or to perform any provision of the Contract.
If the Project Manager orders a suspension of all of the work or a portion of the work
which is the current controlling operation or operations, due to unsuitable weather or to
such other conditions as are considered unfavorable to the suitable prosecution of the
work, the days on which the suspension is in effect shall not be considered working days
as defined in Section 8-1.06, "Time of Completion, State Standard Specifications." If a
portion of the work at the time of such suspension is not a current controlling operation
or operations, the determination of working days will be made on the basis of the then
current controlling operation or operations.
If a suspension of work is ordered by the Project Manager, due to the failure on the part
of the Contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any provision of the Contract,
the days on which the suspension order is in effect shall be considered working days if
such days are working days within the meaning of the definition set forth in Section
8-1.06, " Time of Completion, State Standard Specifications."
SECTION 4. - SCOPE OF WORK

The bidder's attention is directed to all of the provisions Plans and Specifications for the
requirements and conditions concerning the scope of work.
4-1.05 - Changes And Extra Work - Changes and extra work shall not be in effect until
an agreed change order is signed by both the Project Manager and the City
Administrator. In lieu of a signed change order, the City shall not share or accept the
burden of cost or expense for any item other than those items set forth in the bidding
schedule.
All costs incidental to the construction of the project are considered as included in the
items for which payment is to be made.
4-1.06 - Differing Site Conditions - A geotechnical investigation will be performed for
this site and issued to bidders via a bid addendum during the bidding period. The
Contractor is encouraged to perform his own exploratory excavation to evaluate
subsurface soil conditions and ground water conditions. No additional payment shall be
made for encountering unexpected site conditions, including hard sandstone or rock.
SECTION 5. - CONTROL OF WORK

The bidder's attention is directed to all of the provisions of Section 5 of the Standard
Specifications for the requirements and conditions concerning the control of work. The
Project Manager shall be notified in writing at once should the Contractor find
discrepancies in, or omissions from the plans and specifications, or be in doubt as to
their meaning.
33
8346-14
Special Provisions
5-1.20 - Coordination With Other Entities - The Contractor shall co-operate with all
other Contractors or forces that may be working within or adjacent to project site.
5-1.36 - Property And Facility Preservation - The Contractor's attention is directed to
this section. The Contractor shall preserve or replace in kind all fences, landscaping,
trees, sign posts, sidewalks, etc., in the construction area unless otherwise noted in the
plans or directed by the Project Manager. The construction area including adjacent
private property shall be restored to as good or better condition than found.
5-1.36e - Tree Protection - For the purpose of safeguarding trees during construction,
demolition or tree removal, the following conditions shall apply to all trees other than
trees for which removal permit has been issued:
(a)
Prior to the commencement of construction, all trees on the work area shall be
inventoried by the Contractor to size, species, location and condition.
(b)
Damage to any tree during construction shall be immediately reported by the

Contractor to the Project Manager and the Contractor shall treat the tree for
damage in the manner specified by the Project Manager.
(c)
Oil, gasoline, chemicals or other construction materials shall not be stored within
the dripline of any tree.
(d)
Drains shall be installed according to City Specifications so as to avoid harm to

trees due to excess watering.
(e)
Wires, signs and other similar items shall not be attached to trees.
(f)
Cutting and filling around the base of trees shall be done only after consultation
with the Project Manager, and then only to the extent authorized.
(g)
No paint thinner, paint, plaster or other liquid or solid excess or waste

construction materials or wastewater shall be dumped on the ground or into any
grate between the dripline and the base of the tree, or uphill from any tree where
such substance might reach the roots through a leaching process.
(h)
The Contractor shall be required to erect protective barricades around all trees
on public property and to trees adjacent to work sites as determined by the
Project Manager. These barricades must be in place prior to the start of any
construction or demolition activities. Barricades shall be upright 2x4 planks
standing a minimum of eight (8) feet vertically, conforming to the tree, tied with
wire or rope forming a maximum of one (1) inch space between the planks. If
the tree's configuration or site conditions do not lend themselves to the
installation of this type barricade, the Project Manager will designate alternate
tree protection methods. Under certain conditions where soil compaction is
probable, fences may also be required around a tree or grouping of trees.
34
8346-14
Special Provisions
(i)
Wherever cuts are made in the ground near the roots of trees, appropriate
measures shall be taken to prevent exposed soil from drying out and causing
damage to tree roots.
(j)
Trimming cuts shall conform to arboricultural standards and shall be made along
the branch bark ridge.
(k)
Earth surfaces within the dripline of any tree shall not be changed or compacted
unless required by the construction specifications and only then in coordination
with the Project Manager. Keep all equipment and material and soil storage
beyond the dripline of trees.
(l)
Failure to protect or maintain trees on the construction sites is a violation of

Municipal Code, Section #12.28.340. Violation of these special provisions may
result in contract termination and a claim for damage.
SECTION 6. - CONTROL OF MATERIALS

The bidders attention is directed to all of the provisions of Section 6 of the Standard
Specifications for the requirements and conditions concerning the Control of Materials.
The City will furnish no materials unless specifically called for on the plans or specified
in the specifications.
As part of the inspection work by the City, testing for quality and acceptability of
materials, including compaction tests will be performed at the Citys expense. However,
any tests not meeting the requirements will be retested, and the Contractor shall be
charged for the cost of all retests. The retest costs will be deducted from the
Contractors final payment amount.
6-3.06 Guarantee - The work in this contract shall be guaranteed from defects in
materials, workmanship, and installation for a period of one (1) year from the date of
acceptance. The Contractor shall bear the cost of items proven defective.
SECTION 7. - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

The provisions of Section 7, Legal Relations and Responsibility, of the Standard
Specifications shall apply.
7-1.02K(6) - Occupational Safety and Health Standards - The Contractor shall
conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the California
Division of Industrial Safety.
7-1.02R - Environmental Stewardship - Contractor shall comply with all air pollution
and environmental control rules, regulations, ordinances and statutes that apply to the
35
8346-14
Special Provisions
project and any work performed pursuant to the contract. City Municipal Code Chapter
17.42 states, No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged into the municipal
storm drain system or watercourses any materials, including but not limited to pollutants
or waters containing any pollutants that cause or contribute to a violation of applicable
water quality standards, other than storm water.
Contractor shall employ erosion prevention and sediment control construction site
management practices that result in the following outcomes:
A.
No deposit or discharge of sediment from the construction area onto adjacent
properties or into waterways and related natural resources in excess of those that occur
through natural processes;
B.
No deposit of mud, soil, sediment, concrete washout, trash, or other similar
construction-related material onto public rights of way and private streets, and into the
Citys storm water system and related natural resources, either by direct deposit,
dropping, discharge, erosion, or tracking by construction vehicles, in excess of those
that occur through natural processes. Any such discharge shall be cleaned-up at the
end of the current work shift in which the deposit occurred, or at the end of the current
workday, whichever comes first. As a part of complying with this requirement private
streets and driveways and nearby public rights of way will be swept by the Contractor at
the end of each work day, or more often if circumstances warrant it, and the sweepings
properly disposed of to ensure that such materials from the construction site do not
enter the Citys storm drainage system.
C.
No exposure of graded areas and stockpile areas to storm water run-on. Run-on
shall be controlled by diversion structures such as dikes, secondary containment or
covers.
D.
No runoff from graded areas or stockpile areas containing sediments. Runoff
containing sediments shall be captured in secondary containment structures and either
treated to remove sediments prior to discharge or infiltrated on-site.
E.
From October 15 to April 15, soil stabilization of graded areas shall be in place in
any portion of the site where construction activities have temporarily or permanently
ceased.
F.
No release of hazardous substances, such as oils, paints, thinners, fuels and
other chemicals.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) for construction sites include, but are not limited to:
spill prevention and control measures; solid waste containment; concrete waste
management; proper vehicle and equipment cleaning, fueling, and maintenance;
erosion control measures. Detailed procedures for each of these activities can be found
in the California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbooks
(http://www.cabmphandbooks.org/construction.asp), the Caltrans Storm Water Quality
Handbooks, BMP Guidance Series by Monterey Regional Storm Water Management
Program, and the Erosion and Sediment Control, Field Manual by San Francisco Bay
36
8346-14
Special Provisions
Regional Water Quality Control Board.

Activities to be performed by Contractor from October 15 to April 15 include, but are not
limited to:
A.
Contractor shall maintain the temporary and permanent vegetation (if any),
erosion and sediment control measures, and other protective measures in good and
effective operating condition by performing routine inspections to determine condition
and effectiveness, by restoration of destroyed vegetative cover, and by repair of erosion
and sediment control measures and other protective measures.
B.
Contractor shall inspect the following areas at least once every seven (7) calendar
days and within 24 hours of the end of any storm that produces measurable rainfall at
the site:
B.1. Disturbed areas of the construction site,
B.2. Areas that have not been finally stabilized,
B.3. Areas used for storage of materials exposed to precipitation, and
B.4. Areas where vehicles exit the site.
Where sites have been finally stabilized, such inspection shall be conducted at least
once every month.
C.
Areas noted above shall be inspected for evidence of, or the potential for,
C.1. Erosion, or
C.2. Sediments entering waterways or the drainage system, or
C.3. Pollutants entering waterways or the drainage system.
Erosion and sediment control measures shall be observed to ensure that they are
operating correctly. Discharge locations or points shall be inspected to ascertain
whether erosion control measures are effective in preventing degradation of
receiving water quality in violation of receiving water quality standards. Locations where
vehicles exit the site shall be inspected for evidence of offsite sediment tracking.
D. Deficiencies observed during inspections shall be noted and rectified before the end
of the workday.
7-1.03 - Public Convenience - The Contractor's attention is called to Section 7-1.03,
Public Convenience, of the Standard Specifications. It is important to keep good public
relations with the local townspeople. The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager
with advance notice of his construction scheduling sufficient for public notification. The
Project Manager will assist the Contractor by providing a public notice template for the
Contractor to send to the local newspaper for publishing, and for obtaining the
cooperation of police, City staff, and neighborhood residents.
The Contractor shall provide for the necessary vehicular and pedestrian traffic control,
barricades, or flagmen for street closures and/or the rerouting of traffic. The Public
Works Department, Police Department and Fire Departments shall be contacted for
detour changes prior to their implementation. Street Work permits are to be obtained by
37
8346-14
Special Provisions
the Contractor when applicable.

The on-street parking spaces adjacent to the job site may be closed only during working
hours upon approval by the Project Manager. Access shall be provided to local
residences during construction.
The Contractor shall provide all signs, lights, barricades, flagmen, etc., required to
adequately warn, guide and protect the traveling public. All signing shall meet the
requirements of the California State Manual of Warning Signs, Lights and Devices for
Use in Performance of Work Upon Highways. Signing shall also meet the
requirements of the City Vehicle Code, and the requirements of the Carmel Public
Works Department.
The City shall not share costs for traffic control, including signing of detour routes, and
full compensation thereof shall be included in other bid items.
7-1.05 - Indemnification - The Contractors requirements regarding indemnification of
the City of Carmel shall conform to the provisions in Sections 7-1.05, Indemnification,
set forth in the Standard Specifications.
7-1.06 - Insurance - The Contractors requirements regarding insurance shall conform
to the provisions of Section 7-1.06, Insurance, as set forth in the Standard
Specifications
7-1.06C - Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance - The
Contractor shall maintain adequate workmens compensation insurance under the laws
of the State of California, for all labor employed by the Contractor or by any
subcontractor under them, who may come within the protection of such workmens
compensation laws of the State of California, and shall provide, where practicable,
employees general liability insurance for the benefit of their employees and the
employee of any subcontractor under them, not protected by such compensation laws,
and proof of such insurance, satisfactory to the City shall be given by filing certificates of
such insurance with the City, in form satisfactory to said City. If such insurance is
underwritten by any agency other than the State Compensation Fund, such agency shall
be a company authorized to do business in the State of California.
7-1.06D - Liability Insurance - The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the
life of this contract such public liability and property damage insurance as shall protect
oneself and any subcontractor performing work covered by the Contractors contract
from claims for property damages, which may arise because of the nature of the work or
from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by oneself or by any
subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them.
The submission by the Contractor of payrolls, or copies thereof, is not required.
However, in accordance with the regulations of the Department of Labor, each
Contractor, or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period of
three years from the date of completion of this contract. Such payroll records shall be
38
8346-14
Special Provisions
made available at all times for inspection by the contracting officer or his authorized
representative.
7-1.06D(2) - Liability Limits/Additional Insureds - Contractors liability insurance must
provide liability limits of not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury
and property damage for each accident arising from the operation of the Contractor
and/or his subcontractors in the performance of the work provided for herein and
$2,000,000 aggregate for products/completed operation.
The public liability and property damage insurance shall also directly protect the
subcontractors, and all insurance policies issued hereunder shall so state. The
Contractor must provide an endorsement page naming the City of Carmel, its
employees, officers or agents as additional insureds.
7-1.06E - Automobile Liability Insurance - Automobile liability insurance covering all
vehicles used in the performance of the contract must provide liability limits of not less
than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage for each
accident or occurrence which may arise from the operations of the Contractor and/or his
subcontractor in performing the work provided for herein.
SECTION 8. - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

The provisions of Section 8, Prosecution and Progress, of the Standard Specifications,
shall apply to be done.
8-1.02 - Schedule - The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a progress
schedule for acceptance prior to the start of construction.
8-1.04 - Start of Job Site Activities - The City anticipates to issue a Notice to Proceed
for the project immediately following the execution of the construction contract.
Contractors daytime working hours will be within the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.,
Monday through Friday. No work will be permitted on weekends or holidays.
8-1.11 - Utility and Non-Highway Facilities - Utilities and underground structures are
expected to be adjacent to or encountered in the work area for which the City has
incomplete information, and which may be approximate. The Contractor shall determine
the exact location of all existing utilities before commencing work. The Contractor shall
be required to notify the Underground Utility Location Service (800-642-2444) one week
prior to start of construction. The Contractor is fully responsible for any and all damages
which might be occasioned by his failure to exactly locate and preserve any and all
underground utilities.
Any delays to the Contractor's operations as a direct result of underground mains or
facilities which were not indicated on the plans, or were located in a position
substantially different from that indicated on the plans will not be considered as a right to
39
8346-14
Special Provisions
delay the schedule, and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for any
such delay.
In the event the utility companies need to relocate, upgrade, or work on any of their
facilities during the construction period, the Contractor will be granted an appropriate
time extension for completion of the project.
SECTION 9. - PAYMENT
9-1.02 - Measurement - All work to be paid for at contract unit prices will be measured
in accordance with units specified in the Bid Schedule and as stated in the Notice to
Bidders.
9-1.03 - Payment Scope - The Contractor shall accept the compensation provided in
the contract as full payment for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
incidentals necessary to perform the work shown on the plans and to construct a
complete and usable facility.
40
8346-14
Special Provisions
FOREST THEATER RENOVATIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
41
Forest Theater Renovation
Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc.

February 27, 2015

DOCUMENT 000110
TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 2
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP:

DIVISION 0 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS BY OWNER
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP:

DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 011100
SECTION 012513
SECTION 012600
SECTION 013100
SECTION 013126
SECTION 013131
SECTION 013200
SECTION 013300
SECTION 014000
SECTION 014216
SECTION 014339
SECTION 014900
SECTION 015000
SECTION 016500
SECTION 017300
SECTION 017329
SECTION 017419
SECTION 017700
SECTION 017823
SECTION 017834
SECTION 017839
SECTION 017900
SUMMARY OF WORK
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
DESIGN-BUILD REQUIREMENTS
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
DEFINITIONS
MOCK-UPS
SUPPORTING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
CUTTING AND PATCHING
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

Table of Contents
000110-1

December 18, 2014
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUPS:

DIVISION 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
SECTION 024116
STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
SECTION 031000
SECTION 032000
SECTION 033000
SECTION 033800
SECTION 034700
FORMWORK
REINFORCING STEEL
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DRILLED PIERS
SITE CAST CONCRETE
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
SECTION 044300
STONE WALLS
DIVISION 5 METALS
SECTION 051200
SECTION 055000
SECTION 055213
STRUCTURAL STEEL
METAL FABRICATIONS
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

SECTION 061000
SECTION 062000
SECTION 064100
SECTION 066413
ROUGH CARPENTRY
FINISH CARPENTRY
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
FIBERGLASS-REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 071326
SECTION 072116
SECTION 072616
SECTION 076000
SECTION 076500
SECTION 078400
SECTION 079200
SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING

BLANKET INSULATION
BELOW-GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
FLEXIBLE FLASHING
FIRESTOPPING
JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 OPENINGS
SECTION 081113
SECTION 081416
SECTION 083113

Table of Contents
000110-2
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

FLUSH WOOD DOORS
ACCESS DOORS

February 27, 2015
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUPS (CONT):

DIVISION 9 FINISHES
SECTION 092900
SECTION 099100
SECTION 099729
SECTION
GYPSUM BOARD
PAINTING
CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING
STAGE FLOORING
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
SECTION 101400
SECTION 102813
SECTION 104400
SIGNAGE
COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT NOT USED

DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT NOT USED
DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION NOT USED
DIVISION 22 PLUMBING SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NOT USED
DIVISION 24 THROUGH 27 NOT USED
DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

SECTION 28 31 00
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM DEFERRED SUBMITTAL

Table of Contents
000110-3

December 18, 2014
SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP:

DIVISION 30 NOT USED
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
SECTION 310000
EARTHWORK
DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

SECTION 320000
SECTION 321216
SECTION 321323
SECTION 321713
SECTION 321723
SECTION 321726
SECTION 323139
SECTION 329000
EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
ASPHALT PAVING
LANDSCAPE SITE CONCRETE
PARKING BUMPERS
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
TACTILE WARNING SURFACING
WOOD FENCES AND GATES
PLANTING
DIVISION 33 UTILITIES NOT USED

DIVISIONS 34 35 - NOT USED
PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP:

DIVISIONS 40 48 - NOT USED
END OF SECTION

Table of Contents
000110-4

February 27, 2015
SECTION 011100 - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SCOPE OF WORK
A.
Abbreviated Written Summary: Briefly and without force and effect upon the
Contract Documents, the Work of the Contract can be summarized as follows:
1.
Renovation of an existing outdoor theater to address cited hazards in
structural compliance, accessibility requirements, egress lighting, emergency
power, and adequate exiting for the site.
2.
Project includes:
a.
Demolition of 2 buildings,
b.
Electrical closet addition at Control Room,
c.
New stepped aisles, rows, and cross aisle at seating,
d.
Accessibility and site improvements,
e.
Minor renovation at indoor theater,
f.
New restroom at stage scene dock,
g.
Structural upgrades at existing buildings.
3.
Work includes 2 new exit gates to the public way.
4.
The Project is located at NE corner of Mountain View and Santa Rita,
Carmel-by-the-Sea, California, as shown on Documents prepared by Cody
Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc., dated February 27, 2015.
B.
Site demolition Work will be as described in on sheet A2.0.
C.
Owner will pay for project inspector fees, special inspector and testing lab fees, City
/ utility connection fees.
D.
Allow for weekly Owner/Architect/Contractor meetings at the job site.
E.
Preconstruction subcontractor meetings for major building assemblies and MEP

coordination.
F.
Shop drawings required for all major shop-fabricated items, including casework,
canopy, architecturally exposed metalwork, window systems and doors, sunshade
devices, structural steel, etc.
1.3
A.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
Hazardous Materials Removal: Hazardous materials management is not a part of
the scope of work (NIC). The Architect (Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc.,)
and any of the Architects consultants, assume no responsibility for the
Summary of Work
011100-1

February 27, 2015
management of hazardous materials that may be on this site. The Contractor shall
contact the Owner to coordinate any and all issues related to hazardous material
management. The Contractor shall comply with applicable codes, laws, regulations
and standards regarding work with and around potentially hazardous materials.
The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring that personnel within the work area
are protected from exposure to hazardous materials. If materials are discovered
that may be hazardous, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and
cease work until conditions can be corrected.
1.4
CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A.
Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; allow for
Owner occupancy and use by the public.
B.
Coordinate use of premises and access to site with the Owner and Architect.
C.
Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site
beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be
disturbed.
D.
Keep driveways and entrances clear at all times. Do not use these areas for
parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize requirements for
storage of materials.
E.
Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this
Contract, stored on the site.
F.
Limit use of site for work and storage to areas within the site boundaries unless
specific areas are allowed in writing by the Owner.
G.
Move any stored products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with
operations of the Landlord, or separate contractor.
H.
If necessary, obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed
for operations. Unless otherwise agreed upon, on-site storage shall be limited to
areas of new construction.
I.
Do not unreasonably encumber space with materials.
J.
Work area must be kept clean and safe at all times.
K.
No propane or similar flammable gas or liquid used in construction is permitted to

be stored on the premises. It is to be removed from the premises when not is use
during the off hours and weekends.
L.
Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take precautions necessary to

protect the building and occupants during the construction period.
M.
Contractors shall submit both home and office numbers to the Owners Project
Managers office for a minimum of 2 employees in the event they must be
contacted during off hours or weekends.
Summary of Work
011100-2

1.5

February 27, 2015
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of

construction elements.
B.
Verify that characteristics of interrelated operation equipment are compatible;

coordinate work having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connection to,
and placing such equipment in service. Coordinate space requirements and
installation of mechanical and electrical work; make runs parallel with lines of
building.
C.
Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
D.
Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner and Architect.
E.
Verify all existing conditions prior to bidding and re-verify conditions prior to
commencement of any portion of the work. Notify Architect of any discrepancies
between the existing conditions and those indicated in the contract documents prior
to bidding or commencement of construction activities.
F.
Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on the

Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following
are used on the Drawings to identify materials and products:
1.6
FIELD ENGINEERING
A.
Provide project engineering service; establish lines and levels by use of recognized
engineering survey practices.
B.
Locate and protect control and reference points.
1.7
REGULATORY REQUIRMENETS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
Regulatory Requirements:
1.
Architect has contacted governing authorities and reviewed design
requirements of local, state and federal agencies for applicability to Project.
2.
Contractor shall be responsible for contacting governing authorities directly
for necessary information and decisions bearing upon performance of Work.
B.
Reference Standards:
1.
For Products specified by association or trade standards, comply with
requirements of referenced standard, except when more rigid requirements
are specified or are required by applicable codes.
2.
Applicable date of each standard is that in effect as of Contract date, except
when a specific date is specified.
Summary of Work
011100-3

February 27, 2015
1.8
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND NOISE CONTROL
A.
Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent
flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
B.
Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil

erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed
areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of 2003
EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is
more stringent.
1.
Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by
construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones.
2.
Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures
during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
3.
Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion
and sedimentation from the project site during the course of the project.
4.
Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas
disturbed during removal.
C.
Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside
the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction
operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
D.
Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of
noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1.
Notify Owners Representative not less than two days in advance of proposed
disruptive operations.
2.
Obtain Owners Representatives written permission before proceeding with
disruptive operations.
1.9
ORDERING OF MATERIALS
A.
Certain materials are considered custom or long-lead items and must be expedited
through submittals and ordering. Contractor shall verify delivery for all materials
and schedule submittals and orders accordingly.
B.
Contractor shall provide written verification that each custom or long-lead item has
been ordered in sufficient time to meet proposed construction schedule.
1.10
WORK RESTRICTIONS
A.
Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1.
Comply with limitations on use of public streets and other requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working
hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except as otherwise
indicated.
1.
Limit construction equipment maintenance to the same hours.
Summary of Work
011100-4

2.
3.
4.
5.

February 27, 2015
No construction shall occur on State holidays (e.g., Thanksgiving, Labor

Day).
Weekend Hours: Obtain hours from Owners Representative.
Early Morning Hours: Obtain hours from Owners Representative.
Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Obtain from Owners Representative.
C.
Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by

Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1.
Notify Owners Representative not less than two days in advance of proposed
utility interruptions.
2.
Obtain Owners Representative written permission before proceeding with
utility interruptions.
D.
Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the buildings or within 25

feet (8 m) of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes.
E.
Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances

on the Project site is not permitted.
1.11
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A.
Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for the Work occupied.
B.
Prior to Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully

operational.
Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully
completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED
END OF SECTION 011100
Summary of Work
011100-5

February 27, 2015
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Summary of Work
011100-6

February 27, 2015
SECTION 012300 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Submission procedures.
B.
Documentation of changes to Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Document 002113 - Instructions To Bidders: Requirements for Alternates.
B.
Document 005213 - Owner-Contractor Agreement: Incorporating monetary value

of accepted Alternates.
C.
Section 012513 - Product Substitution Procedures.
D.
Section 013300 Submittal Procedures: Work schedule affected by Alternates.
1.4
REQUIREMENTS
A.
Submit Alternates with full description of the proposed Alternate and the effect on
adjacent or related components.
B.
Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at

Owner's option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement.
C.
Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each
Alternate.
1.5
SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATES
A.
Indicate variation of Bid Price for Alternates described below and list in Bid Form
Document or any supplement to it, which requests a 'difference' in Bid Price by
adding to or deducting from the base bid price.
B.
Bid will be evaluated on base bid price. After determination of preferred bidder,
consideration will be given to Alternates and Bid Price adjustments.
Alternates
012300-1

February 27, 2015
1.6
SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A.
Design Alternate #1: Replacement of Stage Flooring Top Layer

1.
All options to include removal of existing top layer of plywood down to T&G
decking.
2.
Alternate 1A: Two layers plywood, installed at 90 degrees to each other,
with top layer of 3/8 Stageboard material, installed at 90 degrees to layer
below. See A2.5.
3.
Alternate 1B: One layer of plywood with top layer of marine grade
plywood, installed at 90 degrees to layer below.
4.
Alternate 1C: Two layers of marine grade plywood, installed at 90 degrees to
each other.
B.
Design Alternate #2: Decking Material at Exterior Deck

1.
In lieu of 2x6 Redwood Select Heart Decking, install Redwood Construction
Heart Decking.
C.
Design Alternate #3: Concrete Curbs and Retaining Walls

1.
In lieu of stone curbs and retaining walls at walking paths, provide concrete
curbs and retaining walls. Provide a plan showing the extent of concrete vs.
stone with pricing per area.
D.
Design Alternate #4: Center Aisle Handrails

1.
In lieu of center aisle handrails shown on A2.1, provide center aisle handrails
at end of each row per A2.2.

Alternates
012300-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 012513 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
PRODUCTS
A.
"Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased
for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock.
B.
"Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including

make or model designation indicated in the manufacturer's product literature.
C.
"Materials" are products that are shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or
otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
D.
"Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually

operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping.
E.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of

construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor.
1.
Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required
due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product,
regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.
2.
Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner
that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may
offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.
1.3
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Substitutions will only be considered during bidding until the contract is signed.
Exceptions to this requirement include discontinuation of a product and products
that do not meet code requirements.
B.
Where the terms or equal, or accepted equal, or or accepted equivalent are

used in the specifications, this shall be interpreted as a requirement to request a
substitution subject to the provisions of this Section.
C.
The first listed manufacturer is to be considered the Basis of Design whether

stated or not. Any additional manufacturers are to be considered substitutions,
subject to the procedures and provisions of this Section.
Product Substitution Procedures

012513-1

December 18, 2014
D.
Requests for substitutions, submitted to the Architect by the Contractor after

commencement of construction, will be reviewed at the Architect's standard hourly
rate. The time required to review the substitution request and any subsequent
changes to the drawings shall be charged to the Contractor.
E.
Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration.

Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include
Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1.
Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided at the end of this
Section.
2.
Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:
a.
Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation
cannot be provided, if applicable.
b.
Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions
needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by
Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to
accommodate proposed substitution.
c.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution
with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable
Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such
as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable
design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and
requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work
specified.
d.
Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
e.
Samples, where applicable or requested.
f.
Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
g.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names
and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
h.
Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
i.
Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from ICC-ES where applicable.
j.
Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using
proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including
effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of
construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter
from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt
of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
k.
Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract
Sum.
l.
Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in
substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is
appropriate for applications indicated.
m.
Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed
substitution to produce indicated results.

012513-2

3.
1.4

December 18, 2014
Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or

documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for
substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of
proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of
receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a.
Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive,
or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
b.
Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a
proposed substitution within time allocated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product

Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the
Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for
substitution, nor does it constitute approval.
B.
Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed

substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency
to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
C.
Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product,

listing characteristics required, with or without use of a brand name, provide a
product that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with requirements.
D.
Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of

construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after
award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions." The following
are not considered substitutions:
1.
Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect.
2.
Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract
Documents.
3.
Compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing
authorities.
1.5
PRODUCT OPTIONS
A.
Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product

meeting those standards or description.
B.
Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers:

Products of
manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions
allowed.
C.
Products Specified by Naming one or More Manufacturers with a Provision for

Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution, during Bidding only, for any
manufacturer not named.

012513-3

December 18, 2014
1.6
A.
PROCEDURES
Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the
approved substitutions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery

of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation
and review of related submittals.
1.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when
the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not
satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance with these requirements:
a.
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and
will produce indicated results.
b.
Requested substitution provides sustainable design criteria that
specified product provided to achieve LEED prerequisites and credits.
c.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
d.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's
construction schedule.
e.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
f.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
g.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
h.
Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
i.
If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
2.
Provide all documentation for DSA approval related to the substitution. The
may include revised structural backing details.
B.
Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the
Architect will request additional information necessary for evaluation. Within 2
weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information,
whichever is later, the Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection.
If a decision on use of a substitute cannot be made within the time allocated, use
the product specified. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order or
construction change document.

012513-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Change orders and change order procedures.
B.
Allowance adjustments.
C.
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.
1.3
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A.
The Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the
Work, not involving adjustment to Contract Sum or Time.
B.
Authorization for minor changes in the Work that involve adjustments to Contract
Sum or Time, must be approved by the Owner and will be issued by the Owner
through the Architect.
1.4
CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A.
The Architect, with a detailed description of the proposed change and supplemental
or revised Drawings and Specification if accepted, will issue proposal requests that
require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Time. Proposal requests are for
information only and shall not be considered as instruction to stop work in progress,
or to execute the change.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated, within twenty days of receipt, submit an estimate of

cost to execute the change.
1.
Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs, along
with the amount of purchases to be made. If requested, furnish survey data
to substantiate quantities.
2.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
3.
Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work will
have on the Contract time.
Contract Modification Procedures

012600-1

December 18, 2014
1.5
CONTRACTOR INITIATED CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A.
When unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor

may propose changes by submitting a request to the Architect.
1.
Include a statement outlining reasons for the change. Provide a complete
description of the change. Indicate effect of the proposed change on the
Contract Sum and Time.
2.
Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs, along
with amount of purchases to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
3.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
B.
Comply with requirements in Section 012513 if the change requires substitution of

one product or system for product or system specified.
1.6
ALLOWANCE ADJUSTMENT
A.
Base each change order proposal request for an allowance cost adjustment on the
difference between the actual purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by
the final measurement of work-in-place, with reasonable allowances for cutting
losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and similar
margins.
1.
Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where indicated as part
of the allowance.
B.
When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate margins

claimed.
C.
The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work-in-place by
independent quantity survey, measure, or count.
D.
Submit claims for increased costs because of change in scope or nature of the
allowance described in contract documents, whether for purchase amount or
Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead and profit, within 20 days of
receipt of change order or construction change directive authorizing work to
proceed. Claims submitted later than 20 days will be rejected.
E.
Change order cost amount shall not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect
expense except when clearly demonstrated that the nature or scope of work
required was changed from what could have been foreseen from the allowance
description and other information in contract documents.
F.
No change to the Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher

or lower priced materials or systems, of the same scope and nature as originally
indicated.

012600-2

1.7

December 18, 2014
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A.
When the Owner and Contractor are not in agreement on terms of a Change Order
Proposal Request, a Construction Change Directive may be issued by the Architect
upon approval of the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change,
for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B.
Construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of the change

and designate method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or
Time.
C.
Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work

required by the Construction Change Directive.
D.
After completion of the change submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
1.8
A.
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

Upon signed authorization by the Owner, the Architect will issue a Change Order
for signatures of the Owner and Contractor, as provided in the Conditions of the
Contract.


012600-3

December 18, 2014

012600-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Coordination.
B.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
C.
General installation provisions.
D.
Cleaning and protection.
1.3
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate activities included in various Sections to assure efficient and orderly

installation of each component. Coordinate operations included under different
Sections that are dependent on each other for proper installation and operation.
B.
Where installation of one component depends on installation of other components

before or after its own installation, schedule activities in the sequence required to
obtain the best results.
C.
Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure

maximum accessibility for maintenance, service and repair.
D.
Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
E.
Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining required

coordination procedures. Include required notices, reports, and attendance at
meetings.
F.
Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate Contractors where
coordination of their Work is required.
1.4
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
A.
Coordinate scheduling and timing of administrative procedures with other activities

to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress.
B.
Preparation of schedules.
Project Management and Coordination

013100-1

December 18, 2014
C.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
D.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
E.
Progress meetings.
F.
Project closeout activities.
1.5
COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A.
Prepare Coordination Drawings where close coordination is required for installation

of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited
space necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different
components.
B.
Show relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
C.
Indicate required installation sequences.
D.
Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for Mechanical," and Division
26 Section "Common Work Results for Electrical" for requirements for mechanical
and electrical installations.
1.6
A.
1.7
INSPECTION OF CONDITIONS
The Installer of each component shall inspect the substrate and conditions under
which Work is performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the

extent that they are more stringent than requirements in Contract Documents.
B.
Inspect material immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject
damaged and defective items.
C.
Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing
each construction element. Secure each construction element true to line and
level. Allow for expansion and building movement.
1.8
VISUAL EFFECTS
A.
Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints to obtain the best
effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for decision.
B.
Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting installation.
C.
Install each component during weather conditions and project status that will
ensure the best results. Isolate each part from incompatible material as necessary
to prevent deterioration.

013100-2

D.
1.9
A.
1.10

December 18, 2014
Coordinate temporary enclosures with inspections and tests, to minimize

uncovering completed construction for that purpose.
MOUNTING HEIGHTS
Where mounting heights are not indicated, install components at standard heights
for the application indicated. Refer questionable decisions to the Architect.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and
adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure
protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
B.
Clean and maintain completed construction as often as necessary through the

construction period.
Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
C.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise operations to ensure that no part of construction,

completed or in progress, is subject to harmful or deleterious exposure. Such
exposures include:
1.
Excessive weathering.
2.
Excessively high or low temperatures or humidity.
3.
Air contamination or pollution.
4.
Water or ice.
5.
Chemicals or solvents.
6.
Heavy traffic, soiling, staining and corrosion.
7.
Rodent and insect infestation.
8.
Unusual wear or other misuse.
9.
Contact between incompatible materials.
10. Theft or vandalism.


013100-3

December 18, 2014

013100-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 013131 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and
other Division 1 Specifications, apply to this Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Procedures to be followed by Contractor upon discovery of any apparent conflicts,
omissions, or errors in Contract Documents or upon having any question
concerning interpretation.
PROCEDURES
Notification by Contractor:
1.
Submit all requests for clarification and additional information in writing to
Architect using the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by Architect
or a similar form approved by Architect.
2.
Number RFIs sequentially. Follow RFI number with sequential alphabetical
suffix as necessary for each resubmission. For example, the first RFI would
be 001. The second RFI would be 002. The first resubmittal of RFI 002
would be 002a.
3.
Limit each RFI to one issue on one subject and to no more than five
questions.
4.
Submit RFIs if one of the following conditions occur:
a.
Contractor discovers an unforeseen condition or circumstance that is
not described in the Contract Documents.
b.
Contractor discovers an apparent conflict or discrepancy between
portions of the Contract Documents that appears to be inconsistent or
is not reasonably inferred from the intent of the Contract Documents.
c.
Contractor discovers what appears to be an omission from the Contract
Documents that cannot be reasonably inferred from the intent of the
Contract Documents.
d.
RFIs will not be recognized or accepted if, in the opinion of Architect,
one of the following conditions exist and may result in the Architect
requesting monetary compensation from the Contractor for time spent
to review any of the following:
1)
Contractor submits the RFI as a request for substitution.
2)
Contractor submits the RFI as a submittal.
3)
Contractor submits the RFI under the pretense of a Contract
Documents discrepancy or omission without thorough review of
the Documents.
4)
Contractor submits the RFI in a manner that suggest that specific
portions of the Contract Documents are assumed to be excluded
or by taking an isolated portion of the Contract Documents in part
rather than whole.
Request for Information
013131-1

December 18, 2014
5)
5.
B.
1.4
Contractor submits an RFI in an untimely manner without proper

coordination and scheduling of work or related trades.
Ask for any clarification or request for information immediately upon
discovery. Submit RFIs in a reasonable time frame so as not to affect the
project schedule while allowing the full response time described below.
Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing

information or interpretation and the following:
1.
Project name.
2.
Project number.
3.
Date.
4.
Name of Contractor.
5.
Name of Architect and Owners Representative.
6.
RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7.
RFI subject.
8.
Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as
appropriate.
9.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the
Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments:
Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos,
Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information
necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a.
Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details
of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached
sketches.
RESPONSE TIME
A.
Architect, whose decision will be final and conclusive, shall resolve such questions
and issue instructions to Contractor within a reasonable time frame. In most cases,
RFIs will receive a response within 7 calendar days. In some cases this time may
need to be lengthened for complex issues, or shortened for emergency situations,
as mutually agreed by all parties.
B.
Should Contractor proceed with the work affected before receipt of a response from
Architect, within the response time described above, any portion of the work which
is not done in accordance with Architects interpretations, clarifications, instructions,
or decisions is subject to removal or replacement and Contractor shall be
responsible for all resultant losses.
C.
Additional Detailed Instructions:

1.
Architect may furnish additional detailed, written instructions to further explain
the work and such instructions shall be a part of Contract Documents. Should
additional detailed instructions in the opinion of Contractor constitute work in
excess of the scope of Contract, Contractor shall submit written notification
thereof to Architect within seven calendar days following receipt of such
instruction, and in any event prior to the commencement of work thereon.

013131-2

2.
3.
D.

December 18, 2014
Architect will then consider such notice and if Architect considered it justified,
Architects instructions will be revised, or an extra work authorization will be
issued.
Contractor has no claim for additional compensation or extension of the
schedule because of any such additional instructions unless Contractor gives
Architect written notice thereof within the time frame as specified above.
Failure to Agree: In the event of failure to agree as to the scope of Contract

requirements, Contractor shall follow procedures set forth in the disputes clause.


013131-3

December 18, 2014

013131-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of
construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1.
Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2.
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3.
Submittals Schedule.
4.
Daily construction reports.
5.
Material location reports.
6.
Field condition reports.
7.
Special reports.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 012900 Payment Procedures: Submitting the Schedule of Values.
B.
Section 013100 - Project Management and Coordination: Submitting and

distributing meeting and conference minutes.
C.
Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Submitting schedules and reports.
D.
Section 013233
photographs.
E.
Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Submitting a schedule of tests and

inspections.
1.4
A.
Photographic
Documentation:
Submitting
construction
DEFINITIONS
Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,
monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a
construction schedule consume time and resources.
1.
Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish
on the planned early start and finish times.
2.
Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the
network.
3.
Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
Construction Progress Documentation

013200 - 1

December 18, 2014
B.
Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an
activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total
Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by Architect.
C.
CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a

construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships.
Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical
path of Project.
D.
Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the
network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and
contains no float.
E.
Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F.
Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1.
Float time belongs to Owner is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either
Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource
available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and
Contract completion date.
2.
Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely
affecting the early start of the successor activity.
3.
Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity
without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G.
Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller
activities for greater detail.
H.
Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant

construction element.
I.
Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.
J.
Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and

activity relationships.
K.
Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the
completion of an activity as scheduled.
1.5
A.
SUBMITTALS
Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following
information in a tabular format:
1.
Scheduled date for first submittal.
2.
Specification Section number and title.
3.
Submittal category (action or informational).
4.
Name of subcontractor.
5.
Description of the Work covered.
6.
Scheduled date for Architect's and Construction Manager's final release or
approval.

013200 - 2

December 18, 2014
B.
Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies.

1.
Approval of cost-loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute
approval of Schedule of Values for cost-loaded activities.
C.
Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit two opaque copies, large enough to show
entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.
D.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule,

large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.
1.
Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled
to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial
or Updated) and date.
E.
CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three copies of each of the
following computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall
contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original
duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late
finish date, and total float in calendar days.
1.
Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early
start date, or actual start date if known.
2.
Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities,
sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or
actual start date if known.
3.
Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4.
Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice
to Proceed until most recent Application for Payment.
F.
Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.
G.
Material Location Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.
H.
Field Condition Reports:

conditions.
I.
Special Reports: Submit two copies at time of unusual event.
1.6
Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Scheduling Consultant Qualifications:

An experienced specialist in CPM
scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams
within 24 hours of Architect's request.
B.
Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with

requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
Review methods and procedures related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule
and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2.
Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update
schedule.
3.
Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages area separations, interim
milestones, and partial Owner occupancy.
013200 - 3

December 18, 2014
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1.7
Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.

Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and
inspecting agencies.
Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
Review submittal requirements and procedures.
Review procedures for updating schedule.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance

of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B.
Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of

subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
required schedules and reports.
1.
Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
parties involved.
2.
Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by
dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review,
resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing
dates.
1.
Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of
Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2.
Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar-chart schedule.
Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those
required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early
because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
a.
At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction
Schedule, instead of tabulating them separately.
3.
2.2
A.
Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of

Contractor's Construction Schedule.
a.
Update schedule and submit at each project meeting.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning &
Scheduling."

013200 - 4

December 18, 2014
B.
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to
date of Final Completion.
1.
Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule
that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by
Change Order.
C.
Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for
each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1.
Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days,
unless specifically allowed by Architect.
2.
Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the
following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60
days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include,
but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and
delivery.
a.
Modular buildings.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in

Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal
review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 20 days for startup and
testing.
Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established
for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's and Construction
Manager's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial
Completion.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract

Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is
affected.
1.
Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2.
Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each
contract.
3.
Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work
performed by Owner.
4.
Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product.
Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery
dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5.
Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product.
Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery
dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
6.
Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a.
Coordination with existing construction.
b.
Limitations of continued occupancies.
c.
Uninterruptible services.
d.
Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e.
Use of premises restrictions.
f.
Provisions for future construction.
g.
Seasonal variations.
h.
Environmental control.
013200 - 5

December 18, 2014
7.
Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major

portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a.
Subcontract awards.
b.
Submittals.
c.
Purchases.
d.
Mockups.
e.
Fabrication.
f.
Sample testing.
g.
Deliveries.
h.
Installation.
i.
Tests and inspections.
j.
Adjusting.
k.
Curing.
l.
Startup and placement into final use and operation.
8.
Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major
portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major
area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to
provide for the following:
a.
Structural completion.
b.
Permanent space enclosure.
c.
Completion of mechanical installation.
d.
Completion of electrical installation.
e.
Substantial Completion.
E.
Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,

including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and
Final Completion, and the following interim milestones:
1.
Delivery of modular buildings.
F.
Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating
planned and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed
as of dates used for preparation of payment requests.
1.
Refer to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and
payment procedures.
2.
Contractor shall assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule.
Costs shall not be assigned to submittal activities unless specified otherwise
but may, with Architect's approval, be assigned to fabrication and delivery
activities. Costs shall be under required principal subcontracts for testing and
commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list
activities, Project Record Documents, and demonstration and training (if
applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.
3.
Each activity cost shall reflect an accurate value subject to approval by
Architect.
4.
Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.
G.
Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent

with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate
the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

013200 - 6

H.
2.3

December 18, 2014
Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed
specifically to manage construction schedules.
PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction

schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
B.
Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first

workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
Outline significant
construction activities for first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for
the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated
activities.
2.4
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A.
Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Ganttchart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established
for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction
Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of
Project.
B.
Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first

workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1.
For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete,
indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within
time bar.
2.5
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)
A.
General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.
B.
Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established

for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 60
days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a
cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
C.
CPM Schedule:
Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a
computerized, cost- and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis
diagram for the Work.
1.
Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can
be accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for the
Notice to Proceed.
a.
Failure to include any work item required for performance of this
Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within
applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the
schedule.
2.
Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel,
including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and
using CPM schedule information.

013200 - 7

December 18, 2014
3.
4.
D.
Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for
reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and
payment request dates.
Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and
holidays incorporated into the schedule.
CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the
Work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to
identify probable critical paths.
1.
Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and
relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated
time frames for the following activities:
a.
Preparation and processing of submittals.
b.
Mobilization and demobilization.
c.
Purchase of materials.
d.
Delivery.
e.
Fabrication.
f.
Utility interruptions.
g.
Installation.
h.
Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities.
i.
Testing and commissioning.
2.
3.
4.
Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for
interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be
consistent with Contract milestone dates.
Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn,
time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and
reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the
limitations of the Contract Time.
Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of
network; locate paths with most float near the edges.
a.
Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off
the critical path.
E.
Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight
"early start-total float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports
showing the following:
1.
Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2.
Description of activity.
3.
Principal events of activity.
4.
Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5.
Early and late start dates.
6.
Early and late finish dates.
7.
Activity duration in workdays.
8.
Total float or slack time.
9.
Average size of workforce.
10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the Schedule of Values).
F.
Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare

tabulated reports showing the following:

013200 - 8

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
G.
2.6

December 18, 2014
Identification of activities that have changed.

Changes in early and late start dates.
Changes in early and late finish dates.
Changes in activity durations in workdays.
Changes in the critical path.
Changes in total float or slack time.
Changes in the Contract Time.
Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.
1.
In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and
cumulative dollar value.
2.
In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and
cumulative dollar value.
3.
In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities
completed as of list date.
4.
Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing
with progress meetings.
REPORTS
A.
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the

following information concerning events at Project site:
1.
List of subcontractors at Project site.
2.
List of separate contractors at Project site.
3.
Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4.
Equipment at Project site.
5.
Material deliveries.
6.
High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
7.
Accidents.
8.
Meetings and significant decisions.
9.
Unusual events (refer to special reports).
10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
11. Meter readings and similar recordings.
12. Emergency procedures.
13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14. Change Orders received and implemented.
15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
16. Services connected and disconnected.
17. Equipment or system tests and startups.
18. Partial Completions and occupancies.
19. Substantial Completions authorized.
B.
Material Location Reports:

At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a
comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be
cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered.
Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items
of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site.
C.
Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field

conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report.
Submit with a request for interpretation on form agreed to by Architect, Owner, and
013200 - 9

December 18, 2014
Contractor. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with

recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
2.7
SPECIAL REPORTS
A.
General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an

occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.
B.
Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature

occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and
submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by
Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent
information.
Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or
predictable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and

reporting using CPM scheduling.
1.
In-House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if
Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and
reporting techniques. Submit qualifications.
2.
Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project
progress, alleged delays, and time impact.
B.
Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating:

At monthly intervals, update
schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one
week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1.
Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where
revisions have been recognized or made.
Issue updated schedule
concurrently with the report of each such meeting.
2.
Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change,
including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and
finishes, and activity durations.
3.
As Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
C.
Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Construction

Manager, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other
parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1.
Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2.
When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties
and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they
have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved
in performance of construction activities.

013200 - 10

December 18, 2014
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product
Data, Samples, and other submittals.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 013100 Project Management and Coordination:

Submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination
Drawings.
B.
Section 013126 Design-Build Requirements:

submittals to DSA.
C.
Section 013200 Construction Progress Documentation: Submitting schedules and

reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.
D.
Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Submitting test and inspection reports.
E.
Section 014339 Mock-ups.
F.
Section 017823 - Operation and Maintenance Data for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
G.
Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures for submitting warranties.
H.
Section 017839 - Project Record Documents: For submitting Record Drawings,

Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
I.
Section 017900 - Demonstration and Training for submitting videotapes of

demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
J.
Divisions 2 through 35 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those

Sections.
1.4
A.
Requirements for deferred
DEFINITIONS
Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's and
Owners Representatives responsive action.
Submittal Procedures
013300 - 1

December 18, 2014
B.
1.5
Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's and
Owners Representatives responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not
complying with requirements.
DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES
A.
Distribute copies of the Submittal Schedule to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors,

and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the
temporary field office. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and
post in the same locations.
B.
Updating: Revise Schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have
been made. Issue the updated Schedules concurrently with report of each
meeting.
1.6
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be

provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals where Contractor
has signed Architects release waiver.
1.
After receipt of signed release form, CAD files will be made available in the
Architects working formats without modifications.
2.
See release form attached to the end of this section.
B.
Coordination:
Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities.
1.
Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2.
Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the
Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals
concurrently for coordination.
a.
Architect reserves Architect and Owners Representative reserve the
right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other
submittals until related submittals are received.
C.
Submittals Schedule:
Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements
for scheduled performance of related construction activities.
D.
Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for
resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's and
Owners Representatives receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time
will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of
the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1.
Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow
additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required.
Architect Owners Representative will advise Contractor when a submittal
being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2.
Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in
same manner as initial submittal.
013300 - 2

3.

December 18, 2014
Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
E.
Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for

identification.
1.
Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title
block.
2.
Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or
beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and
action taken by Architect and Owners Representative.
3.
Include the following information on label for processing and recording action
taken:
a.
Each submittal must contain the CAW project number: 14001.
b.
Project name.
c.
Date.
d.
Name and address of Architect and Owners Representative.
e.
Name and address of Contractor.
f.
Name and address of subcontractor.
g.
Name and address of supplier.
h.
Name of manufacturer.
i.
Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1)
Submittal number shall use Specification Section number
followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g.,
061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after
another decimal point (e.g., 061000.01.A).
j.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
k.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
l.
Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
m.
Other necessary identification.
F.
Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the

Contract Documents on submittals.
G.
Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and
unless Architect or Owners Representative observes noncompliance with
provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.
1.
Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified
number of copies to Architect and Owners Representative.
2.
Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with
action taken and will be returned.
H.
Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal

and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect and
Owners Representative will return submittals, without review, received from
sources other than Contractor.
1.
Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810.
2.
On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record
relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested
by Architect and Owners Representative on previous submittals, and
deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor
variations and limitations.
Include same label information as related
submittal.
013300 - 3

December 18, 2014
I.
Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial

submittal.
1.
Note date and content of previous submittal.
2.
Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate
extent of revision.
3.
Resubmit submittals until they are marked "Make Corrections Noted.
J.
Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors,

suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as
necessary for performance of construction activities.
Show distribution on
transmittal forms.
K.
Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "Make
Corrections Noted" taken by Architect and Owners Representative.
1.7
A.
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES

General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be
provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to
the following conditions:
1.
After receipt of signed release form, CAD files will be made available at final
completion in the Architects working formats without modifications.
2.
See release form attached to the end of this section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification

Sections.
1.
Submit electronic submittals directly to ftp site specifically established for
Project.
B.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of
construction and type of product or equipment.
1.
If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard
printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as
Product Data.
2.
Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3.
Include the following information, as applicable:
a.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
b.
Manufacturer's product specifications.
c.
Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d.
Standard color charts.
e.
Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f.
Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
g.
Printed performance curves.
h.
Operational range diagrams.
013300 - 4
4.
5.

December 18, 2014
i.
Mill reports.
j.
Standard product operation and maintenance manuals.
k.
Compliance with specified referenced standards.
l.
Testing by recognized testing agency.
m.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
n.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
Number of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect, through Owners Representative, will return two copies.
Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
C.
Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale.

Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or
standard printed data.
1.
Preparation:
Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include the following information, as applicable:
a.
Dimensions.
b.
Identification of products.
c.
Fabrication and installation drawings.
d.
Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e.
Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal,
and control wiring.
f.
Shop work manufacturing instructions.
g.
Templates and patterns.
h.
Schedules.
i.
Design calculations.
j.
Compliance with specified standards.
k.
Notation of coordination requirements.
l.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
m.
Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
n.
Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
o.
Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and
field-installed wiring.
2.
Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings,
submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280
mm) but no larger than 30 by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm).
3.
Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal, unless
copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five
copies where copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals.
Architect and Owners Representative will retain two copies; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record
Drawing.
D.
Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check
of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these
characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1.
Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as
accessories together in one submittal package.
2.
Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:
a.
Generic description of Sample.
013300 - 5

December 18, 2014
3.
4.
5.
b.
Product name and name of manufacturer.
c.
Sample source.
d.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for
quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity.
Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction
associated with each set.
a.
Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in
individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an
undamaged condition at time of use.
b.
Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as
Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.
Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting
of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and
patterns available.
a.
Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where
color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be
selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Owners
Representative, will return submittal with options selected.
Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated,
prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in
manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed
for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected.
Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of
manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of
materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing
color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for
independent testing and inspection.
a.
Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect and
Owners Representative will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project
Record Sample.
1)
Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar
characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2)
If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is
inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit
at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of
variations.
E.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for Owners
Representatives action.
F.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section

"Construction Progress Documentation."
G.
Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section

"Applications and Certificates for Payment."
013300 - 6

December 18, 2014
H.
Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section

"Applications and Certificates for Payment."
I.
Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms

proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products
or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in
tabular form:
1.
Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or
supplying products.
2.
Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by
subcontract.
4.
Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless
otherwise indicated. Architect, through Owners Representative, will return
two copies.
a.
Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
2.2
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
General:
Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other
Specification Sections.
1.
Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect and Owners Representative will not return copies.
2.
Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes
signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and
certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to
sign documents on behalf of that entity.
3.
Test and Inspection Reports:
Comply with requirements specified in
Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
B.
Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section

"Project Management and Coordination."
C.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."
D.
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and

experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names
and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other
information specified.
E.
Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and

personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of
Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR)
on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
F.
Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead

certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and,
where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
013300 - 7

December 18, 2014
G.
Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead

certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
H.
Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead

certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
I.
Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead

certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
J.
Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on

testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material
for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
K.
Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced
by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base
reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a
qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing
agency.
L.
Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code

organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with
building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:
1.
Name of evaluation organization.
2.
Date of evaluation.
3.
Time period when report is in effect.
4.
Product and manufacturers' names.
5.
Description of product.
6.
Test procedures and results.
7.
Limitations of use.
M.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in

Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
N.
Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing

agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of
tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance
requirements in the Contract Documents.
O.
Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency,

on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of
compatibility tests performed before installation of product.
Include written
recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
P.
Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed
either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location,
for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
013300 - 8

December 18, 2014
Q.
Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for
operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with
requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."
R.
Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and
calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria
and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and
version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
S.
Manufacturer's Instructions:
Prepare written or published information that
documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for
installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name,
address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as
applicable:
1.
Preparation of substrates.
2.
Required substrate tolerances.
3.
Sequence of installation or erection.
4.
Required installation tolerances.
5.
Required adjustments.
6.
Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
T.
Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factoryauthorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as
applicable:
1.
Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service
representative making report.
2.
Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3.
Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4.
Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5.
Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6.
Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7.
Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
U.
Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current

status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by
insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of
the coverage.
V.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do

not submit to Architect.
2.3
A.
DELEGATED DESIGN
Performance and Design Criteria:
Where professional design services or
certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the
Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific
performance and design criteria indicated.
013300 - 9

December 18, 2014
1.
B.
If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification

required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

other required submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by
the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically
assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1.
Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design
criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other
factors used in performing these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A.
Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract
and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field
dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect and Owners
Representative.
B.
Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include
Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and
number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying
that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
3.2
ARCHITECT'S AND OWNERS REPRESENTATIVES / ACTION
A.
General: Architect and Owners Representative will not review submittals that do
not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.
B.
Action Submittals:
Architect and Owners Representative will review each
submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return
it. Architect and Owners Representative will stamp each submittal with an action
stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
1.
No Exception Taken: Submittal has been reviewed only for general
conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance
with the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor is
responsible for compliance with the requirements of the plans and
specifications. Review of a specific item shall not include approval of an
assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is responsible for
dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, information that
pertains solely to the fabrication process or to the means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, coordination of the
work of all trades and for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory
manner. No comments have been recorded and no resubmittal is required.
2.
Make Corrections Noted: Submittal has been reviewed in accordance with
the above. When the Contractor has made the corrections noted in the
review comments, the submittal will be considered to have the same status
013300 - 10
3.
4.
5.

December 18, 2014
as if it had been marked No Exceptions Taken. No resubmittal is required

and no action resubmittal shall be made. However the Contractor, Agency or
Architect may request that a record copy be submitted as an Informational
Submittal for any of the concerned parties.
Revise and Resubmit: The Contractor shall revise the submittal based on
the review comments provided and shall resubmit the entire submittal until a
mark of No Exception Taken or Make Corrections Noted is obtained.
Rejected: The submittal does not comply with the Contract Documents.
Resubmit in conformance with the Contract Documents.
Submit Specified Item: This action will be used in conjunction with Make
Corrections Noted, as listed above. The item indicated in the submittal
review comments shall be resubmitted or submittedif it is missing in the first
placeas a separate resubmittal. All items not specifically indicated to be
resubmitted shall be considered as falling under the other action marked and
SHALL NOT be resubmitted with the indicated item. The complete submittal
will consist of the original submittal plus subsequent submittals of the specific
items indicated that have been submitted and/or resubmitted until they have
received a Reviewed or Reviewed, Make Corrections Noted, No
Resubmittal Required mark.
C.
Informational Submittals: Architect and Owners Representative will review each

submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with
requirements. Architect and Owners Representative will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.
D.
Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returned without review.
E.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may
be discarded.
013300 - 11

December 18, 2014
DISCLAIMER FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC CAD FILES

The recipient understands and agrees that the information contained in the attached electronic file(s) is the internal working information of Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc.
Such internal working information is not intended as a finished product, and may contain erroneous, extraneous or incomplete information. All information contained in said electronic
file(s) is subject to change without notice.
Said information is furnished at the request of recipient for his sole convenience, and the
recipient agrees to assume all responsibilities and risks of its use. The latest hardcopy print
produced by Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc. is the final instrument of Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc.s professional services and takes precedence over the electronic version.
The recipient further understands and agrees that the internal working information contained
in the electronic file is the property of Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc. Said internal
information shall not be used by the recipient on any other project, nor released to any other
party without the consent of Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc. The use of said electronic file(s) constitutes the recipients acceptance of these terms.
Per your request Im forwarding you in AutoCAD Release 2010 the
Pinewood School Campus
Project No. 14001
In accordance with the Contract in Project Close-Out, these drawings are based on information provided by the Contractor which the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon for accuracy without Architects verification in the field or otherwise.
If you have any questions please call 650.328.1818.
Thank you,
013300 - 12

December 18, 2014
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality

control services.
B.
Testing and Inspection Service: As required to verify compliance with requirements

specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1.
Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those
Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2.
Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's
quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract
Document requirements.
3.
Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services required by
Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by
provisions of this Section.
C.
Contractor's quality control.
D.
Progress cleaning.
E.
Pre-construction conferences.
F.
Repair and protection of ongoing construction.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
RELATED SECTIONS
Divisions 2 through 35 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
DEFINITIONS
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before
and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and
ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements.
Quality Requirements
014000-1

December 18, 2014
B.
Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions

during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction
complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement
activities performed by Architect.
C.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.

Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
1.5
A.
1.6
DELEGATED DESIGN
Performance and Design Criteria:
Where professional design services or
certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the
Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific
performance and design criteria indicated.
1.
If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification
required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the
responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned
to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that
the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria
indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these
services.
B.
Qualification Data: For entities and agencies specified in "Quality Assurance"

Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
1.
Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection
of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
C.
Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements,
notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and
similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations
bearing on performance of the Work.
1.7
A.
INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCY SUBMITTALS

Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the
following:
1.
Specification Section number and title.
2.
Description of test and inspection.
3.
Identification of applicable standards.
4.
Identification of test and inspection methods.
5.
Number of tests and inspections required.
6.
Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
7.
Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8.
Requirements for obtaining samples.
9.
Unique characteristics of each quality control service.
014000-2

December 18, 2014
B.
Submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to the
Architect, in triplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the
Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each
inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor, in duplicate.
1.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing
authority, when the authority so directs.
C.
Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall
include, but not be limited to:
1.
Date of issue.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
4.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5.
Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
6.
Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7.
Identification of product and Specification Section.
8.
Complete inspection or test data.
9.
Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work
complies with Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.
1.8
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those

indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
B.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or

assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful inservice performance.
C.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally

qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced
in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are
defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product
that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
D.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or

systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful
in-service performance.
E.
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications:

An authorized
representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to
inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design,
and extent to those indicated for this Project.
014000-3

December 18, 2014
F.
Qualification for Service Agencies:

Engage inspection and testing service
agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as
complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which
specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.
1.
Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project
shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State of
California.
G.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to

conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E548, and that
specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.
H.
Provide inspection and testing services as required to verify compliance with

requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor
of responsibility for compliance, nor are they intended to limit the Contractor's
quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Documents
requirements.
1.9
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are

specified in the Sections that specify those activities.
B.
Owner Responsibilities: Where quality control services are indicated as Owner's

responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these
services.
1.
Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing
and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2.
Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is
necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will
be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change
Order.
C.
Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct
special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the
responsibility of Owner.
1.
Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities
and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2.
Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection,
and similar quality control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to
3.
Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at
Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
4.
Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report
whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the
Contract Documents.
5.
Testing agency will retest and re-inspect corrected work.
014000-4

December 18, 2014
D.
Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality control

services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a
qualified testing agency to perform these quality control services.
2.
Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless
agreed to in writing by Owner.
3.
Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that
requires testing or inspecting will be performed.
4.
Where quality control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility,
submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality control service.
5.
Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the
Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
6.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
E.
Associated Services:
Cooperate with agencies performing required tests,
inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary
services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit
assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1.
Access to the Work.
2.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3.
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require
testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4.
Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples.
5.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require
control by testing agency.
7.
Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment
at Project site.
F.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized

service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment
installation, including service connections. Report results in writing.
G.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required qualityassurance and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid
necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and
inspecting.
1.
Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar
activities.
1.10
TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY SERVICES
A.
Provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, except where they
are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility. Include costs for these
services in the Contract Sum.
B.
Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and
inspection of a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an
entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity
engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner.
014000-5

December 18, 2014
C.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in

performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and
inspections.
1.
Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies
observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2.
Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
3.
Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and
similar quality control service through Contractor.
4.
Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract
Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5.
Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
D.
Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were

Contractor's responsibility, provide quality control services, including retesting and
re-inspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply
with requirements established by the Contract Documents.
1.
Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the
Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original
construction.
1.11
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site

conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B.
Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C.
Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request

clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding.
D.
Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher
standards or more precise workmanship.
E.
Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
F.
Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.
1.12
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES
A.
Convene a pre-construction conference after execution of the Agreement and prior

to commencement of construction activities. Review responsibilities and personnel
assignments.
B.
Attendees:
The Owner, Architect, the Contractor and his superintendent,
subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and other concerned parties shall be
represented by persons authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
014000-6

December 18, 2014
C.
Agenda: Discuss significant items that could affect progress, including the tentative
construction schedule, critical sequencing, use of the premises, procedures for
processing Change Orders and equipment deliveries.
D.
Review progress of other activities and preparations for the activity under
consideration at each conference, including time schedules, manufacturers
recommendations, weather limitations, substrate acceptability, compatibility
problems and inspection and testing requirements.
E.
Use conferences to assure accurate coordination among trades where appearance

of intersecting materials is critical. Follow agendas laid out in individual Sections.
F.
Record significant discussions, agreements and disagreements of each

conference, along with the approved schedule. Distribute the meeting record to
everyone concerned, promptly, including the Owner and Architect.
G.
Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate

necessary actions to resolve impediments and reconvene the conference at the
earliest feasible date.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A.
General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar

services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to
eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes.
Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching."
B.
Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect
repaired construction.
C.
Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration
into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
D.
Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the

assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.
3.2
A.
PROGRESS CLEANING
Preconstruction Conference:
Conduct a meeting at the site prior to
commencement of all construction activities to establish required procedures for
maintaining a clean site that meets the Owners requirements. Conference shall be
attended by Contractor, Owner, Architect, and Contractors superintendent.
1.
Review intended progress cleaning procedures and schedule.
014000-7

December 18, 2014
2.
3.
4.
5.
Establish intervals required by Owner for progress cleaning to take place and
meetings to review effectiveness of progress cleaning.
Establish the need for identification badges for construction and cleaning
personnel.
Discuss security procedures required by Owner.
Review reporting procedures for any violations of established and agreed
upon procedures.
B.
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas.
Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has
worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1.
Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste
materials and debris.
2.
Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if
the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3.
Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
C.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
D.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1.
Remove liquid spills promptly.
2.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or
vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
E.
Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to
written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only
cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property
and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
F.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the
space.
G.
Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure

freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
H.
Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are
performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
1.
Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint
or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original
condition.
I.
Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
J.
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
014000-8

December 18, 2014
K.
Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as

necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate
operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
L.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the

construction completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging,
or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
1.
Protect adjacent existing buildings from deleterious effects of ongoing
construction operations.
014000-9

December 18, 2014
014000-10

December 18, 2014
SECTION 014216 - DEFINITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B.
Acceptable: Contractor is obligated to provide and install one of the named

products. Manufacturers with products having equivalent characteristics may be
considered provided deviations are minor and design concept expressed in the
Contract Documents is not changed, as judged by the Design Professional. A
substitution request is necessary for use of any other manufacturer or products
other than what is named.
C.
Approve, Approved: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the
Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's
duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
D.
Accepted Equivalent: Where used in conjunction with the Architects action on the
Contractors submittals and substitution requests, is as stated in the Conditions of
the Contract for Architects responsibilities and duties as the Design Professional.
E.
Basis of Design: Where specified these Specifications shall be interpreted to

require the named Basis-of-Design product or acceptable comparable product
where additional manufacturers are listed. If no other manufacturers are listed, the
Specification shall be interpreted to mean no known equal. Substitutions will be
handled and processed in accordance with Section 012513.
F.
Directed: Terms such as directed, requested, authorized, selected, approved,

required, and permitted mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect,
and similar phrases.
G.
Experienced: When used with the term Installer, means having a minimum of five
previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the
special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of the
authority having jurisdiction.
H.
Furnish: Means supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading,
unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
I.
Indicated: Refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings,

or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in
Definitions
014216-1

December 18, 2014
the Contract Documents. Where terms such as shown, noted, scheduled, and
specified are used, it is to help the reader locate the reference.
J.
Install: Describes operations at Project site including the actual unloading,

unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension,
finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
K.
Installer: An Installer is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor,

either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier for performance of
a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and
similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they
are engaged to perform.
L.
Project Site: Is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction
activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as
part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and
may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is
to be built.
M.
Provide: Means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
N.
Regulations: Includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by

authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within
the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
O.
Testing Laboratories: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to

perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to
report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.
1.3
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A.
Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent

requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and
effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent
referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by
reference.
B.
Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract

Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be

familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1.
Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
D.
Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more

industry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those
different standards or requirements establishes 2 different or conflicting minimums
or levels of quality, the most stringent requirement (which is generally recognized to
be also the most costly is intended and will be enforced, unless specifically detailed
Definitions
014216-2

December 18, 2014
language written into the contract documents (not by way of reference to an

industry standard) clearly indicates that the less stringent requirement is to be
fulfilled.
1.
Refer apparently equal-but-different requirements, and uncertainties as to
which of 2 levels of quality is the more stringent, to the Owner for a decision
before proceeding.
1.
Contractor's Option: Except for overlapping or conflicting requirements,
where more than one set of requirements are specified for a particular unit of
work, the option is intended to be the Contractors' regardless of whether
specifically indicated as such in the text.
1.4
A.
1.5
GOVERNING DICTIONARY
The definitions of the words used in these Specifications, which are not defined in
the Section, the General Conditions, or in referenced standards, are as given in
"Webster's Third New International Dictionary", The Definitive Merriam-Webster
Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language.
ABBREVIATIONS AND NAMES
A.
Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract

Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards
generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to
the context of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations,"
published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries.
B.
Trades; Names: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of trade titles such
"carpentry" in specification text, implies neither that the work must be performed
an accredited or unionized tradesman or the corresponding generic name (such
a carpenter), nor that the specified requirements apply exclusively to work
tradesmen of that corresponding generic name.
1.6
as
by
as
by
SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND LANGUAGE
A.
These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the
Construction Specifications Institute's 50-Division format and MASTERFORMAT
2012 numbering system.
B.
Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated.

Words that are implied, but not stated shall be interpolated as the sense requires.
Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular
where applicable and the context of the Contract Documents so indicates.
C.
Imperative language is used generally. Requirements expressed in the imperative

mood are to be performed by the Contractor. The indicative mood is employed on
occasion when such sentence structure is necessary to convey the intended
meaning in a more accurate or understandable format. (The imperative and
indicative moods of sentence structure are defined in CSI's Manual of Practice.)
Definitions
014216-3

December 18, 2014
D.
At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when
so noted.
E.
Streamlining: Employs the colon as a symbol for the words "shall be", "shall have",
"shall conform with", "shall meet the requirements of", or "shall comply with".
F.
A colon is also used to set off a paragraph title or heading from the text that follows.
This is the case when a grammatically complete sentence follows a heading and a
colon. It is also used as a punctuation mark in a sentence to direct attention to
matter that follows. This is not streamlining.
1.7
INTERPRETATIONS
A.
In order to reduce the length of these Specifications, certain phrases are written
without objects and shall be interpreted as described below.
B.
As indicated: Whenever "as indicated" is specified in these Specifications, it shall

be understood to read "as indicated on the Drawings".
C.
As required: Whenever "as required" is specified in these Specifications, it shall be

understood to read "as required for a complete and finished installation" or "as
required for a complete and finished, operable installation".
D.
As specified: Whenever "as specified" is specified in these Specifications, it shall

be understood to read "as specified herein" or "as specified in these
Specifications".
1.8
A.
1.9
STANDARD OF QUALITY
Where one certain kind, type, brand or manufacturer of material is named in these
Specifications, it shall be regarded as the required minimum standard of quality.
Submit requested substitutions in accordance with Section 012513.
SUBMITTALS
A.
It shall be understood that the various submittals required by the individual

specifications sections are to be submitted to the Architect for review and approval
as specified in the General Conditions.
B.
Unless "no substitute" is specified, these Specifications shall be interpreted to

include the words "or approved equal" after every product specified by
manufacturer's brand name or model number. Substitutions will be handled and
processed in accordance with Section 012513.
1.10
A.
PERMITS, LICENSES, AND CERTIFICATES

For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications,
inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence, and records
Definitions
014216-4

December 18, 2014
established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing

upon performance of the Work.
Definitions
014216-5

December 18, 2014
Definitions
014216-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 014339 MOCK-UPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Mock-up requirements.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 014000 Quality Requirements: Quality assurance requirements.
B.
Divisions 2 through 35 Sections for specific mock-up requirements.
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
DEFINITIONS
Mockups:
Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and
materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals,
to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and
execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are
not Samples. Accepted mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be
judged.
PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
Preconstruction Testing:
Where testing agency is indicated to perform
preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance
and test methods, comply with the following:
1.
Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a.
Provide test mockups representative of proposed products and
construction.
b.
Submit test mockups in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing
and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
c.
Provide sizes and configurations of test mockups to adequately
demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance
requirements.
d.
Build site-assembled test mockups when required in individual
specification Sections, using installers who will perform same tasks for
Project.
e.
When testing is complete, remove test mockups; do not reuse products
on Project.
Mock-ups
014339-1

December 18, 2014
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups
for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following
requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:
1.
Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed
by Architect or Owners Representative.
2.
Notify Architect and Owners Representative seven days in advance of dates
and times when mockups will be constructed.
3.
Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
B.
Obtain Architect's and Owners Representative's approval of mockups before

starting work, fabrication, or construction.
C.
Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage
devices, flashings, seals, and finishes.
D.
Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for

judging the completed Work.
E.
Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
F.
Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after

mock-up has been accepted by Architect and Owners Representative.

Mock-ups
014339-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 014900
SUPPORTING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
The requirements of this Section relate to various requirements of the

Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings,
and modifying documents which are part of the Construction Contract.
Responsibility for coordination of all such applicable requirements will be that of
the Contractor.
DESCRIPTION:
A.
This section provides guidelines and limitations for the support of all mechanical,
electrical, plumbing or architectural items from the building structure, and for the
seismic bracing of such items.
B.
Design and install all support and bracing systems except as noted in section
1.02,C. Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of
bearing the loads imposed. Design these systems to not overstress the building
structure.
C.
The Contractor is not required to design support and bracing for items that the
contract documents specifically provide attachment, support and bracing details.
Seismic bracing may be omitted for the following conditions, where flexible
connections are provided between components and the associated ductwork,
piping and conduit:
1.
Fuel piping less than 1 inch inside diameter.
2.
Piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1.25 inches
inside diameter.
3.
All other piping less than 2.5 inches inside diameter, unless racked
together.
4.
All piping suspended by individual hanger 12 inches or less in length from

the top of the pipe to the bottom of the structural support for the hanger.
5.
All electrical conduits less than 2.5 inches inside diameter, unless racked
together.
Supporting from Building Structure

014900-1

December 18, 2014
1.3
6.
All rectangular air handling ducts less than 6 square feet in cross
sectional area.
7.
All round air-handling ducts less than 28 inches in diameter.
8.
All ducts suspended by hanger 12 inches or less in length from the top of
the duct to the bottom of the structural support for the hanger, where the
hangers are detailed to avoid bending of the hangers and their
connections.
9.
Coordinate with suspended acoustic ceiling lateral force bracing member

locations. A minimum of 6 inches space shall be maintained between the
ceiling lateral force bracing members and all horizontal piping or ductwork
that is not provided with bracing restraints for horizontal forces.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Design and install all support systems to comply with the seismic requirements of
ASCE 7-10, Section 13.6.
B.
Seismic bracing is to be designed by a professional engineer licensed in

California.
1.
1.4
For the seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems,

refer to "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and
Plumbing Piping Systems" by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors National Association, Inc, (SMACNA) for guidelines.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Submit shop drawings for all substructures and attachment methods.
B.
Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by

the Architect, prior to deviating from the requirements given below.
C.
For all seismic bracing systems, submit structural calculations and details that
include all resultant forces applied to the building structure and are prepared and
signed by the Contractors licensed California professional engineer.
Calculations will be reviewed for compliance with design criteria, not for
arithmetic.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS

014900-2

December 18, 2014
A.
Furnish all substructures and fasteners required to comply with the limitations
given below. Use material as specified in the various sections and as
appropriate to their use.
B.
All exterior materials are to be hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel.
C.
Channel framing systems are to be as specified in Section 05999.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
GUIDELINES & LIMITATIONS

A.
The General Contractor will coordinate the load requirements from all
subcontractors so that no combination of loads will overstress the building
structure or exceed the limitations given below.
B.
Concrete Structure
C.
D.
1.
Support all loads hung from concrete structure with cast-in-place inserts,
unless drilled-in anchors are specifically approved in writing prior to
placing the concrete.
2.
Concrete anchors must not penetrate into reinforcing bars. Where the
anchors boring indicates the presence of reinforcing bar, patch hole with
an epoxy type grout and relocate anchor 12 diameters away.
3.
Individual expansion anchors can not support any loads greater than 300
pounds or manufacturers specified load capacity without approval.
Steel Structure
1.
Hang no more than 20 pounds per metal deck rib in any span.
2.
At floor beams, hang all loads greater than 40 pounds concentric to

beam, not off the flanges.
3.
Attach no loads to the floor joists or girders greater than the following
without specific approval from the architect;
a.
Floor joists and girders: 500 pound point load or 1,000 pound total
load for a single span.
b.
Roof joists and girders: 300 pound point load or 600 pound total
load for a single span.
Wood Structure

014900-3

December 18, 2014
3.2
1.
Support no loads from plywood deck.
2.
Support no loads from 2x6 stiffeners of roof panels.
3.
At 4x purlins and GLB girders, hang no loads greater than 200 pounds
without consultation. For multiple loads applied directly on girder or from
incoming purlins submit drawings for Architect's review.
4.
At floor joists, a concentrated load of 150 pounds maximum may be

placed anywhere along the span.
5.
Place all fasteners for hanger support within the middle 1/3 of the
members depth.
6.
Total of all loads suspended from the roof structure can not exceed the
design loading of 4.5 pounds per square foot.
SEISMIC BRACING
A.
Design and install seismic bracing to not ground out vibration and sound isolation
systems.
B.
All items of mechanical and electrical equipment 60 or more in height are to be

seismically braced whether such bracing is shown or not.
END OF SECTION

014900-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Temporary services and facilities, including utilities.
B.
Construction and support facilities.
C.
Security and protection.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 013300 Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submitting copies of

implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.
B.
Section 321216 Asphalt Paving: Construction and maintenance of asphalt paving

for temporary roads and paved areas.
1.4
USE CHARGES
A.
General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner
or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use
temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the
following:
1.
Owner's construction forces.
2.
Occupants of Project.
3.
Architect.
4.
Testing agencies.
5.
Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties
engaged in construction, at Project site.
C.
Water Service: Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering
and without payment of use charges.
D.
Electric Power Service: Use electric power from Owner's existing system without
metering and without payment of use charges.
Temporary Facilities and Controls

015000-1

December 18, 2014
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
1.7
DEFINITIONS
Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary
roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and
weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or
substantial temporary closures.
GENERAL
Provide facilities ready for use. Maintain, expand and modify as needed. Remove
when no longer needed, or replaced by permanent facilities.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings,

and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities.
B.
Submittals: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings and similar

procedures performed on temporary utilities.
Submit a schedule showing
implementation and termination of each temporary utility within 15 days of
commencement of the Work.
1.8
A.
1.9
REGULATIONS
Comply with OSHA and applicable laws and regulations.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations",
ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and
Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities".
B.
Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services",
prepared by AGC and ASC.
C.
Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations
for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric
Code (NFPA 70).
D.
Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility
before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
E.
Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and
inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and
permits.
1.10
A.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change
over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service.

015000-2

1.
B.

December 18, 2014
Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service

shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of
each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before
Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.
Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and
facilities by all parties engaged in the Work:
1.
Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
2.
Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
3.
Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention
measures.
4.
Do not overload, or permit facilities to interfere with progress.
5.
Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public
nuisances to develop or persist on the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in

serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials
suitable for use intended.
B.
Pavement: Comply with local industry standards Section 321216 for temporary and
permanent paving.
C.
Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.76-mm-) thick,

galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with
galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 27/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top
rails.
D.
Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Section 061000.
E.
Paint: Comply with requirements in Section 099100.
F.
Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.
G.
Water: Potable.
H.
Plywood for Barricades: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant

treated where indicated on Drawings, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not
less than 1/2-inch (13-mm) nominal thickness.
I.
Dust Barrier: Flame-retardant polyethylene sheet with the following characteristics:

1.
Thickness: 6 mil, minimum.
2.
Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84:
a.
Flame Spread Index: 10.
b.
Smoke Developed: 60.
015000-3

December 18, 2014
3.
4.
5.
6.
J.
2.2
Tensile Strength: ASTM D882:

a.
MD: 1700 psi.
b.
TD: 1200 psi.
Elongation: ASTM D882:
a.
MD: 225 percent.
b.
TD: 350 percent.
Dart Impact: ASTM D1709; 260g.
Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM D96; 0.13 perms.
Tape: Type recommended by polyethylene sheet manufacturer for required

application.
REPAIR MATERIALS
A.
Use repair materials identical to existing materials.

1.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces,
use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest
extent possible.
2.
Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of
existing materials.
B.
Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual

Specification Sections.
2.3
EQUIPMENT
A.
General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
B.
Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, prefabricated

mobile, air-conditioned field office for use as a common facility by all personnel
engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate required office
personnel and meetings of 10 persons at Project site. Keep office clean and
orderly.
1.
Furnish with a conference table and chairs, a file cabinet, plan table and plan
rack and bookcase. Equip with a water cooler.
C.
Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility
services.
1.
Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber
and plywood.
2.
Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion
over exterior primer.
D.
Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and personnel over three
stories. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are
considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
E.
Fire Extinguishers:
Hand carried, portable, UL rated.
Provide class and
extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPArecommended classes for exposures.

015000-4

1.

December 18, 2014
Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent,
and size required by location and class of fire exposure.
F.
Self-Contained Toilet Units:

Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated
recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiberreinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
G.
Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinkingwater units, including paper cup supply.
1.
Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain
dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F (7.2 to 12.7 deg C).
H.
Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system,

provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual
space thermostatic control.
1.
Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamandertype heating units is prohibited.
2.
Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel
being consumed.
I.
Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion

of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit
interrupters, reset button, and pilot light.
J.
Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed
for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting
circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as
required.
B.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and
modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are
replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
C.
Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its
progress.
D.
Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work on or near project site.
3.2
A.
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or
connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the
015000-5

December 18, 2014
service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment.
Comply with utility company recommendations.
1.
Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service
can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
2.
Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary
utility is available, provide trucked-in services.
3.
Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's
easements cannot be used for that purpose.
B.
3.3
Where connections are made to existing services, provide separate metering and
reimburse Owner for cost of utilities used.
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
A.
Arrange with utility service company and Owner, provide and maintain suitable
quality water service required for construction operations.
B.
Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for
construction where existing service is not adequate or not available. Sterilize water
piping prior to use.
C.
Locate outlets with threaded connections so that water is available through hoses.
Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, rubber hoses 100 ft. long with shut-off nozzle at each
outlet.
D.
Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for
water used.
3.4
SEWERS AND DRAINAGE
A.
If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can
be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide
drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither
sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide
containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner.
B.
Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work or any cleaning operations, test drains
and other water removal systems to ensure that drains and systems are functioning
properly. Notify Architect immediately of drains or systems that are stopped or
blocked. Do not begin Work of this Section until the drains are in working order.
1.
Provide a method to prevent solids including stone or mortar residue from
entering the drains or drain lines. Clean out drains and drain lines that
become blocked or filled by sand or any other solids because of work
performed under this Contract.
2.
Protect storm drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments,
allowing only clean water to pass.
3.5
A.
TEMPORARY ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE

Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of
sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics where existing service is not

015000-6

December 18, 2014
adequate or not available. Include meters, transformers, overload protected

disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear.
Install service underground.
1.
Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be
used.
2.
Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by
electric company officials.
B.
Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least
exposed to damage.
C.
Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets; not less
than 1 per 2,000 sf. Provide outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters,
reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment.
D.
Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service"

cords, 100 ft long maximum, where exposed to traffic.
E.
Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power

tools and equipment.
1.
Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical
power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities
are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.
3.6
TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A.
Provide temporary lighting with local switching to fulfill security requirements and
provide illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. Lighting shall
achieve a minimum lighting level of 2 watt/sq ft.
1.
Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection
requirements without operating entire system.
2.
Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for
construction operations, traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the
Work is being performed.
B.
Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps in guard
cages where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to
moisture.
3.7
A.
TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE

Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for commonuse facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities.
1.
Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a.
Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each
field office.
2.
At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a.
Police and fire departments.
b.
Ambulance service.
c.
Contractor's home office.
d.
Architect's office.
015000-7

December 18, 2014
3.
3.8
A.
3.9
e.
Engineers' offices.
f.
Owner's office.
g.
Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for
use when away from field office.
ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field
office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access project electronic
documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less
than the following:
1.
Processor: Intel Pentium D or Intel CoreDuo, 1.8 GHz processing speed.
2.
Memory: 2 gigabyte.
3.
Disk storage: 80 gigabyte hard disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW
drive.
4.
Display: 19-inch (480-mm) LCD monitor with 128 Mb dedicated video RAM.
5.
Full-size keyboard and mouse.
6.
Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet.
7.
Operating System:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Microsoft
Windows Vista Business.
8.
Productivity Software:
a.
Microsoft Office Professional, XP or higher, including Word, Excel, and
Outlook.
b.
Adobe Reader 7.0 or higher.
c.
WinZip 7.0 or higher.
9.
Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color
printing, photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of
these 3 functions.
10. Internet Service:
Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with
hardware firewall, providing minimum 384 Kbps upload and 1 Mbps download
speeds at each computer.
11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus,
spyware, phishing and spam protection in a combined application.
12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 40 gigabyte, with automated backup
software providing daily backups.
VENTILATION AND HUMIDITY CONTROL
A.
Provide temporary heat for curing or drying of completed installations or protection

of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity.
B.
Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations;
heating units shall have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another recognized
trade association related to the type of fuel used.
C.
Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where

construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications.
D.
Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and

minimize energy consumption.

015000-8

E.
3.10
A.
3.11
A.
3.12

December 18, 2014
Heating Facilities: Provide vented self-contained LP gas or fuel oil heaters with
individual space thermostatic control. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open
flame, or salamander type units is prohibited.
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with
regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and
maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Locate where directed by Owner.
1.
Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and
similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply.
Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material.
2.
Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.
3.
Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units.
a.
Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain
dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F (7.2 to 12.7 deg C).
TEMPORARY ROADS AND PAVED AREAS
Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate to support
loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period. Locate
temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved
areas. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits
indicated, as necessary for construction operations.
1.
Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent
roads and paved areas.
2.
Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and
paved areas according to civil engineering requirements on Drawings.
3.
Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until
immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt basecourse pavement before installation of final course.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary
construction and support facilities for easy access and in an area that does not
interfere with ongoing facility activities.
B.
Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before

Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be
permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
C.
Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install sheds, equipped to accommodate materials

and equipment involved. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces
within the Project Site.
3.13
A.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
Construction for Dust Control:
Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet
materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing
surfaces; maximum Flame Spread Rating of 75 in accordance with ASTM E84.
015000-9

December 18, 2014
B.
Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install enclosure

fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire
Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction
operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals
from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1.
Set fence posts in concrete bases.
2.
Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery
vehicles and other construction operations.
3.
Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to
authorized personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys.
C.
Temporary Enclosures:
Provide temporary enclosures for protection of
construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other
construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight
enclosure for building exterior.
1.
Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not
complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure
with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid
dangerous conditions and effects.
2.
Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq. m) or less with
plywood or similar materials.
3.
Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal
surfaces with load-bearing, wood-framed construction.
4.
Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other
materials.
D.
Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary

enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and
noise.
1.
Construct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch
(100-mm) studs, 2 layers of 3-mil (0.07-mm) polyethylene sheets, inside and
outside temporary enclosure. Cover floor with 2 layers of 3-mil (0.07-mm)
polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches (460 mm) up the side walls.
Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with 3/4-inch (19-mm) fireretardant plywood.
E.
Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being sprayfinished, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage
resulting from applications of exterior finishes.
F.
Do not apply finishes to surfaces during winds of sufficient force to spread finishes
to unprotected surfaces of adjacent existing construction.
3.14
A.
BULLETIN BOARD
Provide a weatherproof bulletin board, 36" wide by 30" high, with hinged glass
door, adjacent to or mounted on the Contractor's project office. If adjacent to the
office, the bulletin board must be securely mounted on not less than two posts.
Both bulletin board and posts must be painted or have approved factory finish. The
bulletin board must be easily accessible at all times and must contain wage rates,
equal opportunity notice, and other items required to be posted.

015000-10

B.
3.15

December 18, 2014
Maintain bulletin board in good condition throughout the life of the Project. The
bulletin board must remain the property of the Contractor and upon completion of
the project must be removed from the site.
TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A.
Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change
from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until
B.
Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain
temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably
predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
1.
Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible
and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above.
a.
Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers.
b.
Other Locations:
Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a
combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for
exposures.
c.
Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their
intended purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor
at or near each usable stairwell.
C.
Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection

program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and
establish procedures to be followed.
Instruct personnel in methods and
procedures. Post warnings and information.
D.
Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient length to reach construction areas.
Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes
only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with
suitable nozzles.
E.
Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire

protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit
smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas.
F.
Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
G.
Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating

units, and sources of fire ignition.
H.
Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project,

complete installation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected
services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of
facilities.
3.16
A.
PROTECTION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES

Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights:
Comply with standards and code
requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate
015000-11

December 18, 2014
colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible
hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or
amber lights.
B.
Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around

partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent
unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
C.
At Owners request hire a firm specializing in construction site security to provide

off-hours surveillance of Project.
D.
Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other
signs in sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons
seeking entrance to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.
1.
Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project
identification signs. Comply with details indicated.
2.
Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction
personnel and visitors.
3.
Construct signs of exterior-type Grade B-B high-density concrete form
overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or
framing of preservative-treated wood or steel.
4.
Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel
over exterior primer.
3.17
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND WASTE COLLECTION
A.
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and

conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or
pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that
produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours
that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site.
B.
Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste daily. Comply with NFPA 241 for
removal of combustible waste. Enforce requirements strictly. Handle hazardous,
dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by
containerizing properly. Dispose in a lawful manner.
C.
Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and

around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by
runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
D.
Dewatering Facilities and Drains:

Comply with requirements in applicable
Division 2 Sections for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations
not directly associated with construction activities included in individual Sections.
Where feasible, use same facilities. Maintain Project site, excavations, and
construction free of water.
1.
Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project
or adjoining property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

015000-12

2.

December 18, 2014
Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system,

provide temporary drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck
construction is completed.
E.
Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to

handle waste from construction operations.
Containerize and clearly label
hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
1.
If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers,
clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited.
F.
Tree and Plant Protection, General: Install temporary fencing located as indicated
or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage.
Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
G.
Protect landscape work adjacent to or within work areas as follows:

1.
Provide barriers to protect tree trunks.
2.
Bind spreading shrubs.
3.
Use coverings that allow plants to breathe and remove coverings at the end
of each day. Do not cover plant material with a waterproof membrane for
more than 8 hours at a time.
4.
Set scaffolding and ladder legs away from plants.
3.18
PARKING
A.
Make arrangements with Owner for accommodation of construction personnel

vehicles on site.
B.
When site space is not adequate, coordinate location of off-site parking with Owner.
3.19
PROGRESS CLEANING
A.
Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean
and orderly condition.
B.
Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and
continue cleaning to eliminate dust.
C.
Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site.
3.20
OPERATION
A.
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize

waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended
uses.
B.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect

from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
1.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity
control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to
achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

015000-13

December 18, 2014
2.
Maintain markers for underground pipelines. Protect from damage during

excavation operations.
C.
Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as

soon as available do not change over from using temporary security and protection
facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D.
Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its
service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent
facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore
permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with
temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1.
Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of
Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification
signs.
2.
Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into
permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development,
remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or
subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other
petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of
plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and
sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3.
At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in
Section 017700.
3.21
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A.
Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual
specification Sections.
B.
Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity
in immediate work area to minimize damage.
C.
Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, and sills of openings.
D.
Protect finished floors, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or
movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.
E.
Prohibit traffic or storage upon finished wood floor surfaces until recommended by
manufacturer. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for
protection from manufacturer.
F.
Where finished openings or surfaces are damaged due to lack of adequate

protection, repair and refinish damaged openings or surfaces at no additional cost
to Owner.
G.
At Substantial Completion, renovate permanent facilities used during the

construction period, including but not limited to:

015000-14

1.
2.
3.

December 18, 2014
Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.

Replace worn parts and parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
Replace burned out lamps.

015000-15

December 18, 2014

015000-16

December 18, 2014
SECTION 016500 - PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A.
Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged

condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry.
B.
Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling

or damage.
C.
Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements,

quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
1.3
PRODUCT DELIVERY
A.
Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations, using methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss.
B.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage and prevent overcrowding

construction spaces. Coordinate with installation to ensure minimum holding time
for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft and other losses.
C.
Deliver products in manufacturer's original sealed container or packaging system,

complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting
and installing.
D.
Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with Contract Documents, and

to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
1.4
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A.
Store products to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of

units. Store heavy materials away from the structure in a manner that will not
endanger supporting construction.
B.
Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's
instructions.
Product Delivery Requirements

016500-1

December 18, 2014
C.
Provide on-site storage and protection. Should this not be possible, coordinate offsite storage or protection with Owner.
D.
Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent
mixing with foreign matter.
E.
Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,

disfigurement, or damage.
F.
Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to

assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions.

Product Delivery Requirements

016500-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017300 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Verification of property lines and bench mark.
B.
Verification of existing utility elevations.
C.
Layout of building and other site features.
D.
Field engineering.
E.
General installation of products.
F.
Coordination of Owner-installed products.
G.
Progress cleaning.
H.
Starting and adjusting.
I.
Protection of installed construction.
J.
Correction of the Work.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 017700 Closeout Procedures: Final cleaning.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For land surveyor and professional engineer.
B.
Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and
elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
C.
Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to

accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
D.
Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by professional engineer.
E.
Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record
survey data.
Execution Requirements
017300-1

December 18, 2014
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified

to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in
providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.
B.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally

qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced
in providing engineering services of the kind indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Furnish all materials, labor, transportation and equipment necessary to complete

this portion of the Contract.
B.
Establish building location with appropriate offsets to allow for grading work.
C.
Reset property stakes, if required.
D.
Reset bench mark, if required.
E.
Define locations of paving, walks and other site features including manholes and
underground utility locations.
F.
Verify the inverts or flow lines of all existing utility structures adjacent to the site or
to be connected to, including but not limited to stubs, drainage channels, laterals,
catch basins, junction boxes, manholes and gutters.
3.2
FIELD ENGINEERING
A.
Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property
corners.
B.
Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and

similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect
permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.
1.
Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior
written approval of Architect or Construction Manager. Report lost or
destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the
need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect and
Construction Manager before proceeding.
2.
Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points
promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.
017300-2

December 18, 2014
C.
Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on

Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with
authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1.
Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project
Record Documents.
2.
Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked,
provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3.
Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore
marked construction to its original condition.
D.
Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and

other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing
dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
E.
Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features
(real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by
professional engineer, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are
accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
1.
Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities,
existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties,
acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a
legal point.
2.
Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey
recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property
survey."
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct
alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1.
Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2.
Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3.
Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise
indicated.
4.
Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet (2.4 m) in spaces without a
suspended ceiling.
B.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing

products in applications indicated.
C.
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
D.
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging

operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.
E.
Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise
levels.
017300-3

December 18, 2014
F.
Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work
specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other
work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing
products to comply with indicated requirements.
G.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of
the Work.
1.
Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount
components at heights directed by Architect.
2.
Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3.
Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates,
and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
installation.
H.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections
together to form hairline joints.
I.
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are
not considered hazardous.
3.4
OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A.
Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces.
B.
Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work

performed by Owner's construction forces.
1.
Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction
schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule
based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to
schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.
2.
Preinstallation Conferences:
Include Owner's construction forces at
preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive
Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's
construction forces if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.
3.5
A.
PROGRESS CLEANING
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas.
Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has
worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1.
Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste
materials and debris.
2.
Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if
the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3.
Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
017300-4

December 18, 2014
B.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1.
Remove liquid spills promptly.
2.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or
vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
D.
Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to
written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only
cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property
and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the
space.
F.
Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as

necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
G.
Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
H.
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I.
Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as

necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate
operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the

construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging,
or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.6
STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A.
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove

malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

equipment for proper operation.
C.
Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls
and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D.
Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is

required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply
with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
Adjust
017300-5

December 18, 2014
3.7
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative

humidity.
3.8
CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A.
Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates

and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and
Patching."
1.
Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces,
touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
equipment.
B.
Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C.
Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot
be repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D.
Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.
E.
Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
017300-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work.
B.
Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting and patching required to complete
the following work:
1.
Make its parts fit together properly.
2.
Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3.
Remove and replace defective work.
4.
Remove and replace work not conforming to Contract Documents.
5.
Remove samples of installed work as required for testing.
6.
Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of
piping and electrical conduit. In-fill and patch openings left by removal of
piping, conduit, etc.
C.
Coordinate unanticipated cutting and demolition with the Architect prior to executing
work.
D.
Provide special care to protect the areas of the building to be retained. Match
surrounding materials and finishes. All new concrete shall match the texture,
degree of smoothness and corner conditions of existing adjacent concrete.
E.
Contractor shall be responsible for patching of existing walls and ceilings to a

reasonably smooth condition. This may require the removal and cutting of existing
ceiling framing, hangers and brackets and patching of the remaining indents and
holes.
1.
Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting and patching required to
complete Work.
2.
Coordinate unanticipated cutting and demolition with the Contracting Officer
prior to execution of the work.
3.
Provide special care to protect the historic fabric of the buildings scheduled to
be retained. Match surrounding materials and finishes.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 011100 - Summary of Work: Work by Owner or by separate contractors.
B.
Section 012513 Product Substitution Procedures.
Cutting and Patching

017329-1

December 18, 2014
C.
Section 013300 Submittals Procedures.
D.
Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls.
E.
Individual Product Specification Sections:

1.
Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section.
2.
Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those
Sections.
3.
Limitations on cutting structural and other types of members.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Shop Drawings: Submit prior to cutting of any structurally or visually significant

portion of the Work which is not specifically shown on the Drawings. Obtain written
permission for exact location and size of openings from the Architect.
1.
Before cutting into any portion of the structure, obtain written permission from
the Architect for each hole to be cut or enlarged. Submit shop drawings
indicating exact location and size of detail of reinforcement of such openings.
B.
Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:

1.
Structural integrity of any element of Project.
2.
Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element.
3.
Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4.
Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5.
Work of Owner or separate contractor.
C.
Include in request:
1.
Identification of Project.
2.
Location and description of affected work.
3.
Necessity for cutting or alteration.
4.
Description of proposed work, and products to be used.
5.
Alternatives to cutting and patching.
6.
Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor.
7.
Written permission of affected separate contractor.
8.
Date and time work will be executed.
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Standards: For seismic restraints of mechanical systems comply with SMACNA
Manual unless more stringent requirements are indicated in Division 23.
WARRANTY
Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or
damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any
warranties required or existing.

017329-2

December 18, 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Primary Products: Identical to those required for original installation.

1.
For exposed surfaces, use materials that virtually match existing adjacent
surfaces to fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or
cannot be used.
2.
Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of
existing materials.
B.
Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for
substitution under provisions of Section 012513.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject

to damage or movement during cutting and patching.
B.
After uncovering existing work, inspect conditions affecting performance of work.
C.
Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing; do not

proceed with work until Architect has provided further instruction.
D.
Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work.

devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.
Provide
B.
Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering
work.
C.
Maintain excavations free of water.
D.
Avoid cutting existing pipes, conduit, or ductwork serving building but scheduled to
be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
E.
Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at earliest feasible time and complete.
1.
Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction activities and subsequent fitting and
patching required to restore surfaces to original condition.

017329-3

December 18, 2014
3.3
PERFORMANCE
A.
Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide
appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
B.
When warranty may be affected by alterations to original installation of weather

exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight-exposed surfaces, employ
original installer to perform cutting and patching.
C.
Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed
without prior approval.
D.
Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract

Documents.
E.
Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through
surfaces.
F.
At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction,

completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 078400, to
full thickness of the penetrated element.
3.4
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
General: Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill to
complete work.
1.
Fit products together, to integrate with other work.
2.
Uncover work to install ill-timed work.
3.
Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.
4.
Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
5.
Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical
work.
B.
Cutting:
1.
Perform cutting, associated structural reinforcing, and patching in a manner
to prevent damage to other Work, and to provide proper surfaces for the
installation of new materials, equipment and repairs. Adjust and fit products
to provide a neat installation.
2.
Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not
allowed without prior written approval.
C.
Gypsum Board and Gypsum Plaster: At the Contractor's option, on existing walls
and ceilings designated for cutting and patching work, the Contractor may use any
of the following methods, or combination thereof, to match adjacent wall plane and
finish, and as required to meet the required fire ratings:
1.
Patch gypsum board walls or ceilings with new gypsum board the same
thickness as existing surface.
2.
Patch gypsum plaster walls or ceilings using gypsum plaster to match and
align with the adjacent surface thickness.
3.
Remove entire gypsum board or gypsum plaster surface plane and replace
with new gypsum board to the corner of the wall or ceiling plane.

017329-4

December 18, 2014
D.
At partitions and ceilings indicated as "existing to remain", provide modification of

finishes for new Work including, but not necessarily limited to, acoustical treatment,
electrical, plumbing, etc. See Drawings for extent of work.
1.
At Contractor's option, where modifications are required, finishes may be cut
and patched, or removed and replaced on one or both sides.
E.
Patching:
1.
Patch surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. Finish to nearest intersection.
For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
2.
Patch to achieve security; strength; weather protection, as applicable;
efficiency, operational life, maintenance, and safety of operational elements;
and to preserve continuity of existing fire ratings.
3.
Patch surfaces to successfully duplicate undisturbed adjacent profiles,
materials, textures, finishes and colors. Use materials which match existing
construction.
4.
Where there is dispute as to whether duplication is successful or has been
achieved to a reasonable degree, the Architect's decision will be final.
5.
Fit work to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through
surfaces.
6.
At penetrations of fire-rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floor construction
completely seal voids with fire-rated material in accordance with Section
078400, and U.L. specifications to full thickness of the penetrated element.
3.5
FINISHING
A.
Finish or refinish, as applicable, cut and patched surfaces to match adjacent

finishes. Replace materials which are damaged or abused and cannot be neatly
repaired as a result of cutting and patching operations.
B.
Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent

finishes:
1.
For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break.
2.
For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
C.
Painting: Paint over complete surface planes, unless otherwise indicated or

directed. Over patched wall and ceiling surfaces, paint to nearest cutoff line for
entire surface, such as the intersection with adjacent wall or ceiling, beam, or to
nearest opening frame, unless otherwise indicated or directed. Painted surfaces
shall not appear spotty or touched-up.

017329-5

December 18, 2014

017329-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
1.5
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1.
Salvaging non-hazardous demolition and construction waste.
2.
Recycling non-hazardous demolition and construction waste.
3.
Disposing of non-hazardous demolition and construction waste.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 024119 - Selective Structure Demolition: Disposition of waste resulting
from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements.
REFERENCES
CALGreen California Green Building Standards, 2013 Edition.
WASTE MANAGEMENT GOALS FOR THE PROJECT
A.
The Owner has established that this Project shall minimize the creation of
construction and demolition waste on the job site. Contributing factors include overpackaging, ordering error, poor planning, improper storage, breakage, mishandling,
and contamination. Recycle as many of the waste materials as economically
feasible. Minimize waste sent to landfills.
B.
Diversion Goals: A minimum of 50% of total project waste shall be diverted from
landfill. The following waste categories, at a minimum, shall be diverted from landfill
through recycling or salvage:
1.
Clean dimensional wood, pallet wood
2.
Plywood, OSB, and particleboard
3.
Concrete
4.
Cardboard, paper, packaging
5.
Metals
6.
Gypsum drywall (unpainted)
7.
Paint
8.
Glass
9.
Plastics
10. Carpet and pad
11. Beverage containers
Construction Waste Management and Disposal

017419-1

December 18, 2014
C.
1.6
Salvage may include donations of materials to charitable organizations.

PERFORMANCE GOALS
A.
Use sustainable or renewable materials.

1.
Select Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified wood products for framing,
flooring, finishes, furnishings and temporary construction applications such as
bracing, concrete formwork and pedestrian barriers.
2.
Select rapidly renewable materials that sustainably replenish themselves in a
less than 10-year cycle (e.g. linoleum: cork and linseed).
3.
Select materials that minimize damage to natural habitats.
B.
Use resources efficiently.

1.
Reuse existing building materials from demolished buildings where possible.
2.
Select materials that use resources efficiently.
3.
Use construction practices that achieve the most efficient use of resources
and materials.
4.
Recycle minimum 75% (by weight) of construction, demolition and landclearing debris.
5.
Select recycled content materials (target is 20% of building materials that
contain in aggregate a minimum average the post-consumer recycled content
and 50% post industrial recycled content).
6.
Select materials that can be recycled at the end of their useful life (e.g. metal
products, carpet).
C.
Use durable materials.

1.
Select materials with the longest usable life.
2.
Select materials with the least burdensome maintenance requirements.
1.7
SUBMITTALS
A.
Waste Management Plan: Within 1 week of contract award, the Contractor shall
submit to the Owner a Waste Management Plan. The Plan shall contain the
following:
1.
Designation of the party who will implement the plan
2.
Analysis of the estimated job-site waste to be generated, including types and
quantities
3.
Proposed Alternatives to Landfilling: a list of each material planned to be
salvaged or recycled during the course of the Project and the proposed
destination of each material
B.
Progress Reports: Submit bi-monthly, a Waste Management Progress Report. The

report shall contain the following information:
1.
Project title, name of company completing report, and dates of period
covered by the report
2.
Amount (in tons or cubic yards) of material landfilled from the Project and
identity of the landfill
3.
For each material recycled or salvaged from the Project, provide the
following:
a.
Amount (in tons or cubic yards)
b.
Date(s) removed from the job site

017419-2
4.

December 18, 2014
c.
Receiving party
d.
Cost: Bin rental, hauling, and facility fees
e.
What was done with the material
Include legible copies of on-site logs, manifests, weight tickets, and receipts.
Manifests shall be from recycling and/or disposal site operators who can
legally accept the materials for the purpose of reuse, recycling, or disposal.
C.
Project Completion Report:

1.
Submit a letter at project close out tabulating the total waste material,
quantities diverted and the means by which diverted, and declaring that the
waste management goal has been met. Calculations may be done by weight
or volume, but must be consistent throughout.
D.
Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill

facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
1.8
A.
1.9
A.
PROJECT MEETINGS
Waste management plans and implementation shall be discussed at the following
meetings:
1.
Pre-bid meeting
2.
Pre-construction meeting
3.
Regular job-site meetings
QUALIFIED CONSTRUCTION WASTE RECYCLING SERVICES
Construction waste shall be delivered to appropriate, qualified recycling services

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A.
Coordinate waste materials handling and separation for all trades, and document
results of the Waste Management Plan.
B.
Provide separation, handling, transportation, recycling, salvage, and landfilling for

all demolition and waste materials.
C.
Designate a specific area for separation of material for salvage and recycling.
Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in
order to avoid contamination or mixing materials.
D.
Maintain an on-site log, which includes for each load of materials removed from
site: type of material, load volume and/or weight, recycling/hauling service, date
accepted by recycling service or landfill, and facility fee.

017419-3

December 18, 2014
E.
Do not handle, separate, store, salvage, or recycle hazardous materials with other
materials. Follow material-specific instructions any hazardous materials. Contact
Project Manager if no instructions are evident.
F.
Training:
Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste
management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1.
Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days
of submittal return.
2.
Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work onsite.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage,
recycling, and disposal.
G.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to

ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating
materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2.
Comply with Section 015000 for controlling dust and dirt, environmental
protection, and noise control.
3.2
DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A.
General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise

reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a
landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be
disposed of accumulate on-site.
2.
Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on
adjacent surfaces and areas.
B.
Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C.
Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of
them.

017419-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Procedures for substantial and final completion.
B.
Inspection and final acceptance.
C.
Record document submittals.
D.
Final cleaning.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 017300 Execution Requirements: Progress cleaning.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A.
In the Application for Payment that coincides with the date Substantial Completion
is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed
substantially complete.
B.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final

certifications and similar documents.
C.
Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, property survey, and similar record
information.
D.
Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's personnel.

Remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups,
and similar elements.
E.
Complete final clean up. Touch-up, repair, and restore marred exposed finishes.
1.5
A.
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will proceed or advise the
Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of
construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be
issued.
Closeout Procedures
017700-1

December 18, 2014
B.
The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has
been substantially completed.
C.
Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
acceptance.
1.6
FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A.
Owner will notify Architect 30 days prior to anticipated substantial completion to

schedule inspection.
B.
Before requesting inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment,
complete the following:
1.
Submit final payment request with releases.
2.
Submit a final statement, accounting for changes to the Contract Sum.
3.
Submit a copy of the final inspection list stating that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
4.
Submit final meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fuel, and similar
data as of Substantial Completion.
5.
Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6.
Submit evidence of continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
1.7
REINSPECTION PROCEDURE
A.
The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work has been
completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of
circumstances acceptable to the Owner.
B.
Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final

acceptance, or advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations
that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.
C.
If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
1.8
RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A.
Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes; protect from loss in a
secure location; provide access to Record Documents for the Architect's reference.
B.
Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line whiteprints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark-up these drawings to show
the actual installation. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing
conditions accurately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would
be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
C.
Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper
cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover.
Closeout Procedures
017700-2

December 18, 2014
D.
Record Specifications: Maintain one copy of the Project Manual, including

addenda. Mark to show variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the
Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection
of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot be
readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing
information and Product Data.
E.
Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
F.
Delete Architect/Engineer title block and seal from all documents.
G.
Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for

Payment. Documents will be forwarded to Owner for approval.
1.9
FINAL CLEANING
A.
Employ experienced workers for final cleaning. Clean each surface to the condition
expected in a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
B.
Perform cleaning prior to requesting inspection for certification of Substantial

Completion.
C.
Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
D.
Clean transparent materials.

broken glass.
E.
Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films

and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted
surfaces.
F.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication.

Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
G.
Clean the site of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas;
remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither
paved nor planted, to a smooth even-textured surface.
H.
Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities.
I.
Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for
cleaning. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.
J.
Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered

operation.
Remove glazing compound.
Replace chipped or
Closeout Procedures
017700-3

December 18, 2014
Closeout Procedures
017700-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Format and content of manuals.
B.
Instruction of Owner's personnel.
C.
Posted operating instructions.
D.
Scheduling of submittals.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 012900 Payment Procedures: Final application for payment.
B.
Section 013300 Submittal Procedures.
C.
Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Manufacturer's reports.
D.
Section 017700 Closeout Procedures.
E.
Individual Specifications Sections:

maintenance data.
1.4
Specific requirements for operation and
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of

contents before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return
one copy with comments.
B.
For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during

construction and operated by Owner, submit documents within ten days after
acceptance.
C.
Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form prior to final Application for
Payment. Copy will be returned with Architect/Engineer comments. Revise
content of documents as required prior to approval of final Application for
Payment.
Operation and Maintenance Data

017823-1

December 18, 2014
D.
1.5
Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final form within ten days after
final inspection.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and

operation of described products.
B.
CALGreen:
1.
Provide educational materials, operation and maintenance manuals to
ensure buildings and equipment are properly maintained.
2.
Provide information pertaining to landscape design and maintenance,
public transportation options, recycling opportunities, special inspection
reports and energy incentive programs.
1.6
MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A.
Organize maintenance data into sets of manageable size. Bind in individual

heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded
sheet information. Mark identification on front and spine of each binder.
Include the following information:
1.
Emergency instructions.
2.
Spare parts list.
3.
Copies of warranties.
4.
Wiring diagrams.
5.
Recommended "turn around" cycles.
6.
Inspection procedures.
7.
Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8.
Fixture lamping schedule.
B.
Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for the installer of equipment

that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to
provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Include a detailed
review of the following:
1.
Maintenance manuals.
2.
Spare parts and materials.
3.
Tools.
4.
Lubricants.
5.
Control sequences.
6.
Hazards.
7.
Warranties and bonds.
8.
Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
C.
As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following

procedures:
1.
Start-up and shutdown.
2.
Emergency operations.
3.
Noise and vibration adjustments.
4.
Safety procedures.

017823-2

1.7

December 18, 2014
POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Prepare operating instructions for posting near equipment.
B.
Format: Photographic or equal non-fading reproductions framed under glass or

encased in non-discoloring plastic.
C.
Include copies of operating instructions in operation and maintenance manuals;

use as a basis for training Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance
of systems and related installed equipment.
D.
Content: Simplified, consolidated equipment, control, and power diagrams

graphically representing the entire system and actual equipment installed,
including concise written instructions on how to start and stop systems, what
settings and conditions are to be observed, and what control adjustments are to
be made or maintained by the operation.
E.
Posted operating instructions must include, but are not limited to the following:
1.
HVAC controls for each system.
2.
One-line schematic diagrams of water supply (plumbing).
3.
One-line isometric diagrams of sanitary drainage.
1.8
TRAINING
A.
Provide training for Owner personnel in the operation and maintenance of

mechanical and electrical equipment. Coordination must be maintained with
systems designers for developing the hours of instruction and scope of material
to be covered.
B.
Do not begin training until the Owner has approved the final submittal copy of
the operation and maintenance manual.


017823-3

December 18, 2014

017823-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017834 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
DESCRIPTION
A.
This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for

warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including
manufacturers standard guaranties, warranties on products and special warranties.
B.
Refer to the General conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of
workmanship and materials.
C.
Specific requirements for warranties for the work and products and installations that
are specified to be guaranteed or warranted are included in the individual Sections
of Divisions 2 through 35.
1.
Where not specifically stated in individual sections, provide a minimum one
year warranty for labor and materials.
2.
Provide manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer or installer as
appropriate to the system specified, agrees to repair or replace components
of the specified system or components that do not comply with requirements
or that deteriorate within one year from the date of Substantial Completion.
D.
Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to

the Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
E.
Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product

warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the work that
incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and
subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
The terms product guaranty or warranty are synonymous for this Project and shall
be taken to mean the required guaranty or warranty required by the Contract
General Conditions or by the Contract Drawings or Specifications.
B.
Standard Product Warranties are pre-printed written warranties published by

individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by
the manufacturer to the Owner.
Warranties and Bonds

017834 - 1

December 18, 2014
C.
1.4
Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the

Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or
to provide greater rights for the Owner. Special Warranties shall be in writing.
WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted work that has failed,
remove and replace other work that has been damaged as a result of such failure
or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted
work.
B.
Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by a warranty has failed and been
corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written
endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with
an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
C.
Replacement Cost: Upon determination that work covered by a warranty has

failed, replace or rebuild the work to an acceptable condition complying with
requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of
replacing or rebuilding defective work regardless of whether the Owner has
benefited from use of the work through a portion of its anticipated useful service
life.
D.
Owners Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to

implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies
otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as
limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations,
rights, or remedies.
1.
Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties
and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
E.
The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept work for the Project where a
special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such work or
part of the work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign
such commitments are willing to do so.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit a copy of the Standard or Special written warranties to the Owner for each
specification section as part of the complete submittal package for review and
approval by the Architect.
B.
Submit written warranties to the Owner prior to the date of acceptance by the
Owner. Submittal of the project Guarantees and Warranties is a requirement
precedent to the filing of the Notice of Completion by the Owner.
1.
When a designated portion of the work is completed and occupied or used by
the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the
construction period but prior to acceptance of the entire project, contractor
shall submit properly executed warranties to the Owner within fifteen days of
occupancy or use of that designated portion of the work.

017834-2

December 18, 2014
C.
When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the

Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written
document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by
the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval
prior to final execution.
D.
Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required

warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an
orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.
E.
Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl
covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and
sized to receive 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch paper.
1.
Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate
warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed
description of the product or installation, including the name, of the product,
and the name, address and telephone number of the installer.
2.
Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, AND BONDS", the Project title or name,
and the name of the Contractor.
3.
When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted
construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as
necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED.

PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED.

017834 - 3

December 18, 2014

017834-4
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record

documents, including the following:
1.
Record Drawings.
2.
Record Specifications.
3.
Record Product Data.
4.
Miscellaneous record submittals.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 017300 - Execution Requirements: For final property survey.
2.
Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures: For general closeout procedures.
3.
Section 017823 - Operation and Maintenance Data: For operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
4.
Divisions 02 through 35 Sections for specific requirements for project record
documents of the Work in those Sections.
1.3
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1.
Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a.
Initial Submittal: Submit PDF electronic files of marked-up record prints
and one set of plots from corrected record digital data files. Architect
will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information
recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.
b.
Final Submittal: Submit one paper copy set, PDF electronic files of
marked-up record prints, two set(s) of record digital data files, and three
set(s) of record digital data file plots. Plot each drawing file, whether or
not changes and additional information were recorded.
B.
Record Specifications:
Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's
Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C.
Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of
each submittal.
1.
Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and
maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a
component of manual.

December 18, 2014
D.
Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for

miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with
various construction activities.
Submit annotated PDF electronic files and
directories of each submittal.
E.
Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated in Project

record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including modifications,
concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations
incorporated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
RECORD DRAWINGS
Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract
Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1.
Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where
installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who
obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor,
or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding
marked-up record prints.
a.
Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that
would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b.
Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
c.
Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d.
Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
e.
Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic
documentation.
2.
Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a.
Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b.
Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c.
Depths of foundations below first floor.
d.
Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e.
Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f.
Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g.
Actual equipment locations.
h.
Duct size and routing.
i.
Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j.
Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k.
Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l.
Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m.
Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n.
Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3.
Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately.
Utilize personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of
marked-up record prints.
4.
Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to
distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same
location.
Project Record Documents

017839 - 2

5.
6.

December 18, 2014
Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or

omitted from original Drawings.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change
Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B.
Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of

Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect and Owners
Representative. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of
the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1.
Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system
as the original Contract Drawings.
2.
Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3.
Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record
prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
4.
Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect through Owners Representative
for resolution.
5.
Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract
Drawings for use in recording information.
a.
Refer to Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for requirements
related to use of Architect's digital data files.
b.
Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in
separate layers.
C.
Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing

record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract
Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation.
1.
New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of
accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification.
2.
Consult Architect and Owners Representative for proper scale and scope of
detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and
its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared record Drawings
into record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing,
copying, binding, and submitting.
D.
Format:
Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation
"PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1.
Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings
into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets.
Include identification on cover sheets.
2.
Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3.
Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate
electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings.
Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each
digital data file.
4.
Identification: As follows:
a.
Project name.
b.
Date.
c.
Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d.
e.
Name of Contractor.
017839 - 3

December 18, 2014
2.2
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where

installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract
modifications.
1.
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and
installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2.
Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products,
materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product
options selected.
3.
Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information
necessary to provide a record of selections made.
4.
For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been
submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as
record Product Data.
5.
Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings
where applicable.
B.
Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned

PDF electronic file(s) of marked up paper copy of Specifications.
2.3
RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A.
Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1.
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and
installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2.
Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and
changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3.
Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings
where applicable.
B.
Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned
PDF electronic file(s) of marked up paper copy of Product Data.
1.
Include record Product Data directory organized by specification section
number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.
2.4
MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A.
Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for

miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance
of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for
continued use and reference.
B.
Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file or scanned

PDF electronic file(s) of marked up miscellaneous record submittals.
1.
Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by specification
section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous
record submittals.

017839 - 4

December 18, 2014
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A.
Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for
project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project
record documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B.
Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and

Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for
construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes.
Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition,
protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents
for Architect's and Owners Representative's reference during normal working
hours.

017839 - 5

December 18, 2014

017839 - 6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing

Owner's personnel, including the following:
1.
Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
2.
Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and
equipment.
3.
Demonstration and training video recordings.
B.
Related Sections include the following:

1.
Divisions 2 through 35 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration
and training for products in those Sections.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for

demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length
of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include
learning objective and outline for each training module.
1.
At completion of training, submit one complete training manual(s) for Owner's
use.
B.
Qualification Data: For instructor.
C.
Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length
of instruction time.
D.
Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and
documentation of performance-based test.
E.
Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven
days of end of each training module.
1.
Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following
information:
a.
Name of Project.
b.
Name and address of photographer.
c.
d.
Name of Contractor.
e.
Date video recording was recorded.
Demonstration and Training
017900 - 1

December 18, 2014
f.
2.
1.4
Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass

point), and elevation or story of construction.
Transcript: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper, punched
and bound in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate
identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with
same label information as the corresponding video recording. Include name
of Project and date of video recording on each page.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating

maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that
indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with
a record of successful learning performance.
B.
Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying

with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in
operation and maintenance procedures and training.
C.
Photographer Qualifications: A professional photographer who is experienced

photographing construction projects.
D.
Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with

requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including,
but not limited to, the following:
1.
Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
2.
Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational
materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed
to avoid delays.
3.
Review required content of instruction.
4.
For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted
weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
1.5
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations.

required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.
B.
Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of

instruction time, and course content.
C.
Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency,

operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until
operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

017900 - 2
Adjust schedule as

December 18, 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A.
Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training

modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by
individual Specification Sections, and as follows:
1.
Equipment, including stage equipment and projection screens.
2.
Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm, fire pumps, and fireextinguishing systems.
3.
Motorized cantilevered sliding gates.
4.
HVAC systems, including air-handling equipment, air distribution systems,
and terminal equipment and devices.
5.
HVAC instrumentation and controls.
6.
Electrical service and distribution, including transformers, switchboards,
panelboards, uninterruptible power supplies, and motor controls.
7.
Packaged engine generators, including transfer switches.
8.
Lighting equipment and controls.
9.
Communication systems, including intercommunication, surveillance, clocks
and programming, voice and data, and television equipment.
B.
Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each
module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is
expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following:
1.
Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the
following:
a.
System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
b.
Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design
responsibility.
c.
Operating standards.
d.
Regulatory requirements.
e.
Equipment function.
f.
Operating characteristics.
g.
Limiting conditions.
h.
Performance curves.
2.
Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a.
Emergency manuals.
b.
Operations manuals.
c.
Maintenance manuals.
d.
Project Record Documents.
e.
Identification systems.
f.
Warranties and bonds.
g.
Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3.
Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a.
Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error
messages.
b.
Instructions on stopping.
c.
Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d.
Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e.
Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
017900 - 3

December 18, 2014
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a.
Startup procedures.
b.
Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c.
Routine and normal operating instructions.
d.
Regulation and control procedures.
e.
Control sequences.
f.
Safety procedures.
g.
Instructions on stopping.
h.
Normal shutdown instructions.
i.
Operating procedures for emergencies.
j.
Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k.
Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l.
Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
Adjustments: Include the following:
a.
Alignments.
b.
Checking adjustments.
c.
Noise and vibration adjustments.
d.
Economy and efficiency adjustments.
Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a.
Diagnostic instructions.
b.
Test and inspection procedures.
Maintenance: Include the following:
a.
Inspection procedures.
b.
Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c.
List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d.
Procedures for routine cleaning
e.
Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f.
Procedures for routine maintenance.
g.
Instruction on use of special tools.
Repairs: Include the following:
a.
Diagnosis instructions.
b.
Repair instructions.
c.
Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and
reassembly instructions.
d.
Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e.
Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation

and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.
B.
Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

017900 - 4

3.2

December 18, 2014
INSTRUCTION
A.
Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and

maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
1.
Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
B.
Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that

requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1.
Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, , through Owners
Representative, with at least seven days' advance notice.
C.
Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each

participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
D.
Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner.
Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition
existing before initial training use.

017900 - 5

December 18, 2014

017900 - 6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 024116 - STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Demolition of designated structures and removal of materials from site.
B.
Demolition and removal of foundations and slabs-on-grade.

1.
Removing below-grade construction.
C.
Demolition and removal of site improvements adjacent to a building or structure to

be demolished.
1.
Disconnecting, capping or sealing and removal of identified utilities.
2.
Removal of piping.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 003132 - Geotechnical Data: Backfill materials.
B.
Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Barriers, fences, landscape

protection, and dust control.
C.
Section 016500 Project Delivery Requirements.
D.
Section 017700 Closeout Procedures: Project record documents.
E.
Section 017839 Project Record Documents.
1.4
DEFINITIONS
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them offsite unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled.
B.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and
that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or recycled.
1.5
A.
SUBMITTALS
Shop Drawings: Indicate areas of demolition, location and construction of
barricades, fences, and temporary work. , and removal sequence and location of
salvageable items.
Structure Demolition
024116-1

December 18, 2014
1.
Proposed Environmental-Protection, Dust-Control and Noise-Control

Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures
proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their
operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be
inadequate.
B.
Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1.
Detailed sequence of demolition and removal work, with starting and ending
dates for each activity.
2.
Interruption of utility services.
3.
Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
4.
Locations of temporary protection and means of egress.
5.
Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of adjacent buildings and
partial use of premises.
C.
Inventory: After building demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have
been removed and salvaged.
1.6
A.
1.7

Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and subsurface obstructions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Demolition Firm Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the Work of

this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience.
B.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations

before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of
C.
Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods

and procedures related to building demolition including, but not limited to, the
following:
1.
Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be demolished.
2.
Review structural load limitations of existing structures.
3.
Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of
demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and
avoid delays.
4.
Review and finalize protection requirements.
1.8
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to applicable code for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent

structures, dust control, runoff control, and disposal procedures.
B.
Obtain required permits from authorities.
C.
Notify affected utility companies before starting Work and comply with their
requirements.
024116-2

December 18, 2014
D.
Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or hydrants without permits.
E.
Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or

contaminated materials.
F.
Test soils around buried tanks for contamination.
1.9
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start
of Work.
B.
Owner will occupy another building immediately adjacent to demolition area.

Conduct building demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
1.
Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect
Owner's operations.
2.
Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or
used facilities.
a.
Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or used
facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
C.
Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished.

1.
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be
maintained by Owner as far as practical.
2.
Before building demolition, Owner will remove the following items:
D.
Hazardous Materials:
It is not expected that hazardous materials will be
encountered in the Work.
1.
Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2.
If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do
not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will
be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
E.
Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
1.10
A.
1.11
A.
COORDINATION
Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's building manager's
and other tenants' on-site operations.
SCHEDULING
Schedule Work to coincide with site excavation work.
1.
Perform work during hours indicated in Section 011000.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
024116-3

December 18, 2014
2.1
A.
FILL MATERIALS
Satisfactory Fill Material: Type specified in on Civil drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine

extent of building demolition required.
1.
Review Project Record Documents of existing construction provided by
Owner Architect. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are the
same as those indicated in Project Record Documents.
B.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.
C.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements are encountered,

investigate and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a
written report to Architect.
1.
Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of
condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result
in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or
adjacent structures during building demolition operations.
2.
Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding
with building demolition operations.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices as required to
maintain safety throughout the Site.
1.
Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances, and structures which
are not to be demolished.
B.
Provide adequate bracing and shoring to prevent movement or settlement of

adjacent structures.
C.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or
structural support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or
collapse of construction being demolished.
1.
Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition.
D.
Mark location of utilities.
E.
Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities
serving buildings and structures to be demolished.
1.
Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by
Contractor.
2.
If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with building demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass
024116-4

December 18, 2014
buildings and structures to be demolished and that maintain continuity of

service to other buildings and structures.
F.
3.3
Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:

1.
Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris.
2.
Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3.
Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4.
Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site off-site designated by Owner
indicated on Drawings.
5.
Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
PROTECTION
A.
Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, building entries, and other building
facilities during demolition operations.
B.
Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage

and soiling during demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed
to a suitable, protected storage location during demolition and cleaned and
reinstalled in their original locations after demolition operations are complete.
C.
Existing Utilities: Maintain utility services indicated to remain and protect them
against damage during demolition operations.
1.
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating
facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.
2.
Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as
acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.
a.
Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is
required during changeover.
D.
Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings,

canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having
jurisdiction and as indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Temporary Facilities and Controls."
1.
Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to
remain.
2.
Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around
perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain.
3.
Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury
to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
4.
Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building
demolition area and to and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and
structures.
5.
Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that
are to remain and that are exposed to building demolition operations.
6.
Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust
and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise from occupied
portions of adjacent buildings.
024116-5

December 18, 2014
3.4
DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures.

1.
Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger.
Notify Architect/Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed to do so.
B.
Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses.

Maintain protected egress and access at all times.
C.
Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition

equipment will traverse, infringe upon, or limit access to their property.
D.
Sprinkle Work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections
for this purpose.
3.5
DEMOLITION
A.
General:
Demolish indicated existing buildings and structures and site
improvements completely. Use methods required to complete the Work within
limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials.
Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting
operations.
2.
Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
3.
Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as
not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
B.
Engineering Surveys: Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards

that may result from building demolition activities.
C.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct building demolition and debrisremoval operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks,
walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied
or used facilities without permission from Owner or building manager and
authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or
obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction.
2.
Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt.
Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. Do not use
water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or
objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.
3.
Disconnect and remove designated utilities within demolition areas.
D.
Existing Utilities: Abandon existing utilities and below-grade utility structures. Cut
utilities flush with grade.
E.
Existing Utilities: Demolish existing utilities and below-grade utility structures that
are within 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of footprint indicated for new construction.
Abandon utilities outside this area.
024116-6

1.

December 18, 2014
Remove foundation walls and footings minimum of 5 feet beyond area of new
construction.
F.
Below-Grade Construction: Abandon foundation walls and other below-grade

construction. Cut below-grade construction flush with grade.
G.
Concrete: Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction indicated to

remain, using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.
H.
Masonry: Cut masonry at junctures with construction indicated to remain, using

power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.
I.
Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished at

junctures with construction indicated to remain, then break up and remove.
J.
Carpet and Pad: Remove in large pieces and roll tightly after removing demolition
debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips.
K.
Empty buried tanks located within demolition area.

components, and piping from site.
L.
Remove materials to be re-installed or retained in manner to prevent damage.

Store and protect in accordance with requirements of Section 016600.
M.
Backfill excavated areas, open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition.
N.
Rough grade and compact areas affected by demolition to maintain site grades and
contours.
O.
Remove demolished materials from site.
P.
Do not burn or bury materials on site. Leave site in clean condition.

1.
Remove temporary work.
3.6
Remove buried tanks,
REPAIRS
A.
General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by building

demolition operations.
B.
Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable
for new materials.
C.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
3.7
A.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged,
reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished
materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
024116-7

December 18, 2014
1.
2.
Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on
adjacent surfaces and areas.
B.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose
of them.
3.8
CLEANING
A.
Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with

provisions of Section 017419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
B.
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
building demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before
building demolition operations began.
024116-8

December 18, 2014
SECTION 031000
FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
All of the provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary General

Conditions and Special Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and
any applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract documents shall apply to
work of this Section as fully as if repeated here.
DESCRIPTION:
A.
B.
Furnish and install all cast in place concrete formwork as shown and
specified, including the following:
1.
Design of the formwork, shoring and falsework.
2.
Placement of all cast-in anchors, inserts, bolts, sleeves and similar

items, including those furnished under other Sections.
Related work described elsewhere:

1.
1.3
See other sections of Division 3.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Comply with the following codes and standards by the California Building
Standards Commission and American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1.
2013 California Building Code (CBC).
2.
ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
3.
Applicable jurisdictional agency.
Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this

Specification, the more stringent will apply.
Formwork
031000-1

December 18, 2014
B.
1.4
Design and provide engineering services as required, for all formwork and
related items such as bracing and blocking, required for the concrete work to
be placed on the Project.
Design shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ACI 347, the requirements of these Contract Documents, and
the applicable Building jurisdiction agency.
SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING:
A.
Coordinate installation of forms with other Sections, including but not limited
to, Mechanical (Division 15), and Electrical (Division 16), to provide all
required sleeves, blockouts, openings, reglets, chases, etc., required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
Forms: ACI 347, Table 4.1.
B.
Miscellaneous Materials:
1.
Ties and spreaders: Factory fabricated, adjustable length, removable

or snap-off metal ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to
prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal of forms.
MeadowBurke, of a type which does not leave an open hole through
the concrete and which permits neat, solid patching at every hole. Any
metal shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 inches from the outer concrete
surface. Site fabricated ties, wire ties, or wood spreaders are not
permitted.
2.
Corner forms, recess and chamfer strips: Extruded polyvinyl chloride

specially produced for concrete formwork; MeadowBurke, Dayton
Superior or approved equal.
3.
Form coating and/or form release: VOC compliant, of a type which will
not harmfully affect the appearance and/or utility of the concrete
surface or the application of sealers, paint, vinyl fabric, or any other
finishes; BASF MBT Rheofinish 211, Conspec By Dayton Superior, or
approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DESIGN & GENERAL CONSTRUCTION:
Formwork
031000-2
3.2

December 18, 2014
A.
Design and construct all forms, falsework, supports, etc. to be adequate in

size and strength for safety, and to resist all loads imposed upon them
without deformation, deflection, or settlement.
B.
Design and place shoring so the load from successive parts of the structure
will be transmitted directly through the falsework to adequate support, without
creating bending or shearing stresses in the concrete. Do not remove shores
until supported members have attained sufficient strength to carry the
imposed loads. Construct forms to permit their removal without disturbing the
original shoring. Re-shoring will not be permitted.
C.
Use wedges in pairs, or jacks to bring forms, shoring, or falsework for beams,
girders, slabs and other parts of the structure to exact elevations, required
camber and uniform bearing before pouring concrete.
D.
Construct formwork to the shape, lines and dimensions of the concrete

members and tight enough to prevent cement paste leakage. Tie, brace
shore, and support forms to resist pressure from any source. Deflection of
any member shall not exceed one-eighth inch (1/8 inch). Provide camber in
formwork as required for anticipated deflections due to weight and pressures
of fresh concrete and construction loads. Where possible, brace forms for
exposed concrete without using form ties.
E.
Arrange formwork to allow erection in the proper sequence and permit

removal without hammering, prying or damaging the concrete. Identify
exposed surfaces so that plywood panel and form tie spacing can be carefully
arranged.
F.
Leave temporary openings necessary for inspection and cleaning before

depositing concrete.
G.
Form release agent:

1.
Thoroughly clean forms and coat with release agent prior to initial use
and before each re-use.
2.
Apply release agent in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions

and coverage recommendations.
3.
Avoid starved areas or excessive applications.
4.
Apply release agent before reinforcing steel is placed.
INSTALLATION
A.
Openings, reglets, inserts, etc.:

Formwork
031000-3

December 18, 2014
3.3
1.
Refer to the entire set of project drawings for locations, sizes, and
types of all openings, reglets, inserts, anchors, sleeves, cans, electric
boxes, conduit, etc.
2.
Frame for all openings.
3.
Install all cast-in items such as listed in 1 above which are not
specifically required to be installed in other sections. Coordinate the
installation of items to be installed by other sections.
4.
Install all cast-in items securely and in exact locations required. Verify
that all required cast-in items have been installed prior to pouring
concrete.
B.
Set screeds for leveling of finish on slabs. Depress slabs where required to
receive special floor finishes. Slope slabs to drain where required, or as
shown. Check screed elevations frequently during the pour, for concrete
elevations.
C.
Install 3/4-inch chamfer at all vertical and horizontal outside corners, unless
shown otherwise.
D.
Before depositing concrete, remove all debris from the space to be occupied
by the concrete and wet thoroughly. Verify that all reinforcement and inserts
are secured in position. Remove all free-standing water. Do not leave wood
in concrete, except nailers.
E.
During concrete placement, check formwork and related supports to ensure

that forms are not displaced and that completed work will be within tolerances
specified in ACI 347.
REMOVAL & REUSE OF FORM:

A.
Formwork
031000-4
Remove forms without damage to the concrete, only after concrete has
hardened sufficiently to permit their removal with safety, and the members
have attained sufficient strength to safely support the imposed loads. The
minimum time before removing forms shall be:
Walls, columns, sides of beams
and girders
24 hours*
Horizontal forms of joists, beams

and girders (Spans 20 ft. and less)
14 days
Horizontal forms of joists, beams

and girders (Spans greater than 20 ft)
21 days
Slabs (Spans 20 ft. and less)
7 days

December 18, 2014
Slabs (Spans greater than 20 ft.
10 days
*If forms also support formwork for other members, removal time for the latter
will govern.
B.
Forms may be stripped in less than the specified days, provided all of the
following are met:
1.
Tests indicate an adequate strength as designated by the Structural

Engineer at an earlier time,
2.
The Structural Engineer approves the time of stripping, and
3.
Immediately after stripping the concrete is sprayed with a clear sealer.
C.
Form material may be re-used providing it is straight, free from nails,

hardened concrete, or other injurious matter, and has edges and surfaces in
good condition.
D.
Clean and re-oil or apply form release to wood forms after each reuse.
E.
Upon removal of forms, bolts, wires, clamps, rods, etc., not necessary to the
work, shall be removed to minimum of 1-1/2 inches from the surface.
F.
Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall be removed in such manner as to

preclude damage to finish. Pinch bars and similar tools shall not be used for
prying against exposed surfaces.
END OF SECTION
Formwork
031000-5

December 18, 2014
Formwork
031000-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 032000
REINFORCING STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
1.3

Conditions and Special Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and
the work of this Section as fully as if repeated.
DESCRIPTION:
A.
Furnish and install all steel reinforcement and related items required for
concrete work as shown and specified.
B.
All concrete shall be reinforced unless specifically marked "not reinforced" on

the drawings. If no reinforcement is shown, reinforce in the same manner
shown in similar places. Unless otherwise noted, all reinforcement shall be
deformed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Comply with the following codes and standards by the California Building
Standards Commission, American Concrete Institute (ACI), Concrete
Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) and American Welding Society (AWS):
1.
2.
ACI 117
Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete

Construction and Materials.
3.
ACI 301
"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
4.
ACI 315
"Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced

Concrete Structures".
5.
ACI 318
"Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete".
6.
CRSI 63
"Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars".
Reinforcing Steel
032000-1

December 18, 2014
7.
CRSI 65
"Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports,

Specifications and Nomenclature".
8.
CRSI
"Manual of Standard Practice".
9.
AWS B2.1
Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification.
10.
AWS D1.4
"Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel".

B.
Comply with the referenced ASTM standards for materials.
C.
Qualifications for Welding Work:
D.
1.4
1.5
1.
Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with

AWS B2.1.
2.
Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have

satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests, and possess a current
card.
3.
If re-certification of welders is required, re-testing will be Contractor's

responsibility.
Testing and Inspection:

1.
All material shall bear mill tags showing quantity, grade and heat
number identification, mill analysis and test reports.
2.
Reinforcement placement shall be checked and inspected by the

Project Inspector prior to placement of concrete.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

A.
Deliver reinforcement to project site in bundles marked with metal tags

indicating bar size, length and heat number.
B.
Store reinforcement off the ground on platforms, skids, or other supports.
C.
Store reinforcement in a manner that will avoid excessive rusting and coating
with grease, oil, and other deleterious materials.
C.
Store reinforcement in separate piles or racks to avoid loss of identification

after bundles are broken.
SUBMITTALS:
Reinforcing Steel
032000-2

December 18, 2014
A.
Submit shop drawings showing sizes, grades, schedules, splicing, bending

and placing details of reinforcement necessary for complete and accurate
location of reinforcement.
B.
Details of reinforcement not covered shall be in accordance with ACI 318 and
ACI 315.
C.
Detailing, fabricating, and spacing of reinforcement shall be equal or superior

to ACI 315, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
If welding reinforcing bars are indicated on the Drawings, or specified herein,

submit the reinforcing bar manufacturers Certificate of Weldability for each
type of reinforcing steel.
E.
Contractor shall check all Drawings for anchor bolt sizes and locations,
anchors, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and other items, which are required to be
cast in concrete.
1.
Make necessary provisions as required so that reinforcing steel will not

interfere with placement of such embedded items.
F.
Reinforcing steel shall not be fabricated or placed before Shop Drawings

have been approved and returned to Contractor.
G.
Review of shop drawings will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors
or for failure in accuracy and complete placing of the work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
General:
1.
All reinforcement material: new and free from scale, rust, or coatings,
which will reduce bond to concrete.
2.
Unless otherwise noted, use only deformed reinforcement.
B.
Reinforcing steel: Deformed billet steel bars, ASTM A615, Grade 60, except
stirrups and ties #3 or smaller may be Grade 40. ASTM A706 for
reinforcement to be welded.
C.
Tie wire: 16 gauge or heavier, black annealed steel wire.
D.
Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185.

Reinforcing Steel
032000-3

December 18, 2014
E.
2.2
Accessories:
1.
Chairs, spacers, ties, and other devices: as necessary for proper

placement and to adequately support the reinforcing in conformance.
Supports shall be steel or precast blocks designed and fabricated in
accordance with CRSI standards.
2.
Devices such as chairs which will later be exposed: galvanized or

otherwise corrosive resistant.
FABRICATION:
A.
Fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the approved shop

drawings. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings or
on the approved shop drawings.
B.
Reinforcing steel shall be cut and bent cold to exact lengths and shapes to
comply with Drawings, reviewed shop drawings, and referenced codes and
standards.
1.
C.
Contractor is responsible to assure that reinforcement will comply with

Drawings, reviewed shop drawings, and referenced codes and
standards.
Do not bend or straighten the reinforcing steel in a manner that will damage
the material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION:
A.
Prior to installation, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and
verify that all such work is complete and to the point where this installation
may properly commence. Verify that concrete reinforcement may be installed
in strict accordance with all referenced standards, the approved shop
drawings, and the drawings.
B.
In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed

with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have
been fully resolved.
C.
Before placing new reinforcing, clean all dirt, hardened concrete, loose rust,
and all other materials which will hinder bond from existing reinforcing
extending into the new work.
Reinforcing Steel
032000-4
3.2

December 18, 2014
INSTALLATION:
A.
Prior to placing reinforcing, verify that required formwork is properly and

securely installed.
B.
Comply with the referenced standards. Place bars as shown, properly

secured and supported, in the correct position and so as to prevent
movement during concrete pouring. Support bars so that they will not
displace when walked upon.
1.
Maintain reinforcement at proper distance from form face.
2.
Displacement of reinforcement shall be immediately corrected.
3.
Tie wires shall be bent away from form.
C.
Provide clearances, laps, and splices as shown, and as required in the

referenced standards if not shown.
D.
Do not bend or straighten the reinforcing steel in a manner that will damage
the material.
E.
When there has been a delay in placing concrete, reinforcement shall be

inspected and, if necessary, cleaned, relocated, and tied at no additional cost
to the Owner.
F.
Wherever reinforcing bars are moved more than one bar diameter to avoid
interference with other reinforcement, conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves, etc.,
obtain Structural Engineers approval for method of procedure before
concrete is placed.
G.
Splices not shown on the Drawings shall be approved by Structural Engineer

in writing.
H.
Unless permitted in writing by Structural Engineer or these specifications

herein, reinforcement shall not be bent after being partially embedded in
hardened concrete.
I.
Dowels shall be tied securely in place before concrete is deposited.

1.
In event there are no bars in position to which dowels may be tied, No.
3 bars (minimum) shall be added to provide proper support and
anchorage.
2.
Bending of dowels larger than #5 after placement of concrete will not

be permitted, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
Reinforcing Steel
032000-5

December 18, 2014
J.
Lay welded-wire fabric flat in place. Lap splices shall be made in such a way
that the overlapped area equals the distance between outermost crosswires
plus two inches. Stagger laps to avoid continuous laps in either direction.
Comply with ACI 318 Section 12.18 and 12.19.
K.
In the event of a discrepancy, immediately notify the Structural Engineer. Do

not proceed until all such discrepancies are fully resolved.
END OF SECTION
Reinforcing Steel
032000-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 033000
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
DESCRIPTION:
A.
1.3
1.4

Conditions, and Special Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and
any applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract shall apply to the work of
this Section as fully as if repeated here.
Furnish and install all cast-in-place concrete and related work as shown and
specified.
RELATED WORK:
A.
Concrete Formwork: Section 03100.
B.
Reinforcing Steel: Section 03200.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Except where different requirements are specified, comply with the following
codes and standards by the California Building Standards Commission,
American Concrete Institute (ACI), and American Welding Society (AWS):
1.
2.
ACI 117
Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete

3.
ACI 211.1
Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,

Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
4.
ACI 214R
Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete.
5.
ACI 301
"Specifications for Structural Concrete".
Cast In Place Concrete

033000-1

December 18, 2014
6.
ACI 304R
"Recommended Practice for Measuring,

Transporting, and Placing Concrete".
Mixing,
7.
ACI 304.2R
"Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods".
8.
ACI 305R
"Hot Weather Concreting".
9.
ACI 306R
"Cold Weather Concreting".
10.
ACI 308.1
"Standard Specification for Curing Concrete".
11.
ACI 318
12.
AWS D1.4
Structural Welding Code- Reinforcing Steel

B.
Comply with the referenced ASTM standards for materials and testing.
C.
Coordination: The Contractor shall be responsible for installation of all

accessories embedded in concrete and for provision of holes, etc., necessary
for execution of the work of other trades.
D.

1.
2.
Testing laboratory will be hired and paid for by Owner to:

a.
Review all concrete mixes.
b.
Test all concrete ingredients.
c.
Test all cylinders.
d.
Perform inspection services to meet code requirements for

special inspection.
e.
Review certificates of compliance, and samples of materials

proposed for use.
f.
Take samples as required from sources designated by

Contractor.
Contractor shall:
a.
Deliver all cylinders to laboratory carefully and at the proper

time.
b.
Use weighmaster at batching plant.

033000-2
c.
d.

December 18, 2014
Hire and pay for testing agency to:
1)
Test extra cylinders for Contractor's use.
2)
Retest when concrete does not meet specifications.
Assist testing laboratory in making all cylinders and slump

tests.
3.
Provide the testing laboratory free access to all places where concrete
materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. All materials, equipment
and methods used shall be subject to its inspection, test and approval.
4.
The following tests will be taken. Provide all materials to be tested.

a.
b.
c.
Cement will be tested at place of manufacturer if:

1)
Certification from cement manufacturer that the cement

proposed for use on the project has been manufactured
and tested in compliance with the requirements of
specification is not available; OR
2)
Affidavit is not provided by the concrete supplier that

identifies the cementitious material used for the project
by the manufacturer's lot number, date of shipment from
the manufacturer, date of receipt of cementitious
material.
Aggregate. See 1.5 below for submittal requirements.

1)
Sieve Analysis: In accordance with "Standard Method of

Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate",
ASTM C-136.
2)
Organic Impurities Test: In accordance with "Standard

method of Test for Organic Impurities and Sands for
Concrete", ASTM C-40-84.
3)
Fineness Test: In accordance with "Standard Method of

Test for Amount of Material Finer No. 200 Sieve in
Aggregate", ASTM C-117.
Compressive Test Cylinders: Samples for strength tests of

each class of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less
than once a day, or not less than once for each 150 cubic yards
of concrete, or not less than once for each 5,000 square feet of
surface area for slabs or walls.

033000-3

December 18, 2014
E.
1.5
d.
Slump tests: Take slump tests of concrete in accordance with

"Tentative Methods of Test for Consistency of Portland Cement
Concrete for Pavements or for Pavement Base", ASTM C 143,
taken when cylinders are made and at any other time at testing
laboratory's discretion.
e.
Lightweight concrete density tests: Acceptance of lightweight

concrete in the field will be based on fresh bulk density
measured in accordance with ASTM C138. When the fresh
bulk density varies by more than 3 pounds per cubic foot,
adjust the mixture promptly to bring the density to the desired
level.
Record of Work: A record shall be kept by the Contractor listing the time and
date of placement of all concrete for the structure. Such record shall be kept
until the completion of the Project and shall be available to the Architect for
examination at any time.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit list of all products to be used.
B.
Transit-mix delivery slips:
C.
D.
1.
Keep record at the job site showing time and place of each pour of
concrete, together with transit-mix delivery slips certifying contents of
the pour.
2.
Make the record available to the Architect for his inspection upon
request.
3.
Upon completion of this portion of the work, deliver the record and the
delivery slips to the Architect.
Submit Materials for testing as follows:

1.
Aggregates: Submit to the testing laboratory at least 15 days before

concrete is required a fifty pound (50 #) sample of fine aggregate and
a one hundred pound (100 #) sample of each size of coarse aggregate
proposed for use. Select these samples to fairly represent the average
quality and grading of the aggregate in question. When aggregates
have been approved as acceptable for use, make no change without
written permission of the Architect. Maintain stocks of accepted
aggregates so that no pour need be interrupted.
2.
Cement: Submit mill tests.
Prepare on-site samples as specified below.

033000-4
1.6
1.7

December 18, 2014
E.
Testing Laboratory will submit design mixes as evidence that the design
requirements have been met, but not for formal review and approval.
F.
Submit temperature and placement records.
G.
Submit design mixes. Prior to pouring any concrete, the Contractor shall
submit all concrete mixes to the Architect for approval. Separate mix designs
shall be submitted for each type of concrete to be used in the Project.
Submittals shall include all information used in designing the mixes. See 2.2
for design procedures.
H.
Test Reports: Testing Laboratory will submit reports on tests and inspections
performed to Owner, Architect, Contractor, and organization being tested and
inspected.
I.
Test Reports: "Special Inspection" reports of concrete compression, yield, air

content, shrinkage, and slump test by Testing Laboratory.
J.
Certificates:
1.
Certification that materials meet requirements specified.
2.
Certification from vendors that samples originate from and are

representative of each lot proposed for use.
A.
Schedule and coordinate with suppliers and other trades so that the
embedment of items in concrete does not delay the project.
B.
Take all precautions to maintain alignment and prevent damage of such items
during placement of concrete.
C.
Cutting and/or patching made necessary by failure or delay in complying with

these requirements shall be at no cost to Owner.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:

A.
Hauling time: Discharge all concrete transmitted in a truck mixer, agitator, or

other transportation device within 1-1/2 hours after the mixing water has been
added.

033000-5

December 18, 2014
B.
Extra Water: Deliver concrete to the job in exact quantities required by the
design mix. Should extra water be required before depositing the concrete,
the Contractor's Superintendent shall have sole authority to authorize the
addition of water. Any additional water added to the mix after leaving the
batch plant shall be indicated on the truck ticket and signed by the person
responsible. Where extra water is added to the concrete, it shall be mixed
thoroughly for forty revolutions of the drum or 3-1/2 minutes at mixing speed,
whichever is greater. Samples for control tests shall be taken after additional
water has been thoroughly mixed.
C.
Pre-wet lightweight aggregate and keep stockpiled after wetting for at least 12
hours before using.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
General: Use ready-mix concrete conforming to ASTM C94 and ACI 318
Section 5.2 and 5.3. No on-job mixed concrete will be allowed.
B.
Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. Temperature delivered at plant not to exceed
150 degrees F. Use only one manufacturer for all cement unless approved
by Architect.
C.
Pozzolan (Fly Ash): ASTM C618 Class F or N. Unless noted otherwise on

Drawings, amount, measured by weight, shall not exceed 25% of the total
cementitious content. Fly ash is not permitted in mixes receiving integral
color additives.
D.
Aggregates:
1.
Fine aggregate: ASTM C33, natural, washed, clean sand. Use same
sand for all concrete. Comply with gradation limits specified in
standard.
2.
Coarse aggregate: ASTM C33. Footing concrete may use standard

local aggregate. All other aggregate: Limestone or granite. Comply
with the following:
a.

033000-6
Use only hard, durable material from established sources with

proven history of successful use in producing concrete with
minimum shrinkage, free from harmful amount of clay, shale, or
other deleterious substances in amounts greater than those
permitted in ASTM C33.
3.
2.2

December 18, 2014
b.
Use aggregate containing no thin or elongated pieces. Any

piece having a major dimension more than 2-1/2 times the
average thickness shall be considered thin or elongated.
c.
Comply with gradation limits specified in ASTM C33.
Fine and coarse aggregate for lightweight concrete: ASTM C330,

comply with gradation limits in standard.
E.
Air-entraining Admixture: Conform to ASTM C260.
F.
Water Reducing Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Types A or D. High

range water reducing admixtures types F & G shall not be used unless
approved in writing by the Structural Engineer.
G.
Accelerating Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Types C or E, except that

calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used.
H.
Water: Clean, potable, and free of deleterious substances.
I.
Miscellaneous Materials:
1.
Curing and sealing compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B clear,

dissipating, non-yellowing, resin based. W.R. Meadows 1000 series,
BASF Kure-N-Seal WB, or approved equal.
2.
Grout: Non-shrink to comply with Corps of Engineers Specification

CRD -C621 and ASTM C1107. BASF Embeco 885, Burke by Edoco
NF NS Grout, or approved equal.
3.
Bonding Agent: Larsen Products Weldcrete, W.R. Meadows Intralok,

or approved equal.
4.
Expansion Joint filler: Resilient and non-extruding type, premolded

bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D1751.
5.
Waterstops: Rubber type complying with Corps of Engineers

Specification CRD C513 or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) complying with
Corps of Engineers Specification CRD C572.
6.
Joint Sealer: ASTM D6690, hot poured type.
7.
Vapor Barrier: Polyethylene sheets not less than 10 mils thickness and
are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E154.
8.
Epoxy grout: Master Builder Concresive Standard Liquid LPL.
DESIGN & MIXES:

033000-7

December 18, 2014
A.
The quantity of cement and admixture required per cubic yard of concrete is
given for estimating purpose only. The contractor shall base his bid on these
quantities. The Owner reserves the right to vary the cement content upward
or downward, and the contract price shall be adjusted if necessary based on
the market price of bulk cement delivered to the batching plant.
B.
The exact amount of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, and water to be
used shall be determined by the design mix. The actual slump used shall not
exceed amounts listed in the table. These proportions shall produce concrete
of maximum density, minimum shrinkage and required minimum strength.
The concrete shall work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and
reinforcement without excessive puddling, spading or vibration and without
permitting the materials to segregate or free water to collect on the surface.
The amount of water used shall be the minimum consistent with the
requirements. In general, the workability shall be improved by adjusting the
grading rather than by adding water.
C.
A sample load of each of the specified mixes may be poured in the foundation
at the earliest possible date to check workability of the concrete. Test
cylinders shall be prepared and tested as specified to verify compliance of the
concrete with the specifications. All concrete shall develop the specified
minimum strength. Adjustments will be made if test results warrant changes.
D.
Basis for mix designs shall be as follows:

Max. Size
Class Aggregate
28 Day Comp
strength fc
Cement
Sks/Yd.Min.
Maximum
Slump
A
1-1/2 in.
3,000
6.60
4 in.
B
3/4 in.
3,000
7.10
4 in.*
* Slump may be increased to 5 in. only if necessary in areas of congested
bars.
Note: Listed quantity of cement per yard of concrete is for cost estimation
purposes only.
E.
Use the various classes of concrete mixes for the following locations:
1.
Class A:
All footings (at Contractor's option, Class B may be

used).
2.
Class B:
All concrete not otherwise specified.
F.
Class B concrete shall include 4% (plus or minus 1%) entrained air.
G.
Measure fine and coarse aggregates separately. The method of measuring

aggregates shall be subject to the approval of the testing laboratory and shall
be such that all ingredients can be uniformly and accurately controlled and
easily checked.

033000-8

December 18, 2014
H.
The batching plant shall be equipped with an electric metering device capable
of determining moisture content of sand. This device shall be subject to the
approval of the testing laboratory.
I.
Proportion lightweight concrete mixes to meet specified density by the

calculated equilibrium method in ASTM C567. Correlate equilibrium density
with the fresh bulk density of concrete. Use the fresh bulk density as the
basis for acceptance during construction.
J.
No admixtures will be allowed, except as specified herein, unless authorized

by the Structural Engineer. All requests for approval or substitution must be
made by the Contractor and be accompanied by sufficient information and
test data for evaluation. No calcium chloride shall be added to concrete.
Dosage shall be per manufacturers recommendation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
3.2
Examine units of work to be placed and verify that:

1.
Construction of formwork is complete.
2.
Required reinforcement, inserts, and embedded items are in place.
3.
Form ties at construction joints are tight.
4.
Areas to receive concrete are free of debris and excess water.
B.
Thoroughly clean the areas to ensure proper placement and bonding of

concrete.
C.
Thoroughly clean all transporting and handling equipment.
D.
Notify Architect and Project Representative at least 48 hours before concrete

will be placed.
E.
Ensure availability of sufficient labor personnel, equipment, and materials to

place concrete correctly in accordance with schedule. Adequate scaffolding,
ramps, and walkways shall be provided so that personnel and equipment are
not supported by in- place reinforcement.
F.
Protect finished surfaces adjacent to areas to receive concrete.
MIXING:
033000-9

December 18, 2014
3.3
A.
In general, provide ready mixed concrete in compliance with the referenced

ACI standards and ASTM C94, as modified herein.
B.
Mix all concrete mixed in transit mixer for a period of not less than 10 minutes
at a peripheral drum speed of 200 ft. per minute. At least 3 minutes of the
mixing period shall be at the job site.
C.
Start the discharge of concrete not more than 45 minutes after the
introduction of mixing water. Complete placing of concrete within 90 minutes
of the first introduction of water into the mix.
D.
Do not add water to the mix after leaving the plant without the specific
approval of the Project Representative or Architect. Upon his approval, water
may be added as long as slump does not exceed that specified and the
designed water/cement ratio is not exceeded.
E.
Do not use lightweight concrete for which the fresh bulk density varies by
more than four pounds per cubic foot from the required fresh bulk density.
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS:
A.
B.
In general, comply with the following temperature limitations:

1.
Maximum temperature of concrete at time of placement: 85 degrees F.
2.
Minimum temperature of concrete at time of placement: 50 degrees F.
Should the ambient temperature at time of concrete placement exceed 85

degrees F, or should it be expected to rise above this temperature for the 3
days following placement, submit a program for hot weather concreting as
recommended in ACI 305R. Do not place concrete under these conditions
unless such a program has been approved by the Structural Engineer. Do
not add cement to the mix at a temperature higher than 150 degrees F. The
program may include such treatment as follows:
1.
Cooling aggregates.
2.
Using cold water or crushed ice for mixing.
3.
Limiting mixing speed.
4.
Special admixtures or curing procedures.
5.
Protecting or cooling reinforcement.

033000-10
C.
3.4

December 18, 2014
Should the ambient temperature at time of concrete placement be below 50

degrees F or should it be expected to drop below this temperature for the 3
days following placement, submit a program for cold weather concreting as
recommended in ACI 306R. Do not place concrete under these conditions
unless such a program has been approved by the Structural Engineer. Do
not permit concrete to freeze for 7 days following placement. The program
may include such treatment as follows:
1.
Heating aggregates.
2.
Heating water.
3.
Heating forms.
4.
Enclosing area of pour.
5.
Special admixtures or curing procedures.
D.
Keep accurate and detailed records of concrete pour locations, temperatures

of air and concrete, and curing methods. Turn records over to Architect at
completion of work.
E.
Cure some test cylinders under conditions same as the placed concrete is if
so requested by Architect or testing laboratory.
PLACING - GENERAL:
A.
Keep a record of the time and date of placing all concrete in each portion of
the project. Make this record open to the inspection of the Architect at any
time.
B.
Carry on concrete placing, once started, as a continuous operation until the

section of approved reinforcement, size and shape is completed. Use pour
cut offs of approved details and locations.
C.
Handle concrete as rapidly as practical from the mixer or transporting unit to

the place of final deposit by methods which prevent segregation or loss of
ingredients. Deposit it as nearly as practical, in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Do not drop concrete freely where reinforcing bars will
cause segregation, no more than five (5) feet. Deposit concrete to maintain a
plastic surface approximately horizontal. Do not deposit concrete that has
partially hardened.
D.
In pouring columns, use openings in the forms, elephant trunks, or other

approved devices which will permit the concrete to be placed without
segregation and the accumulation of hardening concrete.

033000-11

December 18, 2014
3.5
E.
Install such devices so the concrete will be dropped vertically. Provide pour
holes in the forms to the extent necessary to insure filling or to allow
necessary inspection.
F.
Consolidate all concrete thoroughly using approved mechanical vibrators.

1.
Use Mechanical vibrators, having a minimum frequency of 10,000

rpms, at each point of dump, and keep a stand by vibrator in good
working condition, but not in use, on the job until all concrete is placed.
Vibrators shall not be used to move concrete laterally.
2.
Internal vibration must be direct action in the concrete and not against
forms or reinforcement. Vibrate each pour until the water shows
indications of rising, but not until the water has risen.
3.
Along the faces of the forms, use suitable tools during the pour to
force large particles away from the forms and bring mortar to the
surface of the forms. In addition, when approved by the Structural
Engineer, external form vibration may be used. Take all appropriate
means to provide fully filled out, smooth, clean and properly aligned
surfaces free from pockets and blemishes.
4.
Tamp slabs with a jitterbug to depress the rock and push float with a
fill float as necessary. Take care at all times that the wet slab meets
the screeds accurately and does not rise above or fall below them.
5.
Do not vibrate lightweight concrete to the extent that large particles of

aggregate float to the surface.
G.
In general, place concrete only against firm surfaces which have been
sufficiently dampened to prevent rapid absorption of water from freshly
poured concrete.
H.
Moisten earth and spray forms and reinforcement with water before placing
concrete.
I.
Keep forms and reinforcement clean above placement line by removing

clinging concrete with wire brush before placing next lift.
J.
When temporary spreaders are used in the forms, the spreaders shall be
removed as their service becomes unnecessary.
CONSTRUCTION/CONTROL JOINTS:
A.
Joints shall be located and constructed as indicated on the Drawings or as

approved by the Structural Engineer.

033000-12
B.
All reinforcement shall be continuous across joints; except that reinforcement

or other fixed metal items shall not be continuous through expansion joints, or
through construction joints in slabs on grade unless noted otherwise on the
Drawings.
C.
Construction Joints:
D.
1.
Unit of operation shall not exceed eighty (80) feet in any horizontal
location.
2.
Sandblast the entire top surface of all horizontal construction joints

with coarse sand to clean and roughen the joint for bond to next
mortar matrix. Clean away all drippings, sand, debris, etc., so next
pour is placed on clean, solid, rough surface.
3.
Water-blasting or other means can be used in lieu of sanblasting.
4.
Fresh concrete shall not be placed against adjacent hardened

concrete until it is at least twenty-four (24) hours old.
Control Joints in slabs:

1.
3.6

December 18, 2014
Control joints shall be produced by forming a weakened plane in the

slab by the use of rigid inserts impressed in the concrete during
placement, snap- out plastic joint forming inserts, or concrete sawing.
Regardless of method used, it shall be 1/4 the depth of the slab
thickness and between 1/8 and 3/16 inch wide.
TOLERANCES:
A.
Unless otherwise specified herein or is shown on the Drawings, permissible

deviations from established lines, grades, and dimensions shall be those
specified in ACI 117.
B.
Unless otherwise noted, place slabs to the following tolerance: 1/8 inch in ten
(10) feet. Also no more than 1/8-inch maximum deviation above or below the
established datum lines.
C.
Areas with floor drains: Unless detailed otherwise, pitch floors carefully to
floor drains so as to afford an even fall from all parts of the room using screed
extending from the flow drain in fan shape.
D.
Construct new concrete columns to the following tolerances for all exposed
surfaces:
1.
In any 10' of length: 1/4" out of plumb.

033000-13

December 18, 2014
2.
3.7
3.8
3.9
Member thickness: -1/4", +1/2".
GROUTING
A.
Grout where required; proportion and install in accordance with

manufacturer's recommendations to produce a grout which will not shrink and
which will attain a minimum compressive strength of 4000 pounds per square
inch at seven (7) days.
B.
Where grout will not be encased in concrete, use non-staining, non-metallic

type.
C.
Grout shall not be re-tempered or subjected to vibration from any source.
SACKING:
A.
Perform where required immediately after forms are removed with a mixture
of fine sand and cement, thoroughly rubbing the entire surface, filling all small
holes and irregularities and producing a uniform appearance throughout the
surface.
B.
Sacking is in addition to the patching and repair work required for all surfaces
in Article 3.11 below.
C.
Architect may require sacking any concrete surfaces which he determines are
unacceptable, at no extra cost to the Owner.
CURING, PROTECTION & SEALING

A.
Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any
nature during construction operations. Keep all forms sufficiently wet to
prevent drying out of concrete. Protect slabs and exposed corners of
concrete from traffic or use which will damage them in any way.
B.
Curing: Immediately following placing, keep concrete continuously moist by

means of one of the following methods:

033000-14
1.
Interior Slabs: Apply membrane curing compound to freshly poured

concrete floors following manufacturer's directions. Surface must be
clear and free of oil, grease, dirt or foreign matter. Spray apply to
concrete surfaces for curing within approximately one to two hours
after completion of finishing operations and/or immediately after
disappearance of the "sheen" of surface moisture. Coat surfaces
uniformly leaving no pinholes or gaps, at a rate not to exceed 200 sq.
ft. per gallon for broom finished surfaces. Do not puddle or leave
heavy surface film.
a.
3.10

December 18, 2014
At integrally colored or trowel applied color hardener curing

shall be accomplished using Schofield "Colorwax" at exterior
conditions and "Colorcure" at interior conditions, applied in
accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
2.
Interior Slabs, Concrete Finish: Near completion of job, remove dirt,

grease, oil, etc., by sanding mopping and wet vacuuming. Allow to dry
thoroughly. Apply membrane curing compound for sealing by brush,
airless spray or Squeegee following manufacturer's directions. Apply
small amount on surface and immediately work it into pores. Do not
let it puddle and do not cover more area than can be worked in 10-15
minutes as setting will start. Use without thinning. Apply in two coats
at the rate of 600 sq. ft. per gallon each. Allow first coat to dry a
minimum of 24 hrs.
3.
Interior Slabs to Receive Finish Flooring or Carpet: Complete as in

Item 1 above. No additional sealer required near job completion.
Clean slabs of oil, grease, dirt, etc.
4.
Exterior Slabs: Complete as in Item 1 above. No additional sealer

required near job completion. Clean slabs of oil, grease, dirt, etc.
5.
Walls, columns and other vertical surfaces of concrete that have had their
formwork removed, shall be kept continuously moist for a period of 14
days, by means of water being mist applied a minimum of three times
each day, or by application of a membrane as specified above for slabs
and flatwork. Concrete that has had the formwork left in place for a
minimum of 7 days will not require additional moisture application or
membrane treatment.
CONCRETE FINISHES:
A.
Slab Finish:
1.
General: Uniformly spread, screed and float concrete.

033000-15

December 18, 2014
B.
3.11
2.
Trowel: Apply two (2) steel troweling operations at surfaces to receive

carpet, resilient materials, thin-set tile and where left exposed, finished
to achieve burnished surface. Follow second troweling with light
brooming perpendicular to direction of traffic to form non-slip surface.
3.
Broom: Apply at exterior walks, perpendicular to direction of traffic

flow.
Joints: Mark off exposed joints, where indicated, with inch radius edging
tool. Markings to be clean cut, straight and square with respect to border.
Tool edges of exposed expansion and contraction joints, border edges, and
wherever concrete adjoins other material or vertical surfaces.
PATCHING:
A.
Repair defects in concrete work as follows: Chip voids to depth of at least one
(1) inch or to remove all loose material with the edges perpendicular to the
surface and parallel to form markings.
Fill voids, surface irregularities,
chipped areas, etc., by patching, gunite and/or rubbing, as directed.
Duplicate the appearance of unpatched work. Prepare a sample of a
repaired condition for approval by Architect before proceeding with all of this
work.
END OF SECTION

033000-16

December 18, 2014
SECTION 03380
DRILLED PIERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
CONDITIONS & REQUIREMENTS:

A.
1.2
DESCRIPTION:
A.
Furnish and install all drilled piers (caissons) as shown and specified.
B.
Related work described elsewhere:
C.
1.3
All of the provisions of the General Conditions and Division 1 - General

Requirements, and any applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract
documents shall apply to work of this Section as fully as if repeated here.
1.
Formwork:
Section 03100.
2.
Concrete reinforcement:
Section 03200.
3.
Cast-in-place concrete:
Section 03300.
Comply with all requirements of Section 03100, 03200, and 03300 for the
work of this section, except where different requirements are stated below.
Comply with all additional requirements included below. In case of conflict,
the requirements of this section take precedence.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
B.
codes and standards by the California Building Standards Commission and
American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1.
2.
ACI 117

3.
ACI 336.1
Specification for the Construction of Drilled Piers.
Drilled Piers
033800-1

December 18, 2014
C.
Perform this work by a qualified contractor regularly engaged in constructing

the type of foundation piers required.
D.
Examine the Soils report, test borings, and the site to determine all conditions
affecting the work.
E.
Drilling test shafts is not permitted without prior approval from the Owners
Representative. All test shafts must be properly backfilled with suitable
material outlined in the Soils report.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
Reinforcing: As specified in Section 03200.
B.
Concrete: As specified in Section 03300, Class A or B.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DRILLING PIERS:
A.
Cross-stake locations of drilled piers so that centerlines may be retained after

drilling for use in placing dowels.
B.
Make pier excavations using whatever equipment, of an approved type, that

may be required for doing the work. Drill piers plumb and true, of diameter
and to depth shown on drawings. Bottom of all pier excavations shall be free
of all loose dirt and debris. Take every precaution to prevent loose earth from
falling into excavation before and during placing of concrete. Provide dewatering as necessary to maintain caisson holes in dry condition with no
more that 2 inches of water at the bottom.
C.
Excavate each shaft at location shown on drawings in a plumb condition.

Place the center point of the top of each pier within 3 inches of its true
location. Maximum acceptable tolerance from plumb in any shaft, measured
at center of shaft, shall not exceed 2 inches for first 10 feet, and 1 inch
additional for every 10 feet in depth.
Drilled Piers
033800-2
D.
Case pier holes with steel casing to protect sides of holes from sloughing, to
assist de-watering, wherever a questionable condition exists, or as directed in
the Soils report. In addition, provide casing if required by applicable
regulations of governmental regulating boards or any other authorities having
jurisdiction. Each bidder is responsible for determining for himself the extent
of metal casing required.
1.
E.
3.2

December 18, 2014
Wherever metal casing must be used, it shall consist of 1 piece

extending upwards from bottom of drilling. Inside diameter of metal
casings shall not be less than scheduled diameter of pier.
If slurry displacement method is used due to soil conditions or as directed in

the Soils report, submit proposed mix design or manufacturers product data
to Owners Representative for approval.
1.
Maintain slurry levels above any unstable zones a distance sufficient

to prevent sloughing.
2.
Where piers are installed below groundwater or in caving holes,

maintain the slurry level in the excavation not less than five feet above
the groundwater level.
F.
All work in connection with drilling of holes shall be subject to inspection and
approval of the Architect and Soils Engineer. Provision shall be made to
permit inspection and approval. Any drilled pier excavation which must be
entered by workmen, Architect's representative or Building Inspector shall be
cased with metal casing before anyone enters excavation.
G.
Material excavated from drilled piers shall be removed from building pad
area. Material suitable for backfill shall be stockpiled where directed.
Material unsuitable for backfill shall be removed from site.
H.
Anticipated elevations of pier bottoms are shown on structural drawings.

Base bid shall be based on concrete piers being installed as shown and
scheduled on structural drawings. Architect or his representative shall verify
and approve depth.
PLACING CONCRETE:
A.
Place reinforcement and pour concrete immediately after piers are drilled,
inspected, and approved by Architect. Pour piers continuously for length of
piers. Place concrete in pier holes not cased by means of a hopper centered
over hole. Overall length of hopper and chute shall be a minimum of 6'-0"
long. Pump concrete or use placing devices to prevent free fall greater than 6
feet.
Drilled Piers
033800-3

December 18, 2014
B.
When used, withdraw casing from excavation as concrete is placed. Bottom

of casing shall be at least 4 feet below top of concrete level at all times during
placement. Top of metal casing must extend a minimum of 6 inches above
grade at top of excavation.
C.
If the water depth at the bottom of the excavation cannot be reduced to 2

inches, concrete may be placed but the mix shall have the cement content
increased by 1 sack per cubic yard and the slump decreased correspondingly
for the portion of concrete placed in the water and at a point at least 1'-0"
above the water level. This concrete mix shall be placed through a tremie
maintained at or below the level of the concrete until a point 1'-0" above the
water level is reached.
D.
Place reinforcement centered in hole. Use devices to maintain reinforcement

in its true position before and during concrete placement.
E.
Vibrate top 5 feet of concrete, after temporary casing has been withdrawn or
when casing is permanent.
F.
Place concrete in pier in one continuous operation. If a construction joint is

unavoidable, level, roughen, and clean surface prior to re-commencement of
concrete placement. Provide reinforcing dowels or a shear key as required
by the Structural Engineer. The Structural and Soils Engineers shall approve
construction joint elevation.
END OF SECTION
Drilled Piers
033800-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 034700
SITE CAST CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
1.3

any applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract shall apply to the Work of
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.
Furnish and install all site cast concrete and related Work as shown and
specified.
B.
It shall be the contractors responsibility to retain the services of an engineer

to verify the design of the wall panels or the floor slab to resist the stresses
caused by the erection of the wall panels. Steel reinforcement shown on the
Drawings is not designed to resist the stresses from hoisting and erecting the
panels.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for erecting the panels in a manner that will
be both safe for personnel and property, and to brace and otherwise protect
the panels against wind and other forces that may occur during construction
until connections to the permanent structural system are completed.
D.
Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that a suitable slab has been

prepared to provide for the level of finish that has been specified herein.
Contractor shall coordinate slab finishing including saw cutting of all joints
with the panel forming to minimize impact to the architectural finish of the
panels.
RELATED WORK:
A.
Concrete Formwork: Section 03100.
B.
Reinforcing Steel: Section 03200.
C.
Cast In Place Concrete: Section 03300.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-1

December 18, 2014
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
codes and standards by the California Building Standards Commission,
American Concrete Institute (ACI), American Welding Society (AWS), and
Precast/Prestressed Institute (PCI):
1.
2.
ACI 117

3.
ACI 211.1
Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,

Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
4.
ACI 301
"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
5.
ACI 304R
"Recommended Practice for Measuring,

Transporting, and Placing Concrete".
6.
ACI 304.2R
"Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods".
7.
ACI 305R
"Hot Weather Concreting".
8.
ACI 306R
"Cold Weather Concreting".
9.
ACI 308.1
"Standard Specification for Curing Concrete".
10.
ACI 318
11.
AWS D1.1
Structural Welding Code- Steel.
12.
AWS D1.4
Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel
13.
PCI MNL 116 Quality Control for Plants and Production of Structural
Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products.
Mixing,

B.
C.
Coordination: The Contractor shall be responsible for installation of all

accessories embedded in concrete and for provision of holes, etc., necessary
for execution of the Work of other trades.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-2

December 18, 2014
D.
Erector Qualifications: Contractor shall provide an experienced supervisor for

panel construction and erection having at least two years of successful
experience in tilt-up construction, similar to the size and amount required for
project. Supervisor employed shall be certified by the ACI Tilt-Up Supervisor
Qualification program.
E.

1.
2.
Testing laboratory will be hired and paid for by Owner to:

a.
Review all concrete mixes.
b.
Test all concrete ingredients.
c.
Test all cylinders.
d.
Perform inspection services to meet code requirements for

special inspection.
e.
Review certificates of compliance, and samples of materials

proposed for use.
f.
Take samples as required from sources designated by

Contractor.
Contractor shall:
a.
Deliver all cylinders to laboratory carefully and at the proper

time.
b.
Use weighmaster at batching plant.
c.
Hire and pay for testing agency to:
d.
1)
Test extra cylinders for Contractor's use.
2)
Retest when concrete does not meet specifications.
Assist testing laboratory in making all cylinders and slump

tests.
3.
Provide the testing laboratory free access to all places where concrete
materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. All materials, equipment
and methods used shall be subject to its inspection, test and approval.
4.
The following tests will be taken. Provide all materials to be tested.

a.
Cement will be tested at place of manufacturer if:
Site Cast Concrete

034700-3

December 18, 2014
b.
F.
1)
Certification from cement manufacturer that the cement

proposed for use on the project has been manufactured
and tested in compliance with the requirements of
specification is not available; OR
2)
Affidavit is not provided by the concrete supplier that

identifies the cementitious material used for the project
by the manufacturer's lot number, date of shipment from
the manufacturer, date of receipt of cementitious
material.
Aggregate. See 1.5 below for submittal requirements.

1)
Sieve Analysis: In accordance with "Standard Method of

Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate",
ASTM C-136.
2)
Organic Impurities Test: In accordance with "Standard

method of Test for Organic Impurities and Sands for
Concrete", ASTM C-40-84.
3)
Fineness Test: In accordance with "Standard Method of

Test for Amount of Material Finer No. 200 Sieve in
Aggregate", ASTM C-117.
c.
Compressive Test Cylinders: Samples for strength tests of

each class of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less
than once a day, or not less than once for each 150 cubic yards
of concrete, or not less than once for each 5,000 square feet of
surface area for slab or walls.
d.
Slump tests. Take slump tests of concrete in accordance with

"Tentative Methods of Test for Consistency of Portland Cement
Concrete for Pavements or for Pavement Base", ASTM C 143,
taken when cylinders are made and at any other time at testing
laboratory's discretion.
Mockup panels: After acceptance of material samples, cast and erect tilt-up
concrete panel mockups, not less than ten square feet in surface area and
using job forming system, to demonstrate typical reveals, surface finishes,
texture, color, and standard of workmanship. In presence of architect,
damage part of an exposed surface for each finish, color, and texture
required, and demonstrate materials and techniques proposed for repairs to
match adjacent undamaged surfaces.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-4
G.
1.5

December 18, 2014
Record of Work: A record shall be kept by the Contractor listing the time and
date of placement of all concrete for the structure. Such record shall be kept
until the completion of the Project and shall be available to the Architect for
examination at any time.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Refer to Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete for submittal requirements

for concrete materials common to all concrete Work.
B.
Submit copies of design calculations, reinforcement drawings, and erection

details and procedures signed by a qualified professional engineer legally
authorized to practice in the State of the projects location.
1.
2.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing the following:

a.
Detailed drawings of individual panels showing dimensions and

sections of each. Match panel identification designations with
those on the Drawings.
b.
Sizes, grades, schedules, splicing, bending and placing details

of reinforcement for each individual panel.
c.
Dimensions and locations of sleeves, anchors, embeds,

brackets, reglets, lifting devices, and accessories.
d.
Include additional steel reinforcement necessary to resist

hoisting and erection stresses.
e.
Indicate welded connections with AWS standard symbols.

Detail cast-in inserts, connections, and joints.
Calculations:
a.
C.
Provide engineering analysis data of additional reinforcement,

hoisting and erecting details, and bracing.

1.
Before assigning any welder to Work covered by this Section, provide

the Structural Engineer with the names of welders to be employed on
the Work, together with certification that each of these welders has
passed qualification tests using procedures covered in AWS Welding
Procedure and Performance Qualification
Site Cast Concrete

034700-5

December 18, 2014
2.
1.6
If requested by the Structural Engineer, submit identifying stenciled

test samples made by an operator whose workmanship is subject to
question. Require welders to retake tests when, in the opinion of the
Structural Engineer, work of a welder creates reasonable doubt as to
proficiency of welder. Conduct tests, when required, at no costs to the
Owner. Submit re-certification of the welder to the Structural Engineer
only after the welder has taken and passed the required retest.
Welders shall have passed the qualification test within the preceding
12-month time period.
TOLERANCES
A.
Dimensions of the finished panels, at the time of erection in the structure,

shall conform to the casting tolerances stated below unless otherwise
specified or approved by the Project Architect/Structural Engineer.
1.
Height & width of basic panel

a.
Up to 20 feet
1/4 inch
b.
20 feet to 30 feet
3/8 inch
c.
Each additional 10-foot increment in

1/8 inch
excess of 30 feet.
Note: Tolerances referenced here may be further restricted by joint
width tolerances listed in section 1.6.B1.
2.
Thickness
3/16 inch
Note: The tolerance listed is for the average variation of panel
thickness through any horizontal or vertical cross-section of the panel.
3.
Skew of panel or opening

a.
Per 6 feet of dimension
1/8 inch
b.
Maximum difference
1/2 inch
Note: The tolerance listed is the measured difference in length of the
two diagonals.
4.
5.
Site Cast Concrete
034700-6
Openings cast into panel

a.
Size of opening
1/4 inch
b.
Location of centerline of opening
1/4 inch
Location/placement of embedded items
6.
B.

December 18, 2014
a.
Inserts, bolts, pipe sleeves
3/8 inch
b.
Lifting and bracing inserts
c.
Weld plate embeds(lateral placement)
1 inch
d.
Weld plate embeds(tipping & flushness)
1/4 inch
Per Manufacturers Specs
Deviation of concrete reinforcing steel cover: Shall be in accordance

with ACI 318 and in no case less than specified elsewhere.
Dimensions of the erected panels shall conform to the erection tolerances

stated below unless otherwise specified or approved by the Project
Architect/Structural Engineer.
1.
Joint width variation

a.
Panels up to 20 feet tall
1/4 inch
b.
For each 10-foot increment

in excess of 20 feet tall
1/8 inch
c.
In no case should the variation in joint width be increased or

decreased more than 50% from the specified joint width.
Note: The tolerance listed is measured between the panels at the
exterior face of the panels at the joint.
2.
1.7
1.8
Panel alignment
a.
Alignment of horizontal and vertical joints 1/4 inch
b.
Offset in exterior face of adjacent panels 1/4 inch
A.
Schedule and coordinate with suppliers and other trades so that the
embedment of items in concrete does not delay the project.
B.
Take all precautions to maintain alignment and prevent damage of such items
during placement of concrete.
C.
Cutting and/or patching made necessary by failure or delay in complying with

these requirements shall be at no cost to Owner.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Site Cast Concrete

034700-7

December 18, 2014
A.
See Sections 03100 - Formwork, 03200 - Reinforcing Steel, and 03300 - Cast
in Place Concrete for proper delivery and handling of materials used for the
panels at various air temperatures and other project conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
FORMS:
A.
See Section 03100 - Formwork.
B.
Forms shall contain blockouts required to provide openings detailed on

Drawings. Coordinate all openings with other trades.
C.
Reveal strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips of adequate strength to

withstand construction traffic/loads without damage.
D.
Panel boundary forms shall be rigidly constructed and well braced steel or
dressed wood forms, straight and with precise corners. Design to withstand
stresses resulting from the casting process. Consideration should be given to
exposed formed surfaces. All forming surfaces shall be smooth and clean
prior to pouring of concrete.
E.
Panels may be stacked for ease of casting, in forms as specified above.
F.
When panels are stack cast, maintain a continuous sound and smooth
surface with forming and plaster at all openings.
G.
Bond breaker must be compatible with curing compound and other finishes,
including paint, and floor finish.
CONCRETE MATERIALS
A.
2.3
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A.
2.4
See Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete.
See Section 03200 - Reinforcing Steel.
CONNECTION MATERIALS
A.
See Sections 05500 - Metal Fabrications and 05120 - Structural Steel.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-8
B.
Steel that will be exposed to the exterior or damp environments in finished

panels shall be plastic-tipped, hot-dipped galvanized or protected by other
means to prevent corrosion or oxidation of the metal after fabrication in
accordance with ASTM A123.
a.
C.
2.5
2.6
2.7

December 18, 2014
Selection of plastic-tipped treatments: Ensure that the plastic

will not create stress concentrations within the thin sections of
concrete when located near a surface from differential thermal
expansion and contraction ultimately resulting in local shear
failure of the concrete surface producing surface blemishes.
Chord Bar sleeves: Tubular sheathing, plastic or moisture-resistance treated

cardboard.
BOND BREAKER
A.
Liquid Dissipating Membrane-Forming Curing Compound complying with

ASTM C309, Type 1 or 1D, Class B, containing no materials that could affect
bond of subsequent finishes or natural appearance of slab on grade and be
compatible with curing compound for slab. Dayton Superior Sure-Lift, Noxcrete Silcoseal 2000F, or approved equal.
B.
Refer to manufacturers instructions as to proper procedures for post applying

a liquid floor hardener or sealant to areas where bond breaker is present.
LIFTING INSERTS AND ACCESSORIES

A.
Manufacture inserts with feet of plastic, galvanized steel wire, plastic tipped
steel wire, or stainless steel tipped steel wire specifically designed for tilt up
construction. Dayton Superior, Meadow Burke, or approved equal.
B.
Manufacture braces with feet galvanized steel wire, plastic tipped steel wire,
or stainless steel tipped steel wire specifically designed for tilt up
construction. Dayton Superior, Meadow Burke, or approved equal.
C.
Floor brace anchors shall not penetrate vapor retarder under slab on grade.
BEARING PADS
A.
Elastomeric
pads:
AASHTO
M251,
plain,
vulcanized,
100%
polychloroprene(neoprene) elastomer, molded to size or cut from a molded
sheet. Type A Shore durometer hardness of 50 to 70, ASTM D2240,
minimum tensile strength 2250 psi, ASTM D412.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-9

December 18, 2014
B.
Random, fiber-reinforced elastomeric pads: Preformed, randomly orientated

synthetic fibers set in elastomer with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of
70 to 90.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Coordinate site cast tilt-up operations with Work of other trades in order that
Work may be expedited and omissions and delays avoided.
B.
Examine units of Work to be placed and verify that:

1.
Construction of formwork is complete, including all openings, offsets,

recesses, reveals, rustications, reglets, and blockouts.
2.
Form liners are placed accurately to provide finished texture indicated.

Form liners are supported firmly to maintain stability during concreting.
Coat form liner with form releasing agent.
3.
Required reinforcement, inserts, and embedded items are in place.
4.
Areas to receive concrete are free of debris and excess water.
5.
Thoroughly clean the areas to ensure proper placement and bonding

of concrete.
CASTING SURFACES:
A.
Casting Slab Preparation:

1.
Casting slab shall be cured. Saw cuts, cracks, joints or defects in the
casting bed shall be filled so as to minimize transfer of the joint line to
the panel face.
2.
Waste slabs, if used, shall be of sufficient thickness and strength so as

not to crack with the weight of the panels.
3.
Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility of curing agents,

sealants, and releasing agents utilized in the Work. If panels are to be
stacked, the troweled surface shall be considered the casting bed and
shall be treated as the same.
4.
Isolation pockets shall be formed in such a manner as to minimize the

transfer of the pocket to the finished appearance of the panel.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-10
3.3
3.4
3.5

December 18, 2014
B.
Bond breaker to be applied in accordance with manufacturers printed

instructions for the applicable condition.
C.
After placing reinforcing steel for panels, check casting slab surfaces for
continuity of film. Touch-up or re-coat worn or damaged areas, taking care to
prevent application of coating on reinforcing steel and inserts.
D.
Coordinate installation of inserts and anchorages required to be set into

concrete slabs prior to casting of panels.
E.
Where reveals are specified in panels, assure that forming strips are straight
and securely fastened to prevent movement or floating during placing
operations and that alignment between adjacent panels is correct. Reveal
tolerances shall comply with the provisions of Section 3.7 of this document.
FORMING PANELS
A.
See Section 03100 - Formwork.
B.
The Contractor shall layout the panels for casting in a manner that minimizes
the locations of floor joints, column isolation joints and other construction
joints in the panel faces. The Contractor shall prevent the layout of the
panels over temporarily poured casting surfaces such as pre-formed columns
and pits unless deemed absolutely necessary.
C.
Forms shall be designed to maintain the perimeter of the panel as shown on

the Drawings within 1/4-inch maximum deflection during pouring.
D.
All formed blockouts for openings in the panels shall be designed to limit the
deflection during pouring to a maximum of 1/8 inch.
E.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against

concrete surfaces.
PLACING CONCRETE
A.
See Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete.
B.
Cold joints shall not be permitted in an individual panel.
CURING AND PROTECTIONS
Site Cast Concrete

034700-11

December 18, 2014
3.6
A.
Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or
hot temperatures, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant
temperature for the period of time necessary for hydration of the cement and
proper hardening of the concrete.
B.
Apply liquid membrane curing compound in accordance with manufacturers

recommendations.
C.
Underlying panels in a stack cast arrangement shall be cured in the same

manner as casting beds.
HANDLING AND ERECTION OF PANELS

A.
Designing panels for erection stresses and selection of lifting system and
hardware shall be by the Contractor. Lift, support, and erect panels only at
designated lifting or supporting points indicated on approved shop drawings.
B.
Minimum strength of panels at time of erection shall be in accordance with

the lifting design.
C.
It is recommended that the Contractor take extra test specimens and field
cure to verify concrete strength of panels.
D.
Before starting erection operations, Contractor shall check relevant job site
conditions insofar as they are ready for the erection of panels. Each element
shall be properly marked to correspond with the designation indicated on the
approved Shop Drawings.
E.
Protect elements to prevent staining, warping or cracking.
F.
Patch or repair defects in panels in a manner acceptable to the Project

Architect/Structural Engineer.
G.
Use erection equipment that will prevent damage to existing construction,

permanent floor slabs and panels. Damage to Work shall be repaired or
replaced at the Contractors expense and in a manner acceptable to the
Project Architect/Structural Engineer prior to painting or coating.
H.
Set panels in the position assigned. Place panels evenly on prepared setting
pads or proper-capacity shims. Grout space under panels for full bearing or
provide additional support until grouting takes place.
Site Cast Concrete

034700-12
3.7

December 18, 2014
I.
Panels not attached to the building frame at the time of erection shall be
braced in position using a bracing system designed to resist wind and other
loads that may reasonably be determined until all structural connections have
been made. There shall be a minimum of two braces per panel. Design of
bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Panel bracing
connection shall be maintained daily by Contractor to assure tightness.
J.
After panels are erected, Contractor shall check all connecting bolts at the
floor and panels daily to ensure tightness.
K.
Dry-pack grout installation and preparation for weld pockets and other panel
block outs not cast in during pouring shall be performed as follows:
1.
Remove laitance down to sound concrete
2.
Surface to receive grout shall be rough and reasonably level
3.
Surface shall have been properly wet cured
4.
Do not use curing compounds
5.
Clean surface of oil, grease, dirt and loose particles.
6.
Remove free water from concrete and bolt holes immediately before
grouting.
L.
Protection of the erected elements shall be the responsibility of the

Contractor.
M.
Temporary panel bracing shall not be removed until concrete roof diaphragm
is completely cured and installed and all panel connectors are welded.
N.
Wait a minimum of 28 days from panel casting before making any panel-topanel welds.
O.
After the panels are erected, dismantle panel erection devices and patch
panels as required for a uniform appearance.
P.
After panels are erected, patch holes or other blemishes in casting slab that
were caused by the panel casting and erection processes in a manner
acceptable to the Project Architect/Structural Engineer.
PANEL FINISH
A.
Exposed surfaces of panels shall be finished as indicated on the project

drawings. This shall include both the front and back of the panels as well as
any exposed edges as defined below.
Site Cast Concrete
034700-13

December 18, 2014
B.
3.8
3.9
Visible surfaces of the panels, when in place shall be free from surface
defects. Finish surfaces of fills and repairs to architects approval, with
materials of same colors and textures as finishes of surrounding surfaces.
SEALING OF PANEL JOINTS

A.
Clean the panel joints of contaminants, including form release agents and
concrete laitance. Dust and loose particles shall be blown out or otherwise
cleaned to provide proper bond.
Apply sealants in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations.
B.
Install joint insulation where indicated to consist of a limited expansion

polyurethane insulation or an approved equal.
C.
Install back-up rod, primer, paint and sealant in accordance with Section
07920 Sealants and Caulking.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

1.
Deficient Compressive Strength

a.
3.10
In the event that concrete tests indicate a 7-day or 28-day

strength below that which was specified, the Contractor with
the agreement of the Project Architect/Structural Engineer shall
have the mix adjusted so that subsequent concrete will comply
with the minimum strength requirements. The owner may
require core specimens to be taken and tested, at the
Contractors expense.
If core tests fall below minimum
requirements, as determined by the Project Architect/Structural
Engineer, the concrete in place will be deemed to be defective.
This concrete shall be removed and replaced or strengthened
in a manner acceptable to the Owner and Project
Architect/Structural Engineer, at the Contractors expense. Any
demolition or repair of other materials or systems as a result of
repair or replacement of defective concrete shall be at the
CRACKED AND DAMAGED PANELS
Site Cast Concrete

034700-14
A.
3.11

December 18, 2014
Panel damage that occurs during erection, cracks readily visible per the
requirements specified in Section 3.6 of this document, permanent bowing
occurring from erection, and spalls, shall be repaired or replaced to the
satisfaction of the Project Architect/Structural Engineer, appropriate to the
type and location on the building.
PROTECTION
A.
During the period after this Work has been completed, the General Contractor
shall protect site cast tilt-up concrete finished concrete surfaces from damage
by subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
Site Cast Concrete

034700-15

December 18, 2014
Site Cast Concrete

034700-16

December 18, 2014
SECTION 04 43 00 - FIELD STONE WALLS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
1.2
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 02300 - Earthwork
B.
Section 321323 Landscape Site Concrete
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.4
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed

stone masonry veneer similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for
this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
1.5
Section includes the furnishing, installation, jointing, and finishing of the stone
walls. The work shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
1.
Field stone for site walls.
2.
Construction of site walls on concrete footings.
3.
Mortar and joint pointing.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1.
C144 - Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
2.
C150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
3.
C207 - Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
4.
C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry.
5.
C387 - Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete.
6.
C780 - Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of
Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 013300.
B.
Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog cuts for specified materials listed in Part 2
below.
C.
Samples:
1.
Submit stone samples from the designated supplier illustrating minimum
and maximum stone sizes, color range and typical markings of stone
proposed for use.
2.
Once these samples have been approved, and prior to installation,
Contractor shall erect a site mock-up as specified below.
3.
Colored Pointing Mortar Samples for Verification: For each color
Field Stone Walls
044300-1

December 18, 2014
required.
1.6
D.
Mock-up: After approval of submittal samples, erect at the site a 4 foot section of
a typical site wall with jointing for review and approval by the Owners
Representative.
1.
Notify Owners Representative 7 days in advance of the dates and times
when mock-up will be constructed.
2.
Locate mock-up as directed.
3.
Upon request, the Owners Representative may require minor
modifications to be made to the mock-up. The revised mock-up shall be
provided at no cost to Owner.
4.
Once the mock-up has been approved by the Owners Representative,
Contractor shall retain approved mock-up during construction as standard
for judging completed work. Approval of mock-up does not constitute
approval of deviations from Contract Documents contained in mock-up,
unless such deviations are specifically approved by the Owners
Representative in writing.
5.
When directed, demolish and remove mock-up from Project site.
E.
Quality Control:
1.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality
Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,
names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
COORDINATION
A.
1.7
1.8
Coordinate work of this Section with work of other trades.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.
Store and handle stone and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage
due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, breaking,
chipping, or other causes.
B.
Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location.
C.
Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other
required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.
D.
Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and

accumulation of dirt and oil.
EXISTING CONDITIONS
A.
Become familiar with existing conditions where work of this Section will take
place. Notify Owners Representative of unsatisfactory conditions prior to
proceeding.
Field Stone Walls

044300-2

B.

December 18, 2014
Be responsible for providing protection measures to protect adjacent surface and

items not to receive stone facing. Review protection methods with the Owners
Representative prior to proceeding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL
A.
2.2
2.3
2.4
STONE
A.
Field Stone: It is the Owners intent that the stone shall match the size, shape
and color range of the stone used in the existing walls on-site. Stone Supplier: To
be determined.
B.
Carefully inspect stone at supplier or fabrication plant for compliance with

requirements for appearance, material, and fabrication.
MORTAR FOR CONSTRUCTION AND POINTING JOINTS

A.
To be determined. Use Lamp Black pigment to darken mortar to match existing

mortar on existing walls.
B.
Water: Potable.
MASONRY CLEANERS
A.
2.5
Comply with applicable requirements of Section 321323 for materials not

specified herein and necessary to perform the work of this Section.
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup dry-measure tetrasodium

polyphosphate and 1/2-cup dry-measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. of
water.
STONE FABRICATION
A.
Clean jagged corners from stone in preparation for setting.
B.
Roughly shape stone with a hammer to approximate fit. Knock off weak portions.
Knob corners and returns square.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
It is the Owners intent that the new stone walls shall match the existing walls onsite. The Contractor shall use the existing walls and the approved mock-up as a
guide for construction of the new walls.
B.
Inspect areas and conditions under which stone work will be performed and
Field Stone Walls
044300-3

December 18, 2014
verify that items constructed under other Sections are properly located and sized.
Notify Owners Representative of conditions detrimental to the timely and proper
completion of the work.
3.2
3.3
PREPARATION
A.
Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance.
B.
Clean stone prior to placement. Do not use wire brushes or implements which
can mark or damage exposed surfaces.
C.
Prepare and mix mortar as specified by the manufacturer.
INSTALLATION
A.
Select stone at site with clean faces.
B.
Set stone on footing as shown in the Drawings.
C.
Use large stones for bottom courses and large selected stones at the corners.
Generally decrease size of stone from bottom to top. Size stone units to fit
opening dimensions and perimeter conditions. Form stone corners to irregular
joint profile.
D.
Wet absorptive stone in preparation for placement to minimize moisture suction

from mortar. Install mortar in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations
and ASTM C780.
E.
Lay even-colored, sound, quarry seam faces to weather on face of wall. Lay face
stones in random bond with maximum 1-inch-wide joints for a coursed rubble
appearance to match existing stone walls and approved mock-up. Fit small
stones into irregular spaces to give appearance of random sizes and shapes.
Arrange stone pattern to provide color uniformity, visual variations, blend of stone
unit sizes, and variable joint sizes throughout.
F.
Build walls straight and plumb on both faces, building in anchors, dowels, and
work of other trades. Set each stone level in a full bed of mortar; tap to an even
bearing. Fill joints with mortar leaving no voids. Keep faces of stone free of
mortar.
G.
Rake face stone joints 3/4 inch in depth and brush joints clean to accommodate
pointing mortar. Point joints with pointing mortar. Pack and work into voids.
Neatly tool surface to concave joint. Rub with a stiff broom or brush to remove
trowel sheen. Dust joints with topsoil.
H.
Protect stone faces from staining. When work is not in progress, keep tops of
walls covered with approved non-staining waterproof coverings. When work
resumes, clean loose mortar from stone. Where new masonry joins partially or
totally set masonry, remove loose mortar and dampen stone before laying new
course.
Field Stone Walls

044300-4

3.4

December 18, 2014
CLEANING
A.
Keep all areas of work clean, neat and orderly at all times.
B.
As the work progresses, protect adjacent surfaces, and clean mortar drippings
and other splashings immediately from the surfaces of all adjacent work.
C.
Scrub completed wall with fiber brushes, using specified cleaner or a mild
alkaline abrasive cleaner that contains no caustic or harsh fillers. Begin at top
and work down. Clean stone thoroughly, leaving no mortar stains or traces of
cleaning compound.
D.
Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
E.
Upon completion of work, remove all materials, tools, rubbish and debris
resulting from the work.
Field Stone Walls

044300-5

December 18, 2014
Field Stone Walls

044300-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
DESCRIPTION:
A.
1.3
1.4

conditions and Special Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and
the work of this Section as fully as if repeated here.
Work Included:
1.
All structural steel, shop galvanizing and painting, field touch-up, and
cleaning of steel which is not painted.
2.
Include all steel items embedded in poured in place concrete such as

anchor bolts, nuts, plates, etc.
3.
All labor, material and equipment required to supply and install

structural steel, as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.
4.
Include miscellaneous metals to match existing, such as railings.
RELATED WORK
A.
Cast-in-Place concrete: Section 03300.
B.
Paints and Stains: Section 09900.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Except where different requirements are specified, comply with provisions of

following codes, specifications and standards by the California Building
Standards Commission, American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC),
American Welding Society (AWS), and The Society for Protective Coatings
(SSPC):
Structural Steel
051200-1

December 18, 2014
1.
2.
AISC 303
"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and

Bridges".
3.
AISC 360
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings", including

the Commentary and Supplements thereto as issued.
4.
AISC 341
Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings.
5.
AISC 358
Pre-qualified Connections for Special and Intermediate

Steel Moments Frames for Seismic Applications.
6.
AISC
"Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or

A490 Bolts", approved by the Research Council on
Structural Connections.
7.
AISC
Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel", (supplement

to Modern Steel Construction, May 2003).
8.
AWS B2.1
9.
AWS D1.1
"Structural Welding Code- Steel".
10.
AWS D1.8
"Structural Welding Code for Seismic Applications.
11.
SSPC PA-1
Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting.
12.
SSPC SP-2
Hand Tool Cleaning.

B.
C.
D.
1.

AWS B2.1.
2.

card.
3.

responsibility.
Shop Fabrication:
Structural Steel
051200-2
1.
E.
F.
Work shall be fabricated in an approved fabrication plant recognized

by the projects local building jurisdiction per CBC Section 1704.2.2.

1.
Contractor shall provide testing laboratory with complete identification,

mill analysis and test reports of steel to be used. The testing
laboratory will verify steel source and mill tests. In case of inadequate
identification (judged by the testing laboratory), the contractor shall
provide samples and pay for tests that would include tension and
elongation test, bend or flattening test, and chemical analysis of
unidentified steel material. See Section 2203.1 of the CBC.
2.
The contractor shall notify the Owner and testing laboratory well in
advance of the shop fabrication of any unit to allow time to arrange
testing and inspection.
3.
The testing laboratory shall inspect high strength bolting, check shop
and field welding and may use any aid to visual inspection it considers
necessary.
4.
The testing laboratory shall check shop fabrication and field erection
for conformance to the drawings and the referenced AISC documents.
5.
In case of any failures of any tests made, the Contractor shall pay for
further testing until material or work meets requirements.
6.
Testing laboratory will inspect prime paint for thickness, coverage and
compliance with specifications.
Verification of Accuracy:
1.
G.

December 18, 2014
Engage and pay for a registered civil engineer or licensed land

surveyor to check the alignment, plumbness, elevation, and overall
accuracy of the erected framing at an appropriate stage during
construction and at completion of erection. He shall submit written
verification that the entire installation is in accordance with the contract
documents.
Allowable Tolerances:
1.
Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install all structural steel to

comply with ASTM A6 and AISC Code of Standard Practice.
2.
Unless otherwise specified, install all steel which remains exposed to

comply with the referenced AISC Specification Architecturally
Exposed Structural Steel.
Structural Steel
051200-3

December 18, 2014
3.
1.5
Further, for all columns and beams, the attention of the Contractor is
directed to Section 6.4.2 of the referenced "Code of Standard Practice
for Steel Buildings and Bridges which states that completed
members shall be free of twists, bends, and open joints. Sharp kinks
or bends shall be cause for rejection. Take special care that column
base plates are parallel and perpendicular to faces of columns and
that bolt holes are accurately placed.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
B.
Product data: Submit producer's or manufacturer's specifications and

installation instructions for following products. Include laboratory test reports
and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified
standards).
1.
Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports

covering chemical and physical properties.
2.
High-strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers.
3.
Structural steel primer paint.
4.
Shrinkage-resistant grout.
5.
Load indicating washers at high-strength bolted connections.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Contractor shall submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of

a professional engineer registered in the State of California, including
complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of
structural steel members procedures and diagrams. No work shall be
started until shop drawings have been reviewed and returned.
2.
Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent

data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, and show size,
length, and type of each weld.
Structural Steel
051200-4
a.
Designate members and connections that are specified as

SLRS on the Drawings.
b.
Designate locations of shop welds that are specified as

Demand Critical Welds on the Drawings.
c.
Designate locations and dimensions of protected zones.
d.
Gusset plates shall be drawn to scale.
3.
C.
Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of

anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by others.
Certificates:
1.
Structural Steel: Submit certified copies of mill test reports indicating

the physical and chemical properties of all structural steel used.
Correlate individual heat numbers with each specified structural
section.
2.
High Strength Bolts (A325): Submit certified copies of inspection test

reports for bolts by the Production Lot Method, indicating proof load,
tensile load, tensile strength (wedge test), and hardness. Any lot
without satisfactory test reports shall be re-tested at the Contractor's
expense.
3.
Direct tension indicator washers: Submit certified copies of inspection

test reports for washers by the Production Lot Method, showing
compliance with ASTM F959.
4.
Submit 2 copies of certified verification of accuracy.
D.
Submit Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) for all welding, including

welding done using AWS pre-qualified procedures.
E.
Record Drawings:
1.
F.
1.6

December 18, 2014
After all work of this section has been completed, correct or revise the
shop drawings and erection diagrams to correspond with the actual
installation made. Provide two sets of prints showing the corrected
condition to the Architect for the Owners use.
See Section 01300 for Submittal General Requirements.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A.
Deliver materials to site at such intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of

work.
B.
Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in

cast-in-place concrete, in ample time to not delay work.
C.
Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep
steel members off ground, using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect
steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration.
Structural Steel
051200-5

December 18, 2014
D.
1.7
Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or

damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged
materials or structures as directed.
JOB COORDINATION:
A.
Steel contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with other
contractors for anchor bolts and other required inserts, templates, etc. Align
this work prior to installation of other materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work which will be exposed to

view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes
including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and
roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding,
prior to cleaning, transient and application of surface finishes.
B.
Structural Steel Wide-flange Shapes: ASTM A992, Grade 50.
C.
Other Rolled Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36.
D.
Pipe Columns: ASTM A53, seamless, Grade B.
E.
Structural Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade B.
F.
Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, unless stated otherwise.
G.
Welded Studs: ASTM A108, Grades C1010 C1020.
H.
Threaded Rods: ASTM A193, Grade B7.
I.
Machine Bolts: Where machine bolts (M.B.) are called for, they are to be
ASTM A307 with full shank bearing wherever possible. Where this is
impracticable, threads of not more than 2/3rds of the thickness of the piece
on one side of the shear plane will be permitted.
J.
High Strength Bolts: Where bolts are called for as H.S.B. (High Strength
Bolts), they are to be ASTM A325-X, bearing type connections with threads
excluded from shear plane. Holes are 1/16 inch larger than the nominal bolt
diameter. Pretension bolts to the bolt tension required by the specification for
Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts using procedures listed
therein.
Structural Steel
051200-6
K.
Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code, E70xx.
L.
Structural Steel Primer Paint: Submit fabricator's standard rust-inhibiting

primer for approval.
1.
2.2

December 18, 2014
Exposed steel: Tnemec V10-99, Rust-Oleum 1069 Heavy Duty Primer,

or approved equal. Finish paint color per Owner.
M.
Non-shrink Grout: Comply with Corps of Engineers Specification CRD -C621

and ASTM C1107; BASF Embeco 885 or Masterflow 928, Dayton Superior
Edoco NF NS Grout, or approved equal.
N.
Galvanizing: ASTM A123.
O.
Galvanized Steel Bar Grating: As manufactured by McMaster-Carr,

McNichols, or approved equal.
P.
Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for re-galvanizing
welds in galvanized steel, complying with the Military Specification MIL-P21035 (Ships).
FABRICATION
A.
Shop Fabrication and Assembly:

1.
Fabricates and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest

extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with
AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide
camber in structural members where indicated.
2.
Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate

for delivery sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field
handling of materials.
3.
Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of

units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of
members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other
defects.
B.
High-Strength Bolted Construction: Install high-strength threaded fasteners in

accordance with AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM
A325".
C.
Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance

and quality of welds, and methods used in connecting welding work.
Structural Steel
051200-7

December 18, 2014
D.
2.3
Holes for Other Work:

1.
Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel

framing as shown on final shop drawings.
2.
Threaded nuts welded to framing, and other specialty items to as

indicated to receive other work.
3.
Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not

flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing
plates.
SHOP PAINTING
A.
2.4
General: Shop prime paint structural steel, except as follows:

1.
Members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete. Paint

embedded steel which is partially exposed or exposed portion and
initial 2" of embedded areas only.
2.
Surfaces to be galvanized.
3.
Within 1/2 inch of the toe of welds prior to welding.
4.
High-strength bolted faying surfaces with slip- critical type

connections, unless primer is qualified in accordance with the
requirements specified in Appendix A of AISC Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts for Class A
coatings.
B.
Surface preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steel work to
be painted in compliance with SSPC SP-2 "Hand Tool Cleaning", SP-3
"Power Tool Cleaning", or SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Remove oil,
grease, and similar contaminates in compliance with SSPC SP-1 Solvent
Cleaning.
C.
Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer

in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide a
uniform dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. Use painting methods
which result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.
GALVANIZING
Structural Steel
051200-8
A.

December 18, 2014
Galvanize structural steel units, which will be installed with an exposure to the
weather upon completion of fabrication, by the hot- dip method. Provide not
less than 1.8 ounces of zinc coating per square foot of surface, in accordance
with ASTM A 123, unless otherwise noted. Galvanize all exposed bolts or
other connectors. Field repair damaged galvanized surfaces and welds on
galvanized work with ZRC Worldwide Gavilite, Clearco Zinc Rich Primer, or
approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
INSPECTION
A.
Erector must examine areas and conditions under which structural steel work
is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to
proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until
satisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the
Erector.
B.
Erector shall inspect and approve the location and alignment of all structural
embedments and templates prior to pouring of concrete.
HOISTING AND ERECTION:

A.
Steel contractor shall include provision for all hoisting and erection equipment
necessary to complete his operations.
B.
Owner will provide electrical power. Steel contractor shall provide any
additional electrical devices, equipment, and conductors from that point
necessary to perform his work and shall be responsible for their compliance
with all regulations.
C.
Steel contractor shall provide and maintain any and all safety railings, toe
boards, etc. required for the erection of steel framing floor plates and shall
leave the safety devices around all perimeters of floor areas for the
contractor's use during the remainder of construction as required. Contractor
will disassemble and store this material, when not required, for pick-up by the
Steel Contractor.
Structural Steel
051200-9

December 18, 2014
D.
Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Steel Contractor shall be responsible for

bracing the erected frame in a manner which will assure proper alignment for
the steel frame. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of
structures as erection proceeds.
Remove temporary members and
connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are
made.
E.
Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as

necessary to effectively complete work.
F.
Anchor Bolts:
G.
1.
Furnish anchor bolts and other connections required for securing

structural steel to in-place concrete work as indicated on drawings to
be part of this contract.
2.
Furnish templates and other devices as necessary for pre-setting bolts

and other anchors to accurate locations.
Setting Bases and Bearing Plates:

1.
Clean concrete bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and

roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surfaces of base
and bearing plates.
2.
Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural
member on wedges or other adjusting devices.
H.
Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with
edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
I.
Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure
that no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials,
and allow to cure.
J.
Field Assembly:
1.
Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated.

Align and adjust various members forming a part of a complete frame
or structure before permanently fastened. Clean bearing surfaces and
other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly.
Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in
elevations and alignment.
2.
Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC

tolerances.
Structural Steel
051200-10
3.3

December 18, 2014
3.
Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean

operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference
between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at
which structure will be when completed in service.
4.
Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings.
K.
Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill

holes with plug welds and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
L.
Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary

connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field
welds. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by use of drift
pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be
enlarged to admit bolts.
M.
Gas Cutting: Do not use gas-cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication
errors in primary structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only in
secondary members which are not under stress, as acceptable to Engineer.
Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted.
N.
Touch-up Painting:
1.
Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and

abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using
same material as used for shop painting.
2.
Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0

mils.
WORKMANSHIP:
A.
Fabrication and erection of all steel shall conform to the tolerances and other
provisions of the AISC Code of Standard Practice. Where members are
permanently exposed, conform also to the provisions of the AISC
Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel.
B.
It is specifically stipulated that burned holes are not acceptable.
C.
All details shall conform to details shown on the drawings or, where not
shown, shall be consistent with those shown or based on the specifications
already referred to and as illustrated in the handbook "Steel Construction" of
the American Institute of Steel Construction, latest edition.
Structural Steel
051200-11

December 18, 2014
3.4
D.
Provide all temporary bracing, shoring, planking, etc. required to erect the
frame. The contractor shall coordinate the work and provide the temporary
supports necessary for completing the work safely and without unnecessary
delays.
E.
Damage to members in shipment or handling shall be corrected as directed

by the Structural Engineer.
WELDING:
A.
Follow applicable sections of A.W.S. specifications.
B.
Welds shall be made by operators whose qualifications have been approved

by Owner's testing laboratory representative and as prescribed in A.W.S.
"Qualification Procedure: (except welds which do not carry calculated stress).
Details of joints shall comply with requirements for A.W.S. joints accepted
without qualification tests.
C.
Unless noted otherwise, weld thickness is minimum size specified in Section

J2 of AISC 360. Butt welds are full penetration welds (use back-up plate or
chip and back weld). Welds not required to be full penetration welds are
specifically noted on drawings.
END OF SECTION
Structural Steel
051200-12

December 18, 2014
SECTION 051200
STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
DESCRIPTION:
A.
1.3
1.4

conditions and Special Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and
the work of this Section as fully as if repeated here.
Work Included:
1.
All structural steel, shop galvanizing and painting, field touch-up, and
cleaning of steel which is not painted.
2.
Include all steel items embedded in poured in place concrete such as

anchor bolts, nuts, plates, etc.
3.
All labor, material and equipment required to supply and install

structural steel, as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.
4.
Include miscellaneous metals to match existing, such as railings.
RELATED WORK
A.
Cast-in-Place concrete: Section 03300.
B.
Paints and Stains: Section 09900.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Except where different requirements are specified, comply with provisions of

following codes, specifications and standards by the California Building
Standards Commission, American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC),
American Welding Society (AWS), and The Society for Protective Coatings
(SSPC):
Structural Steel
051200-1

December 18, 2014
1.
2.
AISC 303
"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and

Bridges".
3.
AISC 360
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings", including

the Commentary and Supplements thereto as issued.
4.
AISC 341
Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings.
5.
AISC 358
Pre-qualified Connections for Special and Intermediate

Steel Moments Frames for Seismic Applications.
6.
AISC
"Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or

A490 Bolts", approved by the Research Council on
Structural Connections.
7.
AISC
Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel", (supplement

to Modern Steel Construction, May 2003).
8.
AWS B2.1
9.
AWS D1.1
"Structural Welding Code- Steel".
10.
AWS D1.8
"Structural Welding Code for Seismic Applications.
11.
SSPC PA-1
Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting.
12.
SSPC SP-2
Hand Tool Cleaning.

B.
C.
D.
1.

AWS B2.1.
2.

card.
3.

responsibility.
Shop Fabrication:
Structural Steel
051200-2
1.
E.
F.
Work shall be fabricated in an approved fabrication plant recognized

by the projects local building jurisdiction per CBC Section 1704.2.2.

1.
Contractor shall provide testing laboratory with complete identification,

mill analysis and test reports of steel to be used. The testing
laboratory will verify steel source and mill tests. In case of inadequate
identification (judged by the testing laboratory), the contractor shall
provide samples and pay for tests that would include tension and
elongation test, bend or flattening test, and chemical analysis of
unidentified steel material. See Section 2203.1 of the CBC.
2.
The contractor shall notify the Owner and testing laboratory well in
advance of the shop fabrication of any unit to allow time to arrange
testing and inspection.
3.
The testing laboratory shall inspect high strength bolting, check shop
and field welding and may use any aid to visual inspection it considers
necessary.
4.
The testing laboratory shall check shop fabrication and field erection
for conformance to the drawings and the referenced AISC documents.
5.
In case of any failures of any tests made, the Contractor shall pay for
further testing until material or work meets requirements.
6.
Testing laboratory will inspect prime paint for thickness, coverage and
compliance with specifications.
Verification of Accuracy:
1.
G.

December 18, 2014
Engage and pay for a registered civil engineer or licensed land

surveyor to check the alignment, plumbness, elevation, and overall
accuracy of the erected framing at an appropriate stage during
construction and at completion of erection. He shall submit written
verification that the entire installation is in accordance with the contract
documents.
Allowable Tolerances:
1.
Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install all structural steel to

comply with ASTM A6 and AISC Code of Standard Practice.
2.
Unless otherwise specified, install all steel which remains exposed to

comply with the referenced AISC Specification Architecturally
Exposed Structural Steel.
Structural Steel
051200-3

December 18, 2014
3.
1.5
Further, for all columns and beams, the attention of the Contractor is
directed to Section 6.4.2 of the referenced "Code of Standard Practice
for Steel Buildings and Bridges which states that completed
members shall be free of twists, bends, and open joints. Sharp kinks
or bends shall be cause for rejection. Take special care that column
base plates are parallel and perpendicular to faces of columns and
that bolt holes are accurately placed.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
B.
Product data: Submit producer's or manufacturer's specifications and

installation instructions for following products. Include laboratory test reports
and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified
standards).
1.
Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports

covering chemical and physical properties.
2.
High-strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers.
3.
Structural steel primer paint.
4.
Shrinkage-resistant grout.
5.
Load indicating washers at high-strength bolted connections.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Contractor shall submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of

a professional engineer registered in the State of California, including
complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of
structural steel members procedures and diagrams. No work shall be
started until shop drawings have been reviewed and returned.
2.
Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent

data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, and show size,
length, and type of each weld.
Structural Steel
051200-4
a.
Designate members and connections that are specified as

SLRS on the Drawings.
b.
Designate locations of shop welds that are specified as

Demand Critical Welds on the Drawings.
c.
Designate locations and dimensions of protected zones.
d.
Gusset plates shall be drawn to scale.
3.
C.
Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of

anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by others.
Certificates:
1.
Structural Steel: Submit certified copies of mill test reports indicating

the physical and chemical properties of all structural steel used.
Correlate individual heat numbers with each specified structural
section.
2.
High Strength Bolts (A325): Submit certified copies of inspection test

reports for bolts by the Production Lot Method, indicating proof load,
tensile load, tensile strength (wedge test), and hardness. Any lot
without satisfactory test reports shall be re-tested at the Contractor's
expense.
3.
Direct tension indicator washers: Submit certified copies of inspection

test reports for washers by the Production Lot Method, showing
compliance with ASTM F959.
4.
Submit 2 copies of certified verification of accuracy.
D.
Submit Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) for all welding, including

welding done using AWS pre-qualified procedures.
E.
Record Drawings:
1.
F.
1.6

December 18, 2014
After all work of this section has been completed, correct or revise the
shop drawings and erection diagrams to correspond with the actual
installation made. Provide two sets of prints showing the corrected
condition to the Architect for the Owners use.
See Section 01300 for Submittal General Requirements.

A.
Deliver materials to site at such intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of

work.
B.
Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in

cast-in-place concrete, in ample time to not delay work.
C.
Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep
steel members off ground, using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect
steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration.
Structural Steel
051200-5

December 18, 2014
D.
1.7
Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or

damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged
materials or structures as directed.
JOB COORDINATION:
A.
Steel contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with other
contractors for anchor bolts and other required inserts, templates, etc. Align
this work prior to installation of other materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work which will be exposed to

view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes
including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and
roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding,
prior to cleaning, transient and application of surface finishes.
B.
Structural Steel Wide-flange Shapes: ASTM A992, Grade 50.
C.
Other Rolled Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36.
D.
Pipe Columns: ASTM A53, seamless, Grade B.
E.
Structural Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade B.
F.
Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, unless stated otherwise.
G.
Welded Studs: ASTM A108, Grades C1010 C1020.
H.
Threaded Rods: ASTM A193, Grade B7.
I.
Machine Bolts: Where machine bolts (M.B.) are called for, they are to be
ASTM A307 with full shank bearing wherever possible. Where this is
impracticable, threads of not more than 2/3rds of the thickness of the piece
on one side of the shear plane will be permitted.
J.
High Strength Bolts: Where bolts are called for as H.S.B. (High Strength
Bolts), they are to be ASTM A325-X, bearing type connections with threads
excluded from shear plane. Holes are 1/16 inch larger than the nominal bolt
diameter. Pretension bolts to the bolt tension required by the specification for
Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts using procedures listed
therein.
Structural Steel
051200-6
K.
Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code, E70xx.
L.
Structural Steel Primer Paint: Submit fabricator's standard rust-inhibiting

primer for approval.
1.
2.2

December 18, 2014
Exposed steel: Tnemec V10-99, Rust-Oleum 1069 Heavy Duty Primer,

or approved equal. Finish paint color per Owner.
M.
Non-shrink Grout: Comply with Corps of Engineers Specification CRD -C621

and ASTM C1107; BASF Embeco 885 or Masterflow 928, Dayton Superior
Edoco NF NS Grout, or approved equal.
N.
Galvanizing: ASTM A123.
O.
Galvanized Steel Bar Grating: As manufactured by McMaster-Carr,

McNichols, or approved equal.
P.
Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for re-galvanizing
welds in galvanized steel, complying with the Military Specification MIL-P21035 (Ships).
FABRICATION
A.
Shop Fabrication and Assembly:

1.
Fabricates and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest

extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with
AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide
camber in structural members where indicated.
2.
Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate

for delivery sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field
handling of materials.
3.
Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of

units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of
members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other
defects.
B.
High-Strength Bolted Construction: Install high-strength threaded fasteners in

accordance with AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM
A325".
C.
Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance

and quality of welds, and methods used in connecting welding work.
Structural Steel
051200-7

December 18, 2014
D.
2.3
Holes for Other Work:

1.
Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel

framing as shown on final shop drawings.
2.
Threaded nuts welded to framing, and other specialty items to as

indicated to receive other work.
3.
Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not

flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing
plates.
SHOP PAINTING
A.
2.4
General: Shop prime paint structural steel, except as follows:

1.
Members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete. Paint

embedded steel which is partially exposed or exposed portion and
initial 2" of embedded areas only.
2.
Surfaces to be galvanized.
3.
Within 1/2 inch of the toe of welds prior to welding.
4.
High-strength bolted faying surfaces with slip- critical type

connections, unless primer is qualified in accordance with the
requirements specified in Appendix A of AISC Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts for Class A
coatings.
B.
Surface preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steel work to
be painted in compliance with SSPC SP-2 "Hand Tool Cleaning", SP-3
"Power Tool Cleaning", or SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Remove oil,
grease, and similar contaminates in compliance with SSPC SP-1 Solvent
Cleaning.
C.
Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer

in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide a
uniform dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. Use painting methods
which result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.
GALVANIZING
Structural Steel
051200-8
A.

December 18, 2014
Galvanize structural steel units, which will be installed with an exposure to the
weather upon completion of fabrication, by the hot- dip method. Provide not
less than 1.8 ounces of zinc coating per square foot of surface, in accordance
with ASTM A 123, unless otherwise noted. Galvanize all exposed bolts or
other connectors. Field repair damaged galvanized surfaces and welds on
galvanized work with ZRC Worldwide Gavilite, Clearco Zinc Rich Primer, or
approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
INSPECTION
A.
Erector must examine areas and conditions under which structural steel work
is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to
proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until
satisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the
Erector.
B.
Erector shall inspect and approve the location and alignment of all structural
embedments and templates prior to pouring of concrete.
HOISTING AND ERECTION:

A.
Steel contractor shall include provision for all hoisting and erection equipment
necessary to complete his operations.
B.
Owner will provide electrical power. Steel contractor shall provide any
additional electrical devices, equipment, and conductors from that point
necessary to perform his work and shall be responsible for their compliance
with all regulations.
C.
Steel contractor shall provide and maintain any and all safety railings, toe
boards, etc. required for the erection of steel framing floor plates and shall
leave the safety devices around all perimeters of floor areas for the
contractor's use during the remainder of construction as required. Contractor
will disassemble and store this material, when not required, for pick-up by the
Steel Contractor.
Structural Steel
051200-9

December 18, 2014
D.
Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Steel Contractor shall be responsible for

bracing the erected frame in a manner which will assure proper alignment for
the steel frame. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of
structures as erection proceeds.
Remove temporary members and
connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are
made.
E.
Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as

necessary to effectively complete work.
F.
Anchor Bolts:
G.
1.
Furnish anchor bolts and other connections required for securing

structural steel to in-place concrete work as indicated on drawings to
be part of this contract.
2.
Furnish templates and other devices as necessary for pre-setting bolts

and other anchors to accurate locations.
Setting Bases and Bearing Plates:

1.
Clean concrete bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and

roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surfaces of base
and bearing plates.
2.
Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural
member on wedges or other adjusting devices.
H.
Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with
edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
I.
Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure
that no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials,
and allow to cure.
J.
Field Assembly:
1.
Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated.

Align and adjust various members forming a part of a complete frame
or structure before permanently fastened. Clean bearing surfaces and
other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly.
Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in
elevations and alignment.
2.
Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC

tolerances.
Structural Steel
051200-10
3.3

December 18, 2014
3.
Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean

operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference
between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at
which structure will be when completed in service.
4.
Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings.
K.
Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill

holes with plug welds and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
L.
Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary

connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field
welds. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by use of drift
pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be
enlarged to admit bolts.
M.
Gas Cutting: Do not use gas-cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication
errors in primary structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only in
secondary members which are not under stress, as acceptable to Engineer.
Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted.
N.
Touch-up Painting:
1.
Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and

abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using
same material as used for shop painting.
2.
Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0

mils.
WORKMANSHIP:
A.
Fabrication and erection of all steel shall conform to the tolerances and other
provisions of the AISC Code of Standard Practice. Where members are
permanently exposed, conform also to the provisions of the AISC
Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel.
B.
It is specifically stipulated that burned holes are not acceptable.
C.
All details shall conform to details shown on the drawings or, where not
shown, shall be consistent with those shown or based on the specifications
already referred to and as illustrated in the handbook "Steel Construction" of
the American Institute of Steel Construction, latest edition.
Structural Steel
051200-11

December 18, 2014
3.4
D.
Provide all temporary bracing, shoring, planking, etc. required to erect the
frame. The contractor shall coordinate the work and provide the temporary
supports necessary for completing the work safely and without unnecessary
delays.
E.
Damage to members in shipment or handling shall be corrected as directed

by the Structural Engineer.
WELDING:
A.
Follow applicable sections of A.W.S. specifications.
B.
Welds shall be made by operators whose qualifications have been approved

by Owner's testing laboratory representative and as prescribed in A.W.S.
"Qualification Procedure: (except welds which do not carry calculated stress).
Details of joints shall comply with requirements for A.W.S. joints accepted
without qualification tests.
C.
Unless noted otherwise, weld thickness is minimum size specified in Section

J2 of AISC 360. Butt welds are full penetration welds (use back-up plate or
chip and back weld). Welds not required to be full penetration welds are
specifically noted on drawings.
END OF SECTION
Structural Steel
051200-12

December 18, 2014
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted.
B.
Fabricated steel items including the following:

1.
Rough hardware.
2.
Pipe bollards, concrete filled.
3.
Loose bearing and leveling plates.
4.
Loose steel lintels.
5.
Miscellaneous framing, supports and trim.
6.
Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete not specified in other
Sections.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
1.5
DEFINITIONS
Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, including those referenced in
ANSI A250.8, are minimums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for both
uncoated steel sheet and the uncoated base metal of metallic-coated steel sheets.
Metal thicknesses indicated below correspond to former gage thicknesses:
1.
20 Gage: 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-).
2.
18 Gage: 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-).
3.
16 Gage: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-).
4.
14 Gage: 0.067-inch- (1.7-mm-).
5.
12 Gage: 0.093-inch- (2.3-mm-).
ACTION SUBMITTALS
Shop Drawings: Show a large scale construction of various parts, methods of
joining, thickness of metals, profiles of surfaces, reinforcing, anchorage, and
structural supports. Include information regarding concealed and exposed joints,
welds, and fastenings. Where welded connectors and concrete inserts are required
to receive work, show size and locations required.
A.
ICC-ES Reports: Submit ICC-ES reports for expansion bolts, demonstrating

acceptability of expansion bolts to authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.
B.
Welding certificates.
Metal Fabrications
055000-1

December 18, 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MATERIALS
Steel Materials:
1.
Structural Steel Shapes: ASTM A36, conforming to AISC specifications.
2.
Architectural and Miscellaneous Steel Items: ASTM A283.
3.
Steel Sheets: ASTM A36.
4.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade A, Schedule 40.
5.
Steel Bars: ASTM A36.
6.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade A.
7.
Steel Plate: ASTM A36.
8.
Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with minimum G90 (Z275) coating
unless noted otherwise.

Metal Fabrications
055000-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 055213 BAR, PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Stainless steel pipe and tube handrails and fittings.
B.
Steel bar for custom handrails and fittings.
C.
Definitions in ASTM E985 for railing-related terms apply to this Section.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 057200 Decorative Metal: Custom motorized stainless steel rolling gate.
B.
Section 099100 Painting: Primer and paint finish.
1.4
STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF HANDRAILS AND RAILING SYSTEMS
A.
Comply with ASTM E985 based on Testing per ASTM E894 and E935.
B.
Structural Performance: Provide handrails and guards complying with CBC 1607.7
DSA/SS Table 16A-B that are capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads at
any point without damage or permanent set for railing assemblies, wall rails, and
attachments, and the following loads and stresses within limits and under
conditions indicated:
1.
Handrails:
a.
Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
b.
Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
c.
Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act
concurrently.
2.
Infill of Guards:
a.
Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of
1 sq. ft. (0.093 sq. m).
b.
Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
1.5
A.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature for products used in metal
fabrications, including paint, grout and pre-manufactured items.
Bar, Pipe and Tube Railings

055213-1

December 18, 2014
B.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings. Include
plans, elevations, sections, component details, and attachments to other Work.
1.
For installed handrails and railings indicated to comply with design loads,
include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
C.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For railings, including analysis data signed and sealed
by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.
Provide calculations demonstrating compliance of handrail and infill system
with ADA and local building codes, including structural analysis data.
1.6
A.
Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating handrails and
railings comply with ASTM E985, based on comprehensive testing of current
products.
B.
Qualification Data: For fabricator and engineer.
C.
Welding certificates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work,
provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or
blemishes.
B.
Steel Pipe and/or Bar: ASTM A53; Type F or Type S, Grade A, standard weight
Schedule 40; unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads,
finish as specified.
1.
Diameter and/or width: 1-1/2-inch.
C.
Tubing: ASTM A500 (cold formed).

1.
Diameter: 1-1/2-inch.

Bar, Pipe and Tube Railings

055213-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
PROVISIONS:
A.
1.2
DESCRIPTION:
A.
1.3

any applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract shall apply to the work of
Work Included: Execution and completion of all rough and finish carpentry as
shown and specified including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
1.
Framing in and patching existing holes where items are removed.
2.
Furnishing and installing miscellaneous materials not specified

elsewhere which are required to complete the work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Comply with the referenced standards of the following trade associations:

1.
West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB)
2.
Western Wood Products Association (WWPA)
3.
American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA)
4.
The Engineered Wood Association (APA)
5.
California Redwood Association (CRA)
B.
Comply with all referenced requirements of the 2013 California Building Code
(CBC).
C.
Comply with the referenced preservative treatment requirements of the

American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA).
Rough Carpentry
061000-1

December 18, 2014
1.4
1.5
D.
Inspection: Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work
of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where
this installation may properly commence.
E.
Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do

not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
have been fully resolved.
F.
Lumber may be rejected by the Structural Engineer, whether or not it has been
installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus, or mold, as well
as for improper cutting and fitting.
DELIVERY & STORAGE OF MATERIAL:

A.
All materials shall be properly packed and handled while in transit so as to

arrive at the job site in undamaged condition. Manufactured materials shall
be delivered in suitable containers plainly marked with brand and
manufacturer's name.
B.
Storage arrangements shall be subject to the Architect's approval and shall

afford every access for inspection and identification of each item. Lumber
shall be piled off the ground, on skids, in a manner that prevents twisting or
warping and affords proper ventilation, drainage, and protection from termites
and decay, rain and excessive sun. Plywood shall be protected from
dampness. All material shall be protected from the elements and from any
and all damage or deterioration. Coordinate material storage area with
Owner.
C.
Damaged or deteriorated materials or assemblies shall not be used in the

work and shall be replaced at no extra cost to the Owner.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Samples: Submit samples of each wood material which is to receive a

transparent or natural finish. Submit 12 inch long samples of full member
width and thickness for solid lumber and 12 inch long by 6 inch wide for
plywood. Samples will be reviewed by Architect for appearance only.
Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor.
B.
Wood Treatment Data: For informational purposes, submit two copies of the
chemical treatment manufacturers' instructions for proper use of each type of
treated material. Indicate by means of copy of the letter of transmittal, that
copy of each instruction has been distributed to the installer of the material.
Rough Carpentry
061000-2

December 18, 2014
1.
Dip Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by

treating plant, identifying the chemical solutions used, submersion
period and conformance with specified standards.
2.
Pressure Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by

the treating plant, identifying the chemicals and process used, net
amount of salts retained and conformance with applicable standards.
For water borne preservatives, include statement that moisture content
of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15% prior to
shipment to project site.
3.
Fire Retardant Treatment: Include certification by the treating plant

that the treatment material complies with the governing ordinances
and that treatment will not "bleed" through the surface finish materials
scheduled to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
LUMBER:
A.
General: All material shall conform to these specifications and to the

applicable current editions of the Standard Specifications of the ASTM and
the California Building Code.
B.
Lumber Grading: Douglas Fir, WCLIB "Standard Grading & Dressing Rules
for West Coast Lumber," No.17.
C.
Lumber Grade Marking: Each piece of lumber shall bear the official grade
mark of an appropriate inspection bureau certified by the Board of Review,
American Lumber Standard Committee. Surfaces that are exposed to view
shall not bear grade marks, stamps, or any other type of identifying mark.
D.
Lumber Size and Patterns: Surfaced four sides, dress sizes to U.S. Product
Standard PS 20, work to sizes shown. Sizing and surfacing shall be as
required and approved for the particular location. All framing shall be sized
and where exposed shall be surfaced.
E.
Fir Plywood: U.S. Product Standard PS 1-95 for plywood, Douglas Fir CDX,
Douglas Fir Structural I, grade stamped and edge branded to DFPA
Standards of the Engineered Wood Association. Use standard sheathing
with exterior glue.
Rough Carpentry
061000-3

December 18, 2014
2.2
F.
Boards and dimension lumber 2" or less in thickness shall have an average
moisture content of 15% or less, but no portion of a shipment shall be over
19%. Air-dried lumber is desired but, if necessary, lumber may be kiln-dried.
However, the drying process must be slow and regulated to cause only an
amount of checking comparable with air-dried stock. All wood thicker than
2" shall be well seasoned stock, moisture content not to exceed 19% at
time of installation.
G.
All framing, unless otherwise shown, shall be Douglas Fir, No.1, and for stud,
plate, blocking, and backing, No.2.
LUMBER FASTENINGS:
A.
B.
Nails and Spikes: ASTM F1667, Common wire, unless otherwise noted.
1.
Nailing of wood member shall conform to the Uniform Building Code

and/or as indicated. Box nails are not permitted.
2.
Penetration: Per Section 2304.9 and Table 2304.9.1 of the CBC or as

noted on the Drawings.
3.
To connect pieces 2" net in thickness, 16d nails may be used.
4.
Do not drive nails closer together than half their length, nor closer to
edge of piece of lumber or timber than one-quarter their length.
5.
Spacing and size of nails to be such that splitting will not occur.
Pre-bore holes for nails wherever necessary to prevent splitting. Bore
diameter of holes smaller than diameter of nail or spike ( diameter).
6.
For plywood nailing, size and spacing as indicated. Nails shall have
edge distances of not less than 3/8".
7.
Use stainless steel nails where exposed to weather.
Screws: Bright steel wood screws complying with ANSI/ASME Standard

B18.6.1.
1.
Screws are to be turned into place, not driven. Self-tapping where

required for fastening to metal framing.
2.
Countersink where heads will interfere or as required.
3.
Screw bore holes the same diameter and depth as shank; bore holes
for threaded portion of screws with bit no larger than base of thread.
4.
Use stainless steel screws on all fastenings exposed to weather.
Rough Carpentry
061000-4
C.
D.
E.
F.

December 18, 2014
Bolts: Standard mild steel, square head machine bolts with square nuts and
malleable iron or steel plate washers, conforming to ASTM A307.
1.
To be installed in drilled holes the diameter of the bolt, 1/32 inch to

1/16-inch oversize.
2.
Bolting of wood members shall conform to CBC requirements and as

called for on the drawings.
3.
Washers: Provide all bolts bearing on wood, unless noted otherwise

on the drawings, with malleable iron or steel plate washers under
heads and nuts.
4.
Use hot dipped galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers where exposed to
weather.
Lag Screws: Conform to "National Design Specifications for Wood

Construction", AF&PA, latest edition and ANSI/ASME Standard B18.2.1.
1.
Lag screws shall be screwed and not driven into place.
2.
Hole shall be bored the same diameter and depth as the shank, after
which the hole shall be continued to a depth equal to the length of the
lag screw with a diameter no larger than of the shank diameter.
3.
Washers: Provide all lag screws bearing on wood with malleable iron
or steel plate washers under heads.
4.
Use hot dipped galvanized lag screws and washers where exposed to
weather.
Metal framing devices shall be as manufactured by Simpson Company, San

Leandro, CA or approved equal.
1.
For connectors in contact with or connected through pressurepreservative treated wood, they shall be stainless steel as
recommended by the manufacturer.
2.
Where Min and Max options are listed in the product catalog, install
per Max option unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
Fasteners for pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant treated wood,

galvanized & stainless steel metal framing devices, shall be stainless steel.
Fasteners required to be corrosion resistant shall be stainless steel fasteners.
Rough Carpentry
061000-5

December 18, 2014
2.3
MATERIALS - PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT:

A.
Preservative Treatment: Water borne type complying with AWPA Standard

P5. Acceptable manufacturers and products: Osmose "Naturewood", Arch
Wood Protection Wolmanized Outdoor, or approved equal. Chromated
copper arsenate (CCA) based treatments shall not be used unless approved
by the Architect.
1.
2.4
Apply all preservative treatment to comply with AWPA Standards T1,

M4, and the appropriate AWPA Commodity Specification based on the
individual members Use Category listed in AWPA Standard U1.
B.
Provide preservative treatment for all wood at the roof, such as insulation
nailers, curbs, plywood backup, etc., all wood in contact with concrete, and all
wood exposed to weather.
C.
Provide labeling in conformance with CBC Section 2303.1.8.1 on all

preservative treated material delivered to the job site.
MATERIALS - FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT:

A.
Fire Retardant Treatment: Water born chemical treatment to comply with

AWPA Standard P-5 and achieve a flame spread index of 25 or less when
tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Use of ammonium phosphates is
prohibited. Acceptable manufacturers and products: Osmose "FirePRO",
Hoover "Pyro-Guard" and "Exterior Fire-X", or approved equal.
B.
Apply in compliance with the applicable AWPA Standard for type of wood and
application.
C.
Provide fire retardant treatment for all wood noted on the Drawings to receive
it.
D.
Where treated items are indicated on the Drawings to receive a transparent

or opaque paint finish, use a fire retardant treatment which will not bleed
through or adversely affect the bond of the finish material.
E.
Provide labeling in conformance with CBC Section 2303.2.4 on all fire treated
material delivered to the job site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
WORKMANSHIP:
Rough Carpentry
061000-6
3.2

December 18, 2014
A.
General: All rough carpentry shall produce joints true, tight, and well-nailed
with all members assembled in accordance with the drawings and with all
pertinent codes and regulations. Carefully layout framing to be straight, true,
and plumb.
B.
Selection of lumber pieces: Carefully select all members; select individual

pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or
proper nailing or making proper connections.
C.
Shimming: Do no shim sills, joists, short studs, trimmers, headers, lintels, or

other framing components.
GENERAL FRAMING:
A.
B.
C.
General:
1.
In addition to all framing operations normal to the fabrication and

erection indicated on the drawings. Install all backing required for the
work of other trades. Install furring, stripping, grounds, curbs, cants,
etc., indicated, specified, or required.
2.
Set all horizontal or sloped members with crown up.
3.
Do not notch, bore, or cut members for pipes, ducts, conduits, or for
other reasons except as shown on the drawings, or as specifically
approved in advance by the Structural Engineer.
4.
Joists and beams at same level shall be connected with metal framing
devices, "U" type, except as noted on the Drawings.
5.
Provide furring as needed to accommodate and/or conceal the various

components and equipment of Mechanical, Electrical and Systems of
other Divisions of Work.
Bearings:
1.
Make all bearings full unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Set
headers on edge, supported on each end by cripples.
2.
Finish all bearing surfaces on which structural members are to rest so

as to give sure and even support; where framing members slope, cut
or notch the ends as required to give uniform bearing surface.
Wood Grounds and Nailers:
Rough Carpentry
061000-7

December 18, 2014
3.3
1.
Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding, or

attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as
required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate
location with other work involved.
2.
Attach wood nailers to steel framing with 1/2" diameter bolts at 4'-0"
o.c. unless otherwise noted on drawings.
3.
Attach wood nailers to concrete walls with 1/2" diameter expansion

shield at 4'-0" o.c. maximum unless otherwise noted on drawings.
4.
Attach all other wood grounds and nailers to substrates as required to

support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces, unless otherwise shown. Where possible when attachment
made to concrete, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.
BLOCKING:
A.
Install all blocking as required by governing codes and as required to support

all items of finish and to cut off all concealed draft openings, both vertical and
horizontal, between ceiling and floor areas.
B.
Install 2x blocking at all intersections and edges of finished surface for

bearing, and at all points where required to support fixtures, cabinets,
hardware, flashing, and equipment of any other trade. Blocking to receive
fixtures shall be secured to framing with steel clips.
1.
C.
Install 2x blocking at all ceiling or soffits where support spacing for

finish material is over 24" o.c. Add blocking at 24" o.c. to support
gypsum drywall ceiling and at 16" o.c. to support plaster ceilings.
Blocking between joists:

1.
Install wood solid blocking between joists where the span exceeds
eight feet.
2.
The distance between a line of blocking and a bearing wall shall not
exceed eight feet.
3.
Solid blocking may be omitted for roof and ceiling joists eight inches
(nominal) in depth where the omission is permitted by code, except
where otherwise indicated on the drawings.
4.
Install solid blocking between joists at all points of support and

wherever sheathing or flooring is discontinuous.
Rough Carpentry
061000-8
5.
3.4
3.6
Use no less than two joists spiked together to support partitions running
parallel to the joists, provided however that where necessary to permit
passage of pipes such joists may be separated by solid blocking spaced at no
more than four feet on center.
STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS:

A.
Studs: Make all studs single length, unspliced, and platform framed. Sill
plates, as a minimum, shall be the same size as studs unless otherwise
noted.
B.
Corners and Intersections: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, frame

all corners and intersections with three or more studs and all required bearing
for wall finish.
ALIGNMENT:
A.
3.7
Blocking may be omitted where joists rest on ribbons and are nailed to
studs, and where joists are supported on metal joist hangers.
BUILT-UP BEAMS:
A.
3.5

December 18, 2014
On all framing members to receive a finished wall or ceiling, align the finish
subsurface to vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane of surfaces of
adjacent framing and furring members.
INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING:

A.
Placement:
1.
Place all plywood with face grain perpendicular to supports and

continuously over at least two supports, except where otherwise
specifically shown on the drawings.
2.
Center joists accurately over supports, unless otherwise specifically

shown on the drawings, stagger the end joints of plywood panels to
achieve a minimum of continuity of joints.
Rough Carpentry
061000-9

December 18, 2014
3.8
3.
Nail all panel edges to framing members or blocking at least 1-1/2"

thick and as shown on the drawings. Space nails at panel edges as
indicated on drawings, or if not indicated, according to CBC
requirements. Place nails not less than 3/8" from panel edges and
driven solidly into the support.
4.
Provide 1/8 inch minimum separation at ends and edges of plywood

sheathing installed under cement plaster.
5.
Sheathing surfaces shall be free of warp, twist, buckles, holes and

other defects.
B.
Glued Plywood: Install in accordance with APA recommendations. Apply a

bead of adhesive to joints and to edges at all floor joists and beams. Apply a
bead in a snake-like manner to joists at plywood butt edges.
C.
Protection of Plywood: Protect all plywood from moisture by use of all

required waterproof coverings until the plywood has in turn been covered with
the next succeeding component or finish.
FASTENINGS:
A.
B.
Nailing:
1.
Use only common wire nails of the dimensions shown on the Nailing
schedule, except where otherwise specifically noted in the drawings.
2.
All nailing to conform to minimum requirements shown on the

drawings and/or as referenced by these specifications.
3.
For conditions not covered on the drawings, provide penetration into

the piece receiving the point of not less than 1/2 the length of the nail
provided, however, that 16d nails may be used to connect two pieces
of two inch (nominal) thickness.
4.
In diaphragms, the minimum penetrations shall be 1-3/8" for 8d nails

and 1-1/2" for 10d nails.
5.
Do all nailing without splitting wood, pre-boring as required; replace all

split members.
Bolts and Screws:

1.
Rough Carpentry
061000-10
Bolts: Drill holes 1/32" larger in diameter than the bolts being used,
drill straight and true from one side only. Bolt threads shall not bear
on wood.
2.
C.
D.
3.9

December 18, 2014
Screws:
a.
Penetration for wood screws shall not be less than six

diameters unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
Penetration (not including length of tapered tip) for lag screws
shall not be less than four diameters unless otherwise shown
on the Drawings.
b.
For lag screws and wood screws, pre-bore holes in accordance

with A.I.T.C. and with a maximum diameter as root of thread,
enlarge holes to shank diameter for length of shank.
c.
Screw, do not drive, all lag screws and wood screws.
d.
Bolts with upset threads not permitted.
Washers:
1.
Provide washers under heads and nuts of all bolts and lag screws.
2.
Washers for bolts in shear shall have a net area of not less than 16
times the area of bolt or lag screw, and shall be either of steel not less
in thickness than 1/10 the length of the washer's longest side, or of
malleable iron having a thickness of not less than 1/2 the bolt or screw
diameter.
3.
Washers shall have a bearing surface for the nut or head that is not
less than or equal in diameter to the long diameter of the nut or head.
Anchor Bolts:
1.
Anchor sills on concrete with 5/8" diameter x 12" anchor bolts at 48"
o.c. maximum spacing, minimum 2 each piece and one within 9" of
each end, except as noted on the drawings.
2.
Provide one anchor bolt within 9" of each side of holes or notches 11/8" or larger.
SEALING:
A.
Seal ends of beam 4" nominal or thicker with two coats of sealer. Seal ends
of plywood that will be exposed to weather with three coats of sealer.
Rough Carpentry
061000-11

December 18, 2014
3.10
B.
Provide where required for the attachment of other work. Form to the shapes
and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Set true to
line and level, plumb, with other work involved.
C.
Attach to substrates securely as required to support the applied loading.
CLEANING UP:
A.
General: Keep the premises in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times
during the execution of this portion of the work, free from accumulation of
sawdust, cut-ends, and debris.
B.
Sweeping:
1.
At the end of each working day, or more often if necessary, thoroughly

sweep all surfaces where refuse from this portion of the work has
settled.
2.
Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage.
3.
Upon completion of the work, remove all debris, rubbish, and surplus
materials from the site, resulting from work under this section. Do not
leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc, on the ground or buried in fill
or inside framing.
END OF SECTION
Rough Carpentry
061000-12

December 18, 2014
SECTION 062000 - FINISH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Door trims; interior and exterior.
B.
Wood handrails and guardrails to match existing adjacent construction.
C.
Wood stairs to match existing adjacent construction.
D.
Wood exterior decking material.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 064100 Architectural Woodwork:

countertops.
B.
Section 323139 Wood Fences and Gates.
1.4
A.
1.5
Plastic laminate casework and
DEFINITIONS
Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
1.
NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association.
2.
NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority.
3.
RIS - Redwood Inspection Service.
4.
WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
5.
WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit data and samples for each type of finish required.
B.
Shop Drawings: Submit for each item of architectural woodwork. Indicate

dimensions, details of construction, method of connection to adjacent construction,
finishes, accessories, and hardware.
C.
Samples: Submit the following:

1.
For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with non-factoryapplied finish, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished, 50 sq. in. (300 sq. cm) for
lumber and 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm) for panels.
Finish Carpentry
062000-1

December 18, 2014
2.
D.
For each finish system and color of lumber and panel products with factoryapplied finish, 50 sq. in. (300 sq. cm) for lumber and 8 by 10 inches (200 by
250 mm) for panels.
Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates:

certificates.
WI-certified compliance
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for

lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies.
B.
Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard

and manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry.
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM

Lumber Trim for Painted Applications: Kiln-dried, solid lumber with surfaced
(smooth) face and of the following species and grade:
1.
Select Heart Redwood.
2.
Finish: Paint.
EXTERIOR HANDRAIL, GUARDRAIL AND DECKING COMPONENTS
Exterior Wood Components: Select Heart Redwood.
1.
Sizes and Shapes: As indicated on Drawings.
2.
Finish: Exposed.
INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted): Finished lumber (S4S), either fingerjointed or solid lumber, of one of the following species and grades:
1.
Grade D Select white woods; WWPA.
2.
Grade Superior or C & Btr finish, Douglas fir-larch or Douglas fir south;
NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
3.
Grade A Finish alder, aspen, basswood, cottonwood, gum, magnolia, soft
maple, sycamore, tupelo, or yellow poplar; NHLA.

Finish Carpentry
062000-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 064100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2

Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Plastic laminate countertops.
B.
Plastic laminate cabinets.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 062000 Finish Carpentry: Finished wood carpentry interior and exterior
trims; wood trellis.
B.
Section 123640 Countertops: Solid surfacing countertops and backsplashes.
1.4
DEFINITIONS
A.
Exposed surfaces include all surfaces visible when:

1.
Drawers and opaque doors (if any) are closed.
2.
Areas behind clear glass doors.
3.
Bottoms of cabinets 42-inches or more above finished floor.
4.
Top of cabinets below 78-inches above finished floor.
B.
Semi-exposed surfaces include the following:

1.
Open opaque doors or extended drawers.
2.
Bottoms of cabinets that are more than 30-inches and less than 42-inches
above finished floor.
C.
Concealed surfaces include the following:

1.
Surfaces not visible after installation.
2.
Bottoms of cabinets less than 30-inches above finished floor.
3.
Tops of cabinets over 78-inches above finish floor and not visible from an
upper level.
4.
Stretchers, blocking, and components concealed by drawers.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including cabinet hardware and
accessories and finishing materials and processes.
Architectural Woodwork
064100-1

December 18, 2014
B.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each item of architectural woodwork.
Indicate dimensions, details of construction, finishes, and hardware.
1.
Show details full size.
2.
Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including
concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections.
C.
Samples for Verification:

1.
Plastic laminates, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each type, color,
pattern, and surface finish, with 1 sample applied to core material and
specified edge material applied to 1 edge.
2.
Thermoset decorative-panels, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each
type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with edge banding on 1 edge.
D.
Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates:

certificates.
WI-certified compliance
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWS's quality

standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise
indicated.
B.
Hardwood and Softwood Lumber: Custom graded in accordance with AWS;

average moisture content of 8 percent.
1.
Species: Any closed-grain hardwood. For use at concealed areas only.
C.
Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood):

adhesive containing no urea formaldehyde.
HPVA HP-1, made with
D.
MDF:
ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no ureaformaldehyde resin.
1.
Acceptable Products: SierraPine's "Medex," "Medex NC," and "Medite II" and
Weyerhaeuser's "Premier Plus".
E.
Wood Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2 composed of wood chips, medium
density, made with high waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application;
sanded faces, made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin.
F.
Plastic Laminate:
1.
High-pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3.
2.
Plastic Laminate for Exposed Surfaces: GP-50 for nonpostformed surfaces;
PF-42 for postformed surfaces.
3.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Formica Corporation.
b.
Panolam Industries; Nevamar
c.
Wilsonart International.
064100-2

4.
G.

December 18, 2014
Plastic Laminate Materials: Provide only plastic laminate materials that are
GREENGUARD Certified.
a.
Individual VOCs: <0.1 TLV.
b.
Total VOCs: <0.5 mg/m3
c.
Formaldehyde: <0.05 ppm
d.
4-Pheylcyclohexene: <0.0065 mg/m3
e.
Total Aldehydes: <0.1 ppm
Thermoset Decorative Panels (Melamine): Particleboard or medium-density

fiberboard finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper
complying with LMA SAT-1.
1.
Provide PVC or polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 on
components with exposed or semiexposed edges.
2.
Color: White, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
H.
Cabinet Construction: AWS Section 6, Custom Grade.
I.
Countertop Construction: AWS section 10, Custom Grade.

064100-3

December 18, 2014
064100-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 066413 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Fiberglass reinforced polyester panel system for adhesive mounting.
B.
Moldings and joint sealants.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

1.
Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2.
Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3.
Installation methods.
B.
Samples for Selection: For each finish specified, two complete sets of color chips
representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.
C.
Maintenance Instructions: For inclusion in maintenance manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
PLASTIC SHEET PANELING

General: Gelcoat-finished, glass-fiber reinforced plastic panels complying with
ASTM D5319.
1.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Acceptable manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
Kemlite Company Inc.
b.
Marlite.
c.
Nudo Products, Inc.
2.
Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.09 inch (2.3 mm).
3.
Surface Texture: High-gloss, smooth.
4.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection.

Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels
066413-1

December 18, 2014
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels

066413-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 071326 SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Rubberized asphalt, self-adhering, sheet membrane waterproofing system.
B.
Prefabricated drainage panel composite.
C.
Protection board.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data, installation instructions, use

limitations and recommendations. Include certification of data indicating VOC
(Volatile Organic Compound) content of all components of the waterproofing
system.
B.
Samples: Submit representative samples of the following for approval:

1.
Sheet membrane.
2.
Prefabricated drainage composite.
3.
Protection board.
C.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.4
A.
WARRANTY
Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which
manufacturer agrees to replace waterproofing material that does not comply with
requirements or that fails to remain watertight within specified warranty period.
1.
Warranty does not include failure of waterproofing due to failure of substrate
prepared and treated according to requirements or formation of new joints
and cracks in substrate exceeding 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) in width.
2.
Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing

071326-1

December 18, 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Bituthene 3000/Low Temperature Membrane by

Grace Construction Products; a self-adhesive, cold-applied composite sheet
consisting of a thickness of 1.4 mm (0.056 in.) of rubberized asphalt and 0.1 mm
(0.004 in.) of cross-laminated, high density polyethylene film. Provide rubberized
asphalt membrane covered with a release sheet which is removed during
installation. No special adhesive or heat shall be required to form laps.
B.
Nonwoven-Geotextile-Faced, Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Hydroduct 220 by

Grace Construction Products; composite subsurface drainage panels consisting of
10 mm (0.375 in.) thick drainage core, a high performance geotextile and a high
strength backing film bonded to the other side of a studded, nonbiodegradable,
molded-plastic-sheet drainage core, with a vertical flow rate of 9 to 15 gpm per ft.
(112 to 188 L/min. per m).
C.
Protection Board:
1.
Expanded Polystyrene Protection Board: 25 mm (1 in.) thick for vertical
applications with the following characteristics. Adhere to waterproofing
membrane with Bituthene Protection Board Adhesive.

Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing

071326-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 072116 BLANKET INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications, apply to this Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Insulation in batt form of the following types:
1.
Thermal building insulation.
2.
Acoustic batt insulation.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of insulation product specified.
B.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a

qualified testing agency for insulation products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GLASS FIBER BLANKET INSULATING MATERIALS
A.
Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's

standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
1.
Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation as follows:
a.
Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent
acrylic binders and no formaldehyde.
B.
Insulation at Roof: ASTM C665, Type III, Class A; "FS-25"; preformed glass fiber
batts conforming to the following:
1.
Thermal Resistance R-value: 30.
C.
Insulation at Exterior Walls and Soffits: ASTM C665, Type I; "Thermal Batts";
preformed glass fiber batts conforming to the following:
1.
Thermal Resistance R-value: 19.
D.
Insulation for Sound Attenuation: ASTM C665; "Sound Attenuation Batts"; Type I
preformed glass fiber batts conforming to the following:

Blanket Insulation
072116-1

December 18, 2014
Blanket Insulation
072116-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 072616 BELOW-GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Heavy-duty under-slab plastic vapor retarder for tie-in to existing retarder at

openings cut into existing slab. Confirm lapping requirements with Architect.
B.
Protection layer of bank sand over vapor retarder.
1.3
A.
Product Data: Provide data indicating material characteristics, performance

criteria, and limitations.
B.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation

requirements, techniques.
C.
Certificates of Compliance: Include the name, description of the product. Provide

third party independent testing reports to verify compliance with referenced
standards.
1.
When Certificates of Compliance cannot be provided, the Contractor shall
hire a professional testing laboratory to verify compliance. Contractor shall
pay for the cost of testing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Plastic Vapor Retarder Sheeting:

sheeting, 14'-0" wide sheets.
ASTM E1745, Class A, solid 10.0 mil thick
B.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for the below-grade vapor retarder is based
on the manufacturer identified below. Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following:
1.
Basis-of-Design: Stego Industries.
2.
Reef Industries.
3.
Accepted equivalent.
Below-Grade Vapor Retarders

072616-1

December 18, 2014
Below-Grade Vapor Retarders

072616-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 076000 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Metal flashings of the following types:

1.
Metal flashing and counter flashings.
2.
Exposed metal trim/fascia units.
3.
Roof drainage components including scuppers, gutters, downspouts, and
splash pans.
4.
Preformed flashing sleeves.
B.
Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories.
1.3
A.
1.4
DEFINITIONS
Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, are minimums as defined in
referenced ASTM standards for metallic-coated (galvanized) steel sheets. Metal
thicknesses indicated below correspond to former gauge thicknesses:
1.
20 Gauge: 0.040-inch (1.02-mm).
2.
22 Gauge: 0.034-inch (0.85-mm).
3.
24 Gauge: 0.028-inch (0.71-mm).
4.
26 Gauge: 0.022-inch (0.55-mm).
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural
movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing,
rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement.
B.
Fabricate and install flashings and copings capable of resisting forces for the
appropriate wind zone, per Factory Mutual's Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.
C.
Temperature Range: 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F, material surface.
D.
Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal
movements resulting from the maximum range of ambient and surface
temperatures provided above by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole
elongation, overstressing of components, failure of sealant joints, failure of
connections, and other detrimental effects.
1.
Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet
metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculations on
Flashing and Sheet Metal
076000-1

December 18, 2014
surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime
sky heat loss.
E.
1.5
Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water
infiltration to the building interior.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details,
material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and
finishes for each manufactured product and accessory.
B.
Shop Drawings: Describe material profiles, jointing pattern, jointing details,

fastening methods, interface with other work and installation details.
1.
Material.
2.
Thickness of material.
3.
Weight.
4.
Finish.
5.
Location of each item and details of expansion joint covers, including the
direction of expansion and contraction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Metallic- (Kynar-) Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet, metallic
coated by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply
with ASTM A755/A755M.
1.
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275)
coating designation; structural quality.
2.
Surface: Mill phosphatized for field painting.
3.
Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a.
Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing
not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat.
b.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
4.
Finishes:
a.
Copings, flashing caps, etc.: Field-painted.
b.
Coil-Coated: Gutters and downspouts.
B.
Bedding Compound: Rubber-asphalt type.
C.
Plastic Cement: Asphaltic base cement.
D.
Sheet Membrane Underlayment at Flashings:

Self-adhered, cold-applied
composite rubberized asphalt sheet membrane consisting of rubberized asphalt
bonded to a cross-laminated high-density polyethylene film with primers and seam
sealers as required for a complete watertight installation; provide materials
compliant with applicable regulations limiting VOCs.

076000-2

1.
2.2

December 18, 2014
Under Sheet Metal and Flashing: Minimum 40-mil thick, high temperature
self-adhering, polymer-modified, bituminous sheet membrane, complying with
ASTM D1970, manufacturers and types as follows:
a.
Basis-of-Design: Grace Construction Products; Grace Ice and Water
Shield HT.
b.
ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A.
Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated.

1.
Material: Galvanized steel; 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.
2.
Finish: Coil-coated.
B.
Built-in Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated.

1.
Material: Stainless steel; 26 gage (.477 mm) minimum.
2.
Expansion Joint-to-Downspout Spacing: 25-feet maximum.
C.
Strainers: Wire ball downspout strainers in accordance with SMACNA Figure 124D.
D.
Downspouts: Fabricate round downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish

with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.
1.
Material: Galvanized steel; 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.
2.
Finish: Coil-coated.
E.
Drawbands: Stainless steel.
2.3
A.
STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

Types:
1.
Apron, step, cricket, and backer flashings.
2.
Closed valley flashings.
3.
Eave, rake, ridge and hip flashings.
4.
Counterflashings and flashing receivers.
5.
Roof penetration flashing.


076000-3

December 18, 2014

076000-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 076500 - FLEXIBLE FLASHING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Self-adhering elastic flexible flashing tape.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 076000 Flashing and Sheet Metal: Elastic flashings installed in conjunction
with field or shop formed sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

1.
Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2.
Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3.
Installation methods.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show layouts of flexible flashings, including isometrics relating to

window and door head, sill and jamb details.
1.
Identify material, thickness, and basis weight for each item and location in
Project.
2.
Indicated details for installing flashings, including profiles, shapes, seams and
dimensions.
3.
Indicate details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring flexible flashing
tape, including fasteners, clips, and attachments to adjoining work.
4.
Indicate details of coordination with expansion joint covers, sheet metal flashing
and trim assemblies, and roof expansion assemblies, including 3-dimensional
directions of expansion and contraction movements.
C.
Samples: Actual pieces of materials specified, not less than 6-inches (150 mm)
square.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MATERIALS
Self-Adhering Flexible Flashing: Butyl based bituminous self-sealing sheet membrane,
cross-laminated film coated with a high temperature formulation of rubberized asphalt
adhesive, in factory cut widths.
1.
Product: Rainbuster 415.
Flexible Flashing
076500-1

December 18, 2014
2.
3.
4.
Thickness: 25 mil minimum.

Applications:
a.
Perimeter of window and door openings (headers, sills, jambs, thresholds,
nailing flanges).
b.
Corner boards
c.
Wall-to-wall tie-ins
d.
Foundation sill plates
e.
Sheathing panel seams
f.
Other non-roof detail areas
Include premolded corners for recessed conditions.
B.
Adhesive: Compatible with underlayment and substrate, permanently non-curing; as

recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
C.
Primer for Sheet Membrane: As recommended by manufacturer.
D.
Joint Sealant: Certified by self-adhering flashing manufacturer as being compatible

with flashing.

Flexible Flashing
076500-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 078400 - FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
This Section includes through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through
fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings
containing penetrating items for the following, including at entrance and exit of the
Project area:
1.
Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof construction
including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts,
conduits, and other penetrating items.
2.
Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions including both
empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and
other penetrating items.
3.
Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction enclosing
compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings
containing penetrating items.
4.
Sealant joints in fire-rated construction.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 079200 Joint Sealants: Electrical and pipe penetration, acoustical and
fire sealants at walls.
A.
Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of
fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other
gases.
B.
Provide products that upon curing, do not re-emulsify, dissolve, leach, breakdown
or otherwise deteriorate over time from exposure to atmospheric moisture,
sweating pipes, ponding water or other forms of moisture characteristic during and
after construction.
C.
Provide firestop sealants sufficiently flexible to accommodate motion such as pipe

vibration, water hammer, thermal expansion and other normal building movement
without damage to the seal.
Firestopping
078400-1

December 18, 2014
D.
Pipe insulation shall not be removed, cut away or otherwise interrupted through
wall or floor openings. Provide products appropriately tested for the thickness and
type of insulation utilized.
E.
Fire rated pathway devices shall be the preferred product and shall be installed in
all locations where frequent cable moves, add-ons and changes will occur.
F.
When mechanical cable pathways are not practical, openings within walls and
floors designed to accommodate voice, data and video cabling shall be provided
with re-enterable products specifically designed for retrofit.
G.
Penetrants passing through fire-resistance rated floor-ceiling assemblies contained

within chase wall assemblies shall be protected with products tested by being fully
exposed to the fire outside of the chase wall. Systems within the UL Fire
Resistance Directory that meet this criterion are identified with the words Chase
Wall Optional.
H.
Provide fire-resistive joint sealants sufficiently flexible to accommodate movement

such as thermal expansion and other normal building movement without damage to
the seal.
I.
Provide fire-resistive joint sealants designed to accommodate a specific range of

movement and tested for this purpose in accordance with a cyclic movement test
criteria as outlined in Standards, ASTM E-1399, ASTM E-1966 or ANSI/ UL 2079.
J.
Provide penetration firestop systems, fire-resistive joint systems, or perimeter fire

barrier systems subjected to an air leakage test conducted in accordance with
Standard, ANSI/ UL1479 for penetrations and ANSI/UL2079 for joint systems with
published L-Ratings for ambient and elevated temperatures as evidence of the
ability of firestop system to restrict the movement of smoke.
K.
Provide T-Rating Collar Devices tested in accordance with ASTM E-814 or

ANSI/UL1479 for metallic pipe penetrations requiring T-Ratings per the applicable
building code.
L.
Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with the following

ratings determined per ASTM E814:
1.
F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with Fratings indicated, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance
rating of constructions penetrated.
2.
T-Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through-penetration
firestop systems with T-ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, where systems
protect penetrating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials
in occupiable floor areas:
a.
Penetrations located outside wall cavities.
b.
Penetrations located outside fire-resistance-rated shaft enclosures.
c.
Where firestop systems protect penetrating items larger than a 4-inch
diameter nominal pipe or 16 sq inch overall cross-sectional area.
d.
Where firestop systems protect penetrations located in construction
containing doors required to have a temperature-rise rating.
Firestopping
078400-2

December 18, 2014
M.
Provide joint sealants with fire-resistance ratings indicated, as determined per

ASTM E119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance rating
of the construction in which the joint occurs.
N.
Fire Rated Construction Design Requirements: Maintain barrier and structural floor
fire resistance ratings including resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations,
connections with other surfaces or types of construction, at separations required to
permit building movement and sound or vibration absorption, and at other
construction gaps.
O.
Smoke Barrier Construction Design Requirements: Maintain barrier and structural

floor resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces
and types of construction and at all separations required to permit building
movement and sound or vibration absorption, and at other construction gaps.
P.
For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and

physical damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when
exposed to these conditions both during and after construction.
1.
For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide
moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems.
2.
For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4-inches (100 mm) in
width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems
capable of supporting floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or
by other means.
3.
For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration
firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation.
Q.
Assembly designs are specified generally under UL system categories by

penetrating item. Manufacturers product applications must have specific UL
system designations.
R.
Duct Damper Penetrations: Completely fill annular space with mineral wool safing
and seal with flexible firestop sealant. Comply with duct damper manufacturers
requirements.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A.
Certificates of Compliance:
1.
Provide certificates accompanied by classification indicating material or
combination of materials used meets requirements specified for flame spread
and fire resistance.
2.
Certificates to be by nationally recognized testing authority or by other
supporting evidence is satisfactory to Architect.
B.
Product test reports from a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing
compliance of firestopping with requirements based on comprehensive testing of
current products.
C.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
Provide firestopping that complies
Firestopping tests performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency, including
Firestopping
078400-3

December 18, 2014
UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency performing testing and follow-up

inspection services, that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM
E814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least
0.01-inch of water is maintained at a distance of 0.78-inch below the fill
materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly.
2.
Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fireresponse characteristics per ASTM E119 under conditions where the positive
furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01-inch of water, as measured 0.78inch from the face exposed to furnace fire.
3.
Materials being applied in openings between elements of differing fire ratings
shall conform to the most restrictive rating.
4.
Ratings of Firestopping: As indicated by reference to designations of UL in
their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting
agency.
5.
Flame Spread: 25 or less per ASTM E84.
6.
Smoke Developed: 450 of less per ASTM E84.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
Acceptable Manufacturers:
Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Hilti, Inc.
2.
Specified Technologies Inc.
3.
3M Fire Protection Products.
MATERIALS
A.
Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Comply with the following requirements in

providing system components that are compatible with each other, the substrates
forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating firestops under conditions of
service and application, based on testing and field experience.
B.
Systems or devices listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under categories

XHCR and XHEZ may be used, provided that they conform to the construction
type, penetrant type, annular space requirements, and fire rating involved in each
separate instance, and that the system is symmetrical for wall applications.
1.
Provide only asbestos-free systems or devices.
2.
Additional requirements: Prevent the passage of cold smoke either as an
inherent property of the product, or by the use of a separate product included
as a part of the UL system or device, and designed to perform this function.

Firestopping
078400-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Exterior Joints in Vertical Surfaces and Horizontal Non-traffic Surfaces:

1.
At flashing and sheet metal.
2.
Perimeter joints around frames of storefronts, doors, windows, and vents.
B.
Interior Joints in Vertical Surfaces and Horizontal Non-traffic Surfaces:

1.
Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
2.
Perimeter joints of exterior openings.
3.
Tile control and expansion joints.
4.
Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of concrete walls and partitions.
5.
Interior rated and non-rated sealants.
6.
Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors,
windows, and elevator entrances.
7.
Perimeter joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and
counters.
8.
Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces.
9.
Acoustical joints in wall and ceiling surfaces.
C.
Joint sealant primers and accessories.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 076000 - Flashing and Sheet Metal.
B.
Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Sealing concealed perimeter joints of gypsum

board partitions to reduce sound transmission.
1.4
A.
Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight
continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
B.
Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight
and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint
substrates.
Joint Sealants
079200-1

December 18, 2014
1.2
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each product required, including
instructions for joint preparation and sealant application. Include certification by
joint sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners comply with local
regulations controlling the use of volatile organic compounds (VOC). Include tested
physical and performance properties. Include data sheets for substrate cleaners
and substrate primers recommended by sealant manufacturer for specific substrate
surface conditions.
B.
Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide
Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two
6-inch- (150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed
surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.
1.
Submit 2 copies of manufacturers standard color chart with physical samples
of each color. Submit information on availability of custom colored sealants.
C.
Joint Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:

1.
Joint sealant application and typical joint locations to receive sealants.
2.
Joint sealant manufacturer and product name.
3.
Joint sealant formulation and color.
1.3
A.
Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and
cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling
use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
B.
Submit manufacturers letter of certification that products comply with specified

requirements and are suitable for the uses intended.
C.
Product Test Reports:

1.
Certified test results of elastomeric sealants showing compliance with
specified requirements. Include results of aged performances including
hardness, stain-resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement,
low temperature flexibility, modulus of elasticity at 100-percent strain, effects
of heat and aging, and effects of accelerated weathering.
2.
Preconstruction field test results indicating which products and joint
preparation methods demonstrated acceptable adhesion to joint substrates.
D.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
E.
Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.4
A.
WARRANTY
Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to
repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance
and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1.
Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
Joint Sealants
079200-2

December 18, 2014
B.
Exterior Sealants: Furnish a written warranty against leaks or other defects of

materials and workmanship. Defects include but are not limited to changes in the
structural, physical or chemical properties of the sealant materials that impair
function or require abnormal maintenance, changes in surface finish, color or
texture, failure in adhesion, weather resistance or durability, failure to prevent entry
of water, or failure to comply with specified requirements.
1.
This warranty shall not cover formation of cracks or defects in substrate
materials adjacent to the seal, joint movement in excess of movement rating
of sealant, or physical damage caused by others.
2.
Repair or replace defective materials and workmanship during warranty
period without expense to Owner, including removal and replacement of other
items as required.
3.
This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the
Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents.
4.
Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion.
C.
Special Manufacturer's Warranty:

Manufacturer's standard form in which
elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to
repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1.
Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
D.
Failure of the materials and workmanship include leakage, hardening, cracking,

crumbling, melting, shrinkage or running of the sealant or caulking, or the staining
of adjacent materials.
E.
Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of

elastomeric joint sealants from the following:
1.
Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding
sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and
compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design
or construction.
2.
Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design
specifications.
3.
Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4.
Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other
atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
A.
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other
Part 2 articles.
MATERIALS
Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service
Joint Sealants
079200-3

December 18, 2014
and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and

field experience.
B.
Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full

range.
C.
Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard

colors for products of type indicated.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS

Types:
1.
Exterior polyurethane weatherproofing and control joint sealant.
2.
Siding sealant.
3.
Reglets and flashings polyurethane sealant.
4.
Concrete walkway joint sealant.
INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS
Types:
1.
Interior weatherproofing and control joint sealant.
2.
Interior latex joint sealant.
3.
Mildew resistant silicone sealant.
4.
Acoustical sealant for exposed and concealed joints.
JOINT SEALANT BACKING
General: Provide sealant backings and accessory materials, including primers, of
material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates,
sealants, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

Joint Sealants
079200-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Standard steel doors and frames indicated and scheduled on Drawings.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 087100 - Door Hardware.
B.
Section 099100 Painting: Finish painting of steel items.
1.4
A.
1.5
DEFINITIONS
Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, including those referenced in
ANSI A250.8, are minimums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for both
uncoated steel sheet and the uncoated base metal of metallic-coated steel sheets.
Metal thicknesses indicated below correspond to former gage thicknesses:
1.
20 Gage: 0.032-inch (0.8-mm).
2.
18 Gage: 0.042-inch (1.0-mm).
3.
16 Gage: 0.053-inch (1.3-mm).
4.
14 Gage: 0.067-inch (1.7-mm).
5.
12 Gage: 0.093-inch (2.3-mm).
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that

products comply with requirements.
B.
Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames.
Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at
openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of finish
hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show
anchorage and accessory items.
C.
Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details
and openings as those on contract drawings.
D.
Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing
requirements.
Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

081113-1

December 18, 2014
E.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a

qualified testing agency, for each type of hollow metal door and frame assembly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
but are not limited to, the following, or approved equal:
1.
Amweld Building Products.
2.
Curries Company.
3.
Steelcraft, an Ingersol Rand Company.
MATERIALS
A.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet, Interior Doors and Frames: ASTM A1008/A1008M,

Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.
B.
Galvanized Steel Sheets, Exterior Doors and Frames: Zinc-coated carbon steel
sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A653, with ASTM A924, G60
zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
C.
Door Louvers: SDI 111C, sight proof, inverted V or Y blades, with insect screen at
exterior doors, size as indicated on Drawings.
D.
Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 088100.
2.3
STANDARD STEEL DOORS
A.
General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated;
fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces,
unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI A250.8.
1.
Design: Flush panel.
2.
Non-Rated Core Construction:
Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper
honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, mineral-board, or vertical steelstiffener core that produces doors complying with ANSI A250.8.
3.
Fire Door Core Construction: As required to provide fire-protection ratings
indicated.
4.
Vertical Edges, for Single- and Double-Acting Doors: Square edge.
5.
Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-)
thick end closures or channels of same material as face sheets.
6.
Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard
Steel Doors and Frames."
B.
Exterior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by

referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physicalendurance level:

081113-2

1.
C.
2.4

December 18, 2014
Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full
Flush) or Model 2 (Seamless) composite construction where indicated on
Drawings.
Interior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by

referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physicalendurance level:
1.
Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 1 (Full Flush)
or Model 2 (Seamless) composite construction where indicated on Drawings.
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
A.
General: Comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.
B.
Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet.

1.
Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face corners and
seamless face joints.
2.
Frames for Level 1 and Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick
steel sheet.
3.
Frames for Level 3 and Level 4 Steel Doors: 0.067-inch- (1.7-mm-) thick
steel sheet.
C.
Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated
to comply with exterior frame requirements.


081113-3

December 18, 2014

081113-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Solid core wood doors, rated and non-rated.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 087100 Door Hardware: Installation of hardware in wood doors.
B.
Section 099100 Painting: Field finishing of wood doors.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge
construction, louvers, and trim for openings.
1.
Include adhesive and composite wood materials manufacturers' product data
indicating urea-formaldehyde content.
B.
Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each
kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent
of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data.
1.
Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.
2.
Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.
3.
Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.
4.
Indicate fire ratings for fire doors.
C.
Samples for Verification: Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials,
approximately 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each material and finish. For
each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing
typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work.
D.
Warranty: Sample of special warranties.
1.5
A.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
Flush Wood Doors

081416-1

December 18, 2014
1.
2.
3.
Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a.
Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in a 42-by-84inch (1067-by-2134-mm) section.
b.
Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch
in a 3-inch (0.25 mm in a 76.2-mm) span.
Warranty Period for Solid-Core Exterior Doors: Five years from date of
Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of the original installation,
including costs of re-hanging.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
1.
Eggers Industries.
2.
Marshfield Door Systems.
3.
VT Industries Architectural Wood Doors.
4.
MATERIALS
A.
General Wood Door Product Requirements: Provide doors with same exposed
surface material on both faces of each door; meeting requirements of AWS Section
9; unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood
products that do not contain urea formaldehyde.
C.
Adhesives: NWWDA IS-1.6, Type II adhesive bond or better for cores, Type I
adhesive bond for faces and cross bands. Do not use adhesives containing urea
formaldehyde.
2.3
B.
2.4
EXTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION

Exterior Solid-Core Doors for Opaque Finish:
1.
WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Heavy Duty.
2.
AWS Grade: Custom.
INTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION
A.
General Wood Door Product Requirements: Provide doors with same exposed
surface material on both faces of each door; meeting requirements of AWS
Section 9 unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Particleboard Cores:
1.
Core (Solid, Non-Rated):
core.
Flush Wood Doors

081416-2
AWS Section 9, HPVA Grade A, particleboard

2.
C.

December 18, 2014
Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1.
Mineral-Core Doors:
1.
Core (Solid, Fire Rated): AWS Section 9, HPVA Grade A, noncombustible
mineral product complying with requirements of referenced quality standard
and testing and inspecting agency for fire-protection rating indicated.

Flush Wood Doors

081416-3

December 18, 2014
Flush Wood Doors

081416-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 083113 - ACCESS DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Access panels and doors in walls.
B.
Floor access doors.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 099100 Painting: Finish painting for metal surfaces.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Indicate type(s) of doors to be installed for wall and ceiling
conditions, special installation requirements, finishes, closing mechanisms, and
hardware.
B.
Location Drawing: Required access doors may not be indicated on the Drawings.
Show proposed location of every required access door with dimensions in plan and
elevation. Verify locations with the Architect. Access doors shall be located within
walls and ceilings for access including but not limited to the following: automatic
valves, automatic dampers, air terminal units, and fire/smoke dampers. Show
location of adjacent materials, trim pieces, and hardware required to complete the
work. Do not begin installation until location is approved. Submit access door
locations superimposed on piping layout and duct layout shop drawings
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
1.
Babcock-Davis.
2.
J.L. Industries.
3.
Larsen's Manufacturing Company.
Access Doors
083113-1

December 18, 2014
2.2
MATERIALS
A.
Sheet Steel: ASTM A36/A36M, commercial-quality, cold-rolled steel with baked-on,

rust inhibitive primer.
B.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
C.
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A366/A366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM

A620/A620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness;
with minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal thickness
according to ASTM A568/A568M. Electrolytic zinc-coated steel sheet, complying
with ASTM A591/A591M, Class C coating, may be substituted at fabricator's option.
D.
Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A591/A591M, Commercial Steel (CS),

with Class C coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting; with
minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal thickness according to
ASTM A568/A568M for uncoated base metal.
2.3
ACCESS DOORS
A.
Furnish access doors of proper size for access to concealed equipment. Unless
otherwise indicated, minimum size shall be 12-inch x 12-inch for hand access and
minimum 18-inch x 18-inch for valve and actuator access and 24-inch x 24-inch for
equipment access.
B.
Flush, Non-Rated Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Flanges: Fabricated
from steel sheet.
1.
Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces in Toilet Rooms, Custodial Rooms, and
other Wet Areas.
C.
GRG Units for Suspended Drywall Ceilings:

1.
Product: Chicago Metallic; GRG Access Doors; 8500 Series.
2.
Type: Lay-in panels; screwed to ceiling grid.
Access Doors
083113-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Gypsum wallboard, rated and non-rated.
B.
Exterior sheathing.
C.
Gypsum board trims and accessories.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Acoustical sealant.
DEFINITIONS
Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C11 and GA-505 for
definitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section
or in other referenced standards.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product specified.
Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of gypsum board certifying that their
products comply with specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
Gypsum Board and Related Products:
1.
Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
2.
United States Gypsum Co.
3.
Gypsum Board
092900-1

December 18, 2014
2.2
GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS
A.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Provide gypsum board materials manufactured by one

of the following:
1.
Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
2.
United States Gypsum Co.
3.
B.
General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to

minimize end-to-end butt joints.
C.
Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated or, if not otherwise

indicated, in 5/8 inch thickness to comply with ASTM C840 for application system
and support spacing indicated.
D.
Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396 except where noted otherwise:

1.
Fire-Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396; Type X throughout unless noted
otherwise.
2.
Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1395/C1396; High-strength, sag-resistant
type for ceiling surfaces.
3.
Long Edges: Tapered.
4.
Thickness: 5/8-inch throughout unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
5.
Finish: Level 5 throughout except toilet rooms and utility areas shall be Level
4.
E.
Exterior Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C1177, Georgia-Pacific, Dens-Glass Gold

Exterior Sheathing, 5/8-inch- (15.8-mm-) thick water-resistant treated gypsum core
board with inorganic glass mats both sides and long edges, gold color alkali
resistant surface coating, for exterior applications.
2.3
A.
TRIM ACCESSORIES
Accessories for Interior Installation: Corner beads, edge trim, and control joints
complying with ASTM C1047.

Gypsum Board
092900-2
SECTION 099100 - PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items
and surfaces.
B.
Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in
addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections.
C.
Painting exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules,

except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to
remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the
same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated,
the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available.
D.
Painting includes field-painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts
(including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal
surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment.
E.
Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed

surfaces, operating parts, and labels.
F.
Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other coderequired labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or
nomenclature plates.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 055213 Bar, Pipe and Tube Railings: Shop-priming ferrous metal.
B.
Section 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames:

frames.
1.4
A.
Shop-priming steel door
ACTION SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each paint system specified.
1.
Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate
each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and
application. Identify each material by manufacturers catalog number and
coating material proposed for use.

December 18, 2014
2.
3.
B.
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
Manufacturers Information: Provide manufacturers technical information,

including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing and applying
each coating material proposed for use.
Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local
regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to
be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of
the actual substrate.
1.
Submit Sample Brush Outs on rigid backing, 8-1/2" x 11" minimum.
2.
Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.
3.
Label each coat of each Sample.
4.
Label each Sample for location and application area.
5.
Opaque Colors and Finishes Submit samples, on hardboard, using materials
accepted for Project, of each color and paint finish selected with texture to
simulate actual conditions. Prepare three samples, 8-112 Inches by 11
Inches, with required number of pa1nl coats clearly visible.
6.
Transparent and Stained Finishes: Prepare samples on species and quality
of wood to be used in the Work. Re-submit as requested until acceptable
sheen, color, and texture are achieved. Label and identify each sample as to
location and application.
Closeout Submittal: Provide paint cards fully labeled with manufacturer of each
paint system applied on the project. Provide the following with each system:
1.
Manufacturer name.
2.
Manufacturers paint product.
3.
Primer name and number.
4.
Color name and number.
5.
Gloss level.
6.
Locations where used.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Field Samples: Apply field sample of each paint system indicated and each color
and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals
and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and
execution prior to commencing work.
1.
Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application of each paint system specified in Part 3.
a.
Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq.
ft. (9 sq. m).
b.
Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
2.
Components: One full component as directed.
3.
Simulate finished lighting conditions for review.
4.
Install field sample using means and methods identical to those that are
going to be employed during full production.
5.
Allow coating to cure in accordance with manufacturers written instructions.
6.
Perform adhesion test on existing paint to remain using X-cut method per
ASTM D3359. Ratings 4A and 5A acceptable.
Painting
099100-2

7.
8.
1.7
A.

December 18, 2014
Final approval of color selections will be based on field sample.

a.
If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional
mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to
Owner.
Approval of field sample does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in field sample unless Architect specifically
approves such deviations in writing.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch
mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with
labels describing contents.
1.
Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of
each material and color applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for the low-VOC interior paint is based on the
manufacturer identified below. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
the named product or a comparable product by one of the following:
1.
Basis-of-Design: Dunn Edwards, Ecoshield.
2.
Benjamin Moore; EcoSpec WB.
3.
Sherwin-Williams; Harmony Coating System.
B.
Basis-of-Design Product: The design for the exterior paint is based on the
manufacturer identified below. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
the named product or a comparable product by one of the following:
1.
Basis-of-Design: Dunn Edwards.
2.
Benjamin Moore.
3.
Sherwin-Williams.
2.2
PAINT MATERIALS
A.
All painted surfaces shall receive minimum one primer coat (etching at metal or
PVA sealer at drywall) and two finish coats. Final coats shall be 100% acrylic latex.
B.
All surfaces and components shall receive paint except for factory finished items.
C.
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and
related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated
under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer
based on testing and field experience.
D.
Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material
of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying
manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.
Painting
099100-3

December 18, 2014
E.
Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate

colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be
used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish the
manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed
substitutions.
F.
Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to the manufacturer's standard color

designations.
G.
VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having
jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following
VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according
to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
1.
Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2.
Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
3.
Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
4.
Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
5.
Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L.
6.
Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L.
7.
Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
8.
Floor Coatings: 100 g/L.
9.
Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.
10. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.
H.
Low-Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing
and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services'
"Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various
Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
I.
Exterior Painted Materials:

1.
Wood siding.
2.
Wood fascia, window and door trims.
J.
Exterior Stained Materials:

1.
Trellis.
K.
Painted Interior Materials:

1.
Gypsum board walls.
2.
Gypsum board ceilings.
3.
Steel door frames.

Painting
099100-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 099729 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Concrete floor sealer/hardener.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit literature and manufacturer's installation instructions.
B.
Samples: Submit all materials to be used to the engineer for approval prior to start
of work.
1.1
A.
Certificates: Submit certification that the sealer/hardener compound complies with
these specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
manufacturers offering acrylic sealers that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
BASF; Kure 1315.
2.
NoxCrete; Cure & Seal 100-300 E.
B.
Product: High solids, solvent based, non-yellowing, acrylic copolymer concrete

curing, sealing and dustproofing compound.
1.
Meeting the applicable requirements of ASTM C1315 Type 1, Class A; ASTM
C309; AASHTO M-148.
2.
VOC Content: < 350 g/l.
3.
Gloss: Glossy.

Concrete Floor Sealing

099729-1

December 18, 2014
Concrete Floor Sealing

099729-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Exterior signage for the following:

1.
Building accessibility signage.
2.
Parking stall accessibility symbols and signs.
3.
Unauthorized vehicle signs.
4.
Building identification sign.
B.
Interior signage for the following:

1.
Directional signage.
2.
Room identification.
3.
Occupancy signs.
4.
Toilet room signs.
5.
Tactile exit signs.
6.
Photoluminescent signs.
1.3
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
CBC and ADA Requirements: Compliance applies to interior signage, including

Braille lettering.
B.
Provide signage at public toilet rooms.
1.4
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of

individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign.
B.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical

members and other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting
heights, layout, spacing, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details.
1.
Provide message list for each sign, including large-scale details of wording,
lettering, artwork, and Braille layout.
2.
Furnish message list for each sign required, including large scale details of
wording and layout of lettering.
3.
For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish
setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and
other anchors.
Signage
101400-1

December 18, 2014
4.
Furnish full-size spacing templates for individually mounted dimensional

letters and numbers.
C.
Samples for Verification: For each type of sign, include the following Samples to
verify color selected. Resubmit samples until color, texture, sheen, and other
specified criteria have been approved.
1.
Panel Signs: Full-size samples of each type of sign required.
2.
Acrylic: Show representative color, thickness and surface finish.
3.
Approved samples will be returned for installation into Project.
D.
Graphic Images:
1.
Submit full size patterns or prints of typical copy layouts and/or graphic
elements to be applied on signs. Using layouts on the Drawings as a guide,
optically enlarge and hand correct images before submitting to the Architect
for approval before fabrication.
2.
Finished art of Project symbols and arrows will be provided by the Architect
for photo enlargement to full-size dimensions shown on the Drawings. After
photo enlargement, submit to the Architect for approval before fabrication.
3.
Elevator Lobby fire evacuation map art shall be schematically presented.
Submit camera ready artwork for all floors to the Architect for approval prior
to fabrication.
E.
Sign Location: Provide Graphic Schedule and location plans to identify and locate
all signs. Item numbers listed in the Graphic Schedule shall be found on location
plans and shall identify locations of specific sign items.
1.1
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide the Owner with proper cleaning
instructions required for continued maintenance of signs.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Interior Signage: Cast acrylic sheet, transparent, clear, semi-matte or non-glare, 0.125inch thick, frameless signs, color TBD.
B.
Engraved Copy: Machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic
devices into panel sign on face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised
to uniform depth.
1.
Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plasticlaminate sheet to expose contrasting core ply.
2.
Engraved Metal: Fill engraved copy with enamel.
3.
Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with enamel.
4.
Face-Engraved Clear Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with enamel. Apply
opaque background color coating to back face of acrylic sheet.
5.
Copy Height: 5/8-inch minimum, 2-inch maximum as recommended by sign
manufacturer for required copy.
Signage
101400-2

December 18, 2014
C.
Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy
complying with CBC requirements. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 Raster
Braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs
and cut marks.
1.
Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet.
2.
Raised-Copy Thickness: Minimum of 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).
3.
Characters: Width-to-height ratio of between 3:5 and 1:1 measured by the
width of the uppercase letter O and height of the uppercase letter I; and a
stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10 measured by the width and
height of the uppercase letter I.
4.
Braille Layout:
a.
Dots: 1/10-inch oc in each cell.
b.
Dot Spacing: 1/5-inch between cells as measured from the second
column of dots in the first cell.
c.
Dot Height: Minimum 1/40-inch above the background.
D.
Symbols of Accessibility: Provide 6-inch- (150-mm-) high symbol fabricated from

opaque non-reflective vinyl film, 0.0035-inch (0.089-mm) nominal thickness, with
pressure-sensitive adhesive backing suitable for both exterior and interior
applications.
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
PANEL SIGNS
Message Panel Materials:
1.
Aluminum Sheet: 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick.
a.
Panel Finish: Baked enamel.
b.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
POSTS
General: Fabricate posts to lengths required for mounting method indicated.
1.
Direct-Burial Method: Provide posts 36 inches (910 mm) longer than height
of sign to permit direct embedment in concrete foundations.

Signage
101400-3

December 18, 2014
Signage
101400-4

December 18, 2014
SECTION 102813 COMMERCIAL TOILET ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Toilet room accessories of the following types:
1.
Paper towel dispenser/trash receptacles.
2.
Toilet seat cover dispensers.
3.
Toilet paper dispensers.
4.
Grab bars at accessible toilet stalls.
5.
Sanitary napkin disposals.
6.
Soap dispensers.
7.
Framed mirror units.
8.
Lavatory plumbing insulation.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Provide for each toilet accessory item specified, including
construction details relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting
method, specified options, and finishes.
B.
Drawings: Identify where cutouts are required in other work, including templates,
substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and
installing anchorage devices.
C.
Maintenance Data:
recommendations.
Instructions,
including
replaceable
parts
and
service
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 0.034-inch (22gage) minimum thickness.
B.
Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0-mm (0.23-inch) thick, conforming to ASTM C1036, Type
I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electro-plated copper coating, and
protective organic coating.
C.
Chrome Plating: ASTM B456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).
Commercial Toilet Accessories

102813-1

December 18, 2014
D.
ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin formulation.
E.
Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices:

fabrication.
F.
Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or
of galvanized steel where concealed.
ASTM A153, hot-dip galvanized after

Commercial Toilet Accessories

102813-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 104400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Fire extinguishers and cabinets.
B.
Brackets for fire extinguishers.
1.3
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of

individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection cabinets.
1.
Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification.
B.
Samples for Verification: For verification purposes in of each type of cabinet finish
indicated, and each color, texture, and pattern specified prepared on Samples of
size indicated below.
1.
Size: 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm) square.
1.1
A.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening

coordination requirements.
B.
Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
A.
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1.
Larsen's Manufacturing Company; Architectural Series.
2.
J.L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group;
Cosmopolitan Series.
MATERIALS
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
Fire Protection Specialties

104400-1

December 18, 2014
B.
Aluminum:
Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and
manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, and as follows:
1.
Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M).
2.
Extruded Shapes: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M).
C.
Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304.
D.
Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet), 3 mm

thick, with Finish 1 (smooth or polished).
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
EXTINGUISHERS
Dry Chemical Type: UL 299, cast steel tank, with pressure gage; UL Rating 2A10B:C.
CABINETS
Semi-Recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit
style of trim indicated.
1.
Configuration: Semi-recessed projection type, 4 inch rough opening depth,
sized to accommodate accessories.
2.
Rolled-Edge Trim: 2-1/2-inch (64-mm) backbend depth.
3.
Finish: Tub and exterior painted to match adjacent wall.

Fire Protection Specialties

104400-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 31 00 00
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - G E N E R A L
1.1
SITE CONDITIONS
A.
The Contractor shall conduct operations and schedule cleanup to cause the
least possible obstruction and inconvenience to public traffic, pedestrians, and
adjacent landowners.
B.
The Contractor shall protect open excavations, trenches, and the like with
fences, covers, and railings as required, to maintain safe pedestrian and vehicular traffic passage.
C.
The Contractor shall prevent erosion of freshly graded areas during construction
and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have
been installed.
D.
The Contractor shall protect existing trees not designated for removal from injury
or damage during grading operations by use of fences or other protective measures as required.
E.
Fill material shall be temporarily stockpiled in an orderly and safe manner in a

location approved by the Project Manager.
F.
Provisions shall be made whereby all storm water can flow uninterrupted in gutters or drainage channels.
G.
All bench marks, monuments, signs, and other reference points shall be maintained; if disturbed or destroyed, they shall be replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Project Manager.
H.
Earthwork operations shall be conducted so as to prevent windblown dust and

dirt from interfering with the surrounding normal operations. Contractor shall assume liability for all claims related to windblown dust and dirt. Water shall be
applied in conformance with applicable provisions of Section 17 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications.
I.
If existing underground utilities are damaged, call Project Manager.
J.
When unfavorable weather conditions necessitate interrupting earthwork operations, areas shall be prepared by compaction of surface and grading to avoid
collection of water. Adequate temporary drainage shall be provided to prevent
erosion. After interruption, compaction specified in last layer shall be verified or
reestablished before resuming work.
PART 2 - E X E C U T I O N
2.1
PREPARATION (NOT USED)
2.2
EXCAVATION
A.
General
1.
All supports, shoring, and sheet piling required for the sides of excavations
Earthwork
310000-1

December 18, 2014
or for protection of adjacent existing improvements shall be provided and

maintained by the Contractor. The adequacy of such systems shall be the
complete responsibility of the Contractor. Shoring systems required to
support adjacent buildings and structural foundations shall be designed by
a registered Structural Engineer.
2.3
2.
Earth and rock, regardless of character and subsurface conditions, shall

be excavated to depths shown on drawings and to the neat dimensions of
the footings wherever practicable, to permit pouring of footings and grade
beams without use of sideforms, except at slab perimeters.
3.
Large rocks, pieces of concrete or other obstructions, if encountered during the excavation/scarifying operations, shall be removed and disposed of
at no cost to Owner.
4.
Should the Contractor excavate beyond the designated lines, the Contractor will be required to replace the material with suitably compacted import
material as determined by the Project Manager, without cost to Owner.
5.
Where forming is required, only that excavation necessary to permit placing and removal of forms shall be done.
6.
Bottoms of all footings and foundations trenches shall be subject to testing

by the Geotechnical Engineer.
7.
Corrective measures as directed by the Project Manager shall be executed

promptly.
B.
The Contractor shall be responsible for removal of all excess excavated material
to an off-project site in a legal manner. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager the location of the off-project site for approval. The Contractor
shall be responsible for all costs associated with removal of the excavated material from the site, including all required testing which may be required by the offproject disposal site.
C.
Dewatering
1.
Dewatering equipment necessary to drain and keep excavations free of
water under all circumstances shall be provided, operated, and removed
by the Contractor.
2.
Contractor shall obtain the Project Managers approval of the proposed

method of dewatering.
3.
Surface water shall be prevented from flowing into excavations. Accumulated water shall be promptly removed.
4.
Dewatering systems shall be maintained in place until construction work

below groundwater level is completed.
GRADING
A.
Earthwork
310000-2
All areas covered by the project, including excavated and filled areas and adjacent transition areas, shall be uniformly graded so those finished surfaces are at
the elevations established by the Plans.. Finish grades shall not vary more than
0.10 feet from the established grade and the top 6 inches shall be compacted to

December 18, 2014
90% relative compaction. Topsoil shall be compacted to 85% relative compaction.
2.4
2.5
2.6
B.
Surfaces to receive paving and aggregate base shall be smooth, compacted,

and free from irregular surface drainage and shall not vary more than 0.10 feet
from the established grade.
C.
Ditches, gutters, and swales shall be finished to provide proper surface drainage, per approved plans.
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A.
Subgrade preparation is required under all paved areas, curbs, gutters, walks or
structures.
B.
The surface shall be scarified to a depth of at least 6 inches below the final subgrade elevation. The soil material shall be brought to a finely divided condition
by harrowing, dry rolling and breaking clods. All boulders or solid rock encountered shall be removed. The soil material shall be uniform for a full depth and
width of subgrade. The top 6 inches of subgrade shall be moisture conditioned
and then compacted to 95% relative compaction.
FILLING
A.
The placement of fills shall be done under the observation of the Geotechnical
Engineer.
B.
Jetting of native material shall not be permitted. Jetting of select material (sand)
backfill shall be subject to acceptance by the Geotechnical Engineer.
C.
All areas to receive fills shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches and uniformly
moisture conditioned as required to obtain the required compaction. Where
slopes exceed 4 horizontal to 1 vertical, initial fill shall be keyed into slope,
D.
Fill material shall be spread in uniform lifts of not more than 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Prior to commencing compaction, fills shall be brought to a
uniform water content that will permit proper compaction by either aerating the
material if it is too wet, or spraying the material with water if it is too dry. Each lift
shall be thoroughly mixed before compaction to assure uniform distribution of
water content. All fills shall be brought to suitable elevations above grade to provide for anticipated settlement (approximately 1% of the fill thickness), slope
trimming or shrinkage.
E.
Fill shall not be dropped on any structure. Backfill shall not be placed around,
against, or upon any concrete or masonry structure until structure has attained
sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed and the horizontal structural
system has been installed.
F.
Within the exterior walls of buildings, utility trenches shall be backfilled using
gravel fill or clean sand installed in 6 inch lifts and mechanically tamped to
achieve 95% relative compaction.
COMPACTION AND TESTING

A.
Each layer of fill shall be compacted to the minimum compaction requirements

listed below:
Earthwork
310000-3

December 18, 2014
Minimum Comp
action
95%
90%
Fill Areas
General Fill (below 5 feet), basement wall backfill with
surface improvements, trench backfill (upper 12 of subgrade), pavement sub-grade
General Fill (upper 5 feet), basement wall backfill without surface improvements, trench backfill, nonexpansive fill, flatwork sub-grade
Compaction shall extend not less than 5 feet beyond building lines and pavement edges (including shoulders). The Contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any re-testing required when initial compaction is not achieved.
2.7
B.
Relative Compaction: In-place compaction testing shall be in accordance with

one or more of the following methods (at the discretion of the Geotechnical Engineer): California Test Method No. 216, California Test Method No. 231, ASTM
D1 556, or ASTM D2922. Laboratory testing shall be in accordance with one or
more of the following methods (at the option of the Project Manager or Geotechnical Engineer): California Test Method No. 216 or ASTM D1557.
C.
Resistance Value (R Value): The R Value of soil materials shall be as determined by California Test Method No. 301.
D.
All compaction shall be performed using compacting rollers, pneumatic or vibrator compactors, or other equipment and mechanical methods approved by the
Geotechnical Engineer.
E.
Where fill is required and no immediate or future construction is planned (such

as planting areas), each layer of fill and scarified subgrade shall be compacted
to not less than 85% maximum density.
F.
Soils testing services for which the Contractor must pay: for retesting and inspection of rejected work, and in cases where Contractor does not expedite
soils work in accordance with the specifications, the Project Manager shall prepare a credit change order to the Contract to reimburse Owner for extra services
rendered by the Geotechnical Engineer. Owner will require the Geotechnical
Engineer to invoice separately for this work, which will establish the amount of
the change order. Owner will, upon execution of the credit change order, pay the
Geotechnical Engineer for its extra work.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.
Earthwork
310000-4
All excavation, filling, and compaction shall be performed under the direct observation of the Geotechnical Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate with the
Geotechnical Engineer in all aspects of the work. Any materials placed or improvements constructed in the absence of the Geotechnical Engineers approval
to proceed shall be presumed to be defective. At the discretion of the Project

December 18, 2014
Manager, the areas in question shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the
Owner. The Geotechnical Engineer shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to
required observation or testing.
B.
Embankments shall be maintained to the grades shown on the plans until completion and acceptance of the Contract. Suitable allowance for shrinkage shall
be provided for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
stability of all constructed embankments, and shall replace any portion which, in
the Owner representative's opinion, has been displaced due to the Contractor's
negligence.
C.
The finish soil grade tolerance at the completion of grading is:

Building and paved areas:
0.00 to 0.10 feet
Other areas: 0.10 feet.

Earthwork
310000-5

December 18, 2014
Earthwork
310000-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 32 00 00
EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1 - G E N E R A L
1.1
GENERAL RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS

A.
Asphalt Concrete Surfacing:

1.
Except in areas of pavement reconstruction, all streets, paths, or other
paved areas in which the surface is removed, broken, or damaged, or in
which the ground has caved in or settled due to the installation of the improvements, shall be repaired and resurfaced and brought to the original
grade by the Contractor.
2.
Pavement replacement shall be in kind subject to the following minimum
pavement sections:
a.
Streets and all other areas subject to vehicular traffic: 3 inches asphalt concrete over 8 inches aggregate base material, except where
shown on the Plans or as directed by the Project Manager.
b.
Asphalt paths and walks: 2 inches asphalt concrete over 4 inches
Class 2 aggregate base.
3.
In areas of pavement reconstruction, trench backfill will be as shown on
the Plans except that the asphalt concrete will be deleted. Backfill will be
brought to the level of existing grade with Class 2 aggregate base.
B.
Concrete Surfacing:
1.
Unless otherwise noted, all walkways, paths, driveways, curbs and other
improvements damaged or removed as a result of construction shall be
reconstructed by the Contractor to the same dimensions and with the
same materials used in the original work subject to the following minimum
requirements:
a.
Concrete sidewalks: 4-inches of 6-sack concrete over 4-inches of
Class 2 aggregate base.
b.
Concrete driveways: 6-inches of 6-sack concrete with No. 4 rebar at
12-inches on center over 4-inches of Class 2 aggregate base
c.
Concrete pads: 8-inches of 6-sack concrete with No. 4 rebar at 12inches on center over 4-inches of Class 2 aggregate base.
2.
All work shall match the appearance of the existing improvements as
nearly as practicable. Lampblack or other pigments shall be added to the
concrete to obtain the necessary results.
C.
Landscaped Areas:
1.
All landscaped areas shall be left with a neatly graded surface, free of depressions, conforming to the adjacent existing ground. No mounds of earth
shall be left along trenches.
2.
Plants destroyed during construction shall be replaced with new plants of
the same size and species as the original plants unless noted otherwise.
Earthwork
310000-1

December 18, 2014
3.
4.
Any damage to the existing irrigation system by the Contractor shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner.
Existing sod areas may be rolled, properly stored, and re-laid. Existing sod
which cannot be saved, shall be replaced with new sod. Re-seeding is not
acceptable.
Replanted and/or replacement plants and sod shall be maintained by the
Contractor at his expense, for 45 days after acceptance by the Owner.
D.
Removal of Striping, Pavement Markers and Pavement Markings:

1.
All stripes and pavement markings not in conformance with the proposed
striping plan shall be removed by grinding or sandblasting. Black paint will
not be allowed unless specifically indicated on the drawings. All thermoplastic material and raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to
the application of an asphalt overlay.
2.
After removal of paint and thermoplastic traffic striping or pavement markings, an asphalt seal coat of Reed & Graham OverKote Asphalt Pavement
Coating or approved equal shall be applied 10 feet beyond the limit of the
thermoplastic material removal and to the entire width of the street.
E.
Replacement of Striping, Pavement Markers and Pavement Markings:

1. Work shall match existing markings in materials, color, and dimension.
2. Except where otherwise noted, striping, pavement markers and pavement
markings shall be applied to restored areas regardless of the condition of
the existing striping, markers and markings.
PART 2 - P R O D U C T S
2.1
PAVING MATERIALS
A.
Aggregate base shall conform to Class 2 aggregate base, 3/4-inch maximum

size, as specified in Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B.
Asphalt Concrete:
1.
Paving asphalt to be mixed with aggregate shall be steam-refined asphalt,
AR-4000, conforming to Section 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.
Mineral aggregate shall be Type B mineral aggregate as specified in Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.
Maximum aggregate size shall be 1/2-inch for the surface coarse and 3/4inch for the base coarse.
4.
Liquid asphalt for prime coat shall be Grade SC-70 in conformance with
Section 93 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
C.
Portland Cement Concrete:

1.
Concrete shall be Class A concrete conforming to Section 90 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.
Cement shall be Type II cement conforming to Section 90 of the Caltrans
Exterior Improvements
310000-2

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.2
Aggregate shall be 3/4-inch maximum size conforming to Section 90 of the

Caltrans Standard Specifications.Water shall be clear and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious substances.
Reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation
A6 15 Grade 40 and Section 52 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Filled joints, unless noted otherwise on the Plans, shall be 1/4 inch thick,
the full depth of the concrete section and conforming to Section 51 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Joint filler shall conform to Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications for pre-molded expansion joint filler and expanded polystyrene joint
filler.
Lamp black shall be added to concrete for curbs, gutters, and sidewalks as
required to conform to existing work. For new concrete which is not required to match adjacent concrete, 1/2 pound lamp black shall be mixed
per cubic yard of concrete.
No admixtures will be allowed without prior approval of the Project Manager.
TRAFFIC PAINT, THERMOPLASTIC AND PAVEMENT MARKERS

A.
Traffic paint and glass beads shall conform to the requirements of Section 84-3
of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B.
Thermoplastic Material shall conform to the requirements of Caltrans Standard
Specifications Section 84-2.
C.
Glass Beads to be applied to surface of the paint and thermoplastic shall conform to the requirements of State Specification 8010-1 1E-22 (Type II).
D.
Pavement Markers and Adhesives:
1.
Reflective and non-reflective pavement markers shall be ceramic and conform to the requirements of Section 85 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.
Adhesive for pavement markers shall be Rapid Set Type epoxy conforming to Section 95-2.04 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications or hot melt
bituminous adhesive conforming to Section 85-1.055 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3 3.1

December 18, 2014
EXECUTION
PREPARATION
A.
Before resurfacing material is placed, pavement edges and conform limits shall
be ground and trimmed back far enough to provide clean, solid faces and shall
be free of any loose material. Trenches shall be sawcut 6 inches back from edge
of trench. The top 6 inches of subgrade under all areas to be paved shall be
scarified and compacted to 95% maximum dry density.
B.
Aggregate base shall be placed, spread, and compacted to 95% maximum dry
density in conformance with Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Earthwork
310000-3

December 18, 2014
3.2
3.3
3.4
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING

A.
Asphalt concrete shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, spread and compacted in

layers in conformance with Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
No layer of asphalt concrete shall be less than l inch in compacted thickness nor
shall any layer exceed the maximum thickness allowed per Section 39.
B.
Before placing asphalt concrete, an asphalt emulsion tack coat (paint binder)
shall be applied to all vertical surfaces of existing pavement, curbs, gutters, construction joints and all existing pavement to be surfaced, in conformance with
Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
A.
All concrete shall be mixed and placed in accordance with Caltrans Standard
Specifications, Section 90.
B.
Construction of concrete substructures shall conform to applicable provisions of

Section 51 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Unless noted otherwise
herein, all exposed surfaces of structures shall have Class 1 surface finish.
C.
Construction of concrete curbs and sidewalks shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications, Section 73.
D.
Curing shall conform to Section 90-7 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. No

pigments shall be used in curing compounds unless otherwise approved.
E.
All work shall be subject to the inspection of the Project Manager. No concrete
shall be placed until the Project Manager has approved the forms and reinforcement.
F.
Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than 6 feet. Spouts, elephant trunks, tremies, or other approved means shall be used to prevent segregation.
SURFACE STRUCTURES
A.
The Contractor shall be responsible for referencing surface structures prior to

beginning work. Access to existing valves, manholes and vaults shall be provided at all times. The location of existing valves, manholes and vaults shall be
staked and referenced during construction.
B.
All surface structures within the limits of proposed paving shall have traffic rated
(ASSHTO H-20 loading) frames and covers as specified.
C.
Grade Adjustments:
1.
Frames, grates and covers of all existing surface structures (manholes,
vaults, valve boxes, drain inlets, monument boxes, etc.) shall be adjusted
to finish grade within 48 hours of surface paving. Grade rings shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor as needed to meet finish grade. No
more than three (3) grade rings may be used.
2.
Frames of new or adjusted surface structures shall be supported by concrete with minimum dimensions as follows: 6 inches wide by 6 inches
deep for structures less than 18 inches in diameter and 6 inches wide by 9
inches deep for structures 18 inches or greater in diameter.
310000-4

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.5

December 18, 2014
The highest rung of ladders in new or adjusted surface structures shall be

no more than 12 inches from the top of the structure, and all rungs shall be
spaced evenly (12 inches maximum). Ladder rungs shall conform to State
Industrial Safety requirements.
Structures Within Paved Areas:
a.
A structure located in an area paved with asphalt concrete shall not
be constructed to final grade until the adjacent pavement or surfacing has been completed.
b.
After asphalt concrete paving is complete, the asphalt shall be cut
out 6 inches wider than the frames of all surface structures. Each
frame shall then be raised to finished grade (allowable tolerance
1/8-inch) and supported by concrete as noted above. The concrete
shall be left 11/2-inches lower than finished grade. This depressed
area shall be paved to finished grade with hot-mix asphalt concrete,
1/2-inch maximum aggregate size within 48 hours. Cold-applied asphalt patching material will not be allowed.
When reconstruction or adjustment of a concrete drainage facility requires
partial removal of concrete, sufficient concrete shall be removed to permit
new reinforcing steel to be spliced to existing reinforcing steel as specified
in Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 52-1.08, "Splicing". Existing
reinforcement that is to be incorporated in new work shall be protected
from damage and shall be thoroughly cleaned of all adhering material before being embedded in new concrete. Concrete removal shall be performed without damage to any portion that is to remain in place. All damage to the existing concrete which is to remain in place, shall be repaired
to a condition equal to that existing prior to the beginning of removal operations. The cost of repairing existing concrete damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be at its expense.
All manholes that are to be lowered shall be removed to an approximate
depth of 3.5 feet below finish grade and shall then be reconstructed with
the proper taper to finish grade.
When existing manholes or inlets are to be abandoned, all pipes entering
the manhole or inlet shall be securely closed by tight fitting plug or wall of
Class A or Class B concrete not less than 0.5 foot thick. The bases of
manholes or inlets shall be broken in a manner to prevent entrapment of
water. The manhole or inlet shall be demolished to an elevation 3 feet below finish grade and backfilled.
TRAFFIC PAINT AND GLASS BEADS

A.
All new surfaces shall have the traffic paint applied in two applications in accordance with Section 84-3 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The first or
priming coat shall be in light applications without glass beads to seal the pavement. The first coat shall be dry before application of the second coat.
B.
Restriping where indicated on the drawings, shall coincide with the original
painting and shall be applied in one application in accordance with Section 84-3
Earthwork
310000-5

December 18, 2014
of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.6
C.
All surfaces to be painted shall be clean and dry prior to painting. Ample time
shall be allowed between placement of the asphalt pavement and the initial
painting application. There shall be a minimum drying time between paint applications of approximately 20 minutes.
D.
Glass beads shall be placed on all traffic stripes (except black stripes) and pavement markings except for the first or priming coat on new asphalt surfaces. All
glass beads shall be applied directly to the wet traffic paint with a method that
provides uniform distribution
E.
Striping shall not be applied at temperatures below 40 F or if pavement surfaces are wet.
F.
The alignment of all striping shall be accurately laid out. Lines which do not conform to the alignment as set forth in the Plans, or which have a wavy appearance, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at its expense.
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL AND GLASS BEADS

A.
3.7
Thermoplastic material and glass beads shall be applied in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 84-2.04. Minimum application thickness
shall be 0.1-inch for traffic stripes and 0.15-inch for pavement markings.
PAVEMENT MARKERS
A.
All surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to application of the markers.
B.
Installation of pavement markers shall conform to the requirements of Section

85-1.06 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
310000-6

December 18, 2014
SECTION 02530 - ASPHALT PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
1.2
1.3
Work in this Section includes furnishing and installing asphalt paving as

indicated on the Drawings. Work shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
1.
Compaction of sub-grade.
2.
Installation of aggregate base.
3.
Installation of metal headers.
4.
Placement of new asphalt paving.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 02100 Site Preparation
B.
Section 02300 - Earthwork
REFERENCE, CODES AND STANDARDS

A.
All work shall comply with the rules and regulations of the State Division of
Industrial Safety, OSHA, and all other local and state agencies having
jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as permitting that
which is contrary to such rules, regulations and codes.
B.
The Contractor shall comply with the Standard Specifications of the State of
California, Department of Transportation (CSS), the latest edition, as referenced
herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
AGGREGATE BASE
A.
2.2
ASPHALT CONCRETE
A.
.
2.3
Class 2 Aggregate Base: 3/4" Maximum Aggregate Grading in accordance with

Section 26 of the Standard Specifications.
Type B Asphalt Concrete: 1/2" Maximum Medium Grading in accordance with

Section 39 of the Standard Specifications.
PRIME COAT
A.
Prime Coat: MC-70, MC-250 Prime Coat in accordance with Section 93 of the
Asphalt Paving
02530-1

December 18, 2014
2.4
METAL HEADER
A.
1/4 x 4 primed and painted steel header with metal stakes as manufactured by JD
Russell Company, Tucson, AZ, 800-888-7425, or equal. Color: Black.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
WEATHER LIMITATIONS
A.
Apply prime and tack coats only when ambient temperature is above 50`F for 12
hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base coat is wet or
contains an excess of moisture.
B.
Construct asphalt concrete surface course only when atmospheric temperature

is above 40`F and when base is dry. Base course may be placed when air
temperature is above 30`F and rising.
BASE PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Compaction of Pedestrian A.C. Base: Compact the upper 6 inches of subgrade

to no less than 90% relative compaction. Remove all loose material from
compacted sub-base surface. Isolated unstable areas shall be stabilized by recompaction or excavation and replacement of materials.
AGGREGATE BASE
A.
3.4
3.5
3.6
Aggregate base shall have the minimum depth shown and specified. The
aggregate base shall be compacted to a density not less than 95% relative
compaction.
METAL HEADER
A.
Install metal headers in accordance with the plans and details. Stake headers as
per manufacturers specifications.
B.
Verify grades of headers before installation of asphalt paving.
PRIME COAT
A.
Over aggregate base apply one prime coat of type MC-70 or MC-250 at a
minimum rate of 1/4 gallon per square yard.
B.
Apply materials to penetrate and seal, but not to flood the surface. Cure and dry
as long as necessary to attain penetration and evaporation of volatile
substances.
TACK COAT
Asphalt Paving
02530-2

A.
3.7
3.8
Apply a tack coat to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt, Portland

cement concrete, surfaces abutting or projecting into asphalt concrete paving,
and vertical faces, or other surfaces as specified elsewhere, at a rate of from
0.02 gallons to 0.10 gallons per square yard. Allow to dry until at proper
condition to receive paving.
ASPHALT CONCRETE
A.
Asphalt concrete shall be spread and compacted on the prepared base in

conformance with the lines, grades and dimensions shown on the Drawings, in
accordance with Section 39 of the Standard Specifications.
B.
Care shall be exercised in compacting around walls, headers and other existing
site features. Any damage to existing facilities by spreading and compaction
operations shall be the full responsibility of the Contractor.
C.
Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days work,
to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have the
same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of concrete course.
TESTING
A.
Asphalt Concrete:
1.
2.
3.10

December 18, 2014
General: Test the in-place asphalt concrete courses for compliance

with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness. Repair or
remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by the Owners
Representative. In-place compacted thickness will not be acceptable if
less than required thickness.
Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete
course for smoothness, using 10 foot straightedge applied parallel with,
and at right angles to, centerline of paved area. Wearing course
surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding 3/16 inch tolerances for
smoothness. The finished pavement shall be water tested by flooding
to assure positive drainage. Pavement in areas with standing water
shall be corrected to eliminate puddles.
CLEAN UP
A.
Clean asphalt concrete residue from any adjacent surfaces, and repair any
asphalt concrete or other surfaces as required. Remove all unused material
from the job site.
B.
No cleaning or disposal of any excess material on site or in unpaved areas on

surrounding streets.
Asphalt Paving
02530-3

December 18, 2014
Asphalt Paving
02530-4

February 27, 2015
SECTION 321323 - LANDSCAPE SITE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SECTION INCLUDES
Work in this Section includes furnishing and installing concrete paving and walls
as indicated on the Drawings. Work shall include, but is not limited to, the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.02
A.
1.03
Formwork for concrete.

Reinforcement for concrete.
Placement of concrete paving.
Finishing and curing of concrete.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 321216 Asphalt Paving
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Qualifications of Workers: All concrete work shall be done by experienced and

skilled concrete workers under the supervision of an experienced concrete
Contractor.
B.
Reference Standards:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.

UBC - Uniform Building Code, Standards.
CAC - California Administrative Code, Title 24.
SS - State of California Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, latest edition.
Portland Cement Association (PCA) publications:
a.
b.
c.
6.
Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, EB001TC.

"Finishing Concrete Slabs with Color and Texture, PA124HC.
"Color and Texture in Architectural Concrete", SP021AC.
ACI - American Concrete Institute:

a.
b.
c.
ACI 301 - 96, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".

ACI 306 R-88: Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting.
ACI 305 R-91: Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting.
Landscape Site Concrete

321323-1

February 27, 2015
d.
C.
Compressive Strength: 2,500 psi at 28 days:

a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.04
A.
ACI 318-95: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
Mix Design: Contractor shall design the concrete mix to the following minimum
specifications:
1.
D.
Minimum number of cylinders passing above requirement shall be

90%.
Minimum strength of cylinder acceptable, 2,500 psi.
Cement Content: 5.50 sacks per cubic yard, minimum.

Maximum Size Aggregate: 3/4".
Maximum Permissible Water - Cement Ratio: as determined by the
approved design mix.
Slump: 4 inch maximum.
Air Content: 4% entrained air.
All concrete walking surfaces shall have a coefficient of friction not less than
0.30. The coefficient of friction will be measured by California Test 342 before
pavement is opened to public traffic, but not sooner than 7 days after concrete
placement. Contractor shall notify the Owners Representative of pavement
having a coefficient of friction less than 0.30. Repair and/or replacement of
these surfaces shall be the responsibility of the Contractor at no cost to Owner.
SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 30 00 herein and the
following:
1.
2.
3.
Submit the proposed mix proportions to meet the criteria established in

Section 1.03 above for approval before any concrete is ordered.
Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for all specified materials listed in Part
2 herein.
Submit delivery tickets for each load at the time of delivery indicating the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
Quantity delivered.
Quantity of each material in the batch, including chosen color
additive.
Outdoor temperature in the shade.
Time at which the water was added.
Numerical sequence of delivery by indicating the cumulative yardage
on each ticket.
Samples:

321323-2

February 27, 2015
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
1.05
Submit three 1- quart samples of coarse aggregate for review.

Submit 12 length of expansion board and manufacturers catalog
cuts for this product.
Initial Mock-ups: Contractor shall provide an initial set of up to 6 onsite 4 x 4 mock-ups showing a range of concrete colors, aggregates
and finishes and quartered with respective score and expansion
joints for review by the Owners Representative.
Revised Mock-ups: On the basis of review of the initial mock-ups, the
Owners Representative may require a second round of up to 4 onsite 4 x 4 mock-ups to further refine the options for the concrete
color and finish. The revised mock-ups shall be provided at no cost
to the Owner.
Final Mock-ups: Once the revised mock-ups have been reviewed,
and prior to placement of concrete, Contractor shall provide a final
on-site 4 x 4 mock-up of the selected concrete colors and finishes
quartered with respective score and expansion joints for approval by
the Owners Representative. Upon request, the Owners
Representative may require minor modifications to be made to the
final concrete colors and finishes based upon these mock-ups. Once
the mock-ups have been approved by the Owners Representative,
Contractor shall retain approved mock-ups during construction as
standard for judging completed Work.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Protect existing trees and shrubs to remain see Drawings.
B.
Protect existing improvements.
C.
Environmental Requirements:
1.
2.
D.
Do not place concrete during rain unless adequate protection is provided.

Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface
finish
Temperature Controls: In general, comply with the following temperature

limitations of concrete at the time of placement; Maximum: 75 degrees
Fahrenheit, Minimum: 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
1.
Should the ambient temperature at the time of concrete placement exceed

75 degrees Fahrenheit, or should it be expected to rise above this
temperature for the three days following placement, submit a program for
hot weather concreting as recommended in ACI 305R to the Owner's
Representative. Do not place concrete under these conditions unless
such a program has been approved by the Owner's Representative.

321323-3

February 27, 2015
2.
1.06
Should the ambient temperature at the time of concrete placement be

below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, or should it be expected to drop below this
temperature for the three days following placement, submit a program for
cold weather concreting as recommended in ACI 306R to the Owner's
Representative. Do not place concrete under these conditions unless
such a program has been approved by the Owner's Representative.
A.
Mixing and Transporting Ready-mixed Concrete: The maximum elapsed time

from the time water is added to the mix until the concrete is in place shall not
exceed 1-1/2 hours when concrete is transported in revolving-drum truck
bodies.
B.
Reinforcing Steel:
1.
1.07
Carefully handle and store steel on supports that will prevent the steel
from coming in contact with the ground.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate installation of concrete paving with renovation work on buildings and

with the installation of irrigation, storm drainage system and planting.
B.
Prior to excavation or other work in this Section, the Contractor shall determine
the location of all existing utilities, electrical lines, and conduits so that proper
precautions may be taken not to disturb or damage any subsurface
improvements. Should subsurface obstructions be found, the Contractor shall
submit written notification to the Owner's Representative of all discrepancies
between the Drawings and the existing conditions which may interfere with the
installation of the work in this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
CONCRETE MATERIALS
A.
Cement: ASTM C150, Type II.
B.
Aggregates:
1.
Fine aggregate - ASTM C33, natural, washed, clean sand. In accordance

with Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete and Section 03 33 00
Architectural Concrete herein.

321323-4

February 27, 2015
2.
3.
Coarse aggregate - ASTM C33, size as specified in the design mix. Use
only hard, durable material, from a recognized local source. Aggregate
shall contain no thin or elongated pieces and shall be free from clay, shale
or other deleterious substances. 3/4" maximum, non-reactive aggregate
from local sources in accordance with Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place
Concrete and Section 03 33 00 Architectural Concrete herein.
Decorative Aggregates for Washed Exposed Aggregate Paving: Selection
of aggregates will be made on the basis of the on-site mock-ups noted in
Paragraph 1.04.4 herein. Aggregates will be selected match aggregate
used in the AC paving mix as well as other materials, including tan or gold
crushed granite.
C.
Water: Clean and free of deleterious substances.
D.
Air-entraining Agent: ASTM C260.
E.
Concrete Coloring:
Coloring for Cast in Place Concrete: Color TBD. Integral color that complies
with ASTM C979 standards for pigments for integrally colored concrete, as
manufactured by Davis Colors or approved equal. Final color selection to be
made on the basis of the on-site mock-ups noted in Paragraph 1.04.4 herein.
F.
Ready-mixed Concrete: Mixed and delivered, ASTM C94.
G.
Batching and Mixing Equipment: ACI 304, Recommended Practice for

Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
2.02
A.
FORM MATERIALS
Forms:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Plywood - PSI, waterproof, resin-bonded, exterior type, Douglas fir.

Lumber - straight, 2 nominal thickness, free from warp, twist, knots,
offsets, holes, dents and other surface defects. Forms shall be a height
equal to the full depth of the finished sidewalk. Forms shall have a nominal
length of 10. Secure forms with a minimum of 3 stakes per form at a
maximum spacing of 4.
Corners, deep sections and radius bends shall have additional stakes and
braces as required.
Required bends may be formed with boards laminated to the required
thickness
B.
Form Coating and/or Release: Non-staining agent as manufactured by the

Burke Company or approved equal.
C.
Form Ties: Commercially manufactured permanently embedded type with

removable ends for all exposed surfaces as manufactured by the Burke

321323-5

February 27, 2015
Company, or approved equal. Permanently embedded portion shall terminate

not less than 1" from the face of the concrete.
2.03
REINFORCING MATERIALS
A.
General: In conformance with CSS Section 52, Reinforcement.
B.
Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60.
C.
Fabrication: ACI 315 and ACI 318 unless shown otherwise on Drawings.
2.04
A.
2.05
A.
2.06
GROUT
Non-ferrous, non-shrink grout as manufactured by The Burke Company, or
approved equal.
CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS
As recommended by Davis Colors for use with their product.
JOINTING MATERIALS
A.
Expansion Joint Material: Expansion joint board conforming to the requirements

of ASTM D994, Asphalt Expansion Joint as manufactured by W.R. Meadows,
Inc., Hampshire, IL, 847-214-2100 or approved equal.
B.
Jointing Tool: New, sharp edger tool to produce 3/8 wide joints with radius
and depth, as shown in the Drawings, #7558 Bronze Groover as
manufactured by Marshalltown Company, Fayetteville, AR, 641-753-5999 or
approved equal.
C.
Joint Protection Tape: Duct Tape as manufactured by 3M or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
The subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and then compacted with two passes
of a 500 pound roller. Material deflecting more than 2 under the roller shall be
removed to a depth of 4 below subgrade elevation and replaced with approved
granular material. New material shall be compacted as described above.

321323-6

February 27, 2015
B.
The Contractor shall test the completed subgrade for grade and cross section
with a template extending the full width of the sidewalk and supported by side
forms.
C.
The subgrade shall be compacted to at least 95% maximum dry density as

determined in accordance with ASTM D1557.
D.
The subgrade shall be maintained in a smooth, compacted condition in

conformance with the required section and established grade until the concrete
is placed. Prepare and protect the subgrade to produce a subgrade that is free
from excessive moisture when the concrete is placed.
3.02
A.
3.03
PLACEMENT OF AGGREGATE BASE

Place Class II Aggregate base rock to the depth shown on the Drawings.
Compact base rock to at least 95% maximum dry density as determined in
accordance with ASTM D1557. Aggregate base shall be placed in accordance
with CSS Section 26.
SETTING OF FORMS
A.
Forms shall be set in place with the upper edge true to line and grade and held
rigidly in place with stakes.
B.
After forms are set, grade and alignment shall be checked with a 10
straightedge. Forms shall conform to line and grade with an allowable tolerance
of in any 10 long section. Forms shall have a transverse slope with the low
side as shown in the drawings.
C.
Remove mortar or grout from previous concrete and other foreign material from
the surfaces of the forms. Coat form surfaces with form oil prior to each time
concrete is placed. Wood forms may be thoroughly wetted with water before
concrete is placed. Do not allow form coating to:
1.
2.
3.
3.04
Stand in puddles in the forms.

Come in contact with the reinforcing steel.
Come in contact with adjacent hardened concrete against which fresh
concrete is to be placed.
REMOVAL OF FORMS
A.
Do not remove side forms within 12 hours after finishing has been completed.
B.
Remove forms with care to avoid surface gouging, corner or edge breakage,
and other damage to the concrete.

321323-7

February 27, 2015
3.05
REINFORCING
A.
General: Comply with CSS Section 52, Reinforcement.
B.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth or other bond-reducing
materials. Rust or mill-scale which is "tight" will be permissible without cleaning
or brushing, provided weights, dimensions, cross-sectional area, and tensile
properties meet the requirement of ASTM A615.
C.
Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in
position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.06
A.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Conveying:
1.
2.
B.
Provide minimum number of supports as required by ACI 315.

Do not use pebbles, pieces of broken stone, common or face brick, metal
pipe or wood blocks to support reinforcement.
On ground, where necessary, supporting solid concrete bricks may be
used. Use one-half concrete bricks whenever possible.
Use metal, plastic or other approved bar chairs, bolsters and spacers over
flat form surfaces.
Where the concrete surface will be exposed to the weather in the finished
structure the portions of all accessories within of the concrete surface
shall be non-corrosive or protected against corrosion.
Convey to the point of final deposit by methods which will prevent the
separation or loss of ingredients.
During and immediately after placement, concrete shall be thoroughly
compacted, worked around reinforcements and embedments, and worked
into all corners of the forms.
Place concrete in forms in 1 layer or thickness to provide a compacted and

finished sidewalk of the thickness indicated on the Drawings.
1.
2.
3.
4.
After concrete has been placed in the forms, strike off using side forms to
bring the surface to proper section to be compacted.
Tamp and consolidate concrete with suitable wood or metal tamping bar.
Finish surface to grade with a wood float.
The surface shall be divided into rectangular areas by means of
contraction joints spaced at intervals as shown in the Drawings.

321323-8

February 27, 2015
3.07
CONCRETE FINISHING
A.
General: Concrete shall be finished to match the finishes in the approved mockups.
B.
Water washed exposed aggregate finish:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Ensure that the Decorative Aggregate specified herein has been used as
the coarse aggregate in the concrete mix for this paving type.
Apply float finish to slab.
Apply surface retarder to the concrete as soon as the final floating has
been completed. Retarder shall be applied evenly over the surface of the
concrete with a sprayer according to the manufacturers written
instructions.
Cover concrete surface with plastic sheeting, sealing laps with tape, and
remove when ready to continue finishing operations.
Without dislodging aggregate, remove excess mortar by lightly brushing
surface with a stiff, nylon-bristle broom.
Fine-spray surface with water and brush. Repeat water flushing and
brushing cycle until cement film is removed from aggregate surfaces to
depth required to match the finish of the existing water washed finish
concrete on the project site.
Water washed exposed aggregate finish with Seeded Aggregate (option for
water washed exposed aggregate finish):
1.
Preparation of aggregate: Decorative aggregate specified herein shall be

washed with clean water to remove surface dust and dirt prior to seeding.
2.
Seeding of Aggregate: Screed and wood float finish concrete to a smooth

and even grade in accordance with the Drawings using overhead screeds
where necessary to set flow lines and/or grade breaks. Concrete surface
shall be clean and wet in preparation for seeding of the aggregate. Hand
broadcast the aggregate so that the entire surface is covered with a
dense, evenly distributed pattern, with the spaces between the individual
aggregates not greater than 1/2 the diameter of the aggregates.
Aggregate shall be broadcast so that the individual aggregate lies flat on
the concrete: aggregates that are embedded on edge shall be removed
and replaced with a flat aggregate. Seeded aggregates shall be
embedded in the surface of the concrete by carefully patting with a darby
or the flat side of a strike-off iron. As soon as the concrete will support the
weight of a worker on kneeboards, the surface shall be hand-floated so
that all of the aggregate are barely submerged, with the concrete
completely surrounding and slightly covering the surface of the aggregate
so that no holes or openings are left in the surface.

321323-9

February 27, 2015
D.
3.08
3.
Application of Surface Retarder: Apply surface retarder to the concrete as

soon as the final floating and embedding of the aggregates has been
completed. Retarder shall be applied evenly over the surface of the
concrete with a sprayer, roller or brush.
4.
Aggregate Reveal and Curing: Remove retarder after a minimum of 8

hours, but no more than 20 hours, following application with a coarse
fibered brush and a jet of clean water. Brush the concrete to expose the
top surface of the aggregate. Following revealing of the aggregate, either
a water or liquid membrane type curing, as described in Paragraph 3.09
below, should be used to allow the concrete to fully cure.
Light Water Wash Finish:

1.
Apply float finish to slab.
2.
Fine spray pavement surface with water and brush. Repeat water flushing
and brushing cycle as required to expose fine aggregates and occasional
coarse aggregate to match the finish of the existing light water washed
finish concrete on the project site.
EDGE AND JOINT FINISHING
A.
General: Finish slab edges, including those at formed joints to match the edges
of the existing concrete paving.
B.
Corners and edges which have crumbled and areas which lack sufficient mortar
for proper finishing shall be cleaned and filled solidly with a properly
proportioned mortar mixture and then finished.
3.09
CONTROL JOINTS
A.
General: Control joints shall match the joint width and depth of the existing
concrete paving.
B.
Locate joints to match jointing pattern of existing adjacent concrete.
C.
Form control joints in fresh concrete by cutting a groove in the top portion of the
slab to a depth of at least 1/4th of the pavement slab thickness or as indicated
on the Drawings.
3.10
A.
EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

General: Expansion and construction joints shall match the joint width and
depth of the existing concrete paving.

321323-10

December 18, 2014
SECTION 321713 PARKING BUMPERS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Concrete wheel stops and bumpers.
RELATED WORK
Section 321723 Pavement Markings: Traffic paint.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of wheel stop and bumper specified.
materials of fabrication, dimensions, and accessories.
Include
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
WHEEL STOPS
Wheel Stops: Precast concrete wheel stops, 3,500 psi grade, fully reinforced,
complete with anchor bolts and pins, in the number shown on the Drawings, as
manufactured by Plan-It Company, Saf-T-Park Company, or approved equal.
1.
Dowels: Galvanized steel, 3/4-inch (19-mm) diameter, 10-inch (254-mm)
minimum length.

Parking Bumpers
321713-1

December 18, 2014
Parking Bumpers
321713-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Pavement markings for the following:
1.
Parking and lane striping.
2.
Edge striping.
3.
Hash marks.
4.
Traffic arrows and traffic letters.
5.
Disabled parking stall symbol and striping.
6.
Curb markings.
7.
Crosswalk striping.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 099100 Painting.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data:
instructions.
Manufacturers specifications, data, color cards, and application
B.
Samples: Submit samples of the following:

1.
Colors: Three 8- x 10-inch brushouts on cardboard for each color specified.
C.
Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local

regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following, or approved equal:
1.
Benjamin Moore Paints.
2.
Dunn-Edwards Corporation.
3.
Frazee Paint.
4.
Kelly-Moore Paint Company.
Pavement Markings
321723-1

December 18, 2014
B.
Parking and Traffic Line Paint: Acrylic traffic paint, FS TT-P-1952B.
C.
Alternate Parking and Traffic Line Paint: Alkyd traffic paint, FS P-115F and FS TTP-85E.
Pavement Markings
321723-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 321726 - TACTILE WARNING SURFACING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
Surface-applied, truncated dome, tactile warning surfacing.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Manufacturer's material data sheets for tactile warning surfacing,
adhesives, and sealant.
B.
Samples for Verification: Submit full size panel sample demonstrating specified
color selection, dome geometry.
C.
Material Certificates: For the following, signed by manufacturers:

1.
Certification showing compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act
Accessibility Guidelines.
D.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
E.
Manufacturers certification of inspection and approval of installation.
F.
Manufacturer's installation and maintenance instructions for the specified materials.
G.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in
which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of tactile warning
system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
Failure includes defective work, breakage, deformation, delamination, separation
and lifting from the floor substrate.
1.
Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
Tactile Warning Surfacing

321726-1

December 18, 2014
1.
Tactile Warning Surfacing: 10 extra matching surfacing of each width for

future repair and maintenance work. Provide required fasteners, adhesive
and accessories for complete future installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
2.2
MANUFACTURERS
1.
AMS Tactile Systems.
2.
Engineered Plastics, Inc.
TILE PANEL MATERIALS
A.
Material: Vitrified polymer composite (VPC), colorfast and ultraviolet stable,

complying with the ANSI requirements for tactile warning surfacing.
B.
Surface-Applied Tactile Warning Surfacing:

1.
Size: Nominal 24" w by 48" l by 0.125" thick (0.325-inches thick at the
truncated domes) with 1/2-inch flanges along the 48-inch length.
2.
Color: Yellow, conforming to Federal Color No. 33538, uniform throughout
tile.
3.
Finish: Non-skid in accordance with ADA requirements.

Tactile Warning Surfacing

321726-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 323139 - WOOD FENCES AND GATES

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Section.
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Wood posts and rails.
B.
Wood picket fencing.
C.
Gate hardware.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual

components and profiles, and finishes for the following:
1.
Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings.
2.
Gates and hardware.
B.
Shop Drawings: Show locations of fence, each gate, posts, rails, and details of
extended posts, extension arms, gate swing, or other operation, hardware, and
accessories. Indicate materials, dimensions, sizes, and finishes. Include plans,
elevations, sections, gate swing and other required installation and operational
clearances, and details of post anchorage and attachment and bracing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
WOOD FENCE COMPONENTS
A.
Corner, Gate, End, and Line Posts: WCLIB Grading Standards, paragraph 117.
1.
Grade: No. 1 Fencing Select.
2.
Surface: Surfaced four sides (S4S).
3.
Species and Grade: Hem-fir, pressure-preservative treated; 1 Common,
WCLIB, or WWPA.
a.
Moisture Content: Kiln-dried to a maximum 12 percent.
4.
Size: Minimum 4-inch x 4-inch.
B.
Pickets: Fence boards graded to meet WCLIB "Grading Standards," paragraph

115.
1.
Grade: No. 1 Pickets.
2.
Surface: Surfaced four sides (S4S).
Wood Fences and Gates

323139-1

December 18, 2014
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Species and Grade: Hem-fir, pressure-preservative treated; 1 Common,

WCLIB, or WWPA.
a.
Moisture Content: Kiln-dried to a maximum 12 percent.
Thickness: 3/4-inch thick.
Face Width: 3-1/4-inches.
Finish: Exposed.
Shape and Size: To match existing adjacent historic fencing pickets.
Bottom and Top Rail: Minimum 2-inch x 4-inch x 8-foot pressure treated cedar stud.

Wood Fences and Gates

323139-2

December 18, 2014
SECTION 32 90 00 - PLANTING
PART 1
1.01
A.
1.02
A.
1.03
A.
GENERAL
SUMMARY
Work in this Section includes furnishing and installing plant material shown on the
Drawings and specified herein. The work shall include, but is not limited to the
following:
1.
Planting of trees.
2.
Maintenance.
3.
Guarantee.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section Earthwork?
SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 30 00 herein and the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Topsoil Analysis:
Submit results of topsoil fertility analysis.
Following
acceptance of grading operations, Contractor shall submit three 1-quart samples
from different site locations to a pre-approved independent soils testing
laboratory. Lab shall evaluate soil chemical fertility and shall recommend soil
amendments to improve fertility. Contractor shall be responsible for costs of all
soils analysis.
Furnish confirmation from supplying nurseries of plant material ordered.
Confirmation shall include plant name, size, and quantity.
Fertilizers and Plant Tablets:
Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts and
guaranteed analysis of all soil amendments and fertilizers specified by the results
of the soil analysis. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts and guaranteed analysis
of Plant Tablets.
Samples: Submit samples and manufacturer's guaranteed analysis for the
following items, as listed below, prior to installation. Contractor shall be
responsible for the costs of all such analysis:
a.
Tree staking material
catalog cuts
b.
Soil amendment
1 quart & analysis
Submit Certificates of Inspection of plant materials, if so required by the Owners
Representative.
Planting
32 90 00 - 1

December 18, 2014
1.04
A.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
Work under this Section shall comply with the following standards:
1.
2.
3.
4.
American Standard for Nursery Stock: Current edition, published by the

American Association of Nurserymen, Inc., 74-30 Southern Building,
Washington, DC 20005.
A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California, Oregon, and Washington:
Current edition, by McKlintock & Leiser, published by the University of California
Press.
Horticultural Standards, American Association of Nurserymen's.
Hortus Third.
B.
All plants shall be true to name and in all cases, botanical names shall take
precedence over common names. All plants of each clone, species, or cultivar shall be
delivered to the site labeled with their full botanical name. Any plant material, after one
year following final acceptance of the project, determined by the Owners
Representative to be untrue to the species, clone and/or variety specified, shall be
replaced by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, to the equal condition of adjacent
plants at the time of replacement.
C.
Contractor shall comply with all OSHA regulations regarding the use of heavy
equipment for the transplanting or placement of plant material on the project.
1.05
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION
A.
Minimum of five years successful experience performing landscape work of

comparable size and nature.
B.
Provide at least one person who is thoroughly trained and experienced in landscape
planting and who shall be present at all times to direct all work in this Section.
1.06
DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING
A.
All plant material shall be shipped and stored in their original containers as furnished
by the nursery/supplier. Plant material shall not be stored on the site and shall be
delivered only when planting operations are to commence. Plant material shall be
protected during transit, plants in broken containers and plants with broken branches or
injured trunks will be rejected.
B.
All bag products (amendments, fertilizers, etc.) shall be kept on site in a neat and
orderly fashion at all times. All receipts shall be originals, not copies. All empty
containers (bags) shall be kept on the site until final approval by the Owners
Representative.
1.07
A.
SITE CONDITIONS
Environmental Requirements:
Planting
32 90 00 - 2

1.
2.
B.
Perform planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are
suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice.
Perform grading and soil preparation only during the period when beneficial and
optimum results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil should
reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure, suspend spreading
and grading operations until the moisture content is increased or reduced to
acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained.
Field Measurements:
1.
1.08

December 18, 2014
Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with landscaping,

carefully check and verify dimensions and immediately inform the Owners
Representative of discrepancies between the Drawings and Specifications and
actual conditions.
EXISTING CONDITIONS
A.
Contractor shall become acquainted with existing site conditions, verify dimensions,
and obtain other information necessary for a complete installation. Notify the Owners
Representative of unsatisfactory conditions prior to commencement of work.
B.
Locate underground utilities prior to tree planting operations and notify the Owners
Representative if conflicts exist.
C.
Protect existing plants to remain - See Drawings.
D.
Protect existing work and work of other trades. Damage to existing construction
caused by work of this Section shall be promptly repaired and/or replaced at no
additional cost to Owner.
1.09
WARRANTY/MAINTENANCE
A.
Construction Period:
That period which encompasses all construction work
commencing with the planting of the first plants to pre-final acceptance of planted
materials and initiation of the Maintenance Period.
B.
Maintenance Period: That period which encompasses all maintenance from pre-final
acceptance of the planting work for 180 calendar days thereafter. Final acceptance of
the work will mark the end of this period. Maintenance shall include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
All watering, weeding, cultivation, pruning and spraying necessary to keep the
plants in a healthy, growing condition and to keep the areas neat and attractive
throughout the construction and maintenance periods.
Fertilizer shall be applied as recommended by the soils test and by the manufacturer for the local seasonal and climatic conditions.
Contractor shall keep the project site free of debris and in a neat and attractive
condition during the maintenance period.
At the discretion of the Owners Representative, periodic inspections may be
requested during the maintenance period to determine that plant material is in
conformance with the Contract.
Planting
32 90 00 - 3

December 18, 2014
5.
Final inspection shall be held at the end of the maintenance period. Contractor
shall notify the Owner 10 days prior to the anticipated date of the final inspection.
Prior to final inspection, the Contractor shall complete weeding of the site, raking
of all planting areas and cleaning the site of all debris, litter, etc. Following the
final inspection, the Contractor shall be notified in writing of any deficiencies
which require repair and/or replacement by Contractor.
Contractor shall
complete all corrective work noted in the final inspection, including of
replacement plant material and completion of the work in accordance with the
Drawings and as specified herein, prior to final acceptance of the work.
Contractor shall maintain all plant material until receipt of written notification from
the Owner on final acceptance of the work.
C.
Guarantee Period: That period which encompasses the replacement of dying,

unhealthy, unsightly, or atypical habit plant material from the time of final acceptance
for one full calendar year. The Contractor shall respond within 2 weeks of written
requests from the Owner for replacement of plant materials that are found to be in
condition as noted above.
D.
During the construction, maintenance, and guarantee periods, should the appearance
of any plant indicate weakness or non-typical vigor, or should a plant die-back and lose
the form and size originally specified, even if it has taken root and is continuing to grow
after the die-back, that plant shall be replaced immediately by the Contractor at no cost
to the Owner.
1.10
PROJECT CLOSE-OUT
A.
No less than 30 days before the end of the Guarantee Period, the Contractor shall
request the Owners Representative in writing, to inspect the planting work
B.
Inspection of all planting work is to determine that all plant material is alive and healthy
and conforms to the requirements of the Contract.
C.
Acceptance of plant material by the Owners Representative in writing, will constitute

project close-out for the work of this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
Soil Amendments: Soil amendment composition is as follows:

1.
For tree backfill: (to be determined by results of soils analysis).
2.
Contractor shall provide soil amendments in sufficient quantities to perform the
work.
B.
Fertilizer Tablets: : Agriform 21 gram 20-10-5 Planting Tablets by Scotts, Marysville,

OH, 937-644-0011, Best - Tab 21 gram 20-10-5 tablets by Best, Lathrop, CA 209-8582511 or equal.
C.
Tree Planting Material:
Planting
32 90 00 - 4

1.
2.
D.

December 18, 2014
Tree Stakes: 2 diameter lodgepole pine treated with copper napthanate,

chamfered top and bottom in lengths as indicated on the Drawings. Install two
per 15-gallon and 24-inch box trees, as shown on the drawings.
Tree Straps: 'Gro-Strait' corded rubber tree straps, as manufactured by GroStrait, Walnut Creek, CA, 925-934-4106, Arbor Tie, manufactured by Deep Root
Partners, San Francisco, CA, 415-437-9700 , or approved equal.
Plant Material:
1.
General:
a.
Plant material shall conform to the requirements of the referenced
standards and to the requirements as indicated on the Drawings.
b.
Plant material shall be first class representatives of their normal species or
variety. They shall have typical branching systems and vigorous root
systems.
c.
All boxed trees shall have been transplanted into their containers at least
10 months prior to planting.
d.
Plants shall be free of pests and diseases, disfiguring knots, scalds, bark
abrasions, or other injuries.
e.
Trees shall have straight trunks with the leader intact, undamaged and
uncut unless multi-trunk trees are specified.
f.
Pruning shall be minimized and performed only to remove co-dominant
leaders or side branches that will affect the structure of the tree as it
matures.
g.
Trees for the project shall be tagged at the nursery by the Contractor and
photographs shall be emailed to the Owners Representative. Should the
nursery not have plant materials or specimen trees that meet the Owners
Representatives criteria, the Contractor shall locate another nursery with
the plant materials and specimen trees for review by the Owners
Representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL
A.
Commencement of planting operations shall presume that Contractor has fully

examined all areas to be planted and has determined that conditions are satisfactory.
B.
Coordinate landscaping operations with installation of the work of other trades.
3.02
FINISH GRADING
A.
When weeding, soil preparation, and soil conditioning have been completed and soil
has been thoroughly water settled, all planting areas shall be smooth graded.
B.
Finish grading shall be reviewed by the Owners Representative prior to proceeding.
C.
Slope all grades away from buildings at minimum 2 percent and make minor
adjustments to direct drainage towards drainage facilities.
Planting
32 90 00 - 5

December 18, 2014
3.03 PLANTING
A.
General:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
At the nursery and upon delivery, plants shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Owners Representative for conformity with this Section. Only plant
material tagged for this project at the nursery shall be used. The Owners Representative reserves the right to examine and reject any plant material deemed in
an unhealthy condition or not representative of the species during planting or
throughout the Guarantee period.
Notify Owners Representative a minimum of 48 hours prior to commencement of
planting operations.
All plant material delivered to the project site shall display appropriate nursery
tags of identification as well as tags applied by the Owners Representative unless directed otherwise.
Examine areas to receive planting prior to commencement of work
Commence planting operations only when weather conditions are favorable.
Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds
Planting of Trees:
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Lay out all plants at locations shown on Drawings. Make minor adjustments
necessary to avoid conflicts with utilities, existing site improvements, etc.
Spot trees in their containers or stake locations. Secure approval of locations by
the Owners Representative before excavating holes.
Excavate holes as shown on the Drawings so that after settlement, the crown of
the plant will be 3- 4 above surrounding grade for trees. Scarify all sides of
holes.
If directed by the results of the Soils Test or by the Owners Representative, provide Drainage Sump for all trees. Auger drill a 12" diameter by 48" deep drainage sump in the bottom of the hole. Fill the sump entirely with drain rock. Fill the
planting hole with drain rock to a depth of 3". Install filter fabric completely around
drain rock in both the drainage sump and hole.
Prepare backfill mix for plants as recommended by results of the soils test.
Set plant carefully so that, after settlement, the crown will be 3 4 above surrounding grade. If required, place unamended backfill beneath rootball and compact to 95 percent. Following placement of plant, install backfill mix in 12 layers,
tamping or flooding with water to settle plant to proper height.
Place specified fertilizer tablets 4 below finished grade in accordance with the
following schedule:
# of Tablets
Container Size
24 box
8
Place plant in pit. Cut and remove container. Trim damaged, broken or circling
roots. Place plant and continue backfilling, tamping in 6 lifts to ensure good contact with root ball and to minimize settlement. Flood planting hole when nearly
filled and after water has drained; finish backfilling and dress off grades.
Staking: Install tree stakes as shown in the Drawings after review with the
Owners Representative.
a.
Planting
32 90 00 - 6
Locate stakes on prevailing windward side of tree unless otherwise

directed. Stakes shall be driven a minimum of 18-inches into firm ground.
11.
3.04

December 18, 2014
Stakes shall not extend into canopy of tree. Allow for some natural sway
and movement of the tree after staking has been completed.
Prune only as necessary to remove injured twigs and foliage unless otherwise directed by Owners Representative.
INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PLANTING WORK
A.
Contractor shall request preliminary inspection of the planting work by the Owners
Representative in writing no less than 2 weeks before the anticipated date of
completion.
B.
Inspection shall determine the health and vitality of the plant material and any work
that was not completed according to the Drawings or as specified herein .
C.
Following inspection, Contractor shall be notified in writing of any deficiencies which

require repair/replacement by Contractor. Contractor shall complete all corrective
work noted in the preliminary inspection, including of replacement plant material, prior
to requesting a pre-final inspection of the work. Acceptance of the planting work shall
mark the beginning of the Maintenance and Warranty Periods. No partial approvals
shall be given.
3.05
CLEAN UP
A.
Keep all areas of work clean, neat and orderly at all times.
B.
Any soil or other material that has been brought onto paved areas shall be removed
promptly upon completion of the day's planting. All excess materials shall be removed
from the site following the completion of planting. Sidewalks and roads shall be swept
clean of silt, soil and debris.
C.
Upon completion of work, remove all surface materials, tools, rubbish and debris
resulting from the work. Contractor shall inspect the site daily to ensure that no debris
is left by workers, including soft drink containers, candy wrappers and any other litter.
D.
Contractor shall have the project site completely clean prior to both the preliminary,
pre-final and final inspections.
Planting
32 90 00 - 7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT
FOREST THEATER COMPLEX
LOCATED AT
MOUNTAIN VIEW AVENUE AND SANTA RITA STREET
CARMEL-BY-THE-SEA, CALIFORNIA
Prepared For:
Mr. Andy Vanderford
Project Manager
Public Works Department
P.O. Box CC
th
Monte Verde Street between Ocean & 7 Avenues
Carmel, California 93921
831.620.2078 (o)
831.869.1477 (c)
avanderford@ci.carmel.ca.us
Prepared By:
Linda Arceo
Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 92-0760

California Department of Public Health Certified Lead Project Designer No. D-532
Reviewed By:
Christopher Gatward
Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 92-216
Council-certified Microbial Consultant
February 26, 2015

Project Number 14753.0 Task 2
9821 Blue Larkspur Lane, Suite 100, Monterey, CA 93940 P: 831-649-4623 F: 831-649-4624 www.M3environmental.com
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT SPECIFICATIONS

CITY OF CARMEL BY THE SEA
PROJECT NO.14753.0 TASK 2
DISCLAIMER AND COPYRIGHT NOTICE

3
These technical specifications were prepared by M Environmental Consulting LLC (M ) under contract to
3
the Owner. No warranties express or implied, are made by M about the use of any information,
apparatus, product, or process disclosed in this manual. Although reasonable efforts have been used to
insure correctness, the Abatement Contractor should bring any discrepancies to the immediate attention
3
of the Owner and M .
The specifications contained herein are developed for use by the City of Carmel Public Works
th
Department located Monte Verde Street between Ocean Avenue and 7 Avenue in Carmel CA
This project manual is provided for the sole purposes of: (i) bidding on the project work as outlined herein;
and (ii) completing the work described herein by the successful bidder. Unauthorized use of this manual
by bidders, or transfer of information/or specification contained herein to others by bidders shall be
considered a violation of the bidders license. The use of this document by unauthorized personnel for
bidding of this project is strictly prohibited. Violators shall be dealt with to the full extent of the law.
3
This document is the Copyrighted property of M Environmental Consulting LLC, 2015.
Section 02080 Hazardous Materials Abatement

SECTION 02080
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Summary of Work
Codes and Regulations
Submittals and Substitutions
Abatement Observation Services
Product Handling
Asbestos Abatement
Lead Containing Paint Removal
Lighting Wastes
Treated Wood Waste
Mold Remediation
APPENDIX A
M Environmental Hazardous Material Inspection Report

Table of Contents 1 of 1

SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
WORK COVERED BY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT SPECIFICATIONS

A.
Other Work.
The Work described in these Hazardous Materials Abatement
Specifications (Haz Mat Specifications) is in addition to the Work described in the
architectural Drawings/Specifications prepared by Cody Anderson Wasney Architects.
Work included - Base Bid: The Abatement Contractor shall be knowledgeable of the
conditions for the project, and is responsible for verifying the quantities and locations of
all the work to be performed as outlined in this document, as indicated on the
architectural contract drawings and as directed by the Owner's Representatives. Failure
to do so shall not relieve the Abatement Contractor of his obligation to provide all
materials and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract. The
Abatement Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, services, permits, insurance
(specifically covering the handling and transportation of asbestos-containing material
[ACM]), lead-containing paint (LCP), lead-containing materials, other hazardous
materials and equipment which is specified, shown, or reasonably implied for the
following abatement activities
Note that building numbers, room numbers, and names described below may not refer
to actual room numbers and names at the building sites. Please refer to drawings
provided in the bid package.
A.1
FOREST THEATER
A.1.1
Asbestos
1. The removal and disposal as hazardous asbestos containing waste, the following
friable ACM, including any existing debris.
Stage Building
Material
Description
No.
Texturing over
concrete (ceilings)
27
WB/JC without
texturing (painted)
Location
Downstairs
throughout
conference
room and
viewing
theater
Downstairs
viewing
theater
seating
Approximate
Quantity
NESHAP
Category*
Asbestos
content
835 sq. ft.
RACM
3%
390 sq. ft.
RACM
<1%

Summary of Work 1 of 14

2. The removal and disposal as non-hazardous asbestos containing waste, the following
non-friable ACM, including any existing debris.
Stage Building
Material
No.
Description
19
Green and black

penetration mastic
28
Dark gray door frame

caulking
Location
Roof (prop
storage
room)
Exterior
door frames
throughout
Approximate
Quantity
NESHAP
Category*
Asbestos
content
10 sq. ft.
Cat I
10%
Unknown
Cat 1
5%
Approximate
Quantity
NESHAP
Category*
Asbestos
content
10 sq. ft.
Cat 1
10%
85 sq. ft.
Cat 1
5%
Stage Control Building

Material
No.
Description
Location
Black mastic on roof

fascia (wood)
11
Black rolled-on
composition roofing
Electrical
closet
(elevated
roof area)
Roof
A.1.2 Lead-Containing paint/materials

Contractors performing work in this facility are herein notified that various building
components are to be considered lead-containing or are coated with LCP.
Lead containing/contaminated waste is to be collected and profiled to determine whether
wastes are classified as non-hazardous solid or hazardous waste. For the purposes of
this bid, the following painted components and those similar, shall be considered to
contain lead, and all waste should be considered non-hazardous waste. A separate line
item may be included for disposal of the lead abatement waste that may be classified as
hazardous waste in California.
Stage Building
Sample
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L16
L20
L21
L22
L23
L24
L25
L27
L28
Color
Substrate
Component
Off-white
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Black
Pink
Grey
Beige
Cream
Cream
Cream
Red
Brown
Beige
Brown
Off-white
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Plaster
Metal
Metal
Wood
Plaster
Plaster
Wood
Wood
Wood
Plaster
Concrete
metal/concrete
Wood
Concrete
Concrete
Interior wall
Interior door
Interior door frame
Interior wall
Interior window
Interior conduit
Interior floor
Interior wall
Interior wall
Interior wall panel
Interior door
Interior door frame
Interior wall
Interior wall
Interior window
Interior cabinetry
Interior slab
Interior ceiling
Lead content
(wt%)
0.291
0.849
0.692
0.019
0.578
1.08
0.141
0.113
0.044
0.042
0.768
0.352
0.076
0.016
1.20
0.118
0.239
0.020


Sample
No.
L29
L32
L33
L34
L43
L49
L50
Color
Substrate
Component
Grey
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Black
Beige
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Metal
Metal
Interior prop door

Exterior door
Exterior door frame
Exterior wall paneling
Exterior window
Exterior door hinge
Exterior door opening bar
Color
Substrate
Component
Off-white
Off-white
Off-white
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Concrete
Interior ticket window

Interior door
Interior door frame
Exterior siding
Exterior door
Exterior ticket window sill
Exterior roof deck
Exterior foundation
Color
Substrate
Component
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Light green
Grey
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Wood
Metal
Exterior siding
Exterior door frame
Exterior conduit
Exterior window frame
Interior door
Interior power box
Color
Substrate
Component
Beige
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Metal
Metal
Metal
Concrete
Metal
Metal
Interior toilet stalls

Exterior siding
Exterior door frame
Exterior foundation
Exterior privacy screen
Exterior roof
Color
Substrate
Component
Green
Metal
Interior phone booth insert
Color
Substrate
Component
White
Concrete
L8
Beige
Metal
L9
Red
Metal
Exterior steps/stairs
Exterior walkway light
fixture
Exterior fire sprinkler
system
Lead content
(wt%)
0.040
0.494
0.143
0.378
0.477
0.075
0.040
Box Office Building

Sample
No.
L2
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
Lead content
(wt%)
0.021
0.174
0.091
0.187
0.148
0.123
0.326
0.079

Sample
No.
L3
L4
L7
L8
L11
L12
Lead content
(wt%)
0.040
0.163
0.223
0.051
0.409
0.081
Restroom Building
Sample
No.
L2
L6
L8
L9
L10
L11
Lead content
(wt%)
0.058
0.019
0.013
0.011
0.023
0.047
Telephone Booth
Sample
No.
L6
Lead content
(wt%)
0.102
General Area
Sample
No.
L5
Lead content
(wt%)
0.056
0.248
0.284


A.1.3 Treated Wood Waste - Arsenic and Copper

Contractors performing work in this facility are herein notified that various building
components are to be considered treated with arsenic and copper.
When disposed to land, treated wood waste (TWW) shall be disposed in either a class I
hazardous waste landfill, or in a composite-lined portion of a solid waste landfill unit that
meets all requirements applicable to disposal of municipal solid waste in California after
October 9, 1993, and that is regulated by waste discharge requirements issued pursuant
to division 7 (commencing with 13000) of the Water Code for discharges of designated
waste, as defined in section of 13173 of the water Code, or TWW.
A separate line item may be included for disposal of TWW waste that may be classified
as hazardous waste in California.
Sample
No.
Substrate
B1
Treated wood
B2
B3
Treated wood
Treated wood
B4
Treated wood
B5
Treated wood
B6
Treated wood
B7
B8
Treated wood
Treated wood
B9
Treated wood
B10
Treated wood
B11
Treated wood
B12
Treated wood
B13
Treated wood
B14
Treated wood
Component
Adj. Stage building Drain
hole cover
Telephone booth framing
Stage building trim/fascia
Concession building handrail
posts
Concession building retaining
wall
Concession building
stairs/steps
Stage building stair hand rail
Stage building stairs
Stage building stage hand
rail
Amphitheater seating hand
railing
Stage control bldg. roof
Fascia
Adj. stage control bldg.
Retaining Wall
Adj. stage control bldg. hand
railing
Perimeter of property Fence
posts
Arsenic
content
(mg/kg)
Copper
content
(mg/kg)
BRL
8,400
5,000
130
15,000
8,400
2,500
930
58
3,900
170
3,200
750
1,500
4,800
8,600
2,600
14,000
1,600
8,200
3,900
2,100
BRL
9,200
BRL
10,000
BRL
27,000
A.1.4 Lighting Wastes

1. Contractors performing work in this facility are herein notified that the fluorescent
lighting fixtures and tubes may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and
mercury. Ballasts to be removed that do not have the No PCBs label should be
considered hazardous waste. Not all ballasts were individually checked in survey.
Quantities being removed during renovation activities should be field verified by the
contractor.
A.1.5 Mold
1. Contractors performing work in this facility are herein notified that mold contamination
was noted in several areas, particularly the costume area of the Stage Building. Any
mold impacted materials should be cleaned or removed as necessary. Contents of

effected areas should be cleaned or disposed of.

Sample
SW-1
SW-2
NOTE:
Location
Spore Type / Density
Stage Building, Costume Storage

WB/JC wall
Stage Building, Crawlspace wood
beam
Stachybotrys High
Ulocladium Medium
Ulocladium Low
The Abatement Contractor is responsible for verifying the quantities of

materials identified. See architectural plan for locations of materials to be
removed.
B.
Air Monitoring. The Owners on-site representative may conduct daily work area
monitoring and final air monitoring. Asbestos Clearance criteria shall be determined by
visual inspection and Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM). Samples will be analyzed on a
24 hour laboratory turnaround.
C.
Schedule of Work. Detailed scheduling requirements shall be coordinated with and

approved by the Owner prior to the start of work. Detailed project schedule, including the
sequence and phasing of activities, shall be established in conjunction with all trades
participating in the project.
D.
Contractor's Duties
1.
Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for: Labor, materials, and
equipment tools, construction equipment, and machinery, other facilities and
services necessary for proper execution and completion of work.
2.
Pay legally required sales, consumer, use, payroll, privilege and other taxes.
3.
Secure and pay for, as necessary for proper execution and completion of work,
and as applicable at the time of bids:
Permits
Government Fees
Licenses
4.
Give required notices to local, state, and federal agencies.
5.
Comply with all applicable codes, ordinance, rules, regulations, orders and other
legal requirements of local, state and federal agencies (e.g. City of Carmel-bythe-Sea, Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control District, EPA, Cal/OSHA,
OSHA). Where conflicts occur between these specifications and/or the abovementioned regulations, the more stringent shall govern.
6.
Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. Do not employ on the
project untrained or unqualified persons.
7.
Comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws regarding job
discrimination.
8.
The use of the best available technology, procedures, and methods for
preparation, execution, cleanup, disposal, and safety are absolutely required.
This compliance is the sole responsibility of the Abatement Contractor.

9.
E.
1.2
Assume responsibility for the proper and safe execution of the work.
Coordination: The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all Haz Mat
Work with all Remodel Work.
WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

B.
Replacement of removed materials and systems. Replacement of removed materials

and systems is not part of the Haz Mat Work, but is part of the Remodel Work as indicated
in the Drawings and Specifications prepared by the Belli Architectural Group.
B.
Removal of non-hazardous materials and systems
Non- Asbestos Materials

Stage Building
Material
No.
1
2
3
5
6
7
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Plaster over metal lath

Beige resilient sheet flooring with 1- inch brick
pattern and black/brown mastic
White Formica countertop with beige
adhesive
Throughout downstairs
ND
Downstairs kitchenette
ND
ND
Black/brown carpet with yellow mastic

Black rolled-on material with felt under-layer
over wood deck
Concrete support columns with textured wood
covering
Grey interior window putty
WB/JC without texturing (walls and ceiling)
10
Off-white pipe putty on sprinkler lines
11
Black exterior wall vapor barrier (VB) behind

wood paneling
12
Beige RSF with speckles and yellow mastic
13
White sink caulking
14
Off-white/light gray exterior window putty
15
Exterior concrete
16
Black interior wall VB behind plaster over lath
17
Beige pipe putty on HVAC unit gas lines

Green rolled-on composition roofing core
sample
Red rolled-on composition roofing core
sample
Black roof flashing mastic
Black rolled-on composition roof patch core
sample
White and black roof patch mastic compound
18
20
21
22
23
Downstairs - theater
seating
Downstairs- theater stage,
corridor behind stage
Downstairs theater
stage
Downstairs dress
rooms, windows
throughout
Downstairs ext. entry
costume/ set storage
costume set storage
throughout building.
Exterior (accessed in
upstairs stage prep room)
Upstairs stage prep rest
room
room
Exterior windows
throughout
Exterior walls
throughout
Downstairs front
dressing room
Exterior HVAC closet
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
Roof (prop storage room)
ND
Roof (stage prep room)
ND
ND
ND
ND


Material
No.
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
24
25
26
Black sealant compound on concrete walls

Black under subfloor vapor barrier
Fiberboard under subfloor layer
Crawlspace
Crawlspace
Crawlspace
ND
ND
ND
Location
Asbestos
Content
Interior
ND
Interior
Interior
Interior
Interior
Interior
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND
Exterior (rear side)
ND
Exterior
ND
ND
Exterior
ND
Roof
ND
Concession Stand Building

Material
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Description
White Formica countertop with yellow
mastic
Beige under-sink caulking
Off-white sink caulking (countertop)
Light gray sink undercoating
WB/JC with plaster skim coat
Plaster skim coat over WB/JC
Off-white caulking around exterior concession
window frames (two service windows)
Gray caulking around exterior 1- by 2- inch
panels
Off-white putty on water sprinkler lines
White penetration caulking around conduits
Black and brown exterior wall VB behind
wood siding
Black and brown roof VB under wood shake
Box Office Building

Material
No.
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Gray caulking around light fixture covers
Exterior
ND
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Light gray Formica desk with mastic

Light gray and off-white grout associated with
CMU retainer
Light gray and white caulking along top of
CMU retainer
Beige window caulking
Off-white window frame caulking
Gray penetration mastic around conduits
Black and brown exterior wall VB behind wood
siding
Interior
ND
Interior
ND
Interior
ND
Interior
Exterior
Exterior
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND

Material
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Black VB with black mastic on CMU
10
Black VB with black mastic
12
13
Clear caulking associated with large metal

scaffolding (light tower)
Black rolled-on composition roofing core
sample
Electrical closet (below

panel)
Exterior (over rear CMU
retainer)
ND
BD
Roof (tower footings)
ND
Roof
ND


Restroom Building
Material
No.
Description
White toilet caulking
Concrete retaining wall (behind toilets)
3
4
Beige pipe caulking putty

Off-white pipe caulking/putty
Beige caulking around base of exterior
(where metal meets concrete)
Gray/black asphalt compound adjacent to
walkway into womens RR.
5
6
Location
Mens RR, womens RR,
pipe/plumbing room
Mens RR, womens RR,
pipe/plumbing room
Pipe/plumbing room
Pipe/plumbing room
Asbestos
Content
ND
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND
Exterior (ground)
ND
Location
Asbestos
Content
Interior (around ceiling)
ND
Interior
Interior
ND
ND
Telephone Booth
Material
No.
1
2
3
Description
Black mastic/caulking associated with metal
phone booth insert
Light gray window putty/caulking
Silver paint on metal insert
General Area
Material
No.
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
1
2
3
Stone and mortar retaining wall

Stone and mortar fire pit
Concrete pad underneath metal light tower
Amphitheater seating
ND
ND
ND
Non-Lead
Stage Building
Sample
No.
L5
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L17
L18
L19
L26
L30
L31
L35
L36
L37
L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L44
L45
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
Beige
Light purple
Beige
Black
Black
Purple
Beige
White
Off-white
Off-white
Blue
Off-white
Brown
Brown
Black
Blue
Green
Black
Brown
Brown
Brown
Black
Concrete
Plaster
Wood
Wood
Concrete/wood
Concrete
Metal
Wood
Concrete with texturing
Wood
wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Interior floor/slab
Interior wall
Interior shelf
Interior door
Interior wall
Interior wall
Interior door frame
Interior cabinetry
Interior ceiling
Interior shelves
Interior door
Interior wall paneling
Exterior roof flashing
Exterior stage privacy wall
Exterior stage
Exterior stage
Exterior stage access ramp
Exterior light towers
Exterior siding
Exterior wall
Exterior front deck handrail
Interior wall panel
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL


Sample
No.
L46
L47
L48
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
Sea-foam green
Multi-colored
Sea-foam green
Plaster
Concrete
Wood
Interior wall
Interior floor/slab
Exterior bench seat
BRL
BRL
BRL
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
Off-white
Black
Off-white
Off-white
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Off-white
Beige
Beige
Beige
WB/JC
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Metal
Metal
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Interior wall
Interior floor
Interior door frame
Interior door
Exterior siding
Exterior door
Exterior hand rail
Exterior conduit
Exterior door frame
Exterior power box
Exterior posting board
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
Off-white
Off-white
Wood
Wood

Interior shelf
BRL
BRL
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Concrete
Metal
Metal
Metal
Interior table
Interior door
Exterior trim
Exterior flashing
Interior floor
Interior fuse box
Interior power box
Interior power box
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Interior walls
Interior door
Interior slab/foundation
Interior door frame
Exterior door
Interior toilet sewage drain
wrap/collar
Interior slab
Concession Stand building

Sample
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
L12
L13
Box Office Building

Sample
No.
L1
L3
Stage control Building

Sample
Color
No.
L1
L2
L5
L6
L9
L10
L13
L14
Blue
Beige
Beige
Beige
Grey
Light blue
Light grey
Black
Restroom Building
Sample
Color
No.
L1
L3
L4
L5
L7
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Light brown
Metal
Metal
Concrete
Concrete
Metal
L12
Black
Metal
L13
Brown
Concrete
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL


Telephone Booth
Sample
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Silver
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal

Exterior door frame
Exterior siding
Exterior roof framing/deck
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
Gray
Black
Brown
Red
Natural stain
Light gray
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Wood
Metal
Exterior handrail
Exterior light tower/scaffolding
Exterior trashcan top
Exterior trashcan ring
Exterior seats
Exterior lamp post
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
General Area
Sample
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L6
L7
1.3
DEMOLITION MATERIALS (RECYLING)

a. Demolition Materials Categories. All demolished materials/equipment shall be separated
by the Contractor into three (3) categories: (i) concrete and concrete type materials; (ii)
steel and other metals; and (ii) general trash.
b. Recycling of Demolition Materials. The Contractor and any Subcontractors engaged in
any portion of demolition work shall: (i) recycle concrete/concrete type and steel/metal
materials; and (ii) maintain recycling records/submit recycling reports as set forth herein.
All concrete/concrete type and steel/metal demolition materials shall be recycled at
appropriate recycling centers and/or locations. Each Subcontractor engaged in any
portion of the demolition work shall submit a written report to the Contractor upon
completion of its demolition activities at the Site. Each report shall include: (i) the name
of the Contractor/Subcontractor; (ii) address/telephone of the Contractor/Subcontractor;
(iii) date(s) of demolition materials removed; (iv) estimated weight of demolition materials
removed from the Site; (v) type(s) of demolition materials removed from the Site; and (vi)
the disposal location. The Contractor shall compile the foregoing reports prepared by its
Subcontractor and submit to the District, Architect and Project Manager a comprehensive
report of demolition materials types, removal and disposition prior to Final Payment. The
Contractors obligations under the preceding sentence are material and the Contractors
submission of the comprehensive report summarizing the reports of its Subcontractors
activities relating to demolition materials and the removal, disposal or recycling thereof is
an express condition precedent to the Districts obligation to disburse the Final Payment
and the Contractors right to receive the Final Payment.
1.4
EXISTING CONDITIONS
3
A.
Existing conditions are reflected correctly to the best of M s and the Owners knowledge.
Should minor conditions be encountered which are not exactly as indicated, modification
to new work shall be made as required at no additional expense to the building owner.
B.
Results of tests of hazardous materials are included in these contract documents. The
Abatement Contractor is cautioned that, should interpretations be made, opinions be
formed, and conclusions be drawn as a result of examining the test results, those
interpretations, opinions, and conclusions will be those made, formed, and drawn solely
by the Abatement Contractor.

C.
1.5
PHASING
A.
1.6
1.8
The Owner will relinquish to the Abatement Contractor the abatement areas for the
duration of the project.
STORAGE
A.
1.7
The Abatement Contractor is advised that the locations of all hazardous materials may
not be clearly known and that he shall proceed with caution in all phases of the work.
ACM may be uncovered during the course of the work and the Abatement Contractor
may be directed by the Owner to include this material in the work at an agreed upon
price.
Limited storage space may be provided by the Owner.
BUILDING OCCUPANCY AND ACCESS RESTRICTIONS

A.
The building will not be occupied for the duration of the project.
B.
The Abatement Contractors employees will be confined to the work area in which work is
being performed for the duration of their shift. Sufficient space for the taking of breaks
and lunch will be designated by the Owner. No smoking will be permitted on the
premises (Building or Grounds).
WORKING DAYS AND HOURS

A.
Schedule
The Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule that for all of the Work, including the
Work indicated in the architectural drawings and specifications as well as the Work
indicated in these Haz Mat Specifications, which indicate the required dates for
completing hazardous materials abatement activities. The Abatement Contractor shall be
responsible for compliance with the schedule. The Contractor shall be liable to the Owner
for delays or other impacts of the failure of the Abatement Contractor to comply with the
construction schedule.
1.9
PARKING
A.
1.10
BUILDING SECURITY
A.
1.11
Limited parking will be available on the property.
Maintain personnel on the site at all times when any portion of the work area(s), is open or
not properly secured including at hazardous waste transport vehicle. Secure work areas
completely at the end of each working day. The Contractor is responsible for security at
the Site at all times during the Work; no adjustment of the Contract Time or Contract Price
will be allowed for lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed materials, tools, equipment and
related items.
SEGREGATION OF WORK AREAS

A.
Segregate work areas where work under these Haz Mat Specifications is being performed
from the surrounding occupied or unoccupied areas.


1.12
OBSERVATIONS
A.
1.13
SIGN-IN/OUT LOG
A.
1.14
Electrical power and water to the building will not be disabled. The Abatement Contractor
will have access to power and water during abatement activities.
SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
A.
1.16
All of the Abatement Contractors personnel and project site visitors shall sign-in/out on a
daily basis for the duration of this portion of the project.
UTILITIES
A.
1.15
An air monitoring and observation service may observe the status and progress of the
work for completeness and general compliance with the requirements of the contract
documents. See Abatement Observation Service Section for further information.
Consider all asbestos and lead materials and contaminated items demolished or
removed in the execution of the work unsalvageable unless specifically noted otherwise
in these specifications.
WORK BY OTHERS
A.
Coordinate and schedule the work of these specifications in a manner that will expedite
the transition to future work by others under this contract.
B.
Work by others includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1.
1.17
HVAC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

A.
1.18
Building renovation.
HVAC and electrical systems may not have been disabled at the site. Shut down
execution or improper execution by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility to protect his employees, employees of Subcontractors, the public and
others performing services on the project from injury or electrical hazards. The Contractor
shall be responsible for performing testing, inspecting and the taking of other precautions
to insure the safety persons and property in and about the Site.
ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE

A.
B.
The Contractor shall coordinate use of the Site by the Abatement Contractor and other
contractors engaged in the Work. Abatement Contractor shall agree to abide by the
Owners determination as to concurrent use or priority of access and to perform its work
in compliance with the Owners resolution at no additional cost to the Owner.
USE OF THE SITE: Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the
Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be
disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in
project construction.
1.
Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available
to the Owner and its employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking
or storage of materials.

C.
D.
1.19
Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine

stockpiling of materials and location of storage sheds to areas acceptable to the
Owner. If additional storage is necessary, obtain and pay for such storage offsite.
3.
Do not load structure with weight that will endanger structure.
4.
Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products stored on

premises.
5.
Move any stored products that interfere with operations of the Owner or other
Abatement Contractors.
6.
Take all cautions necessary to ensure there is no hazardous materials

contamination to those areas not included in work schedule. Should areas
outside the work area become contaminated with hazardous material containing
materials, the Abatement Contractor shall immediately inform the Owners
Representative and proceed to clean the areas as directed by the Owners
Representative utilizing the wet cleaning and High Efficiency Particulate Air
(HEPA) vacuum methods specified herein.
ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE EXISTING BUILDING: Maintain the

existing building in a safe condition throughout the construction period. Take all
precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction
period.
1.
Keep public areas such as hallways, stairs, and toilet rooms free from
accumulation of waste material, rubbish or construction debris.
2.
Smoking will not be permitted within the project area or any other location within
the building.
SECURITY: Comply with standard the Owner security requirements. All Abatement
Contractor's personnel must wear or maintain required identification when on site.
OWNER OCCUPANCY:
A.
1.20
2.
PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY: the Owner reserves the right to place and install
equipment as necessary in areas of the building in which all abatement and project
decontamination procedures have been completed, and to occupy such completed areas
prior to substantial completion, provided that such occupancy does not substantially
interfere with completion of the work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy
shall not constitute acceptance of the work.
APPLICABILITY OF ALL SECTIONS OF SPECIFICATIONS:

A.
All sections of the project manual are interdependent and applicable to the Project as a
whole.


1.21
DIVISION OF SPECIFICATIONS:
A.
1.22
EXAMINATION OF THE SITE AND VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS:

A.
1.23
Abatement Contractor shall examine the site and become acquainted with the conditions
under which the work is to be carried out. Upon submitting Abatement Contractor's bid,
Abatement Contractor shall be held to have made such examination, and no allowance
for extras will be allowed for any error or oversight resulting from Abatement Contractor's
unfamiliarity with the site or existing conditions. Abatement Contractor shall obtain
accurate field dimensions of all related areas, spaces, openings, levels, and items of
adjacent work and, before commencing work, report to the Owner and/or owners
representative in writing all discrepancies between the Contract Documents and the
actual field conditions.
OWNER RULES
A.
1.24
The specifications are divided for convenience into sections as set forth in the Contents.
The actual limitation of work in the various trades and/or sections of the specifications are
the responsibility of the Abatement Contractor.
The Abatement Contractor shall abide by all facility security rules and regulations.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Haz Mat Work. The term Haz Mat Work refers to all of the work and other requirements
set forth in these Haz Mat Specifications.
B.
Remodel Work. The term Remodel Work refers to all of the work and other
requirements set forth in the architectural drawings and specifications for the renovation.
C.
Work or Project. References to the Work or the Project shall mean the Haz Mat Work
and the Remodel Work.
D.
Contractor. The term Contractor refers to the Contractor awarded the Contract by the
Owner for the Project.
E.
Abatement Contractor. The term Abatement Contractor is used for convenience of
reference to the contractor(s) duly licensed, certified and qualified to complete the Haz
Mat Work. Notwithstanding description herein of any Haz Mat Work to be completed by
the Abatement Contractor, all Haz Mat Work is the responsibility of the Contractor.
F.
Owner. The term Owner refers to the City of Carmel
G.
Owners Representative and/or Observation Service. refers to the Districts hazardous
3
materials abatement consultant/observation service M Environmental Consulting, LLC.
END OF SECTION


SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
Work included: Make submittals required by these specifications and revise and
resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the specified requirements. Submit
documents listed in this section item 2.4 "Submittals and Notifications".
B.
Related Work:
1.
C.
Work not included:

1
1.2
Individual requirements for submittals also may be described in pertinent

sections of these Haz Mat Specifications.
The Contractor may require the Abatement Contractor to provide drawings,

setting diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the work, but such
data shall remain between the Abatement Contractor and the Contractor.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Contractor Coordination of submittals:

1.
Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item
being submitted.
2.
Verify that each item and the submittal for it conform in all respects with the
specified requirements.
3.
By affixing the Contractors signature to each submittal, certify that this

coordination has been performed.
NOTE: Some materials or equipment specified cannot be substituted. These materials or

equipment will be followed by the statement "no substitution will be considered." The Owner shall
have final determination on approval or rejection of substitutions.
2.
The following products do not require further approval except for interface with
the work:
a.
3.
C.
Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM

and similar standards.
Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has

been specifically approved in writing for this work by the Owner.
"Or equal":
1.
Where the phrase "or equal," or "or equal as approved by the Owner occurs in
these specifications, do not assume that the materials, equipment, or methods
will be approved as "equal" unless the item has been specifically so approved for
this work.

Submittals and Substitutions 1 of 7

2.
1.3
Decisions of the Owner shall be final.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Make submittals of shop drawings, samples, substitution requests, and other items under
the provisions of these specifications.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
2.1
2.2
IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS
A.
When material is re-submitted for any reason, send under a new letter of transmittal.
B.
Accompany submittal package with a letter of transmittal on Contractors letterhead

showing all information required for identification and checking. Submittal packages must
be sent to the Project Architect for initial review and further dissemination.
C.
Maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the work, showing current status of
3
all submittals at all times. Make the log available to the Owner and M for review upon
request.
GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS
A.
2.3
2.4
Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to
insure that information is available for checking each item when it is received.
1.
Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with the provisions of the
contract.
2.
The Contractor is liable for delays resulting from rejected submittals.
TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
A.
Make submittals far enough before scheduled dates or abatement to provide time for
reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and re-submittals, and
for placing orders and securing delivery.
B.
In scheduling, allow at least 10 working days prior to the prestart meeting for review
of the submittals.
SUBMITTALS AND NOTIFICATIONS
No work will be allowed to start until these documents have been submitted to reviewed and approved in
writing by the Observation Service.
A.
Personnel Training: Abatement Contractor shall submit for review (1) declaration
certifying that all Abatement Contractors employees have been adequately trained, and
(2) a photocopy of training certificates for each employee from their respective training
agency or organization. When certified or other formal worker training is required by
state or local agencies, Abatement Contractor may submit a photocopy of the employees
asbestos worker certification card in lieu of training certificates. Distinguish between fulltime personnel and pick up labor.


B.
Respirators: Submit for review manufacturers certification that the respirators to be

used in this project comply with government agency requirements.
Abatement
Contractors certifications for each employee must clearly state that each employee has
been fit tested and properly trained in the use of respirators.
C.
Medical Examinations: Submit proof that all persons who will be entering contaminated
areas have current (less than one year prior to the date of their participation on the
project) medical examinations in accordance with the Cal/OSHA asbestos standard.
Furnish physicians interpretation of said examinations to the observation service.
D.
Product Submittals and Substitutions: Comply with pertinent provisions of Section

Submittals and Substitutions.
E.
Abatement Product Data: Within five days after the Abatement Contractor has received
Owner notice of award, submit manufacturers catalogue, samples, safety data sheets
(SDS), and other items needed to demonstrate fully the quality of the proposed
abatement materials. Under no circumstances shall proposed materials be used before
written approval from the Owner or the observation service. Submittals are required if the
following materials are proposed (not necessarily a complete list.) Do not submit data on
products not proposed for the Haz Mat Work:
1.
Encapsulant
2.
Surfactant
3.
Polyethylene Sheeting
4.
Lagging adhesive
5.
Glovebags
6.
Solvents
7.
Mastic Removers
8.
Spray Glue
F.
Permits: Submit for review proof satisfactory to Owner and the observation service that
all required permits have been obtained. If no permits are required, submit notarized
letter stating such.
G.
Waste Transportation: Submit for review the method of transport of hazardous waste,
including the name, address, EPA ID number, and telephone number of the
transporter(s). Include a copy of the hazardous waste hauler registration with the
California Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC).
H.
Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility: Submit for approval the name, address, EPA ID
number, and telephone number of the hazardous waste disposal facility(s) to be used.
Include copy of letter of approval from the California Regional Water Quality Control
Board for the disposal facility for asbestos.
I.
Haz Mat Work Plan: Submit for approval a detailed plan of the work procedures to be
used in the removal, repair, clean-up or encapsulation of ACM and LCP.


For items to be included in the work plan for lead removal work, refer to section 2080
Lead Containing Paint Removal sub section E Pre-construction submittal. The plan
must be approved in writing by the observation service before the start of any work.
Such a plan shall include:
1.
Project Work Area Drawings: Show on Abatement Contractor-developed drawings

or sketch (not to scale) any changes to the (proposal submitted) floor plans and
drawings, delineating the containment areas (individually numbered), the pressure
differential system including the locations and quantity of negative air pressure
equipment, the location of all fire extinguishers, view ports, decontamination
chambers, entrances, and emergency exits, from the work areas. Show the
location and construction of storage facilities and field office and security provisions
in and around the premises.
2.
Layout and construction details of decontamination enclosure systems. Include a

sketch. Methods of providing hot and cold running water for showers in the work
decontamination enclosure system.
3.
Project schedule including important milestones (onsite mobilization, work area

preparation, asbestos-containing material removal, ACM waste bag out, detail
cleaning/surface decontamination, final clearance evaluation, completion date,
etc.) critical paths and interface of trades involved in the Work.
4.
Manpower estimate by work shift.
5.
Schedule for waste removal.
6.
Requirements for material handling and or installation of large equipment (e.g.

elevator access).
7.
Procedures for isolating the ventilation system.
8.
Proposed method of sealing openings to the inside of column casings, wall

spaces, or other openings.
9.
Quantity, type, and locations of HEPA filter equipped exhaust ventilation units
and means of continually measuring and recording differential static pressure
between the inside and outside of the containment. Include negative air
equipment calculations.
10.
REQUIRED: Current dioctyl phthalate (DOP) or other aerosol challenge test

certificates for HEPA filter-equipped negative pressure exhaust ventilation units
and vacuum cleaners. Equipment must be clean when brought to the site. The
observation will inspect equipment for cleanliness and may reject if visible debris
or damage is noted.
11.
Asbestos removal methods and procedures.
12.
Procedures for decontamination of personnel, work areas, and equipment.
13.
Procedures for final decontamination of work area and cleanup.
14.
Procedures for handling waste disposal, and location of proposed disposal site.
15.
Personal air monitoring procedures.


J.
16.
Names of superintendent, foremen, project manager and other key personnel,

and their day time and emergency telephone numbers.
17.
Security Plan including sketches necessary to clearly describe the plan.
18.
A contingency plan, in the event of a major contamination incident caused by fire

(on or off the floor being abated), a large breach in the work area containment
barrier, the opening of stairwell doors, breakage of the buildings exterior windows
or sabotage. Such a plan will focus on how to maintain safety and order when
the building is fully occupied by office employees and other building users.
Abatement Contractors Site Specific Health and Safety Plan: Submit for approval a
detailed plan addressing health and safety elements of project work, including but not
limited to:
1.
General health and safety.
2.
Worker training related to health and safety issues.
3.
Personnel protective measures, including respiratory protective equipment,

protective clothing, head, eye, hand, foot protection, and fall protection.
4.
Procedures for working around wall spaces and other ceiling openings.
5.
Procedures for demarcating and guarding wall space and other ceiling openings.
6.
Procedures for lockout/tagout of electrical and mechanical systems.
7.
Electrical safety issues.
8.
Air monitoring strategy to evaluate Abatement Contractors employees personal

exposures to asbestos and , as applicable ,and any other chemical materials that
are used.
9.
Fire prevention and protection plan.
10.
Procedures for dealing with heat stress.
11.
Emergency procedures (including, but not ,limited to medical, fire, toxic

atmospheres, electrical hazards, evacuation, cleanup of unintended release,
power outages).
12.
Firewatch Plan including any sketches necessary to clearly describe the plan.
13.
Schedule for regular meeting to discuss safety/health issues.
K.
Equipment Certification:
Submittals to include manufacturers certification that
vacuums, negative air pressure equipment filters, and other local exhaust ventilation
equipment conform to ANSI Z9.2-1979.
L.
Rental Equipment: When rental equipment is to be used in removal areas or to

transport waste materials, a copy of the written notification provided to the rental
company informing them of the nature of use of the rented equipment shall be signed by
the rental company and submitted to the observation service.


M.
Notifications: The Contractor and Abatement Contractor shall be fully responsible for
notifications of federal state, and local authorities, and for obtaining necessary permits in
accordance with applicable regulations including, but not limited to the following:
Notifying the Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control District in writing at least 10
working days prior to commencement of asbestos related activities.
Notifying the nearest Cal/OSHA office at least 24 hours prior to any asbestos related
work.
Notifying the local fire department (courtesy notice)
Obtaining any city permits required for asbestos abatement or construction activities
All notifications shall contain as a minimum the following information:

1.
Name, address and telephone number of the Owner including the contact
person.
2.
Name, address, EPA numbers, license number and telephone number of the
Abatement Contractor including the contact person.
3.
Name, address and description of the building, including size, age, and prior use
of building.
4.
The type and quantity of friable asbestos material involved and the description of
the work.
5.
Scheduled starting and completion dates.
6.
Procedures that shall be employed to comply with the regulations.
7.
The name, address, EPA number and telephone number of the transporter.
8.
The name and address of the hazardous waste disposal facility where the
asbestos waste shall be deposited.
9.
The name and address of the Contractor.
Copies of all government agency correspondence and proof of delivery shall be delivered
to the observation service. No work shall commence until verification of required
notifications is made by the observation service.
N.
Licenses:
Asbestos
Provide proof of State of California Contractors State License Board license (Asbestos C22) and proof of Certificate of Registration for Asbestos-Related work with the Division of
Occupational Safety and Health (DOSH) in accordance with Labor Code, Section 6501.8.
Lead
The abatement supervisor shall be a California Department of Public Health (CDPH)
certified lead related construction supervisor. All workers and supervisors performing
deleading activities shall have successfully completed CDPH training. Copies of all


notifications, permits, applications, licenses and like documents required by Federal,

State, or local regulations
2.5
O.
Certifications:
Encapsulant manufacturers certification (when required) that the
Abatement Contractor is an approved applicator of the encapsulants to be used on this
project.
P.
Scaffolding: Submit to the observation service prior to abatement work, certification

from a licensed civil or structural engineer that the scaffolding design and installation is
safe and adequate for the purpose for which it will be used. Submit a copy of the
scaffolding permit when required by local regulatory agencies.
Q.
First-Aid Supplies: Provide a list, in the form of a checklist, of the contents of the first-aid
kit.
R.
Fire Extinguishers: Provide product data, and submit a schedule indicating the locations of
the extinguishers at the job site.
S.
Manometer: Shall have a built-in alarm and continuous hard copy readout.
REVIEW BY OWNER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE

A.
Review by the Owner and the Owners representatives does not relieve the Contractor or
Abatement Contractor from responsibility for errors that may exist in the submitted data.
B.
Revisions:
C.
1.
Make revisions required by the Owner or Owners Representative.
2.
If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, he shall so

notify the Owner and the Owners Representative in writing.
3.
Make only those revisions directed or approved by the Owner or the Owners
Representative.
Reimbursement of the Owner or the Owners Representatives costs:

1.
In the event substitutions are proposed to the Owner and the Owners
representative after the contract has been awarded, the Owner and the Owners
representative will record all time used by him and by his consultants in
evaluation of each such proposed substitution.
2.
Whether the Owner or the Owners representative approves or disapproves a

proposed substitution, the Abatement Contractor, promptly upon receipt of billing
from the Owner or the Owners representative, shall reimburse the Owner the
normal billing rate of the Owner and the Owners representative, or the Owner is
authorized to withhold funds from the contract sum for all time spent by the
aforesaid in evaluating the proposed substitution.
END OF SECTION


ABATEMENT OBSERVATION SERVICES

The following are not contractual requirements, but are submitted for the information of the Contractor
and Abatement Contractor. The Owner will contract with a hazardous materials abatement monitoring
and observation service to provide services described herein. The Owner reserves the right to make
modifications in such observation services.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
DESCRIPTION
A.
The Owner will contract with an independent abatement observation service, as specified
herein.
B.
The observation service Project Manager shall be a California Department of

Occupational Safety and Health (DOSH) Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC) and
California Department of Public Health (CDPH) lead consultant. The on-site technician
shall be at a minimum a DOSH site surveillance technician (CSST) and CDPH lead
sampling technician.
SUBMITTALS
A.
B.
The observation service shall secure the Owners advance approval of date and time for
the pre-project meeting and safety conference.
1.
Notify the Owner, Contractor, building personnel, the Abatement Contractor, and
other interested parties, and secure their agreement to attend.
2.
The safety conference shall include discussions of the Contractor and Abatement
Contractor safety programs and such means, methods, devices, processes,
practices, conditions or operations as the Contractor and Abatement Contractor
intend to use in providing a safe place of employment.
3.
The safety conference shall include representatives of the Owner, Contractor and
the Abatement Contractor.
Records:
1.
The observation service shall maintain a complete and legible file, in

chronological order, containing a copy of each of the following: meeting minutes,
field report, submittal, hazardous waste manifest, air, bulk and core sample
monitoring results, governing agency notification and correspondence, employee
and visitor attendance log and other communications received relative to the
work of this section.
2.
Upon completion of the Haz Mat Work, deliver one copy of the job book to the
Owner. The job book shall include all records herein before specified, project
specifications, contracts, certificate of workers release, employee medical
reports, Abatement Contractors work procedures, employee training certification,
product and equipment data and all other documents, correspondence, and
information relative to the project.
3.
At the conclusion of this contract, submit the Project Record Documents to the
Owner.

Abatement Observation Services 1 of 5

PART 2 - EXECUTION
2.1
2.2
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate, as necessary, with other trades to insure proper and adequate provision in
the work of those trades for interface with Haz Mat Work.
B.
Coordinate, as necessary, with the Owner and the Abatement Contractor to assure
proper execution of these specifications.
PRE-PROJECT MEETING AND SAFETY CONFERENCE

A.
2.3
Conduct a Pre-Project Meeting and Safety Conference at the job site and:
1.
Except as otherwise directed by the Owner, the Owners representative will

conduct the meeting, will take minutes of the meeting, and will record all
agreements reached as a result of the job walk and meeting.
2.
Visually inspect all rooms, areas, and cavities where abatement work is
scheduled. Determine general acceptability of the work areas by the Abatement
Contractor, and determine areas requiring further pre-project preparation by the
Owner. Inspections that create hazards for the safety conference participants or
facility occupants are prohibited.
3.
Discuss the proposed schedule for the asbestos abatement work, as well as the
appropriate work days and work hours.
4.
Discuss proposed engineering controls, including methods for establishing

contained work areas and decontamination enclosure systems, and the
equipment to be used.
5.
Discuss proposed work procedures, including removal and cleaning methods and
personnel to be used.
6.
Discuss potential problems arising from use of engineering controls, methods

and procedures that are not in conformance with the specifications.
7.
Discuss observation methods to be used, and reports to be issued by the

observation service.
8.
Discuss air testing procedures and standards for clearance testing.
9.
Discuss responsibilities of observation service.
10.
Discuss the Abatement Contractors safety program for the Haz Mat Work,
including emergency procedures, to insure a safe place of employment.
11.
Discuss the Contractors security program.
OBSERVATION DURING ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES

A.
Verify that abatement materials delivered to the job site, are those approved or specified
for use on this work and that all equipment arriving on site is clean and is not
contaminated from a previous job site. Any equipment arriving on site that is deemed by
the on-site technician to be dirty or unsafe must be cleaned off site or removed.


The Abatement Contractor will provide the on-site technician with the proper
documentation (in the form of pre-submittal book solely for use by the on-site technician),
pertaining to the workers certification, job notifications (Fed/OSHA, Cal/OSHA,
MBUAPCD), safety data sheets, etc. Aerosol challenge testing of all negative air
machines and HEPA vacuums will be performed on site before the commencement of
abatement by the Abatement Contractor at his cost. The equipment that was tested and
passed will remain on site for all phases of the Haz Mat Work and the proper
documentation will be submitted to the on-site technician.
B.
C.
Visually observe progress of work, including but not necessarily limited to the following:
1.
Verify contained work areas and decontamination enclosure system design and
installation.
2.
Verify that abatement engineering controls; methods and procedures specified by

the specifications are being followed.
3.
Call the attention of the Contractor and Abatement Contractors representative on

the job to unacceptable engineering controls, methods and procedures or
unacceptable results.
4.
Report to the Owner and Contractor if the Abatement Contractor fails to correct
unacceptable methods and procedures or unacceptable results.
5.
Conduct air monitoring and collect bulk samples in accordance with other
sections of the Haz Mat Specifications.
6.
Conduct periodic reviews of isolation and containment barriers to determine if

they are in compliance with the requirements of the Haz Mat Specifications.
Perform air monitoring throughout the Site to insure that the Haz Mat Work is done in
conformance with the asbestos fiber concentration limits specified herein.
1.
D.
E.
Conduct area monitoring inside and outside of the contained work areas
determined to be appropriate. Provide area monitoring at least once every work
shift for the duration of the abatement. Monitoring shall be conducted inside the
work areas and at critical locations adjacent to the work area, including negative
air pressure equipment exhausts. At the discretion of the observation service,
more frequent area monitoring may be provided.
Make Pre-final and Final Reviews of the Project.

1.
Compile a punch list during the pre-final review of unacceptable results to be

corrected.
2.
Deliver a copy of the punch list to the Contractor and Abatement Contractor, and
to others as appropriate.
3.
Verify proper resolution or mitigation of all items on the punch list during the final
review(s).
Conduct clearance asbestos air monitoring as defined in these Haz Mat Specifications.


2.4
STOPPING THE WORK

A.
2.5
2.6
If, at any time, the Owner, the Owners Representative, or the observation service
decides that work practices are violating pertinent regulations or, in its opinion,
endangering building users, workers, the Owners employees, or the public, it will
immediately notify the Contractor (followed up in writing) that operations shall cease until
corrective action is taken by the Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor. The
Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor shall take such corrective action before
proceeding with the Haz Mat Work. Loss or damage due to stop work order(s) shall be
the Contractors responsibility.
1.
A stop work order, issued by the Owner, the Owners Representative, or the
observation service, shall be effective immediately if area air monitoring results
inside or outside the work area exceed the airborne concentration limits specified
herein as the "Maximum Acceptable Level." Haz Mat Work will stop until the
Abatement Contractors work practices are amended to the satisfaction of the
Owner, the Owners Representative, or the observation service. Standby time
required to resolve the violation shall be at the Contractors expense.
2.
A stop work order shall be effective immediately if the Haz Mat Work is found to
be in violation of these Haz Mat Specifications. Work will stop until the violation
is resolved. Standby time required to resolve the violation shall be at the
REPORTS
A.
Make daily written reports of observation activities for the Owners use.
B.
Initiate or issue notices to proceed, stop work order notices, and other formal notices to
the Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor and the Owner.
C.
Upon completion of the Haz Mat Work compile a job book covering activities performed
under this Section, and deliver one copy to the Owner.
LIMITS OF RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
B.
During progress of the Haz Mat Work, the observation service is required to:
1.
Make visual observations and compile reports described in this Section.
2.
Advise the Contractors representative on the job as to unacceptable methods

and procedures and unacceptable results when so observed.
In connection with the Haz Mat Work, "unacceptable methods and procedures, and
unacceptable results" mean methods and results other than:
1.
Those recommended by the manufacturer of approved products and materials.
2.
Those required by pertinent regulations of governmental agencies having

jurisdiction.
3.
Those required by these Haz Mat Specifications.
NOTE: When conflicts occur among the above standards, the most stringent shall apply.


C.
D.
The observation service is not empowered to:

1.
Act for, or in lieu of, representatives of the governmental regulatory agencies

having jurisdiction.
2.
Give directions to the Contractor or Abatement Contractor, the Abatement

Contractors consultant, sub-subcontractors of the Abatement Contractor, or
workers on the job beyond the authority of stated in these Haz Mat
Specifications.
Failure of the Owner, the Owners Representative, or the observation service to notice
unacceptable methods, materials and procedures or unacceptable results during
progress of the work will not absolve the Contractor or Abatement Contractor from the
responsibility to complete the Haz Mat Work in accordance with the specified
requirements and the agreed methods.
END OF SECTION


PRODUCT HANDLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
Work included: Protect products scheduled for use in the work by means including, but
not necessarily limited to, those described in this Section.
B.
Related Work:
1.
1.2
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.3
Include within the Contractors quality assurance program such procedures as are
required to insure full protection of work and materials for the Haz Mat Work.
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS
A.
1.4
Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these

specifications.
Except as otherwise approved by the Owner, the Owners Representative, or the

observation service, determine and comply with manufacturers recommendations on
product handling, storage, and protection.
PACKAGING
A.
B.
Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturers original container, with labels intact
and legible.
1.
Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of
use.
2.
Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and
promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
The Owner, the Owners Representative, or the observation service may reject as
noncomplying such material and products that do not bear satisfactory identification as to
manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information.
END OF SECTION

Product Handling 1 of 1


PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
Work Included:
1.
1.2
Throughout the progress of the Haz Mat Work, the Abatement Contractor will
notify the observation service in writing of all hazardous materials specified to be
removed under this contract which, when verified to meet one of two categories
described below, will not be removed from the work area. This will be done so
that the "Project Record Documents" can be annotated to provide factual
information regarding all aspects of the work and to enable future modifications
of the building to proceed with a reduced risk of exposure to unknown deposits of
ACM and LCP. Materials that shall be identified in the project record documents
include:
a.
Hazardous Materials that cannot be removed without causing damage to

structural (load bearing) members of the building. This does not include
situations in which the specifications specifically authorize the
destruction of structural members to access hazardous materials.
b.
Hazardous Materials discovered in the work area during the course of

the project which were not part of the scope of work and have not been
added to the scope of work by the Owner.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The supervisor or foreman of each crew will be instructed to report any known or
suspected ACM that cannot be removed to the observation service within 24 hours of
encountering the material. Once it has been determined that the materials shall not be
removed, the Abatement Contractor shall legibly annotate the description and quantities
of the material on a separate set of construction plans. The plans are to be submitted to
the observation service at the conclusion of the abatement phase of this contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.1
FINAL REVIEW
A.
The crew foremen and supervisors shall conduct a review of the annotated project record
documents with the observation service to insure that all ACM, which will remain at the
site, have been noted. The review may take place during the pre-final review, but before
any enclosure work, which would prohibit verification of the material.
B.
The Abatement Contractor shall sign an affidavit stating that the project record
documents are correct to the best of his knowledge.
END OF SECTION

Project Record Documents 1 of 1

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A.
Work included: Abatement Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, services, permits,
insurance (specifically covering the handling and transportation of Hazardous Material and
equipment which is specified, shown, or reasonably implied for asbestos abatement
activities).
B.
Related Work: None.
C.
Applicable Publications:
The publications listed below form a part of these
Specifications to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
1.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Publications:

29 CFR 1910.1001
Asbestos
29 CFR 1910.1200
Hazard Communication
29 CFR 1910.20
Access to Employee Exposure and Medical

Records
29 CFR 1910.132
General Requirements - Personal Protective

Equipment
29 CFR 1910.133
Eye and Face Protection
29 CFR 1910.134
Respiratory Protection
29 CFR 1910.145
Specifications for Accident Prevention, Signs

and Tags
2.
29 CFR 1926.1101
Asbestos
40 CFR 61, Subpart A
General Conditions
40 CFR 61, Subpart M
National Emission Standards for Asbestos
40 CFR 61.152
Standard for Waste Disposal for

Manufacturing, Demolition, Renovation,
Spraying and Fabrication Operations
40 CFR Part 763
Asbestos Containing Materials Schools; Final

Rule and Notice
American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Publications:

Z9.2-1979
Fundamentals Governing The Design and

Operation of Local Exhaust Systems
Z88.2-1992
Practices for Respiratory Protection

Asbestos Abatement 1 of 22

3.
4.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

70-1984
National Electric Code
10-1984
Fire Extinguishers
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):

Publication No.
560/5-85-024
5.
6.
Guidance for Controlling AsbestosContaining Materials in Buildings, June, 1985
American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Publications:

E 849-82
Safety and Health Requirements Relating to

Occupational Exposures to Asbestos
P-189
Specifications for Encapsulants for Friable

Asbestos-Containing Materials
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Publications:

Manual of Analytical Methods, 2nd Ed., Vol. 1.
Physical and Chemical Analysis Method (P&CAM):
Method 7400
7.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:

586-77
(R1982)
8.
Section 341.6 -341.14
1.2
Test Performance of High Efficiency,

Particulate, Air Filter Units
Title 8 California Code of Regulations :

Section 5208
Section 5144
Section 1529
9.
Fibers (N1, 3rd Ed., Vol. 1.)
General Industry Safety Orders

Respirator Regulations
Construction Industry Safety Orders,
Asbestos Standard
Registration for Asbestos Related Work
Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control District Rule 424
DEFINITIONS
Abatement: Procedures to control fiber release from asbestos-containing building
materials. Includes removal, encapsulation, and enclosure.
AHERA: - Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act.
.
Air Lock: A system for permitting ingress and egress with minimum air movement
between a contaminated area and an uncontaminated area.
Air Monitoring: The process of measuring the fiber content of a specific volume of air in
a stated period of time.


Air Sampling Professional: The professional contracted or employed to supervise air

monitoring and analysis schemes. This individual is also responsible for recognition of
technical deficiencies in worker protection equipment and procedures during both
planning and on-site phases of an abatement project.
Amended Water: Water to which a surfactant has been added.
Area Monitoring: Sampling of airborne fiber concentrations
Asbestos: Includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, anthophylite
asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these minerals that has been chemically treated
and/or altered.
Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM): Material composed of asbestos of any type in
an amount greater than 1 percent and by weight, either alone or mixed with other fibrous
or nonfibrous materials.
Asbestos-Containing Construction Material (California definition):
Any
manufactured construction material which contains more than 1/10th of 1% asbestos by
weight.
Asbestos Fibers: Asbestos fibers at least 5 micrometers in length having an aspect
ratio of at least 3:1.
Authorized Visitor: Owner or Owners Representative, Observation Service and any
representative of a regulatory or other agency having jurisdiction over the Project.
Clean Room: An uncontaminated area or room which is a part of the worker
decontamination enclosure with provisions for storage of workers street clothes and
protective equipment.
Contained Work Area: A work area which has been isolated, plasticized, and equipped
with a decontamination enclosure system.
Curtained Doorway: A device to allow ingress or egress from one area to another while
permitting minimal air movement between the areas, typically constructed by placing
three overlapping sheets of plastic over an existing or temporarily framed doorway,
securing each along the top of the doorway, and securing the vertical edge of the outer
two sheets along the opposite vertical side of the doorway.
Decontamination Enclosure System: A series of connected rooms, with air locks or
curtained doorways between any two adjacent rooms, for the decontamination of workers
and of materials and equipment. A decontamination enclosure system always contains
at least one air lock to the work area.
Encapsulant (sealant): A liquid material which can be applied to ACM and which
controls the possible release of asbestos fibers from the material either by creating a
membrane over the surface (bridging encapsulant) or by penetrating into the material and
binding its components together (penetrating encapsulant).
Encapsulation: All herein-specified procedures necessary to apply an encapsulant to
asbestos-containing building materials to control the possible release of asbestos fibers
into the ambient air.


Enclosure: All herein-specified procedures necessary to enclose completely ACM

behind airtight, impermeable, permanent barriers.
Excursion Limit: An exposure of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers of one fiber
per cubic centimeter of air (1f/cc) over a sampling period of thirty minutes.
Equipment Room: A contaminated area or room which is part of the worker
decontamination enclosure with provisions for storage of contaminated clothing and
equipment.
Equipment Decontamination Enclosure: That portion of a Decontamination Enclosure
System designed for controlled transfer of materials, waste containers and equipment,
typically consisting of a washroom and a holding area.
Friable Asbestos Material (40 CFR, Subpart M Definition): Material that contains
more than one percent (1%) asbestos by weight and that can be broken, crumbled,
pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry.
Fixed Object: A unit of equipment or furniture or other building component which cannot
be detached from the building or can only be detached by destructive methods resulting
in irreparable damage to the item.
Glovebag Method: A method with limited applications for removing small amounts of
friable ACM from HVAC ducts, piping runs, valves, joints, elbows. The glovebag
(typically constructed of 6-mil transparent polyethylene has two inward-projecting long
sleeve rubber gloves, one and an internal tool pouch. The glovebag is constructed and
installed in such a manner that it surrounds the object or area to be abated and contains
all asbestos fibers released during the removal process. All workers who are permitted to
use the glovebag method must be highly trained, experienced, and skilled in this method.
HEPA Filter: A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter capable of trapping and
retaining 99.97 percent of all monodispersed particles including equal to or greater than
0.3 microns in mass median aerodynamic equivalent diameter.
HEPA Vacuum Equipment: Vacuuming equipment with a HEPA filter system.
Holding Area: A room in the equipment decontamination enclosure located between the
washroom and an uncontaminated area. The holding area comprises an air lock.
Isolation: The sealing of all openings into a work area.
Isolated (noncontained) Work Area: A work area which is isolated, but has not been
plasticized and may or may not be equipped with a decontamination enclosure system.
Maximum Acceptable Level: An exposure of airborne concentrations of fibers of 0.1
f/cc at any time within the contained work areas, and 0.01 f/cc outside of the work areas
by PCM. This level is a contractual standard for this Project.
Movable Object: A unit of equipment, furniture or other building component which is
detached or can be detached from the building without destructive methods or results.


Negative Air Pressure Equipment: A portable local exhaust system equipped with
HEPA filtration and capable of maintaining a constant, low velocity air flow into
contaminated areas from adjacent uncontaminated areas.
Nonfriable Asbestos-Containing Material: Material that contains more than one
percent asbestos by weight in which the fibers have been locked in by a bonding agent,
coating, binder, or other material so that the asbestos is well bound and will not release
fibers during any appropriate end-use, handling, demolition, storage, transportation,
processing, or disposal.
Observation Service: The agent of Owner or Owners Representative who shall
observe the work, perform tests, verify that abatement methods and procedures specified
are being complied with, and reports all observations and test results to Owner or Owner
s Representative.
Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL): An airborne concentration of asbestos, in excess
of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA), as
determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A of Section Five, Part 1926.58 (C)
(amended) 1926.1101 (c).CFR.
Personal Monitoring: Sampling of Asbestos fiber concentrations within the breathing
zone of an Asbestos Worker.
Plasticize: To cover floors, walls and other structural elements of a work area with
polyethylene sheeting as herein specified with all seams securely taped with duct tape.
Removal:
All herein-specified procedures necessary to remove ACM from the
designated areas and to dispose of these materials at an acceptable site.
Shower Room: A room between the clean room and the equipment room in the worker
decontamination enclosure with hot and cold or warm running water, and suitably
arranged for complete showering during decontamination.
Surfactant: A chemical wetting agent added to water to reduce surface tension and
improve penetration into the ACM.
TEM: Transmission Electron Microscopy
Washroom: A room between the work area and the holding area in the equipment
decontamination enclosure system where equipment and waste containers are
decontaminated.
Wet Cleaning: The process of eliminating asbestos contamination from building
surfaces and objects by using cloths, mops, or other cleaning tools which have been
dampened with water, and by afterwards disposing of these cleaning tools as asbestoscontaminated waste.
Work Area (Also known as "Regulated Area"): Designated rooms, spaces, or areas of
the project in which asbestos abatement actions are to be undertaken or which may
become contaminated as a result of such abatement actions. A contained work area is a
work area which has been isolated, plasticized, and equipped with a decontamination
enclosure system. An isolated (noncontained) work area is a work area which is isolated,
but has not been plasticized and may or may not be equipped with a decontamination
enclosure system.


Worker Decontamination Enclosure System: That portion of a decontamination

enclosure system designed for controlled passage of workers, and other personnel and
authorized visitors, typically consisting of a clean room, a shower room, and an
equipment room.
1.3
1.4
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Safety Compliance: In addition to detailed requirements of this specification, comply with

laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of federal, state, regional, and local authorities
and publications regarding handling, storing, transporting, and disposing of asbestos
waste materials. Submit matters of interpretation of standards to the appropriate
administrative agency for resolution before starting the work. Where the requirements of
this specification and referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirement shall
apply.
B.
Abatement Contractor shall have at least one copy each of 29 CFR Part 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards, 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR Part 61,
Subparts A & M, and all pertinent state and local regulations at his office and at the job
site.
C.
Before the commencement of any work at the site, the Contractor and/or Abatement
Contractor shall post bilingual (as appropriate) EPA and OSHA caution signs in and
around the work area to comply with EPA and OSHA regulations.
D.
Area Monitoring shall be performed by the observation service, who will conduct air
sampling of the Abatement Project (1) immediately outside the work area, (2) in the work
area, and (3) for work area clearance after decontamination operations.
E.
Personal monitoring and other monitoring, which is required by law, or considered

necessary by the Contractor or Abatement Contractor for worker protection shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor and Abatement Contractor.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

All Work is to be performed under the observation of the observation service and Owners
representative, who shall be free to enter and review all Work (see Abatement Observation
Services).
1.5
SAFETY
Submittals to include written procedures for evacuation of injured workers. Aid for seriously
injured workers shall not be delayed in order to comply with standard decontamination
procedures. It is the responsibility of the Contractor and Abatement Contractor to decide if the
seriousness of the injury warrants noncompliance with the standard decontamination procedures.
PART 2 - WORKER PROTECTION

2.1
TRAINING PROGRAM
A.
Each employee shall receive training in the proper handling of materials that contain
asbestos, including all aspects of work procedures and protective measures, use of
protective clothing and respiratory protection, use of showers, entry and exit procedures
from work areas and in OSHA regulations. All workers who are scheduled to use the


glovebag method must be highly trained, experienced and skilled in this method. Each
employee shall also understand the health implications and risks involved, including the
illness possible from exposure to airborne asbestos fibers and the increased risk of lung
cancer associated with smoking cigarettes and asbestos exposure, understand the use
and limits of the respiratory equipment to be used, and understand the purpose of
medical surveillance and the monitoring of airborne quantities of asbestos as related to
health and respiratory equipment. The training program shall comply with federal, state
or local regulatory requirements.
B.
2.2
2.3
Emergency evacuation procedures to be followed in the event of worker injury or

compressor failure, shall be included in worker training program.
DRESS AND EQUIPMENT

A.
Work clothes shall consist of disposable full-body coveralls, head covers, boots, rubber
gloves, work boots, or equivalent. Sleeves at wrists and cuffs at ankles shall be secured.
B.
Eye protection, hearing protection, and hard hats shall be available as appropriate or as
required by applicable safety regulations.
C.
Provide authorized visitors with suitable respiratory protection, protective clothing,

headgear, eye protection, and footwear whenever they are required to enter the work
area.
RESPIRATORS
A.
B.
Respiratory protective equipment shall be selected in accordance with (1) the ANSI
standard for respiratory protection (Z288-2-19920 and the requirements of Title 8 CCR,
1529, 5144, and Title 29 CFR 1926.1101, and 1910.134. Respiratory instructions shall
be posted in the clean room.
Use full face powered air purifying respirator (PAPR) for the abatement of ACM until the
Abatement Contractor can establish the average airborne concentrations of asbestos
fibers the employees are exposed to are at or below 0.01 f/cc. Determine both the 30
minute excursion limit and the 8-hour TWA concentration of asbestos fibers to which
employees will be exposed in each work area. The Abatement Contractor may use halffaced mask or full faced air purifying respirators if they can provide an applicable
negative exposure assessment (NEA).
C.
Half-mask or full-face air-purifying respirators with high efficiency P100 filter cartridges
may be worn during the preparation of the work area, performance of repair work, use of
glovebags and decontamination work, provided work area fiber concentrations are at or
below 0.1 fibers/cc.
D.
The Abatement Contractor shall provide workers with approved, permanently personallyissued and marked respirators with changeable P100 filters. The Abatement Contractor
shall provide a sufficient quantity of filters approved for asbestos so that workers can
change filters during the workday. Filters shall not be used any longer than one workday
or whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected. The respirator filters shall
be stored at the job site in the clean room and shall be totally protected from exposure to
asbestos before their use.


E.
2.4
Workers shall always wear a respirator, properly fitted on the face, in the work area, from
the initiation of preparation work until all areas have been given written clearance by the
WORKER PROTECTION PROCEDURES - TO BE POSTED IN CLEAN ROOM

Bilingual (English and other appropriate language[s]) worker protection procedures must be
posted in the clean room. If the first language of all workers is English, the bilingual procedures
are accepted.
2.5
A.
Each worker and authorized visitor shall prior to entering the contained work area:
remove street clothes in the clean room and put on a respirator and clean protective
clothing. No person shall enter the work areas unless he or she has received the
minimum asbestos awareness and respirator training as outlined in the Cal/OSHA and
OSHA asbestos standards. Each person must submit a copy of medical examination
documentation.
B.
All Workers shall, each time they leave the work area: remove gross contamination from
clothing; proceed to the equipment room, and remove all clothing except respirators. Still
wearing the respirator, proceed to the showers; clean the outside of the respirator with
soap and water while showering; remove the respirator; thoroughly shampoo and shower
to remove residual asbestos contamination..
C.
Following showering and drying off, proceed directly to the clean room and dress in
personal clothing. Before reentering the work area, each worker and authorized visitor
shall put on a clean respirator and shall dress in clean protective clothing.
D.
Contaminated protective clothing and work footwear shall be stored in the equipment
room when not in use in the work area. At appropriate times or upon completion of
asbestos abatement, dispose of protective clothing and footwear as contaminated waste,
or launder in accordance with government regulations.
E.
Workers removing waste containers from the equipment decontamination enclosure shall
enter the holding area from outside wearing a respirator and dressed in clean disposable
coveralls. No worker shall use this system as a means to leave or enter the washroom or
the work area.
F.
The disposable clothing worn outside the work area shall be of different color or markings
from the disposable clothing worn inside the work area.
G.
Workers shall not eat, drink, smoke, or chew gum or tobacco while in the work area.
H.
Workers and authorized visitors with beards or who are unshaven shall not enter the
work area.
MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS AND HISTORIES

Before exposure to airborne asbestos, the Abatement Contractor will provide each employee
providing labor or professional services at the Project site with a current comprehensive medical
exam, including a history of respiratory and gastrointestinal diseases, meeting the general
definition outlined in 29 CFR 1910.1001, 29 CFR 1910.134, 29 CFR 1926.1101 and Title 8 of
CCR 1529. Abatement Contractor shall submit a current medical examination report. The
medical report shall contain a statement from the examining physician that the employee can (or
cannot) function normally wearing a respirator or that the safety or health of the employee or


other employees will or will not be impaired by his use of a respirator. No employee will be
allowed to enter the work area without having first provided a copy of their Medical Examination,
to the observation service and until the medical has been approved.
2.6
EMPLOYEE IDENTIFICATION
The Abatement Contractor shall furnish an employee roster to the observation service for each
work shift. Each employee entering the work area shall have in his possession at least two forms
of identification, one of which has his/her photograph.
PART 3 - PRODUCTS
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A.
The Abatement Contractor shall furnish, provide, and utilize the following products in the
work areas as specified.
B.
See Product Handling in of these specifications.
PROTECTIVE COVERING (POLYETHYLENE)

Two layers of 6-mil fire retardant polyethylene sheeting in sizes to minimize the frequency of
joints.
3.3
TAPE
Duct tape 2" or wider, or equal, and capable of sealing joints of adjacent sheets of polyethylene,
and for attachment polyethylene sheeting to finished or unfinished surfaces of dissimilar
materials, and capable of adhering under both dry and wet conditions, including use of amended
water.
3.4
3.5
PROTECTIVE PACKAGING
A.
Appropriately labeled clear, double 6-mil minimum sealable polyethylene bags.
B.
Appropriately labeled, sealable, impermeable drum containers.
C.
Bilingual labels (English and other appropriate language[s]) on containment glovebags,

waste packages, contaminated material packages and other containers shall be in
accordance with EPA or OSHA standards.
WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS

As required by 29 CFR 1910.1001, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1926.1101 and other pertinent
state and local regulations, whichever is the most stringent.
3.6
SURFACTANT
Surfactant, or wetting agent, for amending water will be 50 percent polyoxyethylene polyglycol
ester and 50 percent polyoxyethylene ether, or equivalent, at a concentration of one (1) ounce
per five (5) gallons of water, or as specified by the manufacturer.


3.7
3.8
ENCAPSULATING SEALER
A.
Shall be a penetrating or bridging type, pollution-free, nontoxic, with a Class A fire

classification as specified herein. Encapsulants with the ingredient methylene chloride
are not acceptable unless the Abatement Contractor can prove to the observation
services satisfaction that equal substitute materials are not available. If substitutes are
not used, the Abatement Contractor shall submit with the asbestos plan, for the
observation services approval, respiratory protection and negative air discharge
procedures to protect workers, authorized personnel and the public from methylene
chloride exposure. Material shall be flexible when cured, resistant to weathering,
oxidation, aging and abuse.
B.
Shall be a water-dispensed coating, insoluble in water when cured.
C.
Shall be used undiluted.
D.
Shall have a written certification from the manufacturer that the encapsulant is compatible
with the replacement material and will safely withstand temperatures of all surfaces on
which the encapsulation will be applied. The Contractor and Abatement Contractor shall
make sure the encapsulant shall be compatible with the existing substrate and
replacement materials.
E.
The observation service may at any time take random samples of encapsulant from open
containers or spray equipment for testing to insure product quality and compliance with
the specifications.
F.
Encapsulant found not to be in conformance with requirements of these specifications

shall be removed from the site immediately. All areas where the defective encapsulant
has been applied shall be re-sprayed with approved encapsulant or remedied in a
manner, including the possibility of removal and replacement of the subject ACM,
acceptable to Owner. Re-encapsulation expense shall be borne by the Contractor.
G.
Encapsulant to be applied to structural members before reapplication of spray-applied or

trowel-applied fireproofing must be a component of the fireproofing system when it was
tested and rated by the Underwriters Laboratory (UL), ASTM, Factory Mutual (FM) or
other building code approved testing agencies.
LAGGING ADHESIVE
Shall meet NFPA 90A Code, such as Arabol, Childers CP52, Insul-Coustic 102, or approved
equal.
3.9
GLOVEBAGS
The glovebag (typically constructed of six-mil transparent regulated polyethylene) has two (2)
inward-projecting longsleeve rubber gloves, and an internal tool pouch.
3.10
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

A.
Provide suitable tools for asbestos removal and encapsulation.
B.
Negative air pressure equipment: HEPA filtration systems shall have filtration
equipment in compliance with ANSI Z9.2-1979, local exhaust ventilation. No air


movement system or air filtering equipment shall discharge unfiltered air outside the work
area.
3.11
C.
Manometer:
1.
Shall have a built-in alarm and continuous hard copy readout.
D.
HEPA Vacuums:
1.
Shall comply with ANSI Z9.2-1979.
E.
Vacuum Loaders:
1.
Shall have HEPA filtration system in compliance with ANSI Z9.2-1979.
2.
Meets or exceeds OSHA and EPA safety regulations.
3.
Fully-enclosed negative pressure system.
F.
Scaffolding:
1.
Provide all scaffolding, ladders and staging, etc. as necessary to accomplish the
work of this contract. The type, erection and use of all scaffolding shall comply
with all applicable OSHA provisions. No workers are to remain on rolling
scaffolding as it is being moved.
2.
Equip rungs of all metal ladders, etc. with an abrasive non-slip surface.
3.
Provide a nonskid surface on all scaffold surfaces subject to foot traffic.
4.
Design scaffolding to take into account all applicable local, state and federal
construction standards.
LUMBER
Shall be flame retardant and carrying markings certifying such properties.
3.12
SOLVENTS
A.
Shall be non-toxic, non-carcinogenic, nonflammable (flash-point in excess of 200 F.),

nonreactive with or damaging to materials it will come in contact with and approved for
indoor use by regulatory agencies. Provide ventilation of work area as required by
manufacturer. Vent exhaust to the exterior of the building and in a manner that will not
result in adverse affects to other areas of the facility, adjacent facilities or public areas.
Solvents shall not be used in areas which food stuffs are stored.
B.
If a chemical mastic remover is used to remove flooring mastic, the mastic remover shall
be a "low odor" type. Removers with methylene chloride or with a petroleum distillate or
glycol ether base are prohibited. SDSs shall be submitted for mastic removal products.
PART 4 - EXECUTION
4.1
WORK AREA PREPARATION

A.
Preparation procedures for removal of all ACM in the interior work areas:
1.
Removal of the ACCM and ACM, unless specified otherwise, shall be executed
in a contained work area.


2.
The Abatement Contractor shall isolate the work area for the duration of the
project, completely sealing all openings including, but not limited to, HVAC ducts,
diffusers and grilles, skylights, doorways, and windows, with 6-mil polyethylene
taped securely to a clean surface. Dropped ceilings are to be covered and
sealed with 4 mil polyethylene sheeting at a minimum. Spray adhesive used on
finished surfaces should be avoided where possible. Construct barriers that
enclose or separate work areas. Barriers shall form a seal at vertical walls and
at the floor deck above and below.
3.
HVAC systems shall be shut down. The Abatement Contractor shall design his
work area preparation and engineering controls as specified and/or as required
to prevent damage to and contamination of the affected HVAC system.
4.
The Abatement Contractor shall remove all movable objects from the work areas
that are vulnerable to damage or contamination, or that will impede or prevent
the completion of the work. All movable objects removed from the work area
shall be clean before being moved to the designated storage area.
5.
Clean and cover fixed and movable objects that can remain in the work area with
6-mil polyethylene sheeting taped securely in place. Special precautions shall be
taken to protect fixed objects vulnerable to damage or contamination.
6.
All fixed and movable objects requiring cleaning shall be washed with amended
water or cleaned with a HEPA filtered vacuum.
7.
All objects removed shall be adequately marked and charted on a plan to ensure
proper reinstallation upon completion of the decontamination of the work area.
The objects shall be stored in a location designated by the Owner, and in a
manner that will prevent contamination or damage to the objects. Damaged and
missing objects will be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense and to the
satisfaction of Owner.
8.
Seal and protect all light fixtures, computer systems, communication systems,
lighted exit signs and other electrical items, etc., that will remain within the work
area with 6-mil polyethylene taped securely. The polyethylene cover shall be
kept away from heat-generating electrical devices where fire or damage to the
device is possible. Light fixtures and all other electrical items shall be thoroughly
cleaned before covering. Make waterproof all electrical conduit connections and
other electrical devices that will be exposed to moisture.
9.
Pre-clean the proposed work areas before plasticizing floors and walls as
applicable with two layers of six- and/or ten-mil polyethylene, using HEPA
vacuum equipment or wet-cleaning methods as appropriate. Ceilings to be
plasticized with 4-mil poly. Do not use methods that raise dust, such as dry
sweeping or vacuuming with equipment not equipped with HEPA filters.
10.
Install 12- by 12-inch (minimum) Plexiglas observation window(s) at strategic

location(s) in the containment barrier to allow observation of all areas of work
from outside the work area.
11.
Seal all wall, plumbing, duct and other cavities to prevent asbestos materials
from falling into such cavities during the work.


12.
The Abatement Contractor shall check regularly (at beginning, middle and end of
each shift as a minimum) all polyethylene isolation and containment (protective)
barriers for punctures, loose seals, contact with heat-generating devices, etc.
Problem areas shall be repaired or mended immediately.
13.
Maintain existing emergency exits from the building. Maintain a minimum of two
exits from work areas where possible. The first exit shall be the worker
decontamination enclosure system. The second exit may be the equipment
decontamination enclosure system or a ripcord type, emergency only exit in the
plastic containment at a door, window or other appropriate location. Exits, where
possible, shall be on opposite ends of the work area. All exits shall be labeled in
bright letters or signage. The second exit shall be labeled "Emergency Exit
Only." Establish alternative exits satisfactory to fire officials where existing
building or work area emergency exits are unavoidably blocked by activities of
this project.
14.
Provide and maintain appropriate fire extinguisher inside and outside the work
area. One 30-pound type ABC fire extinguisher is required for each 2,000
square feet of floor area.
15.
Install and maintain temporary emergency exit lighting with battery backup power
in all work areas. Temporary emergency exit lighting in the work area(s) is
optional if the Abatement Contractor provides flashlights to workers. Flashlights
must be in the possession of the workers at all times while in the work area.
16.
Shutdown of electric power during the wet removal or encapsulation phase of the
Haz Mat Work is mandatory unless directed otherwise. Provide temporary power
and lighting when necessary, and ensure safe installation of temporary power
sources and equipment per applicable electrical code requirements including
appropriate ground fault interrupter (GFI) protection. Temporary light fixtures will
be explosion proof. Provide and maintain auxiliary generator equipment where
existing facility power is insufficient. Locate generator or vent generator exhaust
in a manner that will prevent carbon monoxide hazards to workers and the public.
When power shutdown is required, the Ker and Abatement Contractor shall
check for conditions where shutdown will pose a danger to the building or to the
buildings components. The Contractor and Abatement Contractor shall take all
precautions necessary, including inspections and testing, to insure the safety of
employees and other building occupants from electrical hazards during the
course of the Haz Mat Work. Existing fire, smoke detection and other life safety
systems shall be kept in operation at all times, or, the Contractor shall install and
maintain a temporary system or alternate acceptable to Owner and fire officials.
17.
The Abatement Contractor shall install and maintain negative air pressure
equipment during the abatement and decontamination phases of the Haz Mat
Work until the clearance test has passed. A sufficient amount of air shall be
exhausted by the unit(s) to create a pressure of -0.02 inches of water within the
work area with respect to the area outside the work area. If only one unit is
necessary to provide the specified negative air pressure in a work area, the
Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor shall have a backup unit in place should
the first unit fail, and for filter changes.
The Contractor or Abatement Contractor shall provide a fully operational air
circulation system supplying a minimum air circulation rate of six (6) air changes per
hour.


Determine the number of units needed to achieve required air circulation by first
determining the volume in cubic feet of the work area, by multiplying the floor area
by the ceiling height. Determine the total air circulation requirement in cubic feet per
minute (CFM) for the work by multiplying this volume by the air change rate and
dividing by 60.
Air Circulation Required in CFM =
Volume of Work Area (cu. ft.) x Six (6) Air Changes per Hour
60 (minutes per hour)
Divide the air circulation requirement (CFM) above by the capacity of HEPA-filtered
fan unit(s) used. Capacity of a unit for purposes of this section is the capacity in
cubic feet per minute with fully loaded filters (pressure differential that causes the
loaded filter warning light to come on) in the machine's labeled operating
characteristics.
Number of Units Needed =
Air Circulation Requirement (CFM)
Capacity of Unit with Loaded Filters (CFM)
Provide one spare unit per containment area (one minimum per job site) as a
backup in case of equipment failure or shutdown of machine for filter changing.
Size spare unit to be of the same capacity as the largest operating unit.
Pressure differential isolation and air circulation in the work area are to be
accomplished by a recirculation system. Recirculate air in the work area through
HEPA-filtered fan units to accomplish air circulation requirements of this section.
Locate the HEPA-filtered fan units so that air is circulated through all parts of the
work area, and so that required pressure is maintained at all parts of work area
geometry. Move units as necessary so that in any location where ACM are being
disturbed the discharge from one HEPA-filtered fan unit is blowing contamination
away from workers. Direct air flow in these locations so that it is predominantly
toward worker's backs at the breathing zone elevation.
B.
18.
Install and maintain a manometer with a strip chart and audible alarm from the
time abatement begins until the clearance test has passed in all work areas.
Report readings to the observation service at the start and end of each work
shift.
19.
Notify the observation service 24 hours in advance of when preparatory steps will
be completed.
Asbestos abatement work shall not commence until all
preparation requirements have been completed; all tools, equipment, and
materials are on hand; all required submittals, notices and permits have been
approved, and until the Observation Service authorizes in writing that work may
commence.
Barriers and Isolation - Exterior Abatement: Contractor shall perform the following work
area preparation methods for the abatement of components considered exterior to the
building as described in the scope of work:


4.2
1.
Prior to the commencement of any abatement procedures, notification

requirements must be met, required signs shall be posted and movable objects if
any) shall be moved a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the perimeter of the
building.
2.
A yellow caution tape barrier shall be placed around each work area at a
distance sufficient enough to keep bystanders out of the immediate work areas.
This area is considered the Regulated Area.
3.
Provide decontamination wash station
DECONTAMINATION ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS

A.
Decontamination Enclosure Systems (worker and equipment) general requirements:

1.
Build suitable wood, metal or PVC framing as described herein and as approved
by the observation service with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheeting on the
walls and three layers on the floor. Portable prefab units, if utilized, must be
submitted for review and approval by the observation service before start of
construction. Submittal shall include, but not be limited to, a floor plan layout
complying with the schematic layouts bound herein, showing dimensions,
materials, sizes, thickness, plumbing, and electrical outlets, etc.
2.
Construct a workers decontamination unit contiguous to the work area consisting

of three totally enclosed chambers as follows:
3.
a.
An equipment room with an air lock to the work area and a curtained
doorway to the shower room.
b.
A shower/wash station room with two curtained doorways, one to the

equipment room and one to the clean room. A shower is required for
OSHA Class 1 work. Plastic on shower room and adjoining equipment
and clean rooms shall be opaque. The shower room shall contain at
least one shower with hot and cold or warm water. Careful attention
shall be paid to the shower enclosure to ensure against leaking of any
kind. Trap shower waste using filters having a maximum pore size of 1.0
micron, and drain into a sanitary sewer. Replace filters when they
become clogged. Ensure a supply of soap and disposable towels at all
times in the shower room.
c.
A clean room with one curtained doorway into the shower and one
entrance or exit to non-contaminated areas of the building. The clean
room shall have sufficient space for storage of the workers street
clothes, towels, and other non-contaminated items. Joint use of this
space for other functions, such as offices, storage of equipment,
materials, or tools, shall be prohibited.
Construct an equipment decontamination enclosure system consisting of two

totally enclosed chambers as follows:
a.
A washroom with an air lock to a designated staging area of the work

area and a curtained doorway to the holding room.


b.
B.
Decontamination Enclosure System for asbestos-abatement work in "Isolated" work

areas:
1.
2.
4.3
A holding room with a curtained doorway to the washroom and a

doorway to an uncontaminated area.
Construct a decontamination enclosure system consisting of two totally enclosed

chambers, as follows:
a.
An equipment room, consisting of a curtained doorway to the isolated

work area and a curtained doorway to the shower room.
b.
A shower room, consisting of a curtained doorway to the equipment

room and a curtained doorway to an uncontaminated area. Plastic on
shower room and adjoining equipment and clean rooms shall be opaque.
The shower room shall contain at least one shower with hot and cold or
warm water. Careful attention shall be paid to the shower enclosure to
ensure against leaking of any kind. Trap shower waste using filters
having a maximum pore size of 1.0 micron, and drain into a sanitary
sewer. Replace filter when they become clogged. Ensure a supply of
soap and disposable towels at all times in the shower room.
Construction of an equipment decontamination enclosure system is optional.

a.
A washroom with an air lock to a designated staging area of the work

area and a curtained doorway to the holding room.
b.
A holding room with a curtained doorway to the washroom and a

doorway to an uncontaminated area.
ASBESTOS REMOVAL
A.
Before removal, asbestos materials shall be sprayed with amended water. The asbestos
materials shall be sufficiently saturated without causing excessive dripping and to prevent
emission of airborne fibers. Spray materials repeatedly during the work process to
maintain a wet condition. If the materials are not easily saturated, then the work area
shall be constantly misted to keep fiber emission minimal.
B.
Asbestos material shall be removed in manageable sections by a multi-person team,

some of whom are wetting and the remainder removing and cleaning. Any material
which falls to the floor shall be wetted and picked up immediately. Material shall not be
allowed to dry out. Material drop shall not exceed 15 feet. For heights up to 50 feet,
provide inclined chutes or scaffolding to intercept drop. For heights exceeding 50 feet,
provide enclosed dust-proof chutes. Before a second area can be started, removed
material shall be packed into approved and labeled packaging while it is still wet. The
outside of all containers shall be clean before leaving the work area. Move containers to
the washroom (shower room when equipment decontamination system is not required),
wet-clean each container thoroughly, and move to holding area pending removal to
uncontaminated areas.
C.
Asbestos material applied to concrete, steel decks, beams, columns, pipes, tanks, and
other nonporous surfaces shall be wet-cleaned to a degree that no traces of debris or
residue are visible.


4.4
D.
Asbestos material debris on surfaces within accessible ceiling cavities and other
accessible areas shall be removed in the same manner and cleaned to the degree as
specified above.
E.
The work area shall be kept orderly, clean and clear of work materials, polyethylene
sheeting, tape, cleaning material, and clothing, and all other disposable material or items
used. Prior to exiting the contained work area for breaks of at the shifts end, all debris
shall be cleaned up and properly bagged.
F.
Protective packages and drums containing asbestos materials shall be cleaned and
stored in the isolated holding area until that time when the materials are to be loaded and
transported to the hazardous waste disposal facility. The packages and drums shall be
stored in piles no higher than four feet, and in a manner that will not result in damage to
the packages or drums. Transport bags in covered drums or carts from the holding area
to the transport.
G.
Equipment removal procedures: Clean surfaces of contaminated equipment thoroughly

by wet or wiping before moving such items into the washroom (shower room when
equipment decontamination system is not required) for final cleaning and removal to
uncontaminated areas. Ensure that personnel do not leave work area through the
equipment decontamination enclosure.
H.
Do not bag water used during abatement activities. Properly filter and drain water into
building sanitary drain unless prohibited by local regulations. Filter shall have a
maximum pore size of 1.0 micron.
DECONTAMINATION OF WORK AREA

A.
Decontaminated procedures for contained work areas, excluding ACM encapsulation

work:
1.
Remove all visible accumulations of asbestos material and debris. Wet-clean all
surfaces within the work area to remove asbestos residue.
2.
After cleaning, perform a complete visual inspection of the work area to ensure
that the work area is free of any visible debris or residue.
3.
Upon completion of his visual inspection, notify the observation service in

advance that the work area is ready for initial review.
4.
Upon proper notification, the observation service will review the work area for
general conformance with the Haz Mat Specifications. Any nonconformance of
the Haz Mat Work shall be remedied by the Contractor and/or Abatement
Contractor until the work area is in compliance, and at the Abatement
5.
Upon successful compliance with the initial review by the observation service and
after written notification, encapsulate all surfaces of the work area. Apply
encapsulant in sufficient amounts to render the affected surface tacky to the
touch.
6.
Upon completion of the encapsulation work, notify the observation service in

writing that the work area is ready for encapsulation review.


7.
Upon proper notification, the observation service will review the encapsulated
surfaces for general conformance with the Haz Mat Specifications. Any
nonconformance of the work shall be remedied by the Contractor and/or
Abatement Contractor until the work is in compliance and at the Contractors
expense.
8.
Upon successful compliance with the encapsulation review by the observation

service, and after written notification, remove the outer layer of plastic on the
walls, floors, and ceilings (where applicable). The inner plastic layer and
isolation barriers on vents, grilles, diffusers, etc., shall remain in place.
9.
Wet-clean the work area or clean with HEPA vacuum equipment, all surfaces
within the work area. After completing of the second cleaning operation perform
a complete visual inspection of the work area to ensure that the work area is free
of contamination.
10.
Sealed drums and bags, and all equipment used in the work area, shall be
included in the cleanup and shall be removed from the work area via the
equipment decontamination enclosure system, at the appropriate time in the
cleaning sequence.
11.
Upon completion of the second cleaning operation, notify the observation service
24 hours in advance that the work area is ready for pre-testing review and
clearance testing. Refer to appropriate article on air monitoring in this Section for
clearance testing standards. Contamination found during the pre-testing review
shall be remedied by the Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor, without
additional costs to the Owner, prior to clearance testing.
12.
Upon written notification from the observation service that the work area has
passed the criteria for clearance testing, apply, when included in the contract, the
asbestos-free replacement materials and re-establish objects and systems as
specified in these specifications. The inner plastic layer and isolation barriers
may be removed at any time after written notification.
13.
Upon completion of the application of any replacement materials, or if no

replacement materials are required, after the removal of the inner plastic layer,
isolation barriers and the re-establishment of objects and systems notify in writing
the observation service and/or the Owners representative 24 hours in advance
that the work area is ready for pre-final review.
14.
Upon notification, the observation service and Owners representative will review
the work area. Improper application of replacement materials, unapproved
damage to the facility or its contents, or improper re-establishment of objects and
systems discovered during the pre-final review shall be itemized on a punch list
for correction by the Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor without additional
cost to the Owner. If no deficiencies are discovered the specifications or this
portion of the specifications shall be approved in writing by the observation
service and Owners representative as complete. If deficiencies are noted,
continue with the subsequent procedures. If deficiencies noted do not prevent
the City from occupancy or proceeding with reconstruction work, the contract, or
this portion of the contract, shall be specified in writing by the observation service
and Owners representative as substantially complete.


4.5
15.
Upon correction of punch list deficiencies, notify the observation service and
Owners representative in advance that the work area is ready for final review.
16.
Upon notification the observation service and Owners representative will review
the corrected punch list deficiencies. If all deficiencies have been corrected, the
contract, or this portion of the contract, shall be approved in writing by the
observation service and Owner as complete. If deficiencies have not been
properly corrected the Abatement Contractor shall repeat, at his expense,
procedures above until all deficiencies have been corrected and approved. If
deficiencies noted do not prevent Owner from occupancy or proceeding with
reconstruction work, the specifications or this portion of the specifications shall
be specified in writing by the observation service and Owners representative
substantially complete.
ASBESTOS DISPOSAL
A.
Asbestos-Containing Waste Materials shall be packed into approved sealed and labeled
protective packaging. The abatement contractor shall affix to each individual container of
asbestos waste shall have affixed the following:
1.
The warning label specified in the Cal/OSHA asbestos regulation Title 8 CCR
section 1529 (k) (7):
DANGER
CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS
MAY CAUSE CANCER
CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS
DO NOT BREATHE DUST
AVOID CREATING DUST
2.
The hazardous waste label specified in Title 49 CFR Part 172.304 as amended
November 1, 1983, in accordance with DOSH regulation Title 22 CCR Section
66262.32 if the material is disposed of as hazardous:
HAZARDOUS WASTE - State and Federal Law Prohibit
Improper Disposal. If found, contact the nearest police or
public safety authority or the California Department of Toxic
Substance Control.
Generators Name:________________________________
Address:_______________________________________
Manifest Document Number:_______________________
3.
In Addition to the above labeling, the Abatement Contractor shall affix the
Department of Transportation (DOT) diamond label for friable asbestos waste only
to each individual container:


B.
Containers removed from the holding area must be removed by workers who have
entered from uncontaminated areas dressed in clean coveralls. Waste pass-out
procedures shall use two teams of workers: an inside team, and an outside team. The
inside team wearing appropriate protective clothing, respirators with P100 filter
cartridges shall clean the outside, properly labeled containers (bags drums, or wrapped
components) using HEPA filter -equipped vacuums and or wet cleaning techniques, and
transport them into the waste container pass-out airlock. No worker from the inside team
shall exit the work area through this enclosure system.
The outside team, wearing at a minimum, dual cartridge half-mask respirators equipped
with HEPA filters and protective clothing, shall enter the airlock from outside the work
area. They shall enclose bags in clean, labeled, 6-mil poly bags, wrap components too
large to bag with a clean layer of 6-mil poly sheeting and remove them from the airlock.
No worker from the outside team shall enter the work area through this airlock. Workers
must not enter from uncontaminated areas into the washroom or the work area;
contaminated workers must not exit the work area through the equipment
decontamination enclosure system.
C.
Containers of asbestos-containing wastes shall not be transported through occupied

areas of the building without Owners approval. If waste materials must be transported
during business hours, the Abatement Contractor shall proceed in an inconspicuous
manner. The observation service will monitor these activities and make suggestions as
necessary. The Abatement Contractors proposed procedures for handling waste must
be submitted prior to the pre-construction meeting as part of the detailed Haz Mat work
plan.
D.
Vehicles and/or containers used for storing and/or transporting ACM to disposal sites
shall have a completely enclosed, lockable storage compartment. Storage compartments
shall be plasticized and sealed with a minimum of one layer of 6-mil polyethylene on the
sides and top and two layers of 6-mil polyethylene on the floor. The compartments shall
be thoroughly wet cleaned and/or HEPA vacuumed following the disposal of each load of
material at the dump site. At the conclusion of the Haz Mat Work (or before transport
vehicles are used for other purposes), the polyethylene shall be properly removed and
disposed of as contaminated waste. After this is accomplished, compartments shall once
again be wet cleaned and/or HEPA vacuumed in order to eliminate all debris prior to
reuse of vehicles. All plastic sheeting, tape, cleaning material, including mops and
sponges, clothing, filters, and all other contaminated disposable materials shall be
packaged, labeled, and disposed of as asbestos-containing waste.
E.
The Abatement Contractor shall deliver asbestos-containing waste materials to the predesignated disposal facility in accordance with the guidelines of the EPA.


4.6
F.
The Abatement Contractor shall notify the observation service 24 hours, in advance,
when asbestos-containing waste materials are to be removed from the Site. The
observation service must be present during the removal of asbestos-containing waste
materials from the work area. A copy of the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest, or other
document required by State or Local agencies, shall be submitted to the observation
service for review and prior to transporting asbestos-containing waste materials to the
disposal facility. Owner shall sign the manifests.
G.
At the conclusion of Haz Mat Work, provide written evidence (such as a "Bill of Lading" or
"Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest") that the asbestos-containing waste material was
properly disposed of. The evidence shall be submitted with the final request for payment.
Indicate on the "Bill of Lading" or "Hazardous Waste Manifest" the weight of the
asbestos-containing waste material generated from the project. This weight amount must
be confirmed by a party independent from the Contractor or Abatement Contractor.
H.
The Contractor and Abatement Contractor shall be responsible for the safe handling and
transportation of all waste, generated by the project, to the designated waste disposal
facility. The Contractor and Abatement Contractor shall bear all costs for all claims,
damages, losses, and clean up expenses against Owner or the observation service,
including but not limited to attorneys fees rising out of, or resulting from, asbestos spills
on the site or spills en route to the disposal facility.
I.
Nonfriable Debris Disposal: Resilient floor tiles, and other nonfriable ACM will not be
required to be disposed of as hazardous waste, unless they are made friable (RACM)
during demolition. Friability will be determined by the observation service or a
representative of a regulatory agency.
AIR MONITORING AND TESTING

A.
B.
Area Air Monitoring:

1.
Throughout removal, encapsulation, and cleaning operations, area air monitoring

shall be conducted by the observation service to ensure that engineering controls
and work practices minimize worker and public exposures to airborne asbestos
fibers. Fiber counting shall be phase contrast microscopy (PCM) performed in
accordance with the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH) Method 7400 "A" counting rules.
2.
The observation service shall report the area air monitoring results to the
Abatement Contractor and Owner within 72 hours. If results are unsatisfactory,
make changes in his engineering controls and work practices to assure
compliance with these specifications. Unsatisfactory results are fiber counts
within the work area in excess of the 0.1 f/cc or fiber counts outside the work
area in excess of 0.01 f/cc.
Personal Air Monitoring:

1.
Initial and periodic 8-hour TWA and 30 minute excursion limit air monitoring of
worker exposures to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers shall be
conducted by the Abatement Contractor in accordance with Cal/OSHA
requirements.
2.
Once OSHA sampling requirements are satisfied the Contractor and/or

Abatement Contractor shall conduct, as a requirement of this contract, not less


than one personal air sample, twice per calendar week, to determine 8-hour TWA
exposures and 30 minute excursion limit exposures of workers operating in each
work area. Specifications required personal sampling is not necessary while the
Abatement Contractor is conducting OSHA required sampling or when Type C
Respirators are in use.
3.
C.
4.7
The Abatement Contractor shall report personal

observation service within 48 hours from the end
exposures to airborne asbestos concentrations shall
Exposure Limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc expressed in an 8
minute period excursion limit.
monitoring results to the

of the work shift. Worker
not exceed the Permissible
hour TWA or the 1 f/cc 30
Clearance Testing:
1.
The Haz Mat Work is not complete until air testing is performed using aggressive
sampling techniques (leaf blowers and fans) and PCM analysis of samples is
performed in accordance with the guidelines set forth in 40 CFR 763 Subpart E Asbestos Containing Materials in Buildings; Final Rule and Notice. Five
samples should be collected per work area. Samples will be analyzed on a 24
hour laboratory turnaround.
2.
If the tests show that the work area has not been decontaminated, repeat the
cleaning and/or encapsulation application until the work area is in compliance.
Results of all five samples must reveal fiber concentrations at or below 0.1 fibers
per cubic centimeter of air before clearance is achieved. If the tests show that
the work area has not been decontaminated, repeat the cleaning and/or
encapsulation application until the work area is in compliance.
REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS OF THE OWNER OR THE OBSERVATION SERVICE

In the event that reviews and/or clearance testing by the observation service or regulatory
agencies shows that the work area or any portion of the work area is not decontaminated or if the
work is not in conformance with the specifications, Owner and the observation service will record
all time, tests and project related expenses expended to monitor the work until the work is in
compliance. All time, and expenses recorded by Owner and the observation service to monitor
the above work, outside the project work days, work hours or specifications time shall, at the
discretion of Owner, be paid for by the Abatement Contractor. The Abatement Contractor,
promptly upon receipt of the billing from Owner or the observation service, shall reimburse Owner
at the normal billing rate of Owner or the observation service, or Owner is authorized to withhold
funds from the specification sum.
4.8
STOPPING THE WORK

See Abatement Observation Services Section.
4.9
CLEANUP
Maintain a clean project site during and upon completion of the Haz Mat Work and Remodel
Work. Cleaning shall be in accordance with the general conditions.
END OF SECTION


LEAD-CONTAINING PAINT REMOVAL

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS

A.
Examine architectural drawings and all other Sections of the Haz Mat Specifications for
requirements of related sections affecting the work of this Section.
B.
The work of this section shall be performed as stated herein. In performing the work of
this section, the Contractor shall refer to other Divisions for additional procedures. The
Contractor is responsible for the coordination of the work of this section with related Haz
Mat Work and Remodel Work.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Definitions:
Abatement - the reduction, or removal of lead based paint from surfaces and sources that
promote exposure resulting in the possibility of lead toxicity or poisoning.
Action Level - The point at which response actions are required to correct or eliminate the
presence of lead. In physical health, action level would be indicated by a 25 g/dl or greater
concentration of lead in whole blood. In regards to lead in paint, action level would be
2
indicated by the presence of 1.0 mg/cm of lead or 5,000 parts per million (PPM). In air, the
3
action level is >30 g /m .
Air Monitoring - Collection of air samples for documentation of lead aerosol concentrations
within and outside the lead paint control area. Samples are representative of the airborne
concentrations of lead dust, which may reach the worker's breathing zone.
Amended Water: Water containing a wetting agent or surfactant.
Approved Respirators - NIOSH recommends a half-mask air purifying respirator equipped
3
with high efficiency filters for low airborne concentration of lead (not in excess of 0.5 mg/m
8hr TWA) and full face-piece, self-contained breathing apparatus as operated in
3
positive-pressure demand mode for greater than 100 mg/m of airborne concentration of
lead.
Applicable Surface - all intact and non-intact interior and exterior painted surfaces of a
residential structure.
Barrier - Polyethylene sheeting that completely seals off the work area to prevent the
migration of lead particulates to the surrounding area.
Blood Lead Level - the amount of lead absorbed in the blood stream.
Blood Lead Level Testing - must include: Hemoglobin & Hematocrit, Red Cell Indices,
Peripheral Smear Morphology, Urea Nitrogen, Serum Creatinine, Zinc Protoporphyrin,
Microscopic Urinalysis
Blood Lead Testing - Testing done by laboratories in which results indicate the amount of
lead absorbed in the blood.

Lead Containing Paint Removal 1 of 28

Blood Lead Level Units - OSHA - g/100g - most labs use g/dl blood
(micrograms/deciliter of blood) scientific literature - mol/L (micromoles/liter)
Blood Lead Level Unit Conversions - g/100g roughly equals g/dl (density correction
factor is 1.056) To convert g/dl to mol/L, use the gram molecular weight of lead (207
g/mole, or 207 g /mole).
Caustic - Capable of corrosion by chemical action.
Center for Disease Control (CDC) allowable blood lead level in children is 25 g/dl, and
may be reduced to 10 or 15 g/dl.
Clean-up - Area where lead paint abatement is being done and cleaned daily of large paint
chips and any obvious dust. These materials should be bagged and disposed of in a
manner not accessible. Work clothes should not be worn from the general area that is being
abated since lead dust contaminates other areas.
Clean Room: Uncontaminated change room directly adjacent to the work area having
facilities for storage of employees' personal clothing and uncontaminated work clothes,
materials and equipment provided when airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL.
Component Removal: Abatement process utilized to completely remove a component
identified as containing hazardous materials; also included in the abatement process is
pre- and post-cleaning.
Critical Barrier - A layer of 6 mil Polyethylene sheeting preventing access to surrounding
clean areas during abatement activities.
Defective Lead-Based Paint Surface - Painted surfaces having a lead content of greater
2
than or equal to 1.0 mg/cm , that are cracking, chipping, peeling or loose.
Deleading - The act of reducing or removing lead from a surface.
Deteriorated Condition - Condition of surfaces such as walls, windows, baseboards, etc.
that are in need of repair or replacement due to breakdown of wood, paint or other materials.
Dip-tank - a method of removing paint where the entire product is removed and dipped into
a tank containing a chemical stripper. The dipping method must be followed by a
neutralizing wash down.
Disposal - Lead-based paint debris must be disposed of in accordance with applicable
local, state or federal requirements.
Dry Scraping - a method of removing paint by scraping or sanding with no measures to
control fine particles or dust. This method is not recommended as it potentially produces the
greatest exposure hazards to workers and/or residents.
Encapsulate - a material that surrounds or embeds lead-based paint in an adhesive matrix
to prevent migration of lead and exposures consequent to that migration.


Environmental Survey - Systematic checking of a home or other building for the presence
of lead-based paint. This may be done by use of an XRF analyzer or through chemical
analysis of paint samples.
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency
Exposures above the action level require: 1) Exposure monitoring 2) Medical surveillance
3) Training and education
Exposure Monitoring - is the exposure, which would occur whether or not a respirator is
used.
Exposure Monitoring Techniques 1) Full shift Sampling and analytical error allowed is +
or - 20% at 95% confidence level. 2) Use lab accredited by the American Industrial Hygiene
Association. 3) Employees will be copied on all results. 4) If exposures above PEL,
employer must provide a written statement that overexposure has occurred and how it will
be corrected.
Final Clean-Up - the thorough cleaning that should be done following the completion of an
abatement process. Particular attention should be paid to cleaning up any dust produced
during the abatement. High phosphate detergents should be used for cleaning in addition to
a HEPA vacuum.
Fixed Object - a unit of equipment or furniture, which cannot be removed from the work
area(s) without demolition of other components.
Heat Gun - an apparatus that emits hot air at temperatures in excess of 100 degrees F.
HEPA Filter Equipment: High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filtered vacuuming or
exhaust ventilation equipment with a UL 586 filter system. Filters shall be of 99.97
percent efficiency for retaining 0.3 micrometer diameter particles.
HEPA Vacuum - Vacuum equipped with a HEPA filter that is able to filter particulates of
0.3 microns or greater.
High Phosphate Detergent - Detergents high in phosphate are recommended for cleaning
during and after abatements since lead particulates tend to bond to these detergents.
Lead Action Level: Concentration of lead above 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air
3
(g/m ) as a time-weighted average (TWA) over any 8-hour work shift.
Lead-Based Paint - A paint identified as having a lead content greater than or equal to 1.0
2
mg/cm , as documented by XRF testing and/or as defined by any other regulations.
Lead-Containing Paint (LCP) - A paint identified as having a lead content greater than
laboratory detection levels or as defined by any other regulations.
Lead Exposure - Being subjected to the presence of lead in situations that could present
the opportunity for ingestion or inhalation. Some possible exposure sources are lead-based
paint chips, lead-based paint dust, lead in water from pipe solder and fumes and/or dusts
produced during paint removal by means of sandblasting or open flame burning.
Lead Paint Hazard - The presence of lead-based paint in places and conditions that would
pose a potential danger to people if ingested or inhaled.


Lead Poisoning - The condition of becoming ill due to absorption of lead in the blood. In
early stages most people are asymptomatic. However, some indicators of lead poisoning,
particularly in children, are loss of interest in play, excessive sleeping, loss of recently
acquired skills, lack of energy and headaches.
Local Exhaust Ventilation System: Pressure differential system utilizing HEPA filtration
capable of maintaining a lower air pressure inside of the work area and a constant air
flow from adjacent areas into the work area and exhausting that air outside the work
area.
Micron - One Millionth of a Meter (1 Meter = 39.37 inches)
3
mg/m - Milligrams per cubic meter

3
g/m - Micrograms per cubic meter

Occupied Area: Any area adjacent to the work area, which is occupied or potentially
accessible by unprotected employees, workers, or the public during any time abatement
activities are performed.
Organic Solvents - Carbon compound-based solutions.
OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OSHA Construction Lead Standard (29 CFR 1926.62) - Applies to all construction. Lead
based paint abatement is technically construction, so the OSHA standard should guide all
lead-based paint abatement projects.
3
OSHA PEL - (Permissible Exposure Limit) for general industry is 50 g /m . HUD guidelines
also use this PEL.
3
OSHA Action Level - 30 g /m TWA.

OSHA Allowable Blood Lead Level - 40 g/100g of whole blood; if above 50, the worker
must be removed from exposure at no loss in pay or benefits.
Paint Failure - the breakdown of paint due to abrasion and/or exposure to elements that
results in chipping, peeling, flaking, blistering, and/or chalking.
Paint Residue - Dry or chemically softened paint that remains on a surface after the initial
paint removal.
Paint Scrapings - the waste material produced during an abatement process consisting of
paint removed by scraping.
3
Permissible Exposure Limit-Lead (PEL): 50 g/m of air, based upon an 8-hour timeweighted average.
Primary Prevention - Preventing the possibility of lead toxicity or poisoning by removing
accessible lead-based paint and paint residue prior to a person becoming ill.
Prior Experience: Experience required of Deleading Contractor and its employees and
sub-Deleading Contractors on abatement projects of similar magnitude and scope to
ensure capability of performing the abatement in a satisfactory manner. Similarities shall


be in areas related to material composition, project size, number of employees and

engineering work practices and personal protection controls required.
Removal - the act of removing contaminated materials from the structure to a suitable
disposal site.
Sample Location: Area or place where a sample is taken.
Secondary Sources - Sources of lead exposure other than the obvious ones related to
lead-based paint. Secondary sources can include some ink used in newsprint, some glazes
used in ceramics, bullets and battery casings.
Signs where PEL is exceeded:
WARNING
Lead Work Area
Poison
No Smoking or Eating
Substandard Dwelling - A dwelling or residence which does not meet minimum local
housing codes or is unsafe for habitation because of fire, safety, or health code violations.
Supplemental Ventilation - Use of a fan during the abatement process to provide
additional ventilation. An exhaust fan is preferable.
Time-Weighted Average (TWA): - Time Weighted Average - The average concentration of
a contaminant in air during a specific time period, usually an 8-hour work shift.
Volatile Materials - those materials, particularly solvents, that vaporize readily at a relatively
low temperature.
Wet Scraping - a method of removing paint in which the painted surface is dampened with
water or a chemical in order to reduce the amount of dust and fine particles produced in the
removal process.
Wet Cleaning: Process of eliminating contamination from surfaces, equipment and other
objects by using cloths, mops, or other cleaning tools which have been dampened with
water, and by afterwards disposing of these cleaning tools as lead-contaminated wastes.
Work Area: Controlled area consisting of designated rooms, spaces or areas of the
project in which abatement actions are undertaken or which may be contaminated as a
result of such abatement actions. A contained work area is a work area, which has been
sealed and equipped, with a decontamination area for personnel and equipment. A noncontained work area is an isolated or controlled-access work area that has no fixed
containment barriers erected, such as a building exterior.
B.
Qualifications of Abatement Contractor completing the lead abatement Haz Mat Work.
1.
The Contractor shall submitt to THE OWNER and to the Observation Service.
a. Medical monitoring information for licensed supervisors and deleader
workers including, as required OSHA 1926.62, blood lead testing results and
pulmonary function tests (PFT).


b. Current approved training certificates for lead workers.

c.
C.
Proposed EPA-licensed hazardous waste treatment or disposal facility.
Notifications
Provide within 10 working days, all required notifications to relevant Federal, State, and
local authorities and obtain and comply with the provisions of all permits or applications
required by the work specified, as well as make all required submittals required under
those auspices. The costs for all permits, applications, and the like, are to included in the
Contract Price.
D.
Pre-Construction Meeting:
Meet with the Owner and the Observation Service and any major sub-trades, for a PreConstruction meeting prior to commencing work of the project. The meeting shall be at
the facility of the Owner at a mutually convenient time and date to be determined by the
Owner and Deleading Contractor. At the meeting, the Deleading Contractor shall be
represented by authorized representatives and the licensed deleading supervisor(s) who
shall supervise the project on a daily basis, and shall present evidence that all
requirements for initiation of the work have been met. The minimum agenda for the
meeting shall be:
1.
Project submittals,
2.
Construction schedule, including sequence of critical work,
3.
Scheduled values, designated by trade and specification section,
4.
Designation of responsible personnel,
5.
Health and safety procedures,

notifications and related matters,
6.
Use of premises, facilities, and utilities.
security,
quality
control,
housekeeping,
E. Pre-Construction Submittals:
At a minimum the pre-construction meeting shall be attended by designated representatives
of the Owner and the Observation Service. At this meeting, the Contractor shall present the
following Pre-Construction Submittals. Provide copies each of the following for the
acceptance of the Owner and the Observation Service:
1.
Copies of all notifications, permits, applications, licenses and like documents

required by Federal, State, or local regulations and this specification obtained or
submitted in proper fashion.
2.
Copies of recent blood lead testing, pulmonary function test (PFT for respirator
use, and medical records as required by OSHA 1926.62.
3.
Copies of Supervisor's and workers' training certificates and licenses. The

abatement supervisor shall be a California Department of Public Health (CDPH)
certified lead related construction supervisor. All workers and supervisors


performing deleading activities shall have successfully completed CDPH

training.
4.
Record of successful respirator fit testing performed by a qualified individual

within the previous 6 months, for each employee to be used on this project with
the employee's name and social security number with each record.
5.
Employers Hazard Communication Program as required by OSHA 1926.62,

including proposed respiratory protection program and medical monitoring for all
employees throughout all phases of the job, including make, model and NIOSH
approval numbers of respirators to be used.
6.
Written description, for the Owners review and acceptance, of all proposed
procedures, methods, or equipment to be utilized that differ from the Haz Mat
Specifications, including manufacturers' specifications on any equipment not
specified for use. In all instances, Contractor must comply with all applicable
federal, state and local regulations.
7.
Proposed electrical safeguards to be implemented, including but not limited to

location of transformers, GFCI outlet and power panels necessary to safely
perform the job.
8.
Proposed worker orientation plan which at a minimum includes a description of

lead hazards and abatement methodologies, a review of worker protection
requirements.
9.
A list of all equipment to be used on site, by make and model, including

ventilation equipment, HEPA vacuums, etc..
10.
REQUIRED: Current dioctyl phthalate (DOP) or other aerosol challenge test

certificates for HEPA filter-equipped negative pressure exhaust ventilation units
and vacuum cleaners.
11.
Chain of Command of responsibility at work site including supervisors and

competent person, their names, resumes and certificates of training.
12.
List of total number of supervisors and workers intended to be assigned to the

lead abatement portion of the Haz Mat Work.
13.
The name and address of the blood lead testing lab, OSHA-CDC listing, and
Certification in the State where work site is located.
14.
The name(s) and address(es) of personal air monitoring and waste disposal lead
testing laboratory(s) including certification(s) of AIHA accreditation, listing of
relevant experience in air and debris lead analysis.
15.
Safety Data Sheets on potentially hazardous materials to be used for the lead
abatement portion of the Haz Mat Work.
16.
Name, address, and ID number of the proposed hazardous waste hauler, waste
transfer route, and proposed disposal reclamation or treatment facility.
17.
Name and address of the proposed construction debris site.


18.
Proof of Insurance
19.
Work schedule, identifying firm dates and completion for actual areas, including a
general graphic schedule indicating Phases.
20.
Definition of responsibility of work, site isolation, and security procedures
21.
Description of the final clean-up procedures to be used
22.
Documentation that each and every employee to be utilized for the lead abatement
Haz Mat Work has had instruction on the hazards of lead exposure, on protective
dress, on use of showers, on entry and exit from work areas, and on all aspects of
work procedures and protective measures regarding lead paint abatement
23.
Written description and sketch of the security and emergency procedures plan
24.
Proposed progress schedule for lead paint abatement and related repair
25.
Samples of all proposed replacement materials to be installed in the Work. Include

independent test reports or manufacturer's certification that materials meet or
exceed performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents, installation
information, SDS sheets, and all other pertinent information.
No Haz Mat Work will be allowed to begin until the Pre-Job Submittals as listed herein
are approved by the Owner and the Observation Service. Any delay caused by the
failure or refusal to submit this documentation in a timely fashion does not constitute a
claim for extra compensation or a time extension
F.
Submit the following to the observation service and the Owner at the completion of the
lead abatement portion of the Haz Mat Work:
1.
Copies of waste manifests and receipts acknowledging disposal of all lead

waste material from the project, showing delivery date, quantity, and appropriate
signature of landfill's authorized representative,
2.
A copy of the daily list of workers and site entry-exit logbook,
3.
All personnel monitoring results,
4.
All TTLC, TCLP and STLC testing results collected by the contractor or
G.
At no time will the Owner permit storage of debris generated from abatement activities to
be stored inside building at the site, and any storage of materials will be subject to the
Owners approval. Such approval will not be unreasonably denied. Assure security of
debris at all times.
H.
Spill Contingency and Waste Disposal Plan

Prepare a waste disposal and spill contingency plan for review and acceptance by the
Observation Service and Owner that includes waste hauling procedures, proposed waste
haulers, disposal site(s), and method and frequency of waste testing. Testing of waste
materials shall be done by the observation service. The Spill Contingency Plan will include


sections on spill containment, staging area protocol, and shop drawings of spill containment
structures.
1.03
SCOPE OF WORK
A.
The work of this Section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of
labor, materials, tools, equipment, services and incidentals necessary to complete
abatement in accordance with these Haz Mat Specifications, which are intended to
describe, and provide for, completed abatement as required by regulations and these
Haz Mat Specifications; what is called for by any portion of these documents shall be
complete in every detail, notwithstanding whether or not every item necessarily involved
is particularly mentioned.
B.
Nothing in this scope of work shall prohibit the Contractor from exploring work procedures or
technological developments in the realm of lead paint abatement. Only those activities that
hasten the completion of the lead abatement portion of the Haz Mat Work (without
themselves compromising lead dust generation or control) or that in themselves provide
enhanced dust control or lower airborne dust concentrations will be considered. Proposed
methods or equipment must be submitted in writing giving all details and shop drawings.
Prior to implementation of work incorporating these alternatives, a written approval
from the Owner and the Observation Service must be obtained.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, services, insurance, equipment and
decontamination facilities required to carry out the COMPLETE PAINT STABILIZATION
AND/OR REMOVAL, INCLUDING WASTE DISPOSAL of lead-based and components as
described in this document.
Materials
a.
WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS: In conformance with OSHA
b.
OTHER MATERIALS: Provide all other materials, such as lumber, nails and
hardware, which may be required to construct and dismantle the decontamination
unit and other barriers, as needed to isolate the work area.
c.
AIR PURIFYING VACUUM EQUIPMENT: Equipped with HEPA filters for lead dust
fibers becoming airborne during removal. Air is to pass through the HEPA filters
where 99.97 percent of lead dust are removed and retained on the filter.
d.
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE CONNECTION: All connections to the Owner

water system shall include backflow protection. Valves shall be temperature and
pressure rated for operation at higher temperatures and pressures than those
anticipated. After completion of use, connections and fittings shall be removed and
restored to original condition.
e.
WATER HOSES: Employ heavy-duty abrasion-resistant hoses with a pressure

rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system to
provide the maximum pressure of water into the work area.
f.
ELECTRICAL SERVICE: Electrical service will be provided by the Owner. Any

special electrical needs or extensions will be provided by the Contractor at the
Contractor's expense.


Ground Fault Protection: Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground fault
circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for plug-in connection of all power
tools and equipment.
g.
FIRST AID:
First Aid Supplies:
Comply with governing regulations and recognized
recommendations within the construction industry.
h.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS:
Fire Extinguishers: Provide Type "ABC" dry chemical fire extinguishers for
temporary offices and similar spaces where there is minimal danger of electrical or
grease-oil-flammable liquid fires.
B.
C.
General:
1.
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services required for performance of
the work included in this Section.
2.
Prepare work areas as required, including erection of polyethylene barriers at

access/egress points, ventilation, changing areas and any other preparations
required by Federal, State, or local regulations. Work areas must be approved
by the Observation Service prior to beginning abatement.
3.
Clean-up and decontaminate according to procedures described herein.
4.
Dispose of all abatement materials in accordance with all federal RCRA

requirements and state and local regulations.
5.
Approvals and Inspections: All work procedures, temporary facilities, equipment,

material and services must meet all the requirements of this section, as well as
all applicable local, state and federal regulations and guidelines. Where an
overlap exists, the most stringent shall apply.
The Scope of Work: The following items, at a minimum, are required to be performed by
the Contractor.
1.
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services required for performance of
the work included in this Section.
2.
Compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations pertaining to
hazardous materials abatement as well as all requirements of this Section.
3.
Paint Removal
4.
a.
Removal and disposal of loose and peeling paint on interior and exterior
surfaces.
b.
Stabilization of remaining intact paint as necessary to facilitate

renovation work.
Component Removal


a. Removal of components shall be limited to those identified in the scope of

work. Execution of component removal shall follow methods specified in
section 3.03.
1.04
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
A.
1.05
For the work of this section, the Contractor shall field-verify existing conditions and
quantities of materials.
CODES AND STANDARDS

A.
All work shall conform to the standards set by applicable Federal, State and local laws,
regulations, ordinances, and guidelines in such form in which they exist at the time of the
work on the contract and as may be required by subsequent regulations.
B.
In addition to any detailed requirements of the Specification, the Contractor shall at his
own cost and expense comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of Federal,
State, Regional and Local Authorities regarding handling and storing of lead waste
material.
C.
The following references are cited as applicable standard and regulations as amended:
1.
Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Title 29 CFR

1926.62 Lead Standard.
2. Environmental Protection Agency Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) 40

CFR 241, 257, 261, 262.
a.
General Applicability of Codes, Regulations, and Standards: Except to the extent

that more explicit or more stringent requirements are written directly into the contract
documents, all applicable codes, regulations, and standards have the same force
and effect (and are made a part of the contract documents by reference) as if
copied directly into the contract documents, or as if published copies are bound
herewith. In cases where there is a conflict between regulations, the more stringent
regulations will be enforced.
b.
Waste Generator Responsibility: the Owner, per EPA and State of California
regulations, is ultimately responsible for the disposition of waste materials. However,
this does not relieve the Contractor from liability relating to compliance with all
applicable Federal, State, and Local regulations pertaining to work practices,
hauling and disposal of wastes (including testing of lead abatement wastes), and
protection of workers, visitors to the site, and persons occupying areas adjacent to
the site. The Contractor is responsible for providing medical examinations,
maintaining medical records of personnel, and providing blood lead testing as
required by the applicable HUD, Federal, State, and Local regulations. The
Contractor shall hold the Owner and the Observation Service harmless for failure to
comply with any applicable work, hauling, disposal, safety, health or other regulation
on the part of himself, his employees, or his subcontractors.
c.
Work shall be in strict compliance with current issue of the following regulations,
codes, standards, and attachments. In the case of a conflict between regulations,
the most stringent shall be the binding regulation.


Federal Requirements, which govern, lead abatement work or hauling and disposal
of lead waste materials include, but are not limited to the following:
-
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

29 CFR 1910
29 CFR 1910.1025
29 CFR 1910.134
29 CFR 1910.1200
29 CFR 1910.145
29 CFR 1926
29 CFR 1926.62
General Industry Standard

Lead Hazard Standard
Respiratory Protection
Hazard Communication Specifications
for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags
Construction Industry Standard
Lead - Construction Industry Standard
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):

40 CFR 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, and 265 Hazardous Waste Regulations
Department of Transportation (DOT):

49 CFR 171, 172, 173, 177, 178 and 179 Regulations for Labeling, Mailing
and Transporting Hazardous Waste
1.06

Z88.2-80 Practices for Respiratory Protection
All attachments, memos and information sheets submitted by Federal,

State, and Local agencies.
All state, county and city codes and ordinances as applicable. Provide a
copy on site of EPA, OSHA, State, and City Regulations available for
review at any time, governing the work.
D.
All regulations by the above and other governing agencies in their most current version
are applicable throughout this project.
Where there is a conflict between this
Specification and the cited State, Federal, or local regulations, the more restrictive or
stringent requirements shall prevail.
E.
This Section refers to many requirements found in these references, but in no way is it
intended to cite or reiterate all provisions therein or elsewhere. It is the Contractor's
responsibility to know, understand, and abide by all such regulations and common
practices.
CLEANING
A.
Maintain the work site in a neat and orderly manner at all times, so as not to interrupt or
infringe upon the work of other trades.
B.
Perform all final cleaning of abatement work areas as required by California Regulations
to the approval of the observation service. Upon completion of work in any given area,
Contractor shall remove all material and equipment associated with the work, not
necessary to complete other phases of the work in that area.
C.
Daily Clean-Up


1.07
1.08
1.09
1.
Thirty (30) minutes prior to the end of each work day, all abatement work areas
must be cleaned of all debris and the work area vacuumed with a HEPA vacuum.
Under no circumstances will clean-up be permitted to commence when active
lead paint abatement work is in progress. All interior surfaces in the work area(s)
shall also be cleaned.
2.
Cleaning of areas adjacent to the work area(s) will be required if visible debris
generated during the work contaminates areas adjacent to the work areas and
building exteriors. It is at the discretion of the Observation Service to determine
the extent of cleaning. Such cleaning shall include a thorough HEPA vacuuming
of all affected surfaces, as determined by the observation service, as well as
washdown, and repeated HEPA vacuuming of the surfaces once dry.
3.
It is the prerogative of the observation service to test wherever deemed

necessary and the Contractor is responsible for meeting and correcting any
deficiencies discovered which do not meet the current applicable regulations and
requirements of these specifications.
COORDINATION
A.
At no time shall Contractor cause or allow to be caused conditions, which may cause risk
or hazard to the general public, or conditions that might impair safe use of the facility.
B.
Coordinate the work of this section with that of all other trades. Phasing and scheduling
of this project will be subject to the approval of the Owner. The work of this Section shall
be scheduled and performed so as not to impede the progress of the project as a whole.
Work shall not proceed in any area without the express consent of the Owner. The
Abatement Contractor shall be available within 24 hours notice for additional lead
abatement work if after acceptance of the Haz Mat Work it is found that full abatement
was not achieved from the initial work effort as determined by the observation service.
C.
The proposed schedule for the Haz Mat Work in this Section shall show the time involved
from start to finish of abatement operations, including preparation, removal, clean-up,
testing, and de-mobilization portions of the job.
COOPERATION AND WORK PROGRESS

A.
The work in this Section shall be carried on under the usual construction progress
conditions, in conjunction with all other work at the site. Cooperate with the Owner, the
Observation Service, and others working on the Site, coordinate the lead abatement Haz
Mat Work with the Work of others, and proceed in a manner so as not to delay the
progress of the Project.
B.
Coordinate the lead abatement Haz Mat Work with the progress of the work of other
trades so that all the Work is completed as soon as conditions permit. No work is to
extend beyond the stipulated work day unless approved by the observation service, and
the Owner.
SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS OR METHODS

A.
The Owner and the Observation Services approval are required for all modifications to
methods, procedures, and design that may be proposed by the Deleading Contractor. It
is the intent of these documents to allow the Deleading Contractor to present alternative
methods to the abatement processes herein, for review by the Owner and the


Observation Service. Any such modifications or substitutions to methods, procedures, or

design shall comply with applicable regulations. The Contractor shall submit the
proposed modification or substitution in accordance with the requirements of the General
Conditions, and no later than five work days prior to planned commencement of proposed
modification, for review and approval by the Owner and Observation Service.
B.
Unless requests for modification or substitution are made in accordance with the above
instructions and the instruction of the General Conditions, supported by sufficient proof of
equality, Deleading Contractor shall be required to furnish the specifically named or
designed items, methods or procedures designated in this Section.
C.
If the modification or substitution necessitates changes or additional work, same shall be

provided and the Deleading Contractor shall assume the cost and the entire responsibility
thereto unless performed under an approved Change Order Process.
D.
The Owner and the Observation Services permission to make such substitution shall not
relieve the Deleading Contractor from full responsibility for the work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

All material and equipment proposed to be used on for lead abatement Haz Mat Work shall be
subject to the acceptance of the Owner and the Observation Service.
2.02
A.
Polyethylene sheeting, minimum thickness of six (6)-mil.
B.
Plastic bags, minimum thickness of six (6)-mil.
C.
Duct Tape, 2-inch width
D.
Lead Warning Signs as described in HUD Guidelines and OSHA Hazard Communication
requirements.
E.
Spray adhesive
F.
Personal Protective Equipment, NIOSH approved respirators and filters
G.
HEPA vacuums
H.
Other materials, tools and equipment necessary for abatement.
I.
Cloth tarpaulin
J.
All other materials required by related sections
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
A.
Coveralls (whole body protective coverings).

Disposable full-body coverall and
disposable head covers shall be worn by all workers in the work area. Sleeves shall be
secured at the wrist and pant legs at the ankle with tape. In heat-stress conditions,
breathable clothing, such as cotton coveralls, shall be provided. Where non-disposable
coveralls are provided, these coveralls shall be cleaned after each wearing. Cleaning of


coveralls and other non-disposable clothing shall be in accordance with the provisions for
cleaning in 29 CFR 1910.1025.
B.
2.03
Boots. Work boots with non-skid soles shall be worn by all workers and where required
by OSHA, safety boots (steel toe or steel toe and shank) shall be worn. Provide boots at
no cost to workers.
PROTECTIVE MATERIALS
A.
Polyethylene Sheeting. Flame-resistant polyethylene film in the largest size possible to

minimize seams, and six-mil thick, shall be provided. Frosted, clear or black film may be
used. Reinforced sheeting may be required when contained area is exposed to outside.
B.
Hazardous Waste Storage Containers. Containers shall be Department of Transportation

approved carbon steel 55-gallon drum containers and in accordance with 49 CFR 178,
179. Hazardous Waste Dumpsters must be front loading, lockable. Dumpsters shall be
locked at all times unless in use.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL
A.
Approvals and Inspection

All temporary facilities, work procedures, equipment, materials, services, and agreements
must strictly adhere to and meet this Section along with EPA, OSHA, regulations and
recommendations as well as federal, state, and local regulations. Where there exists
overlap of these regulations, the most stringent one applies. All lead abatement Haz Mat
Work is further subject to approval of the Owner and/or the Observation Service.
B.
Isolation Work Areas

All abatement work areas shall remain isolated from all other trades of the project and
remain inaccessible to the public. The Contractor shall monitor the access to the
abatement work areas.
1.
Potential Lead Hazard:

The disturbance or dislocation of lead-based paint may cause lead dust to be
released into the building's atmosphere, thereby creating a potential health hazard
to workers and building occupants. Apprise all workers, supervisory personnel, and
subcontractors who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the hazard and of
proper work procedures that must be followed.
Where in the performance of the work, workers, supervisory personnel, and
subcontractors may encounter, disturb or otherwise function in the immediate
vicinity of any identified lead-based paint or debris, take appropriate continuous
measures as necessary to protect all building occupants from the potential hazard
of exposure to airborne lead dust. Such measures shall include the procedures and
methods described herein, and compliance with regulations of applicable federal,
state and local agencies.


C.
D.
Environmental Monitoring
1.
The Observation Service may perform area air sampling and analysis for phases
of the work in this Section.
2.
During removal, wipe and generated waste samples may be collected by the
Observation Service from work areas or locations adjacent to work areas.
Personnel Sampling- The Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor shall:

1.
Perform personnel air sampling during all abatement work to determine worker
exposure limits. The results of such sampling shall be posted, provided to
individual workers, and submitted to the observation service.
2.
Provide sampling to check personal exposure levels. Representative sampling

shall be taken for the duration of the work shift or for eight hours, whichever is
less. Personal samples need not be taken for repeated working conditions if
working conditions remain unchanged, but must be taken every time there is a
change in the removal operation, either in terms of the location or the type of
work. Sampling will be used to determine eight-hour Time-Weighted-Averages
(TWA).
3.
Air sampling results shall be transmitted to the observation service and made
available to individual workers at the job site in written form no more than 48
hours after the completion of a sampling cycle. The reporting document shall list
each sample's result, sampling time and date, personnel monitored and their
social security numbers, flow rate, sample duration, sample yield, cassette size,
and analysts' name and company, and shall include an interpretation of the
3
results. Air sample analysis results will be reported in ug/m .
4.
The Contractor's testing lab shall be an AIHA accredited for analysis of metals.
The Contractor shall submit for the Owner review and acceptance the name and
address of the laboratory, certification(s) of AIHA accreditation for metal analysis,
listing of relevant experience in air lead analysis, and presentation of a
documented Quality Assurance and Quality Control program.
5.
Air monitoring frequency will be established in accordance with the requirements

set forth in 29 CFR 1926.62 and 1910.1025 (d).
6.
The following establishes the action level and PEL:

a.
b.
E.
Action Level (lead):

PEL (lead):
30 g/m
3
50 g/m
Work Review
1.
The Observation Service will review the work practices prior to the start of and
during all lead abatement related Haz Mat Work and will report any violations to
the Owner. If deficiencies are not corrected by the Contractor within 24 hours,
the Observation Service will request that work be stopped and the Owner will be
contacted to intervene. The on-site inspector representing the Observation
Service may stop the work at any time due to violation of regulations and
violation of specification requirements. Delays to completion of the Haz Mat


Work or the Remodel Work resulting from a stop work order issued pursuant to
the preceding shall not result in extension of the Contract Time.
F.
2.
The Owner and the Observation Service have the authority to stop work due to
adverse weather conditions, including but not limited to excessive rain, wind, and
heat, which cause or may cause contamination of adjacent areas on surfaces,
increased worker exposure, or potential harm to workers.
3.
The Observation Service will record a daily log of Deleading Contractor's work
practices, and workers working on the project, and make these daily logs a part
of the final project documents (Job Book).
Respirators and Protective Clothing

1.
Personal protection, in the form of disposable coveralls and NIOSH approved

respirators, is required for all workers, supervisors, and visitors entering the work
area during the removal and cleaning operations.
2.
Work clothes shall consist of disposable full-body coveralls, head covers, gloves,
boot or shoe covers, and eye protection.
3.
Supply workers and supervisory personnel with NIOSH approved respirators and
HEPA filters. Respiratory protection shall be implemented for all work performed
under this Section unless the Observation Service approves lesser requirements.
The respirators shall be sanitized and maintained according to the
manufacturer's specifications. Disposable respirators shall not be considered
acceptable under any circumstances. Maintain on site a sufficient supply of
HEPA filters to allow workers and supervisory personnel to change contaminated
filters when needed. The Contractor and Abatement Contractor are solely
responsible for means and methods used and for compliance with applicable
regulations and shall use as a minimum:
a.
Half-mask, negative pressure, air-purifying respirators equipped with

high efficiency filters shall be used during removal and cleaning.
4.
Respirators shall be individually assigned to removal workers for their exclusive

use. All respiratory protection shall be provided to workers in accordance with
the written submitted respiratory protection program, which includes all items in
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) (1-11). A copy of this program shall be kept at the
work site, and shall be posted in the clean area.
5.
Provide personal sampling to check personal exposure levels. Samples shall be

taken for the duration of the work shift or for eight hours, whichever is less.
Personal samples need not be taken every day but must be taken in accordance
with 29 CFR 1910.1025. Sampling will determine if the eight-hour TimeWeighted-Averages (TWA) exceeds the action level.
6.
Comply with all OSHA requirements of worker medical examinations for approval
to wear respiratory protection.
7.
Blood monitoring and medical surveillance of workers shall occur as follows:


G.
a.
Periodic medical examination and blood monitoring for all workers and
supervisors shall occur within at least two months prior to the start of the
work of this Contract.
b.
All workers for the lead abatement Haz Mat Work shall have blood tests
performed after a maximum two months into the work of this Contract.
Workers shall be removed from the work site as soon as three blood
sample tests average 25 g/dl or a single test averages 30 g/dl or
above.
c.
All workers and supervisors shall have indicated, prior to the start of
work, a blood lead level of below 30 g/dl of whole blood.
d.
More frequent medical examinations are required upon notification that a

worker is pregnant, a worker requests medical attention, a worker shows
signs of difficulty in breathing during respirator fit-test or use, or as
appropriate for workers removed from the work due to lead exposure.
e.
Workers shall not be sent back to perform deleading work until three
blood tests average below 25 g/dl over a two-week period.
Work Procedures - General

In order to avoid possible exposure to dangerous levels of lead and to prevent possible
contamination to building occupants and the environment, work shall conform to the
following general guidelines:
1.
Before leaving an area of work, the worker shall remove all gross contamination,
debris and dust from the coveralls by HEPA vacuuming;
2.
All persons leaving the exterior removal area must remove their personal
protective equipment before leaving the containment. Coveralls shall be
removed "inside out" to minimize the dispersal of lead dust and bagged
immediately;
3.
At the completion of work at each work area, complete cleaning of the entire
work area by the use of HEPA vacuuming.
4.
Under no circumstances shall workers or supervisory personnel eat, drink,

smoke, chew gum, or chew tobacco in a work area; to do so shall be grounds for
the Observation Service to stop all removal operations. Only in the case of lifethreatening emergency shall workers or supervisory personnel be allowed to
remove their protective respirators while in a work area; in this situation,
respirators are to be removed for as short of a duration as possible.
H.
.
The Contractor and Abatement Contractor are responsible for using safe procedures and
complying with OSHA regulations to avoid electrical hazards.
I.
Security
1.
It will be the responsibility of the Contractor and Abatement Contractor to allow

only authorized personnel into the work area, and to secure all assigned
entrances and exits at the end of the work day.


J.
2.
Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor shall maintain a log book in which any
person entering or leaving the abatement work area must sign and enter the date
and time.
3.
Use of waste containers on site shall be controlled under the following

requirements:
a.
Location of waste containers on site shall be subject to the observation

service and the Owners approval;
b.
Waste containers lined with two layers of six-mil polyethylene sheeting

shall be solid, enclosed containers and locked and secured at all times;
c.
Comply with all federal, state and local regulations and ordinances
regarding hazardous material waste storage;
d.
Waste storage containers shall not be removed from the site without
prior written notice to and approval by the Observation Service and the
Owner.
Training Requirements: The abatement supervisor shall be a CDPH certified lead related
construction supervisor. All workers and supervisors performing deleading activities shall
have successfully completed training, at a minimum, in the following topics:
1.
Health risks of lead, including the nature of occupational lead poisoning, routes of
exposure, known dose-response relationships, effects on nervous system,
reproductive system, muscular-skeletal systems and kidneys, and the differences
in health effects between adults and children.
2.
Personal protective equipment including the types and characteristics of

respirator classes, limitations of respirators, proper selection, inspection,
donning, use, maintenance and storage of respirators, field-testing the facepieceto-face seal (positive and negative pressure-fitting tests), qualitative and
quantitative fit-testing procedures, variations between laboratory and field fit
factors, factors that affect respirator fit (e.g., facial hair), in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.1025 (f) (2) (i), and selection and use of disposable clothing, use and
handling of launderable clothing, non-skid shoes, gloves, eye protection, and
hard hats.
3.
Medical monitoring requirements for workers including required and

recommended tests, reasons for medical monitoring and employee access to
records.
4.
Monitoring procedures for workers including description of equipment and

procedures, reasons for monitoring, types of samples, and current standards with
recommended changes.
5.
Work practices for lead abatement including but not limited to proper set-up of
polyethylene barriers, work area preparation, clean-up procedures, posting of
warning signs, electrical lockout, proper working techniques, permitted and
prohibited practices, and lead waste disposal.
6.
Personal hygiene including entry and exit procedures to/from the clean area,
prohibition of eating, drinking, smoking, chewing or applying cosmetics in the


clean or work area, and potential tracking of lead contamination or otherwise

exposing worker's family and/or the public.
3.02
7.
Special safety hazards that may be encountered including but not limited to
electrical hazards, air contaminants, fire and explosion hazards, scaffold and
ladder hazards, slippery surfaces, confined spaces, heat stress, and noise.
8.
Contamination prevention measures including but not limited to procedures to

prevent ambient air, ground or ground water contamination.
PRE-REMOVAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Abatement - Interior
1.
Prior to the commencement of any abatement procedures, a yellow caution tape

barrier shall be placed around each work area at a distance sufficient enough to
keep bystanders out of the immediate work areas. This area is considered the
Regulated Area.
2.
All debris must be properly bagged and removed from work areas at the end of
the work shift.
3.
Clean Area: Select a clean area outside of the abatement and decontamination
unit areas for workers to change into protective equipment. This area shall
contain warm water hand-washing facilities (potable water), clean cloths, storage
for a HEPA vacuum, and respirator storage space. Table, chairs, and a rest
facility shall also be available at this location. Contaminated equipment or
personnel shall not be permitted in this area. The floor and walls shall be
covered with six-mil polyethylene sheeting.
Signs shall be posted at all approaches to the work area warning that deleading
work is being conducted in the vicinity. The signs shall read:
WARNING:
LEAD PAINT REMOVAL HAZARD
UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY PROHIBITED
NO SMOKING EATING OR DRINKING
ALLOWED IN THE WORK AREA
5.
3.02
Maintain barriers as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the
work. Any breaches in the work area barriers shall be corrected immediately and
as necessary during the workday with such breaches reported in writing
immediately to the Owner. Work will not be allowed to commence until all
barriers are in place and acceptable to the Observation Service.
PRE-ABATEMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Abatement - Interior
1.
Prior to the commencement of any abatement procedures, a yellow caution tape

barrier shall be placed around each work area at a distance sufficient enough to
keep bystanders out of the immediate work areas. This area is considered the
Regulated Area.


B.
2.
All debris must be properly bagged and removed from work areas at the end of
the work shift.
3.
Clean Area Select a clean area outside of the abatement and decontamination
unit areas for workers to change into protective equipment. This area shall
contain warm water hand-washing facilities (potable water), clean cloths, storage
for a HEPA vacuum, and respirator storage space. Table, chairs, and a rest
facility shall also be available at this location. Contaminated equipment or
personnel shall not be permitted in this area. The floor and walls shall be
covered with six-mil polyethylene sheeting.
work is being conducted in the vicinity.
5.
as necessary during the workday with such breaches reported immediately to the
Owner and observation service. Work will not be allowed to commence until all
barriers are in place and acceptable to the Observation Service.
Barriers and Isolation - Exterior Abatement: Contractor shall perform the following work
area preparation methods for the abatement of components considered exterior to the
building as described in the scope of work:
1.
Prior to the commencement of any abatement procedures, notification

requirements must be met, required signs shall be posted and movable objects if
any) shall be moved a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the perimeter of the
building.
2.
Pre-abatement work shall be performed prior to any abatement or component

removal commences.
3.
A yellow caution tape barrier shall be placed around each work area at a
distance sufficient enough to keep bystanders out of the immediate work areas.
This area is considered the Regulated Area.
4.
Construct and maintain sealed polyethylene barriers on all windows and doors of
the building to isolate the exterior work area from the interior of the building. At
no time shall workers enter the dwellings after the commencement of deleading
activities on the exterior.
5.
The polyethylene barriers termed "critical barriers" for any exterior abatement (if
applicable) shall consist of the following:
a.
Pre-Clean all interior window surfaces with a HEPA-equipped vacuum.
b.
Seal duct tape lip to inner most sill, casing and header surfaces of the
window.
c.
Seal two layers of six mil polyethylene sheeting from the duct tape lip on
the inside sill of the window and extend up to the inside surface of the
top interior casing. The first layer of sheeting applied shall be sealed to
the inside faces of the window casing. The polyethylene sheeting shall
be sealed to a piece of three inch width duct tape forming a lip attached


to the interior window perimeter of the window casing.
3.03
d.
There shall be no cavity in the polyethylene sheeting created that would

allow lead dust to accumulate, which cannot be removed with HEPA
vacuuming. This shall allow for removal of this polyethylene sheeting
from the exterior of the building, without the generation of lead dust, once
the window is removed and cleanup is complete.
e.
The second layer of polyethylene sheeting shall be applied over the first
layer and sealed directly to the inner face of the cut tape lip and window
sill and casing.
f.
This sealing of windows shall be done from the interior prior to the
beginning of any exterior work.
6.
Remove with the use of HEPA vacuum all visible paint chips and debris from
base of buildings, on ground, on asphalt and concrete surfaces and all underlying
surfaces.
7.
Seal all other openings to the interior of the building with polyethylene sheeting
and duct tape at all seams. These openings shall include but not be limited to
vents, shafts, conduit/cable openings, etc., at all heights of the building.
8.
The exterior of the building and the ground surrounding the building shall be
covered with cloth tarpaulins from the edge of the building to a distance 20 feet
from the building on all sides. The tarpaulin must be secured to the ground with
stakes and weighted to prevent wind movement of tarpaulins. Protect trees,
shrubs and landscaping.
9.
work is being conducted in the vicinity.
10.
as necessary during the workday with such breaches reported immediately to the
Owner. Work will not be allowed to commence until all barriers are in place and
acceptable to the Observation Service.
11.
No barriers shall be removed until the exterior surfaces of the openings are
thoroughly cleaned of all visible debris and vacuumed with a HEPA vacuum, the
area has been approved by the Observation Service, all debris has been properly
bagged and removed from work areas, and lead surface wipe or soil samples
have been taken in accordance with provisions detailed herein.
12.
Weather - Do not conduct work if wind speeds are greater than 20 miles per
hour. Work must stop and cleanup must occur before it rain begins or work
should proceed from the inside only,
ABATEMENT METHODS
A.
Abatement - General
1.
Feasible engineering controls (i.e., misters, ventilation with HEPA filtration) shall
be implemented by Deleading Contractor as requested by the Observation


Service, to minimize the possibility of contamination of areas adjacent to the work

area.
2.
At no time will the following be allowed on the Site prior to removal of LCP:
a. Wire brushing
b. Flame torching
c.
Open flame burning
d. Heat guns
e. Chemical stripping with methylene chloride based paint strippers;
f.
Uncontained abrasive blasting;
g. Uncontained power washing;

h. Dry sanding or scraping;
B.
i.
Power sanding without high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) attachment;
j.
Sanding of wood after chemical stripping.
Paint Removal
Paint removal shall occur on items specified in the scope of work. Loose and
peeling paint removal must be down to the bare substrate or intact paint. The
Observation Service will inspect the paint removal. The Observation Service will
inspect the paint removal after final cleaning procedures are completed, and
before removal of any containment systems. Methods for paint removal must
meet the requirements of these specifications and any manufactures
recommendations and procedures, as applicable.
The following paint removal methods are available as methods for removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Caustic Paste Application

Power washing/sand blasting
On-site Paint Removal Scraping
Component removal
Component Removal
a. Removal of components shall be limited to those identified in the scope of
work. Execution of component removal shall follow methods specified in
section 3.03
b. Preparation of component removal work areas shall be performed by placing
two layers of six mil polyethylene sheeting on the floor of the work area to
remain in place until work is completed.
c.
Wet the component to be removed with water to help keep the dust down
during the removal process. Before applying the water, be sure there are no
electrical circuits inside the component.
d. For surfaces from which the components are removed, all visible debris shall
be removed and any excess paint on the structure from which the component


was removed shall be removed by Contractor. This includes paint over-runs,

caulking, and putty etc., existing on the substrate and adjacent substrate.
e. The component shall be removed, wrapped in two layers of six-mil
polyethylene sheeting and then stored for waste stream testing and disposal.
f.
The components shall be removed according to this prescribed sequence:

1. Score paint and caulk lines to the walls adjoining the component to be
removed with razor knife. This will provide a space for a pry
instrument and will minimize paint chipping and dust generation during
removal.
2. Remove any screws or other fasteners. Using a flat pry instrument
and a hammer, carefully pry the affected building component away
from the surface to which it is attached. The pry bar should be inserted
into the seam at the nail (or other fastening device) at one end of the
component and pressure applied. This process should repeat at the
other fastening locations until the end of the component is reached. By
prying in this manner, the component will be removed intact and dust
generation will be minimized. A pry point pad or softener may be
required to minimize damage to adjoining surfaces.
3. Clean up with a HEPA-vacuum all paint chips and flakes generated.
4. A thorough cleaning of adjoining fixtures shall be performed to include
removal of all visible debris and dust from where component was
removed by the use of a HEPA filtered vacuum.
5. Clean-up shall occur daily, and occur in conjunction with the
generation of any debris or dust. HEPA filtered vacuums shall be
employed to clean up dust and debris associated with the removal of
LCP coated building components.
3.04
CLEARANCE
A.
3.05
6. Disposal of all components

accordance with Section 3.06.
removed shall be
performed in
The observation service will perform a visual inspection for remaining lead dust and
debris and encapsulation effectiveness before contractors demobilization.
FINAL CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES

A.
Upon completion of the abatement in a given work area, final clean-up will be performed
by the Deleading Contractor. Final clean-up includes removal of any contaminated
material, equipment or debris including polyethylene sheeting from the work area. The
polyethylene sheeting shall first be sprayed or misted with water for dust control, then
folded in upon it to contain dust particles. All polyethylene sheeting used for critical
barriers shall remain in place until final clearance testing results have passed criteria set
forth herein.
B.
Once the polyethylene is removed from the work area, cleaning shall begin with a
thorough HEPA vacuuming of all surfaces.


3.06
C.
Special attention shall be given to personal hygiene and the cleaning of supplies and/or
equipment. All mop heads, sponges, and rags shall be replaced or changed daily at a
minimum. Rags, mop heads or sponges may be reused if Deleading Contractor has
them cleaned via a washing system specially equipped with HEPA filtration.
D.
Clearance testing shall be in the form of a visual inspection for remaining dust and debris,
to be performed by the Observation Service.
DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL

A.
General
1.
All disposal costs shall be borne by the Deleading Contractor.
2.
The following materials, individually and at a minimum, shall be tested by

Observation Service and results made available to the Owner and the
Hazardous Removal Contactor, to determine whether or not they are to be
classified as hazardous waste:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
HEPA filters, respirator cartridges;

Waste water;
Sand (if used)
Dust from HEPA filters and from damp sweeping;
Plastic sheets, duct tape, or tape used to cover floors and other services
during lead-based paint abatement;
f. Liquid waste, such as wash water used to decontaminate wood after
removal has been performed;
g. Rags, sponges, mops, scrapers, and other materials used for testing,
abatement, and clean-up;
h. Disposable work clothes and respirator filters;
i. Any other items intended for non-hazardous disposal.
B.
3.
In order to determine whether wastes are classified as non-hazardous solid or

hazardous waste for the above listed materials, as defined under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching
Procedure (TCLP) must be performed. Representative samples shall be
required of all materials in Item 2. a. through i. above to be disposed.
Representative sampling shall be at a minimum, one sample of each component
with LCP to be disposed of.
4.
Submit written manifest to the Owner for signature prior to removing any waste
from site and shall submit complete manifest to the Owner after waste is
disposed at approved landfill.
Disposal of Non-Hazardous Contaminated Solid Waste

1.
Place lead-containing paint chips, debris, and lead dust in double six-mil
polyethylene bags that are air-tight and puncture-resistant. Pieces of wood or
other types of substrates that do not fit into polyethylene bags shall be wrapped
and labeled "DANGER, LEAD DUST".
2.
Place all disposable cleaning materials, such as sponges, mop heads, filters,
disposable clothing in double six-mil polyethylene bags and seal.


C.
3.
Clean surfaces and equipment and bag large debris. Remove polyethylene
sheeting and tape from covered surfaces. Prior to removing polyethylene
sheeting, lightly mist the sheeting in order to keep dust down and fold inward to
form tight bundles to bag for disposal. Place all polyethylene sheeting in double
six-mil thick polyethylene bags and seal. Bags shall be labeled "Danger, Lead
Dust".
4.
Bag and seal vacuum bags and filters in double six-mil thick polyethylene bags.
5.
Place all contaminated clothing or work area clothing used during abatement in
polyethylene bags for disposal prior to leaving the work area.
6.
Contain and properly dispose of all liquid waste, including lead dustcontaminated waste water.
7.
HEPA vacuum the exterior of all liquid waste containers prior to removing waste
containers from the work area, and wet-wipe containers to ensure that no
residual contamination remains. Containers shall then be moved out of the work
area into the designated storage area.
8.
Carefully place the containers into a truck or dumpster used for disposal.
9.
Ensure that all waste is transported in covered vehicles to a landfill, or lined

landfill, if available, in accordance with applicable DOT and EPA regulations.
10.
Submit to the observation service and the Owner the waste transfer procedure
and route and shall comply with all state, local and DOT regulations concerning
hazardous and non-hazardous waste removal and transportation.
Disposal of Hazardous Waste

1.
Comply with RCRA and with all applicable state and local regulations.
2.
Comply with all EPA regulations for waste treatment, transfer and disposal.
3.
Materials testing as hazardous shall be prepared for disposal as follows:
4.
a.
Packaged and sealed in approved containers;
b.
Name, location and telephone number of the disposal site used; copy of
the state license in which the disposal site is located, locally-issued
license, and a signed agreement that the disposal site will accept the
hazardous lead waste shall be provided to the Observation Service;
c.
Name, address and telephone number of any waste Sub-Contractors

used; provide copies of licenses and signed agreements to the
Observation Service;
d.
Submit copies of the Hazardous Waste manifest as required by these

specifications.
Waste Containers. Comply with EPA and DOT regulations for containers.
Contact state and local authorities to determine their criteria for containers, and
present this information to The Owner and the Observation Service. The more


stringent regulation shall apply.

5.
Waste Transportation. If the Abatement Contractor is not a certified hazardous

waste transporter, the Contractor or Abatement Contractor shall contract with a
certified transporter to move the waste. Transporter shall be at approval of the
Owner. Require the certified hazardous waste transporter to fully comply with
RCRA and DOT regulations.
6.
Prior to removal of any hazardous waste the following information must be

received in writing by the Observation Service and the Owner for their review and
approval. Notify the Owner and the Observation Service not less than 48 hours
prior to the proposed time of removing and delivery of contaminated waste to the
landfill. The Owner and the Observation Service may elect to observe this
operation:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Quantity of hazardous waste;

Type of waste materials;
Method of containerizing waste or waste treatment and appropriate
licensing, certification and regulatory approvals;
Proposed waste hauler and disposal route;
Proposed waste disposal site or landfill.
Upon approval from the Observation Service, the waste may be transported as
required.
7.
D.
Receipts from waste hauler and waste disposal site or landfill must be submitted
by the Contractor and/or Abatement Contractor to the Owner and Observation
Service and approved by the Owner and the Observation Service prior to
approval of completion of the applicable phase of work.
Waste Reduction Techniques

1.
Contractor shall perform all waste reduction techniques such as chipping, paint
stripping, in accordance with all federal RCRA and state regulations. The
following EPA regulations and requirements are applicable to this the lead
abatement portion of the Haz Mat work:
40 CFR 61
40 CFR 241
40 CFR 257
40 CFR 261 and 262
Contractor shall obtain federal and state regulatory approval for waste reduction,
as applicable.
2.
3.
4.
Waste reduction is considered a lead abatement procedure and only licensed,

trained, and qualified lead abatement workers and supervisors are allowed to
perform this work item, including the handling, transfer, and waste reduction of
lead abatement wastes from the Site.
All waste reduction techniques shall first be reviewed and approved by the
observation service and the Owner and/or its authorized representative prior to
use in this project.
No treatment of hazardous waste will be allowed on this project. At no time shall


Contractor render lead-containing waste non-hazardous as a process of waste

reduction. Reduction of waste volume shall incorporate removal of lead-bearing
constituents from abated components only. Any alternatives to this requirement
must be presented to the observation service and the Owner in writing for review
and approval.
5.
Waste reduction shall occur under proper health and safety procedures.
Contractor shall submit a Waste Reduction Health and Safety Plan to the Owner
for review and approval. This Health and Safety Plan shall include the following
as a minimum:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
6.
E.
Worker protection procedures and compliance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926

as currently amended;
Isolation and containment procedures;
Procedures to eliminate visible emissions;
Final cleaning of waste reduction enclosure/work area;
Wash water filtration/recovery/disposal procedures;
Final waste reduction processing and disposal matrix;
All other manifest and transport requirements of this Section.
All costs associated with waste reduction and compliance are included in the
Contract Price, including but not limited to rental of equipment and trailers, power
connections, permits, fees, and license.
Cost for Disposal of Hazardous Waste

1.
The cost for the correct disposal of all waste of this project shall be included in
the Contract Price, including the lead abatement waste to be disposed as nonhazardous waste, and according to 40 CFR 241, 261, and 262.
2.
The observation service shall submit to its approved laboratory for waste stream
testing, samples of each type of component removed as part of the Haz Mat
Work. The Abatement Contractors Total Base Bid shall include minimum
requirements for testing of materials required by the disposal sites, hazardous
and non-hazardous, and as referred to in this Section.
END OF SECTION


LIGHTING WASTE REMOVAL

1.1
REMOVAL OF LIGHTING WASTES

Fluorescent light ballasts which contain PCBs and spent fluorescent light tubes which contain
mercury are regulated by the Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) and are listed as
hazardous waste in CCR Title 22, Chapter 11, Appendix X. Ballasts manufactured after January
1, 1978 do not contain PCBs and should be labeled as such on the ballast. Spent fluorescent
light tubes typically contain concentrations of mercury exceeding the TTLC and/or the STLC
values. The regulatory thresholds for fluorescent light tubes are 20 mg/kg and 0.2 mg/l
respectively. In addition these wastes may be regulated under RCRA if they contain
concentrations of mercury that exceed the TCLP.
There is no specific California treatment standard for PCBs ballasts, however, they must be
handled, transported, and disposed of as hazardous waste. There are two disposal options for
PCB ballasts; (1) placement in lab packs for disposal in a hazardous landfill, and (2) incineration
at a facility which is permitted to incinerate PCB wastes. The disposal option for fluorescent
tubing is as household hazardous waste, or recycling which allows for the recovery for the
mercury, glass, and aluminum end caps. In California there are facilities with DTSC authorization
to accept non-RCRA fluorescent tubes for recycling.
A.
PCB Ballasts:
1.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA; 40 CFR 761.60 & 761.65) and the
California Department of Health Services (DOSH; 22 CCR Section 66508) consider
PCB from ballasts as a hazardous waste. Generators of PCB ballasts who transport
off-site no more than two 55-gallon drums per transportation vehicle shall be exempt
from the standards set forth in Article 1, Article 2, and Article 4 of Title 22 CCR,
Chapter 12 and 13, as follows:
a.
Generators of PCB-containing light ballasts shall be exempt from filing an

"Extremely Hazardous Waste Disposal Permit" as required by 67430.1.
b.
A transporter of twelve or more non-leaking PCB-containing fluorescent light

ballasts shall be exempt from provisions under Title 22 CCR Chapter 13
provided all the following conditions are met:
(1).
The transporter shall use a shipping paper which contains all the
information required pursuant to Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 172, Subpart C to document the transportation of the ballasts. The
shipping paper or manifest must accompany the shipments, with a
legible copy maintained by the transporter for a minimum period of three
years.
(2).
The total number of PCB-containing light ballasts being transported shall

not exceed two 55-gallon drums of non-leaking ballasts per load and
shall not contain any other hazardous wastes.
(3).
The transporting container shall meet all applicable federal and state
regulations.
(4).
Any discharges or spills of hazardous waste consisting of PCBcontaining fluorescent light ballasts shall be reported and cleaned up as
required in Title 22 CCR, Chapter 13, Article 3.
Lighting Waste Removal 1 of 2

c.
B.
Transfer of hazardous waste consisting of PCB-containing light ballasts from

one container to another shall not be subject to the requirements of Title 22
CCR provided the containers hold no other hazardous wastes.
2.
Disposal of the PCB-containing light ballasts shall be in accordance with 66268.110

via incineration.
3.
Pack all ballasts as "containing PCBs" or all ballasts not specifically marked as "nonPCB" or "PCB free" as hazardous waste. Workers removing ballasts from fixtures
shall wear protective clothing and nitrile or neoprene gloves. Those ballasts showing
signs of overheating or leakage will require wipe-down of the fixture with clean paper
towels after the unit has cooled to room temperature. This step should be followed
with additional wiping with an organic solvent (e.g., mineral spirits, isopropyl alcohol,
etc.). The leaking ballasts and rags should be placed in a plastic bag, which is tiedoff and secured. Pack the remaining PCB ballasts and bagged waste in steel drums,
sealed, labeled, and transported to an approved incinerator following required
manifest procedures. Absorbent material, such as kitty liter, should be used as a
cushion and absorbent within the drums. Drum loading shall not exceed the
incinerator's requirements (typically 350 to 500 lbs. limit per drum).
Fluorescent and Mercury Vapor Lamps and thermo switches: Spent fluorescent and
mercury vapor lamps, as well as thermo switches contain mercury, which is considered a
hazardous waste by the California Department of Health Services (DOHS; 22 CCR Section
66699(b)). Ship lamps and switches to a commercial recycler where they are crushed and
the mercury is reclaimed. The recycler shall comply with DOT requirements for manifests,
etc., with evidence of proper disposal provided to the Owner including a log of shipment
dates and quantities.
END OF SECTION

Lighting Waste Removal 2 of 2

TREATED WOOD REMOVAL

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
REMOVAL TREATED WOOD
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS

A.
Examine architectural drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for
requirements of related sections affecting the work of this Section.
B.
The work of this section shall be performed as stated herein. The Contractor is
responsible for the coordination of the work of this section with related Work and
Remodel Work.
There is no specific California standard for wood treated with arsenic and copper. When disposed to
land, treated wood waste (TTW) shall be disposed in either a class I hazardous waste landfill, or in a
composite-lined portion of a solid waste landfill unit that meets all requirements applicable to disposal of
municipal solid waste in California after October 9, 1993, and that is regulated by waste discharge
requirements issued pursuant to division 7 (commencing with 13000) of the Water Code for discharges of
designated waste, as defined in section of 13173 of the water Code, or TWW
END OF SECTION

Treated Wood 1 of 1

MOLD REMEDIATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.0
INTRODUCTION
This remediation scope of work (RSOW) describes the general specifications that shall be
followed for the remediation of microbial contamination of water-damaged building materials
within the buildings. In addition to the specifications set forth in this RSOW, the Contractor is
expected to abide by applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations.
No changes to this Work Plan will be allowed during this project without prior written approval
3
from the owner. M does not have the authority to approve change orders in the project scope or
the project costs. The contractor shall submit all change orders in writing to the Owner and
receive authorization in writing for any and all change orders.
1.1
General Project Information

Site:
1.2
Forest Theater Complex

Mountain View Avenue and Santa Rita Street
Carmel by the Sea, California
Remediation Scope of Work

A. Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, services, permits, insurance, and equipment that is
specified, shown, or reasonably implied for remediation activities specified in the RSOW or
applicable industrial standards.
B. The RSOW includes, but is not limited to, the following major tasks:
Stage Building
1. Establishment of critical barriers and preparation of the work areas as negative pressure
enclosures.
2. Removal and/or cleaning of contaminated building materials as follows:
a) Removal or wallboard walls in Stage Building storage area 12-inches beyond any visible
mold growth or water damage. .
b) Removal and cleaning for storage all cabinetry and other items in the costume storage
area and prop storage areas of the Stage Building
c) Removal of water and mold damaged framing materials. Mold impacted wood framing
and sheathing not structurally damaged shall be cleaned in place by hand scrubbing with
a soap and water solution, or sanding with the use of HEPA filtered sanders.
3. Fine cleaning of all surfaces in the building.
Note: This scope of work only includes those areas that exhibited demonstrable water damage
3
or microbial contamination at the time of M s assessment. (Destructive or invasive inspection
was limited prior to the development of this specification). It is possible, if not likely, that
additional damaged areas will be encountered during the remediation work. A qualified
Mold Remediation 1 of 13

environmental professional trained and experienced in assessing microbial contamination shall

evaluate additional contamination encountered during the remediation work. The supplemental
assessment should describe appropriate remediation methods to be employed by the Contractor
for recently discovered damaged materials.
Quantities and locations are estimates and conditions may change over time. The contractor is
responsible for verifying quantities and conditions at the time of the project walk through and prior
to performance. It is the contractors responsibility to notify the owner of any changes or
conditions that may warrant a change in project scope, additions or change orders.
2.0
GENERAL PROVISIONS
2.1
Definitions
The following definitions are utilized in this Specification:
Critical barrier: An engineered barrier that is impervious to penetration by bioaerosols, vapors,
and particulates. The barrier may be constructed of wood, metal, or plastic, as long as aerosols
cannot diffuse or migrate past the barrier. Generally part of a containment area.
Bioaerosol:
organisms.
Airborne particles that are living organisms or fragments originating from living
Abatement: The physical removal of contaminated building materials or the cleaning and
disinfection of contaminated building materials that could not be physically removed and
replaced.
Air Duct: A passageway of defined dimensions for the distribution of air within a structure.
Air Handling Unit: Any one of several varieties of mechanical air moving, filtering, and
conditioning systems. Commonly used to draw or force air through a duct system.
Air scrubber: A free-standing, unducted, fan-driven apparatus used to filter ambient air within a
defined area, usually an containment area.
Containment Area: An engineered space within a designated work area designed to control the
migration of contaminants to adjacent, non-contaminated regions outside the work area during
remediation
HVAC system: The entire air distribution system within a building, including, but not limited to
the air handler, cooling unit, heating element, humidifier, filter device, ducts, vents, intakes, and
exhausts.
Negative air pressure: Lower air pressure created in a defined area (containment space) by an
exhaust fan or vacuum device. The pressure differential allows air movement from adjacent
areas of higher pressure into the area of lower pressure. The function is to prevent contaminants
from escaping the contained area.
Moisture Content: The percentage or weight of moisture (water) in materials, as compared to
the weight of the material when completely dry.
Anti-microbial: Term applied to chemicals or processes that inhibit microbial proliferation, such
as drying or an antibiotic. The suffix cide is applied to those known to kill living organisms.

GFCI: Ground fault circuit interrupter. An electrical device designed to break an electrical circuit
when the device senses a leak to ground.
Remediation: The overall process of correcting problems related to water damage of building
materials and related microbial contamination.
Decontamination: The process of cleaning surfaces and objects includes thorough cleaning
with HEPA vacuums and/or detergents.
HEPA Filter: A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter capable of trapping and retaining
99.97 percent of all monodispersed particles equal to or greater than 0.3 microns in mass median
aerodynamic equivalent diameter.
HEPA Vacuum Equipment: Vacuuming equipment with a HEPA filter system.
Isolation: The sealing of all openings into a work area with six-mil polyethylene sheeting and
duct tape.
Work Area: Designated rooms, spaces, or areas of the subject site in which microbial
remediation actions are to be undertaken. A contained work area is a work area, which has been
isolated, equipped with controlled access portals and a decontamination unit, and is under a
negative air pressure regime.
Occupied Area: Any area adjacent to the work area that is occupied or potentially accessible by
unprotected employees or the public.
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
2.2
Contractors Quality Assurance

Work for this project shall be performed by an experienced mold remediation contractor. The
contractor shall submit proof of at least three (3) years of prior remediation experience as a
corporation. The experience shall include work history with a minimum of five (5) projects of
similar scope.
2.3
Health and Safety

Work for this project shall be performed in compliance with applicable regulatory standards,
including but not limited to, OSHA 29 CFR 1910 Standards for General Industry and OSHA 29
CFR 1926 Standards for the Construction Industry. Provisions of this RSOW relating to health
and safety of workers, the public, and protection of the environment are considered to be
minimum specifications. The remediation contractor is responsible for determining whether local,
state, or federal regulations, ordinances, or guidelines require additional, and/or more stringent,
protective measures. Failure on behalf of the remediation contractor to comply with applicable
requirements does not relieve the contractor from liability and/or requirements for performance of
the work.
The following standards, regulations, and reference documents are incorporated herein by
reference and made a part of this specification.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Publications:
1. 29 CFR 1926.28 - Personal Protective Equipment.
2. 29 CFR 1926.55 - Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts and Mists.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
29 CFR 1926.57 - Ventilation.

29 CFR 1926.59 - Hazard Communication.
29 CFR 1926.95 - Criteria for personal protective equipment.
29 CFR 1926.96 - Occupational foot protection.
29 CFR 1926.100 - Head protection.
29 CFR 1926.101 - Hearing protection.
29 CFR 1926.102 - Eye and face protection.
29 CFR 1926.103 - Respiratory protection.
29 CFR 1926.104 - Safety belts, lifelines, and lanyards.
29 CFR 1926.200 - Signs, Signals and Barricades.
29 CFR 1926.301 - Hand tools.
29 CFR 1926.302 - Power operated hand tools.
29 CFR 1926.451 - Scaffolding.
29 CFR 1926.500 - Fall Protection.
29 CFR 1926.501 - Duty to have fall protection.
29 CFR 1926.502 - Fall protection systems criteria & practices.
29 CFR 1926.503 - Fall Protection training requirements.

Z9.2-1979
Z88.2-1992
Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems

Practices for Respiratory Protection
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

Standard 90A
Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:

586-77
Test Performance of High Efficiency Particulate, Air Filter Units
Code of Regulations:
Section 5144
Respiratory Protection Regulations
These regulations, in the most current version, are applicable throughout this project. Where
there is a conflict between specifications in this RSOW and State, Federal, or local regulations,
the more restrictive or stringent requirements shall prevail.
Reference Documents:
1) Bioaerosols, Their Assessment and Control. American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), Cincinnati, Ohio, 1999.
2) Mold Remediation in Schools and Commercial Buildings. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. April, 2001.
3) Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments. New York City
Department of Health. Updated April, 2000.
4) Carpet Cleaning Standard S001.
Institute of Inspection, Cleaning, and Restoration
Certification (IICRC).
5) Standard and Reference Guide for Professional Water Damage Restoration S500 (2d
Edition). Institute of Inspection, Cleaning, and Restoration Certification (IICRC).
6) Assessment, Cleaning, and Restoration of HVAC Systems ACR 2002. National Air Duct
Cleaners Association. September 2001.


2.4
Utilities
The Owner shall provide water and power supply (i.e., electricity) from existing sources where the
Contractor's use is not excessive and does not interfere with the building's normal usage. Where
existing utilities or facilities are not adequate or cannot be used, the Contractor is responsible for
providing alternative sources of potable water and power. The use of the Facility's utilities shall
be coordinated through the Owner.
2.5
Licenses, Fees, & Permits

The Contractor shall pay licensing fees, royalties, and other costs necessary for the use of any
intellectual property including, but not limited to, copyrighted or patented product, design, invention,
or process in the performance of the work specified in this RSOW. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible for costs, damages, or losses resulting from infringement of these patent rights or
copyrights. The Contractor shall hold the Owner and Consultant harmless from costs, damages,
and losses resulting from infringement of these patent rights or copyrights, including reasonable
attorneys fees. If the Contract Specification requests the use of any product, design, invention, or
process that requires a licensing, patent, or royalty fee for use in the performance of the job, the
Contractor shall be responsible for the fee or royalty fee and shall disclose the existence of such
obligations.
2.6
Project Coordination
A. Business Disruption: The Owner may occupy portions of the subject site or conduct certain
business operations in or around the containment site during the remediation project. (The
remediation contractor shall coordinate work with the Owner or Owners Representative and
conduct activities so as to minimize disruption.
B. Authority to Stop Work: The Owner and Owners Representative have the authority to stop the
remediation work at such time as they determine that work conditions are not within the
specifications and applicable regulations. Work will not resume until corrective action has been
taken to the satisfaction of the Owner or Owners representative.
C. Emergency Exits: The Contractor shall establish visible emergency and fire exits from the work
area in accordance with applicable regulations
D. Injuries: If an injury occurs, the Contractor shall stop work until proper emergency response
personnel have been contacted, the injured person has been removed from the work area, the
cause of the injury has been determined and any problems corrected). The work area cannot be
re-entered until deemed safe by a designated Project Supervisor
E. Decontamination for workers: Workers exiting work mold remediation areas shall remove
disposable suits inside the clean room of the decontamination center. A wash station shall be
provided for workers exiting the work areas.
2.7
Pre-Job Submittals
The following submittals shall be provided to the Owner or Owners Representative prior to
commencement of remediation operations. The Owner or Owners Representative shall
approve submittals, in writing, prior to starting work at the subject space.


A. Respirators
1. The Contractor shall submit a written Respiratory Protection Program for, including make,
model and National Institute of Occupational Safety & Health (NIOSH) approval number of
the respirators to be used, as required by OSHA standards.
2. Contractors must provide a written certification for all employees, who will wear respirators
in the work area, stating that they are properly trained for respirator use in accordance
with 29 CFR 1926.103.
3. The Contractor must also provide current fit test certificates for each employee who will
wear a respirator at any time during the course of the project.
B. Medical Examinations
The Contractor shall submit proof that individuals designated to wear air-purifying respirators
have medical examinations as per OSHA requirements. Proof shall consist of a physician's
written opinion of said examinations stating that the worker is physically capable of wearing a
negative pressure respirator while performing his or her duties. A sample form is provided in
Appendix A.
C. Materials and Equipment Certification
1. Submit certification that vacuums, negative air pressure equipment filters, and other local
exhaust ventilation equipment conform to ANSI Z9.2-1979.
2. Provide product literature from the manufacturer for all materials, supplies, and chemical
products to be used at the subject site.
3. Provide safety data sheets (SDS) and application instructions for all chemical products to be
used at the subject site.
D. Worker Training
Submit a Statement of Training that Contractor employees who are on-site for this project
have been trained in microbial remediation activities.
E. Project Schedule
The Contractor shall prepare a schedule that will show the time involved from start to finish of
operations, including preparation, removal, clean-up, inspections/testing and de-mobilization
portions of the job. A final schedule shall then be prepared and coordinated with the Owner,
Owners Representative, and the Contractor. The final scheduling shall be submitted in
writing prior to the commencement of work.
2.8
Occupancy and Access Restrictions

A. The facility should not be occupied during remediation operations.
2.9
Scheduling
A.
All work shall be performed Monday through Friday or as directed by Owner.


B. Coordinate with the Owner and Owners representative on work hours and availability of
workspaces and storage areas.
C. Obtain approval from Owners Representative prior to altering work schedule.
2.10
Observations
A qualified environmental consultant will observe the status and progress of the Work for
completeness and general compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2.11
Sign-In / Out Log

All Contractor personnel and Project Site visitors shall Sign-In/Out with the On-site Project
Supervisor, on a daily basis for the duration of the project
2.12
HVAC and Electrical System

Included supply and return vents shall be to be sealed. Contractor will shut down and lock out
HVAC and electrical systems for the Work Area. Main power distribution service to other areas
can remain energized. Power supply to contractors equipment shall be ground fault circuit
interrupter (GFCI) protected.
2.13
Owner-Directed Specifications
The Contractor shall abide by applicable security rules and regulations established by the Owner
and provided to the Contractor.
3.0
PRODUCTS
3.1
Materials
Materials and equipment proposed for use on this project shall be subject to review and
acceptance by the Owner, or Owners Representative, and shall be in compliance with Local,
State, and Federal regulations and requirements.
The list of required materials shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
A. Critical barriers: For this project, it is most feasible for the barriers to be composed of six (6) mil
polyethylene sheets in sizes to minimize the frequency of joints. All seams and interfaces of the
barrier shall be sealed with tape or another appropriate material. Polyethylene shall be flame
retardant.
B. Duct Tape: Duct Tape 2" or wider, or an equivalent, capable of sealing interfaces of adjacent
sheets of plastic and for attachment of plastic sheet to finished or unfinished surfaces of dissimilar
materials, and capable of adhering under both dry and wet conditions.
C. Protective Packaging/Disposal of debris: Clear or opaque, six (6) mil sealable polyethylene
bags. Bags should be doubled to prevent puncture and spillage of contaminated materials. Each
bag should be twisted closed and sealed with tape to prevent escape of contaminants.


D. Warning Signs and Barrier Tape: Warning signs shall state that the work area is a Restricted
Area and that Personal Protective Equipment is required in the area. Barrier tape shall be
marked with the word Caution or Danger. Danger is typically reserved for higher hazards,
life threatening situations
E. Personal Protective Equipment: Contractor shall provide P-100 air purifying respirators,
disposable coveralls, gloves, and eye protection to all employees entering the contained areas.
Respirators will not be required for stucco and plywood removal if performed by non-manual
means. Safety shoes and hard hat head protection must also be worn while inside the work areas.
The contractor shall maintain a sufficient supply of protective clothing, respirators and cartridges to
allow all supervisors and workers to change when needed.
F. Cleaning Agents: Only approved cleaners and detergents shall be used. These should be
appropriate for the specific job and not be corrosive or leave toxic residue. Wood floors shall be
cleaned with a mild wood floor cleaner.
3.2
Tools and Equipment

A. Transportation Equipment: Transportation equipment, as required, shall be suitable for loading,
temporary storage, transporting, and unloading waste. All over-the-road transportation equipment
must carry any required appropriate transport licenses, signage, placards, and insurance as
necessary. (tailor the specification to the job site)
B. Vacuum Equipment: All vacuum equipment utilized in the work area shall utilize HEPA filtration
as per ANSI Z9.2-1979.
C. Other Tools and Equipment: The Contractor shall provide other suitable tools including, but not
limited to: saws, lighting, hammers, drills, brooms, and carts.
D. GFCI: The Contractor shall provide ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCI) to protect all electrical
cords and connections.
E. Lighting: Use approved lighting equipment in the work area.
F. Scaffolding: Scaffolding, as required to accomplish specified work, shall meet all applicable
Federal, State and Local safety regulations and be used in accordance with manufacturers
specifications.
G. Manometer: Contractor shall provide manometers to measure the pressure differential in each
contained work area relative to the non-contained occupied areas. The manometer(s) that provide
a permanent record of the pressure differential that indicates the time, date, and measured pressure
differential in inches of water ( H2O) are preferred.
H. Sanitation: Specify use of building facilities or portable sanitation facilities for workers. Personal
hygiene is important to prevent contamination release. Provide water sources for personal hygiene,
decontamination, and emergency uses.
4.0
ABATEMENT / REMEDIATION
4.1
General Requirements
A. Trained and Competent Personnel


Personnel trained and experienced in the remediation of microbial contaminated materials shall
perform work. The training shall include the following criteria at minimum:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Instruction on the potential hazards associated with microbial remediation.

Recognition of signs and symptoms of microbial exposure.
Personal protective equipment options and usage instructions.
Proper work practices to minimize microbial exposure.
Installation, maintenance, and removal of critical barriers and containment equipment.
Techniques for the removal of contaminated building materials and treatment of
contaminated building materials.
7. Techniques for decontamination.
8. Procedures for medical emergencies within the containment area.
B. Work Area Isolation
During the setup and removal stages, all microbial remediation work areas shall remain isolated
from other non-contaminated portions of the building, utilizing critical barriers and negative
pressure containments. The remediation contractor shall monitor access to the microbial
remediation work area.
C. Personal Protective Equipment
The following are minimum worker protection items for workers performing microbial remediation:
1. Respirators: Air purifying respirators equipped with NIOSH approved P-100 filters and
where required organic vapor cartridges in tandem shall be the minimum respiratory
protection permitted during all stages of work inside of the buildings. No modifications or
interchanging of respirator parts from different brands will be permitted. The Contractor must
provide sufficient cleaning materials and replacement filters, cartridges, and spare parts in
order to properly maintain the respiratory equipment. Disposable respirators or filtering face
pieces shall not be permitted under any all respiratory protection shall be provided to workers
in accordance with the submitted respiratory protection program, A copy of this program
shall be kept on site.
2. Gloves: Gloves shall be worn while working in the work area. Glove material shall be
appropriate for protection against the specific chemical agent(s) that is/are being handled.
3. Eye Protection: Fog proof goggles for personnel engaged in microbial remediation work
shall be used, when a half-face respirator is worn. Additional eye protection is not required if
the Contractor uses full-face respirator masks.
4. Protective Clothing: Mold impervious disposable head and foot coverings, and a body suit
made of Tyvek, or equivalent material, shall be worn during all microbial remediation work.
All gaps and seams shall be reinforced with duct tape or similar material. Coverall suits shall
include attached foot covering and hood.
5. Foot protection: Workers shall wear puncture resistant work boots while working at the
subject site.
6. Head protection: Workers shall wear hard hats when performing demolition work or if there
is any possibility of objects falling on workers.
D. Work Area Restrictions


1. Cleaning and disinfection agents shall be utilized only as required and only as prescribed by
the manufacturer. Household type detergents are preferred. The use of bleach or biocides
of any kind shall not be permitted during this project.
2. The use of water shall be minimized during the remediation work at the subject site.
3. At no time shall others enter the work area, or go further than the demarcated work area
isolation barrier, without proper respiratory protection and protective clothing.
4. No equipment, supplies or materials (except properly containerized waste materials) shall be
removed from the work area unless such equipment, supplies and/or materials have been
cleaned, as appropriate (decontaminated).
4.2
Remediation / Abatement Protocols

A. General
The remediation methods/techniques enumerated as follows, are not meant to exclude other
similarly effective methods. The Contractor shall submit, in writing, changes or variances to
the methods listed. The Owner or Owners representative shall respond in writing and in a
timely manner to any such requests.
1. The air conditioning system serving each work area shall be shut down prior to beginning any
remediation work.
2. Electrical lines located inside the work area shall be de-energized prior to beginning work.
The Contractor shall retain the services of a licensed electrician to provide a temporary power
panel and equipment in compliance with all electrical code requirements for temporary
electrical systems All electrical cords and equipment used by the Contractor shall be
connected to a GFCI in-line with the supplied current
3. The Contractor shall supply fire extinguishers appropriate for the anticipated conditions at the
subject site. A minimum of one (1) fire extinguisher shall be provided inside each
containment area plus one (1) outside each containment. All workers shall be instructed in
the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards associated with incipient stage
fire fighting.
4. The Contractor shall provide temporary lighting, if necessary, for each work area. The lighting
shall be sufficient to illuminate all parts of the work area.
5. The high volume air filtration devices (AFDs or negative air pressure machines) in each work
area shall provide a minimum of five air changes per hour and a negative pressure differential
of at least 0.02 H2O. The AFDs shall be located as far away from the decontamination
chamber as possible and ducted to the outdoors with flexible tubing.
B. Specific
1. Isolate each work area using barrier materials, tape, and warning signs. Install critical
barriers consisting of one layer of 6-mil, fire retardant polyethylene sheeting at entrances and
openings to each designated work area including HVAC ducts.
2. The pre-cleaning of rough/porous surfaces (e.g. rugs, curtains) shall be performed using
vacuums equipped with high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters. Hard/non-porous
surfaces shall be pre-cleaned by wet wiping with a damp cloth. High volume air filtration

devices equipped with HEPA filters shall be used to filter the room air during this initial
cleaning and during the construction of negative pressure enclosures. Non-porous or semiporous items like wood should be wiped down.
3. Moveable objects that have a soft/porous surface shall be professionally dry cleaned prior to
being stored at the temporary storage location. Upholstered furniture shall be professionally
dry cleaned by a qualified furniture cleaner. Area rugs shall be cleaned using thermal
extraction methods in accordance with the guidelines established by the Institute of
Inspection, Cleaning, and Restoration (IICRC). Carpet and padding should almost always be
disposed of.
4. Any non-moveable objects that will remain in the work area (e.g. light fixtures) shall be precleaned by wet-wiping and protected using 6 mil. fire retardant polyethylene sheeting.
5. Mechanical diffusers and grilles, all fire alarm, security, clock, intercom, and telephone/data
services are to be removed for storage and re-use. These items shall be cleaned by surface
wiping and blowing with compressed air prior to storage.
6. HVAC equipment serving each work area shall be shut down prior to installation of critical
barriers. If shut down is not feasible, all vents shall be sealed with barrier material.
7. Construct a negative pressure enclosure in each designated work area using two layers of 6
mil, fire retardant polyethylene sheeting secured with duct tape and wood supports as
necessary. The enclosures shall cover all surfaces with the exception of the surfaces that will
be remediated (e.g. certain walls, floors). The inner layer of poly sheeting shall be installed in
such a way that it can be removed separately from the outer layer of poly sheeting at the end
of the removal work without affecting the integrity of the containment system. The work area
shall be kept orderly, clean, and clear of work material, polyethylene sheeting, tape, cleaning
materials, clothing, and all other disposable material or items used.
8. A decontamination chamber (clean room) shall be constructed at the entrance to the work
area. This clean room shall be large enough to allow workers to change in and out of their
PPE and store one waste bag. Triple flaps shall be installed at both ends of the clean room
to serve as airlocks. No personnel shall be permitted to pass beyond the clean room without
appropriate PPE. Coveralls shall be removed in the clean room in an "inside out" manner to
minimize the dispersal of fungi spores. Ventilation shall be maintained in the work area at all
times through the use of a HEPA filtered negative pressure machine(s).
9. Sheetrock removal shall be performed carefully and intact if possible, so that sheetrock that
will remain has a smooth and even edge. Cut manageable-size sections of sheetrock with a
sharp instrument (knife). Do not use hammers and pry bars to smash and tear the sheetrock.
10. Wall and ceiling insulation shall be removed, placed in 6-mil polyethylene bags, and disposed
of as non-hazardous waste.
11. Following removal of wall and ceiling finishes mold impacted framing and plywood shall be
cleaned of visible mold growth by wiping/scrubbing with a soap and water solution, and/or
sanding to clean wood. In areas where the water and/or mold damage is too great to clean,
these materials shall be removed, placed in 6-mil polyethylene bags or wrapped in 6-mil
polyethylene, and disposed of as non-hazardous waste.
12. Framing and other wood products must be dried to <12% moisture content.


13. Duct system and mechanical units shall be cleaned following NADCA methods unless
scheduled for replacement.
14. Upon successful completion of the microbial post-remediation, all surfaces shall be sprayed
with a mold-inhibiting encapsulant.
C. Clean-up Procedures
1. Disposable cleaning materials, such as sponges, mop heads, filters, disposable clothing shall
be placed in double six-mil polyethylene bags and sealed.
2. Polyethylene sheeting and tape from covered surfaces shall be removed and placed in
double six-mil polyethylene bags and sealed for disposal.
3. Vacuum bags and filters shall be placed in double six-mil thick polyethylene bags and sealed
for disposal.
4. Contaminated clothing or work area clothing used during remediation shall be placed in
polyethylene bags for disposal or cleaned prior to leaving the work area.
5. At the completion of the work, the remediation contractor shall perform cleaning and
decontamination of entire work area by a thorough HEPA vacuuming of all surfaces.
6. The work area shall be subject to a final visual inspection by the Contractor and the Owners
Representative prior to final air sampling.
4.3
Waste Disposal
Waste from the subject site shall be disposed of as normal construction debris in an
appropriate landfill if it is determined to be non-asbestos or non-lead containing.
5.0
FINAL INSPECTION AND POST-REMEDIATIONTESTING
5.1
Final Inspection
A. Upon completion of removal procedures and fine cleaning, each work area shall be visually
reviewed by a qualified environmental professional, representing the Owner, to ensure that the
work area has met the following criteria:
B. Contractor materials, equipment, waste bags, etc. shall be removed from the work area except for
the negative air machine(s) and temporary lighting.
C. The work area shall be visually free of mold contaminated materials and associated dust or
debris. Re-cleaning of the work area shall be required if the above criteria is not met.
D. Upon satisfaction of the above criteria, a minimum of 48 air changes shall be allowed to occur
within the containment prior to beginning environmental bioaerosol sampling.
5.2
Post-Remediation Testing
Upon satisfactory completion of the final review in each inside work area and after a 12 hour
waiting period with the negative pressure ventilation system operational, the Owners
Representative shall conduct post-remediation testing as described in this section. Negative
pressure ventilation and other air scrubbers shall remain in operation during testing and until

successful post-remediation results have been achieved. A qualified environmental microbiology

laboratory that participates in the American Industrial Hygiene Associations (AIHA)
Environmental Microbiology Proficiency Test or Laboratory Accreditation Program (EMLAP) shall
analyze environmental samples.
Failure of the Citys representatives to notice unacceptable methods, materials, and procedures
or unacceptable results of remediation and related repair work by the Contractor will not absolve
the Contractor from his responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the specified
requirements of these documents.
Fungal Spore Screening: Fungal spore sampling shall be performed as an initial screening tool
to measure the total (viable and non-viable) spore concentration. The testing shall be performed
TM
using Air-O-Cell cassettes manufactured by Zefon International or equivalent device. The
cassettes shall be used in accordance with the methods recommended by the manufacturer. A
high volume pump shall be used to draw air through the cassette calibrated at 15 liters of air per
minute (lpm) using a primary standard. A minimum of (1) one sample shall be collected either in
each containment. Additional samples may be collected depending on the design of the
containment area or the square footage involved. This will be at the discretion of the Owners
Representative. A minimum of one (1) control sample shall be collected from the outdoor ambient
air and one from the entrance to the work area where the make-up air enters the containment.
An outdoor location should be selected that is away from the structure, in an area that is
unobstructed from the prevailing winds, and away from obvious fungi sources (e.g. plants, soil,
decaying wood, etc.). Samples shall be placed on a 24-hour turn-around time. Spore trap results
must meet the following criteria prior to continuing to analyze the viable air samples:
1. Work area samples shall have a total spore concentration that is equal to or lower than the
average of the control samples.
2. The concentration of each individual fungal genus (e.g. Cladosporium, Alternaria) shall be
quantitatively and qualitatively equal to or less than the control samples.
3. The presence of target species (those identified as the genus or species being removed) or
toxigenic species such as Stachybotrys may preclude satisfaction of the post-remediation
criteria based on the discretion of the Owners Representative.
Viable air sampling and analysis: The viable air samples shall be collected using an Andersen
N6 single-stage viable impactor, or equivalent. The Andersen sampler shall be calibrated at 28.3
lpm and malt extract agar (MEA) shall be used for sample media. Other sample media may be
used in addition, but not in lieu of MEA. The location and number of samples described in above
shall also be used for the viable fungi sampling. The total fungal spore sampling protocol and
data interpretation shall be performed as described above.
Reimbursement of Costs: Should the inspection or post remedial testing by the Owners
Representative show that the cleaning has not been satisfactorily completed, all time and
expenses required to re-inspect and re-test will be borne by the remediation contractor.
5.3
Containment Demobilization
After the environmental professional has declared the environmental assessment for each
particular work area to be acceptable, the negative pressure enclosures shall be dismantled and
removed. All waste materials shall be double bagged and disposed of.


APPENDIX A
M3 Environmental Hazardous Materials Inspection Survey
January 22, 2015

Mr. Andy Vanderford
Project Manager
Public Works Department
P.O. Box CC
Carmel, California 93921
831.620.2078 (o)
831.869.1477 (c)
Re:
Via email:
avanderford@ci.carmel.ca.us
Pre-Renovation Hazardous Material Inspection of the Forest Theater Complex Located

on Mountain View Avenue and Santa Rita Street in Carmel-by-the-Sea, California
3
M Project No. 14753.0 Task 1
Dear Mr. Vanderford:

3
At your request, M Environmental Consulting, LLC (M ) conducted inspections for asbestos-containing

material (ACM), lead-containing paint (LCP), treated wood waste (TWW), and mold at the Forest Theater
Complex located on Mountain View Avenue and Santa Rita Street in Carmel, California. The complex
3
consisted of six buildings with various general site structures and amphitheater seating. It is to M s
understanding that the complex is to be renovated. The area was vacant at the time of the inspection.
The inspection was performed on December 17 and 18, 2014 by Mr. Garrett Rodewald, California
Certified Site Surveillance Technician (CSST) No. 09-4531, California Department of Public Health
(CDPH) Certified Lead in Construction Sampling Technician No. 20480, and Mr. Alex Superko CSST No.
3
13-5062, CDPH No. 25105, and Environmental Technicians with M . The inspection was performed
under the direction of Mr. Chris Gatward, California Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC) No. 92-0216,
3
Certified Microbial Consultant (CMC), and Principal with M .
The inspection was performed to comply with Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution District (MBUAPCD)
Rule 424, the California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal/OSHA) Construction Lead
and Asbestos Standards for worker protection, and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for
disposal. .
Inspection
The following services were performed during this survey:
Asbestos
Conducted a walk through inspection of the site to delineate the scope of work, and to sample
suspect ACM from the interior and exterior of the buildings.
Analyzed collected samples in an American Hygiene Association-accredited laboratory using

polarized light microscopy (PLM) according to the EPA recommended method. Results of
analysis will be presented as estimated percentages of asbestos by type, as well as types of nonasbestos fibrous materials identified.
Lead in Paint
Paint chip or bulk samples were collected from selected components from throughout the site and
analyzed to determine if they contain detectable levels of lead prior to activities that may impact
9821 Blue Larkspur Lane, Suite 100, Monterey, CA 93940
P: 831-649-4623
F: 831-649-4624 www.M3environmental.com
them, as the Cal/OSHA lower threshold for lead in paint is anything above laboratory detection.
Submitted paint chip and bulk samples to a laboratory accredited under the National Institute of
Standards and Technology's (NIST) National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NVLAP) and certified by the State of California CDPH Environmental Laboratory Accreditation
Program (ELAP). Samples were analyzed in accordance with EPA Method-SW 846-7420 Flame
Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (FAA).
Treated Wood Waste (TWW)
Mold
Treated wood samples were collected from selected components from throughout the buildings
and the general grounds and analyzed to determine if the contain detectable levels of arsenic and
copper preservatives prior to activities that my impact them.
Air and surface samples were collected throughout the complex to determine mold spore counts
as they pertain to air quality.
Building Descriptions
Stage Building
The subject building was a two-story, wood-framed structure on a post and beam foundation. The
upstairs area consisted of a stage, a stage prep room, and prop storage room. The downstairs consisted
of an office, kitchen, conference room, viewing theater (seating & stage), theater control area, workshop,
workshop storage, multiple dressing rooms, costume storage area, and crawlspace. Interior finishes
consisted of carpet, hardwood, and resilient sheet flooring (RSF), wood paneling, plaster over metal lath,
concrete with texturing, wallboard and joint compound (WB/JC), and fiberboard. The exterior consisted of
wood siding and concrete, with a wood and rolled composition roof. Heat was supplied via forced air
heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system.
The subject building was a single-story, wood-framed structure on a concrete slab foundation. The
interior consisted of Formica countertops, wood cabinetry, and a refrigerator, with an exposed concrete
subfloor and WB/JC walls. There were two food service windows. The exterior consisted of wood siding,
with a pitched wood shake roof. There was no heating system noted.
Box Office Building
interior consisted of exposed concrete slab and wood paneling. The exterior consisted of wood siding,
with a pitched, wood shake roof.
The subject building was a single-story, wood-framed structure on a concrete slab foundation. Interior
finishes consisted of exposed concrete slab, wood paneling, and concrete masonry units (CMU). The
windows were single-paned, aluminum-framed. The exterior consisted of wood siding, with a flat, rolled
composition roof. Large metal scaffolding (light tower) was noted on the roof. There was no heating
system noted.
Restroom Building
building was separated into mens and womens restroom (RR), with a mechanical (pipe/plumbing) room
Mountain View & Santa Rita, Carmel, CA
Pre-Renovation HazMat Survey
Project No. 14753.0 Task 1
Page 2
in-between. Interior finishes consisted of exposed concrete subfloor, concrete walls, and metal sheeting.
The exterior consisted of metal sheeting, with a metal roof. There was no heating system noted.
Telephone Booth
The subject building was a single-story, wood-framed structure on a concrete slab foundation, housing a
metal phone booth. The exterior consisted of wood siding, with a wood shake roof.
General Site
The general site area consisted of an amphitheater composed of concrete and wood seating, concrete
walkways with metal handrails, garbage cans, lamp posts, and stairways, and a large front parking lot.
Two stone and mortar fireplaces were noted at the bottom of the amphitheater seating area. Metal
scaffolding was noted throughout the amphitheater area, used for stage lighting.
Sampling and Analysis
Asbestos
A total of 84 ACM bulk samples were collected and analyzed by PLM using the EPA Method (600/R93/116, July 1993) Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials. Results of
analysis are presented as estimated percentages of asbestos by type (e.g., amosite, chrysotile,
crocidolite), as well as types of non-asbestos fibrous materials identified or non-detect (ND).
Lead
A total of 115 paint chips or bulk samples were collected and analyzed for lead. The samples were
prepared in the laboratory in accordance with EPA Method 600/R-93/200 and analyzed in accordance
with EPA Method-SW 846-7420 FAA. Results are presented in percent lead by weight (wt%) for paint,
parts per million (ppm) for bulk, and below the reporting limit (BRL) if non-lead containing.
All asbestos and lead samples were analyzed by EMC Labs, Inc. in Phoenix, Arizona.
Treated Wood Waste
A total of 14 treated wood samples were collected and analyzed for arsenic and copper. The samples
were prepared in the laboratory in accordance with the EPA Total Threshold Limits Concentration (TTLC)
method. Results are presented in milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) or BRL if non-arsenic or non-copper
containing. .
Non-Viable Mold Air Sampling
3
On December 18, 2014 M collected a total of 15 bioaerosol air samples to be analyzed for total (non
viable) mold spores using Zefon Air-O-Cell microbial spore trap cassettes.
Air was drawn through the cassettes at a flow rate of approximately 15 liters per minute (lpm) for five
minutes using a Bio-Pump with a flow rate measured with a calibrated rotameter. Results are reported
3
in spores per cubic meter (spores/m ) of air.
Non-Viable Mold Surface Sampling
3
M also collected two swab samples to be analyzed for mold growth and density. The samples were
collected from the stage building, costume storage and crawlspace on a sterile Venturi Transystem
Transport swab over an area of approximately 40 square centimeters. Results are reported as relative
spore density.
Page 3
TWW and mold samples were submitted to EMSL Analytical, Inc. in San Leandro, California for analysis.
Laboratory results are presented in Appendixes A D, Site Plans are presented in Appendix E, and
Photographs are presented in Appendix F.
Results
The laboratory results of the materials sampled during the field investigation, and floor plans with sample
locations are included in the attached appendices.
Asbestos
The following materials were analyzed and determined to contain detectable concentrations of asbestos:
Stage Building
Material
Description
No.
4
19
27
28
Texturing over concrete

(ceilings)
Green and black
penetration mastic
WB/JC without texturing
(painted)
Dark gray door frame
caulking
Location
Downstairs throughout
conference room and
viewing theater
Downstairs viewing theater
seating
Exterior door frames
throughout
Approximate
Quantity
NESHAP
Category*
Asbestos
content
835 sq. ft.
RACM
3%
10 sq. ft.
Cat I
10%
390 sq. ft.
RACM
<1%
Unknown
Cat 1
5%

None of the materials collected were found to contain detectable concentrations of asbestos.
Box Office Building
Material
Description
No.
9
11
Black mastic on roof

fascia (wood)
Black rolled-on
composition roofing
Location
Electrical closet (elevated
roof area)
Roof
Approximate
Quantity
NESHAP
Category*
Asbestos
content
10 sq. ft.
Cat 1
10%
85 sq. ft.
Cat 1
5%
Restroom Building
Telephone Booth
General Area
* Category I non-friable ACM: Asbestos-containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and
asphalt roofing products.
Category II non-friable ACM: Any material excluding Category I non-friable ACM, that, when dry,
cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.
Regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM): (1) friable ACM (when dry, can be crumbled,
pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. (2) Category I and II non-friable ACM that has
become friable; or has a high probability of becoming friable in the course of demolition or
renovation.
Page 4
Non-Asbestos
The following materials were analyzed and determined not to contain detectable concentrations (ND) of
asbestos:
Stage Building
Material
No.
1
2
3
5
6
7
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Plaster over metal lath

Beige resilient sheet flooring with 1- inch brick
pattern and black/brown mastic
White Formica countertop with beige adhesive
Black/brown carpet with yellow mastic
Black rolled-on material with felt under-layer over
wood deck
Concrete support columns with textured wood
covering
Throughout downstairs
ND
ND
Downstairs - theater seating
Downstairs- theater stage,
corridor behind stage
ND
ND
Downstairs theater stage
ND
Grey interior window putty
WB/JC without texturing (walls and ceiling)
10
Off-white pipe putty on sprinkler lines
11
Black exterior wall vapor barrier (VB) behind wood

paneling
12
Beige RSF with speckles and yellow mastic
13
White sink caulking
14
Off-white/light gray exterior window putty
15
Exterior concrete
16
Black interior wall VB behind plaster over lath
17
18
20
21
Beige pipe putty on HVAC unit gas lines

Green rolled-on composition roofing core sample
Red rolled-on composition roofing core sample
Black roof flashing mastic
Black rolled-on composition roof patch core
sample
White and black roof patch mastic compound
Black sealant compound on concrete walls
Black under subfloor vapor barrier
Fiberboard under subfloor layer
22
23
24
25
26
Downstairs dress rooms,

windows throughout
costume/ set storage
costume set storage
throughout building.
Exterior (accessed in
upstairs stage prep room)
room
room
Exterior windows
throughout
Exterior walls throughout
Downstairs front dressing
room
Exterior HVAC closet
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND

Crawlspace
Crawlspace
Crawlspace
ND
ND
ND
ND
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
White Formica countertop with yellow mastic

Beige under-sink caulking
Off-white sink caulking (countertop)
Light gray sink undercoating
WB/JC with plaster skim coat
Plaster skim coat over WB/JC
Off-white caulking around exterior concession
window frames (two service windows)
Interior
Interior
Interior
Interior
Interior
Interior
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND

Material
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Page 5
Material
No.
8
9
10
11
12
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Gray caulking around exterior 1- by 2- inch panels

Off-white putty on water sprinkler lines
White penetration caulking around conduits
siding
Black and brown roof VB under wood shake

Exterior
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND
Roof
ND
Box Office Building

Material
No.
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Gray caulking around light fixture covers
Exterior
ND
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
Light gray Formica desk with mastic

Light gray and off-white grout associated with CMU
retainer
Light gray and white caulking along top of CMU
retainer
Beige window caulking
Off-white window frame caulking
Gray penetration mastic around conduits
siding
Interior
ND
Interior
ND
Interior
ND
Interior
Exterior
Exterior
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND

Material
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Black VB with black mastic on CMU
10
Black VB with black mastic
12
13
Clear caulking associated with large metal

scaffolding (light tower)
Black rolled-on composition roofing core sample
Electrical closet (below

panel)
Exterior (over rear CMU
retainer)
ND
BD
Roof (tower footings)
ND
Roof
ND
Location
Asbestos
Content
Restroom Building
Material
No.
Description
White toilet caulking
Concrete retaining wall (behind toilets)
3
4
Beige pipe caulking putty

Off-white pipe caulking/putty
Beige caulking around base of exterior (where
metal meets concrete)
Gray/black asphalt compound adjacent to walkway
into womens RR.
5
6
Mens RR, womens RR,

pipe/plumbing room
Mens RR, womens RR,
pipe/plumbing room
Pipe/plumbing room
Pipe/plumbing room
ND
ND
ND
ND
Exterior
ND
Exterior (ground)
ND
Page 6
Telephone Booth
Material
No.
1
2
3
Description
Black mastic/caulking associated with metal phone
booth insert
Light gray window putty/caulking
Silver paint on metal insert
Location
Asbestos
Content
Interior (around ceiling)
ND
Interior
Interior
ND
ND
General Area
Material
No.
Description
Location
Asbestos
Content
1
2
3
Stone and mortar retaining wall

Stone and mortar fire pit
Concrete pad underneath metal light tower
ND
ND
ND
Lead
The following samples were analyzed and determined to contain detectable concentrations of lead:
Stage Building
Sample
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L16
L20
L21
L22
L23
L24
L25
L27
L28
L29
L32
L33
L34
L43
L49
L50
Color
Substrate
Component
Off-white
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Black
Pink
Grey
Beige
Cream
Cream
Cream
Red
Brown
Beige
Brown
Off-white
Grey
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Black
Beige
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Plaster
Metal
Metal
Wood
Plaster
Plaster
Wood
Wood
Wood
Plaster
Concrete
metal/concrete
Wood
Concrete
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Metal
Metal
Interior wall
Interior door
Interior door frame
Interior wall
Interior window
Interior conduit
Interior floor
Interior wall
Interior wall
Interior wall panel
Interior door
Interior door frame
Interior wall
Interior wall
Interior window
Interior cabinetry
Interior slab
Interior ceiling
Interior prop door
Exterior door
Exterior door frame
Exterior wall paneling
Exterior window
Exterior door hinge
Exterior door opening bar
Lead content
(wt%)
0.291
0.849
0.692
0.019
0.578
1.08
0.141
0.113
0.044
0.042
0.768
0.352
0.076
0.016
1.20
0.118
0.239
0.020
0.040
0.494
0.143
0.378
0.477
0.075
0.040

None of the materials tested were found to contain detectable concentrations of lead.
Box Office Building
Sample
Color
No.
L2
L4
Off-white
Off-white
Substrate
Component
Lead content
(wt%)
Wood
Wood
Interior ticket window

Interior door
0.021
0.174
Page 7
Sample
No.
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
Substrate
Component
Off-white
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Concrete
Interior door frame

Exterior siding
Exterior door
Exterior ticket window sill
Exterior roof deck
Exterior foundation
Substrate
Component
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Wood
Metal
Exterior siding
Exterior door frame
Exterior conduit
Interior door
Interior power box
Substrate
Component
Lead content
(wt%)
Metal
Metal
Metal
Concrete
Metal
Metal
Interior toilet stalls

Exterior siding
Exterior door frame
Exterior foundation
Exterior privacy screen
Exterior roof
0.058
0.019
0.013
0.011
0.023
0.047
Substrate
Component
Green
Metal
Lead content
(wt%)
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead content
(wt%)
White
Beige
Red
Concrete
Metal
Metal
Exterior steps/stairs
Exterior walkway light fixture
Exterior fire sprinkler system
0.056
0.248
0.284

Sample
Color
No.
L3
L4
L7
L8
L11
L12
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Light green
Grey
Restroom Building
Sample
Color
No.
L2
L6
L8
L9
L10
L11
Beige
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Telephone Booth
Sample
Color
No.
L6
General Area
Sample
No.
L5
L8
L9
Lead content
(wt%)
Color
0.091
0.187
0.148
0.123
0.326
0.079
Lead content
(wt%)
0.040
0.163
0.223
0.051
0.409
0.081
0.102
Non-Lead
The following samples were analyzed and determined not to contain detectable concentrations of lead:
Stage Building
Sample
No.
L5
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L17
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Beige
Light purple
Beige
Black
Black
Purple
Beige
Concrete
Plaster
Wood
Wood
Concrete/wood
Concrete
Metal
Interior floor/slab
Interior wall
Interior shelf
Interior door
Interior wall
Interior wall
Interior door frame
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Page 8
Sample
No.
L18
L19
L26
L30
L31
L35
L36
L37
L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L44
L45
L46
L47
L48
Substrate
Component
White
Off-white
Off-white
Blue
Off-white
Brown
Brown
Black
Blue
Green
Black
Brown
Brown
Brown
Black
Sea-foam green
Multi-colored
Sea-foam green
Wood
Concrete with texturing
Wood
wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Plaster
Concrete
Wood
Interior cabinetry
Interior ceiling
Interior shelves
Interior door
Exterior stage privacy wall
Exterior stage
Exterior stage
Exterior stage access ramp
Exterior light towers
Exterior siding
Exterior wall
Exterior front deck handrail
Interior wall panel
Interior wall
Interior floor/slab
Exterior bench seat
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
WB/JC
Concrete
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Metal
Metal
Wood
Wood
Metal
Wood
Interior wall
Interior floor
Interior door frame
Interior door
Exterior siding
Exterior door
Exterior hand rail
Exterior conduit
Exterior door frame
Exterior power box
Exterior posting board
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Wood
Wood

Interior shelf
BRL
BRL
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal
Concrete
Metal
Metal
Metal
Interior table
Interior door
Exterior trim
Exterior flashing
Interior floor
Interior fuse box
Interior power box
Interior power box
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Concession Stand building

Sample
Color
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
L12
L13
Off-white
Black
Off-white
Off-white
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Off-white
Beige
Beige
Beige
Box Office Building

Sample
Color
No.
L1
L3
Off-white
Off-white
Stage control Building

Sample
Color
No.
L1
L2
L5
L6
L9
L10
L13
L14
Lead
content
Color
Blue
Beige
Beige
Beige
Grey
Light blue
Light grey
Black
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Page 9
Restroom Building
Sample
Color
No.
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
L1
L3
L4
L5
L7
Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Light brown
Metal
Metal
Concrete
Concrete
Metal
L12
Black
Metal
L13
Brown
Concrete
Interior walls
Interior door
Interior slab/foundation
Interior door frame
Exterior door
Interior toilet sewage drain
wrap/collar
Interior slab
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Light brown
Silver
Wood
Wood
Wood
Wood
Metal

Exterior door frame
Exterior siding
Exterior roof framing/deck
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Color
Substrate
Component
Lead
content
Gray
Black
Brown
Red
Natural stain
Light gray
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Wood
Metal
Exterior handrail
Exterior light tower/scaffolding
Exterior trashcan top
Exterior trashcan ring
Exterior seats
Exterior lamp post
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Telephone Booth
Sample
Color
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
General Area
Sample
No.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L6
L7
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
BRL
Treated Wood Waste

Sample
No.
Substrate
Component
Arsenic content
(mg/kg)
Copper content
(mg/kg)
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Treated wood
Adj. Stage building Drain hole cover

Telephone booth framing
Stage building trim/fascia
Concession building handrail posts
Concession building retaining wall
Concession building stairs/steps
Stage building stair hand rail
Stage building stairs
Stage building stage hand rail
Amphitheater seating hand railing
Stage control bldg. roof Fascia
Adj. stage control bldg. Retaining Wall
Adj. stage control bldg. hand railing
Perimeter of property Fence posts
BRL
5,000
130
2,500
58
170
750
1,500
2,600
1,600
3,900
BRL
BRL
BRL
8,400
15,000
8,400
930
3,900
3,200
4,800
8,600
14,000
8,200
2,100
9,200
10,000
27,000
Non-Viable Mold Air Sampling

In a well-maintained building, indoor airborne fungal concentrations will be lower than outdoor
concentrations and the type and relative concentrations of fungi will be similar, indicating that indoor
fungal reservoirs and/or amplification (growth) sites are not present.
Page 10
Results for the samples collected were as follows:

Sample
Location
Spores/m
21126685
Outdoors (ambient 1)
7,080
21126696
Box Office Building
3,640
21126659
Telephone Booth Building
20,260
21126732
Womens Restroom
28,050
21126714
Mens Restroom
75,780
21126686
16,010
21126708
Stage Building Back Dressing

Room
5,190
21125532
9,110
21126702
Stage Building Theater Seating
8,180
21126664
Stage Building Workshop Storage
2,840
21126645
Stage Building Costume Storage
14,870
21126672
Stage Building Crawlspace
8,730
21126647
Stage Building Stage Prep Room
7,500
21126671
Stage Building Prop Storage

Room
7,320
21126695
Outdoors (ambient 2)
14,340
Predominant Spore Types

Basidiospores 91%
Ascospores 6%
Basidiospores 47%
Cladosporium 44%
Ascospores 8%
Basidiospores 72%
Cladosporium 19%
Ascospores 5%
Basidiospores 51%
Aspergillus/Penicillium -24%
Cladosporium 23%
Aspergillus/Penicillium 42%
Cladosporium 40%
Basidiospores 17%
Basidiospores 43%
Cladosporium 24%
Basidiospores 77%
Ascospores 11%
Basidiospores 56%
Cladosporium 22%
Basidiospores 98%
Basidiospores 88%
Basidiospores 85%
Basidiospores 73%
Basidiospores 33%
Basidiospores 86%
Ascospores 8%
Basidiospores 92%
Ascospores 6%
The additional fungi detected in the air samples were of a type and/or a concentration that was low and
not remarkable.
Non-Viable Mold Surface Sampling
Sample
Location
Spore Type / Density
SW-1
Stage Building, Costume Storage WB/JC wall
Stachybotrys High
Ulocladium Medium
SW-2
Stage Building, Crawlspace wood beam
Ulocladium Low
Page 11
Standards and Guidelines

Asbestos
State Regulations
The State of California has specific regulations regarding asbestos. California standards for the
workplace are issued primarily by Cal/OSHA. Specific asbestos requirements are contained in Title 8 of
the CCR and in the California Health and Safety Code. Under Cal/OSHA, an ACM means any material
containing 1% asbestos. Any manufactured construction materials (friable and non-friable) containing
more than 0.1% asbestos by weight are defined as asbestos containing construction material (ACCM).
The ACCM designation is applicable only to reporting (user registration, temporary worksite notification,
and incident reporting). The removal or disturbance of 100 square feet or more of ACM must be
performed by a contractor certified by the California Contractor's State License Board to conduct
asbestos-related work and/or an employer/contractor registered with the California Division of
Occupational Safety and Health (DOSH) to perform asbestos-related work.
Point Counting
Friable materials that were determined to contain low concentrations asbestos by PLM visual estimation
may be point counted to further quantity the asbestos concentration. If the these materials are not point
counted, they must be assumed to be greater than 10% asbestos and a RACM, and in accordance with
the NESHAP, must be disposed of in a landfill that accepts friable asbestos waste (Class I landfill).
Note: The lower limit of reliable detection for asbestos using the PLM visual estimation analytical method
is one percent (1%) by volume. When less than 1% appears in this report, it should be interpreted as
meaning that asbestos was present in the sample, but the exact percentage is unknown. Any sample can
be subjected to the more stringent Point Count Method of analysis to more precisely determine the actual
asbestos content. However Cal/OSHA states that employers performing construction activities on
materials containing any detectable asbestos must comply with all applicable provisions of 8 CCR 1529
(Title 8, section 1529, California Code of Regulations). Therefore, those non-friable materials which fall
outside the NESHAP definition of an ACM are regulated by Cal/OSHA, and should be handled as ACM's
by qualified personnel. Additionally, those materials which may fall below the Cal/OSHA limit of 0.1%, but
still contain some detectable levels of asbestos, would also be subject to the Cal/OSHA regulations.
The Cal/OSHA definition in Title 8 CCR 1529 of an asbestos containing material (ACM) is one which
contains 1% asbestos, and any work which disturbs ACM or presumed ACM is defined by Cal/OSHA as
Class I, II, III, or IV asbestos work. For the purposes of reporting and contractor registration, Cal/OSHA
defines an asbestos containing construction material (ACCM) as one which contains more than one tenth
of one percent (0.1%) asbestos by weight.
Lead in Paint
Federal OSHA and Cal/OSHA do not define an amount of lead in a product that triggers their regulations.
The OSHA Lead Standard applies based upon worker exposure to lead during the work performed. This
is interpreted in the industry to mean that the regulation must be followed when there is any "detectable"
lead in the product. With respect to lead related tasks, until the employer performs an employee
exposure assessment and documents that the employee performing the task is not exposed above the
Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 50 ug/m3, the employer shall treat the employee as if the employee
were exposed above the PEL for the trigger tasks outlined in the OSHA Lead Standard.
Page 12
Hazardous Waste Criteria

Waste Reduction
The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) requires that solid waste containing hazardous
material as identified by the EPA be properly disposed in accordance with EPA's regulations 40 CFR 261.
RCRA requires, relative to the presence of lead in waste, testing of the solid waste to determine the level
of toxicity present. The test is termed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP), and it
determines the leaching potential of the known hazardous constituent (lead) from the waste to be
disposed. As a result of the TCLP test, if the leachable waste under RCRA is greater than 5.0 milligrams
per liter (mg/L), the solid waste must be disposed as hazardous waste under RCRA requirements and
Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.
When waste is generated in California, at a minimum it is required to follow the California EPA testing
requirements. The characteristics for hazardous waste have been promulgated in the CCR, Title 22,
Section 66261.24 as the total threshold limit concentrations (TTLC). In California the waste is considered
hazardous if any sample results exceed the TTLC of 1,000 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg). If there is
less than 1,000 mg/kg of solid lead, the waste extraction test (WET) is performed. If the results exceed
the soluble threshold limit concentrations (STLC) of 5 mg/L, the waste is considered hazardous in
California. The WET is more stringent than TCLP. In California, it is not necessary to do the TCLP since
if the waste fails the WET as it will always fail TCLP. If the waste is to be disposed of outside of
California, then TCLP must be done. TCLP is also performed because Federal RCRA requires
hazardous waste be stabilized before being buried. Lead waste is normally stabilized by mixing with
cement kiln dust. This is performed by a waste management firm, treatment site, or waste site. Since
this is a Federal requirement, if waste passes the Federal tests (TCLP), but fails the WET, it is considered
a hazardous waste in California but does not need to be stabilized.
Discussion
Asbestos
There are building materials that contain detectable concentrations of asbestos. The Cal/OSHA definition
in Title 8 CCR 1529 of an asbestos containing material (ACM) is one which contains 1% asbestos, and
any work which disturbs ACM or presumed ACM is defined by Cal/OSHA as Class I, II, III, or IV asbestos
work. For the purposes of reporting and contractor registration, Cal/OSHA defines an asbestos
containing construction material (ACCM) as one which contains more than one tenth of one percent
(0.1%) asbestos by weight.
Lead
There are building materials that contain detectable concentrations of lead. All building components
3
similar to those determined to contain lead should be treated as lead containing. It is M s opinion that a
paint film containing any detectable concentration of lead must be viewed as a potential source of lead
exposure and health hazard, and should be properly abated or managed in-place in accordance with
current guidance available.
Mold
Analytical results of the air and swab sampling conducted during this evaluation, as well as visual
inspection does suggest there to be a fungal reservoir or amplification (growth) site present in the
various locations in the complex.
Treated Wood Waste
Analytical results of the bulk treated wood sampling revealed arsenic and or copper in all of the
samples collected.
Page 13
Recommendations
Asbestos
Prior to demolition or renovation activities that will impact the materials identified in this report as
containing or assumed asbestos containing at any level the materials must be removed and
disposed of by a registered asbestos abatement contractor using proper engineering controls and
worker protection.
If any other suspect ACM not identified in this report is found during any renovation or demolition,
work should cease and additional sampling and analysis should be performed to determine if the
materials contain asbestos.
Contractors and others responsible for any renovation or demolition activities on the property
should be notified as to the presence of the asbestos so that compliance with regulatory
requirements may be met in any planning and bidding phases.
Abatement contractors must notify the nearest Cal/OSHA district office at least 24 hours prior to
any asbestos related work.
Notification to the Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Control District and appropriate Planning
and Building Department advising that this survey has been conducted.
Lead
Prior to impacting any painted components determined to be lead containing, all flaking, peeling
paint should be removed and disposed of from the interior and exterior by a licensed abatement
contractor using CDPH certified workers using worker protection and proper engineering controls.
All other interior and exterior paint in good condition (not peeling from the substrate) may remain
in place during demolition.
Lead related activities shall not include the use of wire brushing, flame torching, dry scraping,
sanding, stripping, abrasive methods, or the use of heat guns unless proper engineering controls
and worker protection are in place.
At the time of removal of any LCP, samples of the lead containing/contaminated waste should be
collected and analyzed by the TTLC, STLC and TCLP in order to determine whether wastes are
classified as non-hazardous solid or hazardous waste in California or as defined under the RCRA
before transportation and disposal to either a Class I, II, or III landfill.
Contractors bidding for renovation work should be compliant with the requirements of the
Cal/OSHA Lead in Construction Standard (Title 8 CCR 1532.1).
Mold
Any mold impacted materials should be cleaned or removed as necessary. Contents of effected
areas should be cleaned or disposed of. Remove any mold impacted WB/JC and inspect
wall/ceiling cavities for additional mold growth and water damage.
Any materials impacted by water should be removed or repaired as necessary.
The concessions stand building roof should be inspected for any leaks.
The drainage in the crawlspace and the costume storage area should be addressed.
Page 14
Treated Wood Waste
When disposed to land, treated wood waste (TTW) shall be disposed in either a class I
hazardous waste landfill, or in a composite-lined portion of a solid waste landfill unit that meets all
requirements applicable to disposal of municipal solid waste in California after October 9, 1993,
and that is regulated by waste discharge requirements issued pursuant to division 7 (commencing
with 13000) of the Water Code for discharges of designated waste, as defined in section of 13173
of the water Code, or TWW
Environmental Consulting
The use of M or another qualified environmental consulting firm to develop an abatement

specification and observe abatement activities, conduct area air monitoring during abatement,
visual inspections, and conduct visual clearances after abatement activities.
Limitations
3
A reasonable effort is made by M personnel to locate and sample suspect materials. However, for any
3
facility the existence of unique or concealed hazardous material debris is a possibility. M does not
warrant, guarantee or profess to have the ability to locate or identify all hazardous material in a facility.
3
M s hazardous material testing, results are applicable for the time that testing was conducted and for the
condition of surfaces at the time they were tested. During demolition/renovation operations, materials
may be uncovered which were not identified during our assessment. Personnel in charge of
demolition/renovations should be alerted to note materials uncovered during these operations, which
3
differ substantially from those included in this assessment. M does not guarantee or warrant that the
3
areas surveyed are safe, nor does M s involvement in this property relieve the Owner of any continuing
3
responsibility of providing a safe environment. M is not, and has no responsibility as a generator,
operator, treater, storer, transporter or disposer of hazardous materials or waste found or identified as a
3
result of M 's work.
3
Thank you for the opportunity to perform these services for you. Please call M at 831.649.4623 with any
questions.
Sincerely,
3
M Environmental Consulting LLC
Garrett Rodewald
Environmental Technician
CSST No. 09-4531
CDPH Sampling Technician No. 20480
Chris G. Gatward
Principal
California CAC No. 92-0216
Attachments:
Appendix A Asbestos Laboratory Results and Chain of Custody
Appendix B Lead Laboratory Results and Chain of Custody
Appendix C Arsenic & Copper Laboratory Results and Chain of Custody
Appendix D Mold Laboratory Results and Chain of Custody
Appendix E Floor Plans with Sample Locations
Appendix F Photographs
Page 15
APPENDIX A
ASBESTOS LABORATORY RESULTS
AND
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011
9830 S. 51st Street, Suite B109, Phoenix, AZ 85044

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726
Bulk Asbestos Analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
M3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTING
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
9821 BLUE LARKSPUR LN, STE 100
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Project Name: CITY OF CARMEL-FOREST THEATER,

STAGE BLDG
Address:
CARMEL, CA, HAZMAT RENO
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-001
DOWNSTAIRSCONFERENCE RM
1A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Plaster, Beige/ Tan
LAYER 2
Paint, Off White/ Gray
LAYER 3
Vapor Barrier, Black
0150011-002
1B
DOWNSTAIRSKITCHENETTE
LAYER 1
Plaster, Beige/ Tan
LAYER 2
0150011-003
1C
DOWNSTAIRSWORK SHOP
Plaster, Beige/ Tan
Asbestos Asbestos Type

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
No
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
99%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
40%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Page 1 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-004
DOWNSTAIRSFRONT DRESSING
RM
1D
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Plaster, Beige/ Tan
LAYER 2
0150011-005
1E
DOWNSTAIRSBACK DRESSING
RM
LAYER 1
Plaster, Beige/ Tan
LAYER 2
0150011-006
2A
LAYER 1
RSF, Beige/ Tan
LAYER 2
Mastic, Black/ Brown

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
No
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
17%
3%
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
99%
80%
Page 2 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-007
3A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Formica, Beige/ Off White
LAYER 2
Adhesive, Beige/ Red
0150011-008
4A
0150011-009
4B
0150011-010
4C
0150011-011
5A
DOWNSTAIRSTexture, White/ Off White

THEATER SEATING
Texture, White/ Off White
DOWNSTAIRSLAYER 1
THEATER SEATING Carpet, Black/ Brown
LAYER 2
Mastic, Yellow

(%)
Detected
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
None Detected
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Cellulose Fiber
90%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
10%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
97%
Cellulose Fiber
1%
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
97%
Carbonates
Mica
Binder/Filler
98%
Synthetic Fiber
80%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
20%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
Chrysotile
Chrysotile
Chrysotile
None Detected
3%
2%
2%
None Detected
Page 3 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-012
DOWNSTAIRSTHEATER STAGE
6A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Nailed-On Material/ Coating,
Black/ Brown
LAYER 2
Felt, White/ Off White
0150011-013
7A
0150011-014
7B
0150011-015
7C
0150011-016
8A
DOWNSTAIRSFRONT DRESSING
RM
Paint, Beige/ Multi-Colored
Window Putty, Gray

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
No
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Cellulose Fiber
90%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
10%
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
99%
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Page 4 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-017
DOWNSTAIRSCOSTUME/SET
STORAGE
9A
0150011-018
9B
0150011-019
10A
STORAGE
STORAGE
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Wallboard/ Joint Compound
Composite, Off White/ Brown/
White
Note: COMPOSITE ANALYSIS
REQUESTED BY CLIENT

White
REQUESTED BY CLIENT
LAYER 1
Pipe Putty, White/ Off White
LAYER 2
Pipe Putty, Gray
0150011-020
11A
UPSTAIRS-STAGE
PREP RM

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
No
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Cellulose Fiber
11%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
89%
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
9%
1%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
90%
Wollastonite
Cellulose Fiber
4%
1%
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
95%
Wollastonite
5%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
95%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
40%
Page 5 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-021
UPSTAIRS-STAGE
PREP RM
12A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
RSF, Beige/ Tan
LAYER 2
Mastic, Yellow
0150011-022
13A
0150011-023
UPSTAIRS-STAGE
PREP RM
EXTERIOR
Sink Caulking, White/ Off White
Window Putty, Gray

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
None Detected
None Detected
15A
EXTERIOR
LAYER 1
Concrete, Beige/ Gray
LAYER 2
Paint, Tan
No
No
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
17%
3%
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Gypsum
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
1%
<1%
80%
98%
None Detected
None Detected
14A
0150011-024
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Talc
1%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
99%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
Page 6 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-025
EXTERIOR
15B
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
LAYER 2
Paint, Tan
0150011-026
EXTERIOR
15C
LAYER 1
LAYER 2
Paint, Tan
0150011-027
16A
0150011-028
17A
FRONT DRESSING
RM
Vapor Paper, Black
EXT. HVAC CLOSET Pipe Putty, Beige

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
No
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
40%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Page 7 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-029
ROOF (PROP
STORAGE)
18A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Nailed On Composition Roofing,
Green/ Black
LAYER 2
Green/ Black
0150011-030
18B
ROOF (PROP
STORAGE)
19A
ROOF (PROP
STORAGE)
No
No
LAYER 3
Black
No
LAYER 1
Green/ Black
No
LAYER 2
Green/ Black
0150011-031

(%)
Detected
No
LAYER 3
Black
No
LAYER 1
Penetration Mastic, Green
No
LAYER 2
Penetration Mastic, Black
Yes
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Chrysotile
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Cellulose Fiber
20%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
80%
Cellulose Fiber
20%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
80%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
40%
Cellulose Fiber
20%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
80%
Fibrous Glass
20%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
80%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
40%
Cellulose Fiber
1%
Gypsum
Quartz
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
99%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
90%
10%
Page 8 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-032
ROOF (STAGE
PREP)
20A
0150011-033
21A
ROOF (STAGE
PREP)
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Rolled On Composition Roofing,
Red/ Black
22A
ROOF (STAGE
PREP)
No
LAYER 2
Black
No
LAYER 3
Black
No
LAYER 1
Roof Flashing Mastic, Black
LAYER 2
Roof Flashing Mastic, Black
0150011-034

(%)
Detected
Rolled On Composition Roof

Patch, Black
No
No
No
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Synthetic Fiber
20%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
80%
Synthetic Fiber
40%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
60%
Fibrous Glass
40%
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
60%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
Synthetic Fiber
40%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
60%
Synthetic Fiber
20%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
80%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Page 9 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-035
ROOF (STAGE
PREP)
23A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Roof Patch Mastic Compound,
White
LAYER 2
Brown/ Black
0150011-036
CRAWLSPACE

(%)
Detected
No
None Detected
Gypsum
Quartz
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
No
LAYER 3
Black
No
Sealant Compound, Black
No
None Detected
None Detected
CRAWLSPACE
No
None Detected
25A
0150011-038
CRAWLSPACE
Fiberboard, Brown
No
None Detected
26A
0150011-039
27A
DOWNSTAIRSWallboard/ Joint Compound

THEATER SEATING Composite, White/ Brown/ Off
White
REQUESTED BY CLIENT
Yes
100%
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
15%
5%
Cellulose Fiber
15%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
85%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Fibrous Glass
40%
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
60%
Cellulose Fiber
85%
Perlite
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
15%
Cellulose Fiber
11%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
88%
80%
None Detected
24A
0150011-037
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Chrysotile
<1%
Page 10 of 11
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150011

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/19/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE BLDG
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150011-040
DOWNSTAIRSSIDE ENTRY
28A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Door Frame Caulking, Dk. Gray

(%)
Detected
Yes
Chrysotile
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
5%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
Analyst - Kenneth Scheske
95%
Signatory - Lab Director - Kurt Kettler
Distinctly stratified, easily separable layers of samples are analyzed as subsamples of the whole and are reported separately for each discernible layer. All analyses are derived from calibrated visual estimate and measured
in area percent unless otherwise noted. The report applies to the standards or procedures identified and to the sample(s) tested. The test results are not necessarily indicated or representative of the qualities of the lot
from which the sample was taken or of apparently identical or similar products, nor do they represent an ongoing quality assurance program unless so noted. These reports are for the exclusive use of the addressed client and
that they will not be reproduced wholly or in part for advertising or other purposes over our signature or in connection with our name without special written permission. The report shall not be reproduced except in full, without
written approval by our laboratory. The samples not destroyed in testing are retained a maximum of thirty days. The laboratory measurement of uncertainty for the test method is approximately less than 1 by area percent.
Accredited by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for selected test method for asbestos. The accreditation or any reports generated by this laboratory in no way
constitutes or implies product certification, approval, or endorsement by the National Institute of Standards and Technology. The report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement
by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the Federal Government. Polarized Light Microscopy may not be consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non-friable organically bound materials.
Page 11 of 11
LAB#:
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page_ of __
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51 8 T St., Ste B-109
Phoenix, AZ 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
M3 Environmental Consulting
/~00//
3 }- bT
TAT:
Rec' dPEC 2 2 P.M.

(If Different Loca~on)
BILL TO:
9821 Blue Larkspur Lane, Suite 100

Monterey, Califomla 93940
:ONTACT:
;mall:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4624

garrett@m3environmental.com
lowAccepting:
VISA-MASTERCARD
>hone/Fax:
PriceQuoted: $
/Sample $_ _ /Layers
_ :OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure. to complete any Items may cause ~:;5 processing or analyzing your samples)
TURNAROUND TIME: [4hr rush}
[Bhr rush}
[1-Day]
[2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
-P.dor conftnnaUon of turnaround time is~

"Additional charges for rush analysis (plsase call mar1<eUng department for pricing dstalls)
"Laboratory analysis may be subject to del _ dlt tsrms are not met
- , -TYPE-0F-ANA~YSIS:-- ulkP- ]-[Air-P6Mj--[l:ead]
DISPOSALINSTRUCf~~~;;-
4. Project Name:
'
of:..,..,~;;:;~ at EMC] I_.~:
,"'::~'d=~,~~ at mv,
C/y ,/'cannel- h~sr ?h~ab;. Cannd, 49 -
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
[Point Count] [Fungi:AOC,W~; Bulk;SWab, Tape]
CUENT
SAMPLE#
Project
DATE& TIME
SAMPLED
II-+
h'a.cmar /?eno
l;..,t;-5'3,~ /a.f): I
LOCATION/MATERIAL
Samples
AIR SAMPLE INFO /COMMENTS
TYPE
Accsptsd
Yes I No
ON
.....
lv
tf
OFF
FLOW
RATE
'\ N
L{O
y N
quished by:~~~;~(~~~~~
quished by:,->!::==-.::...---~ulshed by:
Date/Time
Received by:
Date/Time:_ _ __
1e event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
,a and prevailing party will be entHied to attorney's fees and court costs.
l/01108
r>W/
Asbestos Bulk Sampling Log
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
I
Client:
Project Name: Pre-Renovation HazMat Inspection
Site Address: Mountain View & Santa Rita, Carmel
Building:
Forest Theater- S:f1f<
Project No.:
_;,1_.:;47c.:5.::.3:.:.0,;,T;::;as:::k_;,1_ _ _ _ _ __
Sall[lple Date: ...;1;::;2/...:.i.::.'iJ-'-/1'-'4_ _ _ _ __

lnsJector:
CA<i: No.
No.
13/dj'.
Sample
No.
111
Building
I Floor
j)wY1.5 tl'5'
Ctn~a
!!m.
:.
. Esti.l.ated Quantity
Material Description
fJittskr
(/~
SF
LF
/a#r
EA
Sh.op
r:ralt-t"
IP
O.tssinfl Jl?.m.
J)rt:ssinq Jen1.
Jr/fchMe!/e.
2/J
7
g
ro
'
3/J
Lfc
/h.t~
ql}
tt/3
'
I
~llc:k
I~
S'e_eih'ng_
CN?~1Cl
I
w-/ / ''
lkfjl<
/t'Sr
Or7ck .
LJ"'
/..
~ //lc/f.r>w/2 /?'ZMAC
vvJv;tf nr,;n/~ ,..-~ C6'un,k,.-~
M/1 k' Vtdh..e.ri...r:.
f!J
f?'x!u;faf:
..
~~"Z<l_~
CQncn:k
rem.
Notes
WoYk
J[
09-4531
'
Area Name
/Me~
18
Area
No.
ss1
Garrett Rodewald
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
,.
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
Page_,;/'---- of
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos~ Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
;-;-fSDt1

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
s-A
I(
p..
Pre-Renovation HazMat Inspection
Mountain View & Santa Rita, Carmel
Forest Theater- 5f2i,uL
14753.0 Task 1
t7
InsJI"ctor:
CAC No.
SS1No.
IJtd.jl.
Building
I Floor
tJw.vhJ.
Area
1.
No.
Area Name
~Mt.r
~a/int.f
~
111
Sizt%
77z.Ra.kr
I? :f-11
IY
Sall)ple Date: ..:.1=2/--'/..::S-'-11.:...4'-------
Sh.i-<v
1-8
~sn
I~ '$11
usl'~.ret
sh ... "
j()/J
1/IJ '1'Jf6
\ If
shl?"/rr
/lm
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
...:J/1/e-npr ,Wi~W /'~
HY?>Nj
pvsj:rc
vv;/1w...l
/n;~-7
~Crnq )
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
S'.P""'7/'7 ,1:; u.- /r ;,z.e)

,.tY/;rc-t t'x/; v-vttt& Vo/"'....-
tftL-??er~U;<"".n..l.&r.
SF
LF
EA
v/
/f#-wh/K /'~ /~ "-'1
Page
SF
LF
EA
;k:.x.hvnnf
<18
\
J,
1/
&
EA
SF
LF
'..u.
I 7 Cffl
SF
LF
h~..t ,.vnd a ~Y'i/.zt?

,
7-L
j)'ZSI,..,_~
'
.kt'/ vt??dv-1.
u><-r ~ ~
(cn&?k .ro/~t.~r-f CtJ/~nf ""'/
II/
/i-Pnl-,
Estirjtated Quantity
13/ack" ;'7/Ce:d- N? nta~::U ~~..-/
09-4531
I
,Bnvw1j/lAck C&Lr/l!'t" vv/
,....,..;,./,.w
Garrett Rodewald
of
./.
,,1
EA
SF
LF
EA
T:\M3 EnvironmentaJ\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms \Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
Notes
/57JDf(

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Forest Theater- .'5b,Af'
14753.0 Task 1
v
Sample Date: -'1"'2i_,_i.::.Z'.:..i1;..;4_ _ _ _ __
lnsJ~ctor:
Btdj.
CAC No.
ssli No.
Garrett Rodewald
o9-4531
Sam pte
No.
llfl
13fJ
1}
Nh
15/J
/58
i5"C
!Ill
OlJ
Building
I Floor
tJtsffs
Area
No.
Area Name
s~
;J,-;:;;
!<m.
f
6J</crrJ;:-r
6/e-n"Qr
'
18B
~~ dSr
'
w/
.~..v.,_,
Esti"1ated Quantity
~ck/u
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
./YZ-,;!ltJh~
7.
!A/hd-e Jt~k
ca.-u/.kut.f'
EA
1)'/7-' -.wh/k//j),f- ~~ .:!><~~.. ~..vt"r-tdPw ,

M
e.x~or
SF
LF
EA
-{
c~/e
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
PVJ!US
;:::-,J?t
iPI't'">"'nf Krn.
b<l tfvi?C
Clout
,((40.;::
/3/J
EA
~
,P(t:u)c ~~A?n:;,r c~b l.o/"'..- 6M:ner
..(.,j, ~d dR.r/4-' ~""'ye,.-- /a.fi?.
~j< /~ _/Gu-y
ocr.r ;;""rz.eS
Pi'?
Page
EA
lfV/tC C.U)I~
~ nltRd-on ~"''"Yl-"'..i,-;5;, 17
l~np Slmzg.e, pt~..IJ~~~ CcJ~ ,j"'p.....,., .-/n
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
'
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
of
tf
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
Notes
/YOOI I

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING U.C
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
::t:o~ate: G:::~:
Forest Theater14753.0 Task 1
:::ewald
Sf' Bt"(f
Building
I Floor
Area
No.
Area Name
CAd No.
SST No.
. , .. Material Description... . .
....
...
.EstiiTiated Quantity
Jf~~
71
6-un/IIF<ck ~Trahon
ffJ/lJJJ Smt)
rnt?Jhc /~.,)
!'fA
. /1tJq/ . l<t!d
hi-a.~
:p. 20f/
))
ZIA
L _.., 4
C'ollt!
Slack./ .rP-tJ(
'
EA
SF
LF
,_\', .......
.A~~~
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
HMh,:,
rVIti'ish'c
/3i#1tk ~1/,q:t -t>n c ..""'7'"".tih ".. r-z
ZlfJ
YHI ,.,P.kt-.
~ls;uttt
2'1/J
core
,s,... . ,__, .af.e
EA
tv/,,"kjtl";ck rPzrl /"An:-4
'
23A
'77
/'1"4J)
"
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
Yh.a;hc Ci>_~();..,t..no{
,15/~ck $..1~ ca~C'<A.#IA
t'/1.
CPP2[~/-C
N>
/t!t
/3/.tick ~ Su/Rae-v
2>11
2/A
Zl-A
VdtOdr
6t2-n-/~r
n"t-er t!o~
su..t#oc-r
p-.,.;i'I.S t.1.
.
Z.$/t
\V
/h..ld.kr
,Jt:~~hf/
Si~
En h-r.;
we.;:::rc
EA
/o.~..--
,te;<~nf
/pd4~kd..
~
J>,.erk f~ ~CJ~
..--.:,,.././ . ' L.-
_.,,n
-/..
J
Page
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
t.M'l~
vv/-1-troul
&.{
Notes
SF
LF
c "'vvtt" ().S :;.;,_?
.n>)/.ed-t>n
09-4531
of
EA
SF
LF
EA
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Fonns\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight~ mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4 ~ Asb~stos Bulk Sample Log revised 5-6-10.doc
M
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150017

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

CONCESSION STAND
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150017-001
INTERIOR
1A
0150017-002
INTERIOR
Layer Name /
Sample Description

(%)
Detected
LAYER 1
Formica Countertop, White/
Brown
No
LAYER 2
Mastic, Yellow/ Red
No
Sink Caulking, Beige
No
None Detected
None Detected
INTERIOR
Sink Caulking, Off White
No
INTERIOR
Sink Undercoating, Lt. Gray
No
None Detected
4A
0150017-005
INTERIOR
5A
0150017-006
5B
INTERIOR

White
REQUESTED BY CLIENT

White
REQUESTED BY CLIENT
No
No
90%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
10%
Cellulose Fiber
2%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
98%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Cellulose Fiber
12%
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
88%
None Detected
3A
0150017-004
Cellulose Fiber
None Detected
2A
0150017-003
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
None Detected
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
9%
1%
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Gypsum
Carbonates
Mica
Quartz
Binder/Filler
9%
1%
90%
90%
Page 1 of 3
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150017

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

CONCESSION STAND
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150017-007
INTERIOR
Layer Name /
Sample Description

(%)
Detected
No
None Detected
6A
0150017-008
INTERIOR
No
INTERIOR
No
EXTERIOR
Caulking, White/ Off White
No
EXTERIOR
Caulking, Black
No
EXTERIOR
Putty, White/ Lt. Green
No
10A
EXTERIOR
Caulking, White/ Off White
No
Gypsum
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Gypsum
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
9A
0150017-013
100%
None Detected
8A
0150017-012
Gypsum
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
None Detected
7A
0150017-011
100%
None Detected
6C
0150017-010
Gypsum
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
None Detected
6B
0150017-009
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Page 2 of 3
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150017

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

CONCESSION STAND
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150017-014
EXTERIOR
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Vapor Barrier, Black/ Brown

(%)
Detected
No
None Detected
11A
0150017-015
ROOF
12A
No
None Detected
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
40%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
40%
Page 3 of 3
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page __ of __
LAB#:
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51 81 St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(BOO) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
TAT:
~~()0/Vr
dflup
Rec' d: DEC 2 2 p
BILL TO:
(If Different LocaUon)

Monterey, California 93940
:ONTACT:
:mall:
(831) 6494623/ (831) 6494624

garrell@m3environmenlal.com
low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
'hone/Fax:
Price Quoted: $
I Sample $_ _ /Layers
;OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Filllure_ to complete any Items may cause a O > processing or analyzing your samples)
, TURNAROUND TIME: [4hr rush}
[8hr rush}
[1-Day)
[2-Day)
[5-Day) [6-10 Day)
-Erlar conflrmaUon af tumaround time Is required

"Additional charges for ruah analysls.(pleaae call markeUng deportment for pricing details)
"laboratory analysis may be subject to del _ dlt tenns are not met
. TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
,
Ufk::p- )
[Air-PCM)
DISPOSAliNSTRUCf~l~~r-" ~~
[lead)
[Point Count) [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, Swab, Tape)
ofsam~~~rC)
[Retum~6~~_:st~meat
(}on~~.J..._
4. Project Nanle:..!C/~/-
v--:<1'~/''Ca;Yl:Aal:.
-~~-A:!....:.
-:._LjC::~.4~r_.J.:::._m7h.~A~
A..L.~-;;.._.f/~'-<-"':!;'-~~~~u~':rl~-:_,h'~a;.::;~b?/2J"'?Ur~0~-A~~
Project Number:
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
CLIENT
SAMPLE#
DATE&TIME
SAMPLED
LOCATIONIMATERIAL
TYPE
Samples
Accepted
Yes I No
AIR SAMPLE INFO I COMMENTS

ON
OFF
FLOW
RATE
~
I
/ft
.14Hi3dJ /a.1:: I
\Y
N
N
/M
I)
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
Rodewald
quished by:
(Signature)~~=~~-/f.::6!~~~~':...r_,...-
ate/Time:~nReceived by:J)~ r~
~uished by:
Date/Time:~ Received by: ~
~uished
Date/Time
by:
Received by:
Date/Time:
Date/Time:
;;Ja
I~ '-.:l If
Date/Time:_ _ __
event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
a and prevailing party will be entitled to attorney's fees and court costa.
19
1/01/0B

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING U.C
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
I
/
1.4
ForestTheater- Z4nce,;s;.,n Slzund
14753.0 Task 1
Building
I Floor
Area
No.
lnspJctor:
CACINo.
SST ~o.
Area Name
.::t:nkn 12r-
wkk
TV?" .
&-v/
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
f..."
il~)K _9nk ca.tdh7f/,prdly
>:L--nbi'?.A:Z/~ )'
21}-
~H-YIIh ,"Jr! S1~K
/c tZA-nHn~~
__,/_,. ././ 1,k;rul
EA
SF
LF
/..s7n'.I P.47a'vz-fJ'ah7
.!.!Jhf- f'IdAj
if!}
EA
w.sj:Tc
5"11
kmvnn._t
611
j,iz~kr~irn., J
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
,kx lvvnYJf
t:..l.n.rkr ....-kt/n 1
(,'111-11,
5f3
l!
t)rlf
w.t5
EA
SF
LF
l~
EA
tc
h.f0i'qr:J-1-1
09-4531
Estimrted auantity
hrmit'a .,._, a~
/ ././'tt)
3!1
\f)
Garrett Rodewald
~
F
Sample Date: ...:.1::.21.:..1?-'--'--/1:..:4_ _ _ _ __
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
tl"/1-wJ.,)! 1''"/;t.td.lc;,f ~U-??d e:xl-.

ctt/lV.>JI~n t'V'nd~t>'-4/ ~
.
Page
of
2.
T.\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos
B~ulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
Notes
ti"44'1
(>"
I s-ool '1
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
City of Carmel-by-the-sea
Building:
Forest TheaterProject No.: _,1.::.47:.:5o:::3::.::.0c.;Tc::a:::::sk::..1.:__ _ _ _ _ __
Sample
No.
"""\\
--\'lr
o!i
9/f
..\? fl},q
~~
,<
/
!Ill
ll/-1
Building
I Floor
Area
No.
Sample Date: ...:1;::2/_...:/..;.14.;.__ _ _ _ __

lnspJctor:
CACINo.
ssrro.
Area Name
Garrett Rodewald
09-4531
Notes
11
t)/(-wh/lt: ,ou.t:ly ".Yl Nekr /

...rr-:>nhkUr /r"r!Ls
~nlk ~ln:..h'-'"" <~;,k,~j

~lU'ld
ccnd.u.~t-s
.fil~clc/lrvw/7 exl vv-M"L v~or

/a...,-n~ kA,~tl ~d s,drn_q
,f)/ack /lvPwr/ ncf f/<~i?i""'" tftt..n--;:f:r
r:.u-z"&-
J--1-t~
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
Page __;;2;;;;__
ot_2-=---
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead -Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Sulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150016

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

BOX OFFICE
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150016-001
EXTERIOR
1A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Caulking, Gray

(%)
Detected
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Silicone
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
100%
Page 1 of 1
LAB#:
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page_ of __
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51 8 T St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
TAT:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
(If Different Locatlon)
9821 Blue larkspur lane, Suite 100

CONTACT:
~hone/Fax:
:mall:
(831) 649-46231 (831) 649-4624

~ow Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
Price Quoted: $
I Sample $_ _ 1Layers
::oMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any items may cause a~ processing or analyzing your samples)
TURNAROUND TIME: [4hr rush)
[8hr rush}
[1-Day]
[2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]

.
-Edar conflnnaUon of turnaround tlme Is!!!!~!!!!;!!!
-Addl!lonal charges for rush analysis (please call mel1<etlng department for pricing details)
-Lsboratory analysis mey be subject to del _
H tenne are not met
TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
DISPOSALINSTRUC ~1~~r-
4. Project M~
"
ulk-P
(AirPCM] [lead] [Point Count] (Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, Swab, Tape]
'of: ~at EMC] I l"c'u"' samples to me at
,I
: Willi
' M rlAV~ tronJ j
ox riC~
"
C/l<t
,.f Cac
v
C:: . ~rj7h,AA_L..- /;1~.>/
Project Number:
P.0. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
'
lfr-
LOCATJONJMATERJAL
TYPE
DATE&TJME
SAMPLED
CLIENT
SAMPLE#
.3ft'
C-r1-
LJAmar-
J7A.
PNf?3,rJ :1a.k/
Samples
Yflfl..i No
AIR SAMPLE INFO/COMMENTS
ON
OFF
FLOW
RATE
{y/N
"
II
Aft
V N
V N
;~w
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
V N
::JAllNSTRUCTIONS:_ _E~.Ji!llliill.ru.!!!Hl.ILiJlllQ~-------,I---,--7'9-.,.,_-....---?g_-
''e Collector: (Print)_ _~!j!2!o!.Q!~!ml!!!L-------quished by:~~ld.:;t(?&~~t:,l)i
~ulshed by:J.L!jl4ll!~~=----
!Uished by:
Date/Time
Received by:
Datell1me:_ _~-
e event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that jurisdicllon and venue will be In Phoenix,
a and prevaifing party will be entitled to attorney's fees and court costs.
1/01108

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
1/1
Building
I Floor
Sample Date: ..:1=21'-'/_,_r-'t-'-14.:__ _ _ _ __

Inspector:
CAC No.
SST No.
E"X' "&ce
Area
No.
Area Name
e_xlen4r oray c:a.t.tlk1n t

lr 4h 1- /,X: /u..d
v
~und t:>KI.
c't7 .,-e.;~
Garrett Rodewald
09-4531
Estimated Quantity
Notes
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
Page_...:/_ _ of _ _/ _ _
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos
~Lead-
Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150013

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/24/2014
Date Reported:
12/24/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE CONTROL
Address:
CARMEL, CA, HAZ MAT RENO
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150013-001
INTERIOR
1A
Layer Name /
Sample Description

(%)
Detected
LAYER 1
Formica, Lt. Gray
LAYER 2
Mastic, Clear
0150013-002
INTERIOR
2A
LAYER 1
Grout, Lt. Gray/ Off White
LAYER 2
CMU, Gray/ Black
0150013-003
INTERIOR
CMU Caulking, Lt. Gray/ Off White
No
No
No
No
No
None Detected
None Detected
INTERIOR
Window Caulking, Beige
No
5A
EXTERIOR
Window Frame Caulking, Off

White/ Gray
No
80%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
20%
Cellulose Fiber
3%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
97%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Perlite
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Silicone
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Silicone
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
4A
0150013-005
Cellulose Fiber
None Detected
3A
0150013-004
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Page 1 of 4
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150013

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/24/2014
Date Reported:
12/24/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE CONTROL
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150013-006
EXTERIOR
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Penetration Mastic, Gray

(%)
Detected
No
None Detected
6A
0150013-007
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
EXTERIOR
No
None Detected
7A
0150013-008
8A
ELECTRICAL
CLOSET
LAYER 1
LAYER 2
CMU Mastic, Black/ Gray
0150013-009
9A
0150013-010
10A
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
ELECTRICAL
CLOSET
EXTERIOR
Roof Mastic, Black
LAYER 1
LAYER 2
Mastic, Black/ Gray
No
No
Yes
No
No
None Detected
100%
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
50%
5%
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
50%
5%
45%
45%
None Detected
Chrysotile
None Detected
None Detected
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
90%
10%
Cellulose Fiber
Synthetic Fiber
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
50%
5%
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
99%
45%
Page 2 of 4
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150013

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/24/2014
Date Reported:
12/24/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE CONTROL
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150013-011
ROOF
11A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Rolled Roofing Material, Black
LAYER 2
LAYER 3
LAYER 4
0150013-012
ROOF
Roof Caulking, Clear

(%)
Detected
No
Yes
No
No
No
None Detected
Chrysotile
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
12A
0150013-013
13A
ROOF
LAYER 1
Rolled-On Roofing Core, Gray/
Black
LAYER 2
Rolled-On Roofing Core, Black
LAYER 3
Rolled-On Roofing Core, Gray/
Black
LAYER 4
Rolled-On Roofing Core, Black
No
No
No
No
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
5%
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Fibrous Glass
15%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
85%
Cellulose Fiber
50%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
45%
Fibrous Glass
40%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
60%
Cellulose Fiber
5%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
95%
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Silicone
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
99%
Fibrous Glass
15%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
85%
Cellulose Fiber
Fibrous Glass
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
3%
<1%
Fibrous Glass
15%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
85%
Cellulose Fiber
60%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
40%
96%
Page 3 of 4
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150013

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/24/2014
Date Reported:
12/24/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

STAGE CONTROL
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
Layer Name /
Sample Description

(%)
Detected
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Page 4 of 4
LAB#:
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page_ of __
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51 81 St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(BOO) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
lS-OiJ/3
.3
TAT:
d_t;up_
Reo' d: DEC 2 2 P.M.
BILL TO:
(II Different LocaUon)

:ONTACT:
hone/Fax:
mall:
(831) 649-46231 (831) 649-4624

low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
I Sample $__ 1Layers
Price Quoted: $
:OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause a~ processing or analyzing your samples)
[8hr rush}
!1-Day]
[2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
""".Erler conflnnatlon of tumaround time Is rAf!"lred

~Additional chargee for rush analysis (pleaee call marl<eUng department for prtclng data lis)
~Laboratooy analysis may be subJect to del
_
Htenns are not met
. TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
ulk-P
[Air-PCM] [lead] [Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, SWab, Tape]
of sam~~-~~ at EMC] I [Return samples to me at
01 _
. t:MIJ will'
4. Project Name: Cilt~

v
,fC'tv.
;;::;, ~~..~- 7h.4A.L..-
CUENT
SAMPLEIJ
13>
LOCATION/MATERIAL
DATE& liME
SAMPLED
TYPE
tC/9 -
.t..I.A ,_ VVJ
!Pt
)
f.?A-
Dlm ' ' "
Ia
=~~
()
1 /
()taft(!_ UM-tYD
OAU~
r-
P-I-N73,t' /ask I
Samples
Aooepted
Yes/ No
r
--+-1----f------Jil
.....
I~TJl;1
(_
\
/~
Project Number:
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLEIJ
...
\v
AIR SAMPLE IN.FO /COMMENTS

ON
OFF
FLOW
RAT!!
GN
y N
y N
y N
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
Daterrime:..,/.7e:.:~
Date/Time:/.2 l
lUished by:
Date/Time
Received by:
a. I Y
Daterrlme:_ _ __
19 event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that Jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
a and prevailing party will be en!Hied to attorney's fees and court costs.
1/01/08

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Sfte Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
/!-}
Mountain View & Santa Rita, Canmel
ForestTheater@.61)/
14753.0 Task 1
Building
I Floor
Area
No.
fihn'qy
'
Sfl
if/}
!Off
1/
094531
Estimated Quantity
Notes
L;jAJ .f'!?Uf nrrn/ca r_, des.k

h>-" ;,;; ,mash c
L;jhl 5nt.y/,;tr-n/ht/c ,tnd
as.r.Pc, A"_,./ 111/ emu_ .Tn-t"n..zr
bfA 1- ,f~/o #-;tAlA;/( Ct~Utl~:J
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
c /1'1 tt' ..-.; k ' .._

,d.,~, PW~w CaA.(.(~~
">. ..
Garrett Rodewald
h',o
d;:.
EA
SF
LF
EA
Ex-bnc'~'"
6fT
JfJ
. .
Area Name
Jf]
54
Inspector:
CAC No.
SST No.
.5
211
4/}
Sample Date: ...:1=21-'-/-'-:;.-'-11:...:4_ _ _ _ __
\
E!~cfn~~
t?#-wA/k ~r~O--w ~
/'a-u / ~. :., "'
~ ~.,// ;rz~WAc
? A..r7.
ex/bn'dy-
c~~
,;
IJ/Iffd//>--17vVYJ <t!'-r/- ~<..#

~t.'!<.-?rrl:.r
/3/ACK
CltJJ-C..t:-
ts
vrd
:h
,k.h,;;.,./
./ "''
V~r tfPf-n?-.:.r ~/
/LJc.K ,yza.r-4;- dY7 CMvl

!Ac..i n-?~t.r~c- '-"1 /'O,_p
/?JJ'C/~
/.
)
$i~td:
t/dr /~,..,./
/A..ci:. ,n-'IJ/J/
Page_.:...!__ of
_.,.,
./
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Fonns\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING UC
Client:
Building:
ForestTheater- ,$_'~ L'nlb)/
Project No.:
...:1c::c47'-'5::::3:;;.0:...T.:..:a::::::.:k...:1_ _ _ _ _ _ __
Sample
No.
Building
I Floor
Area
No.
Inspector.
CAC No.
SST No.
Area Name
/I fJ
ll~(jf
/2/t
1311
Sample Date:
/1{)'0/
CUar-
wj
~/) "'
CtftA4 f~
/cv~
_L,.-
/n~dSJ"l::'t~ ~
HtL /;p.h/ h "'

/JIA:cK n;tUd-e>.-? c "rvyocu, h &~<'/
nrzsh~q
co...-e
Garrett Rodewald
09-4531
Estimated Quantity
/3!4-c.l: n/ted-e.r/7 a"Y.
nfl0/Jn4
...:1c::2/'-'l'-'~'"''"'1..:.4_ _ _ _ _ __
.r...
""
,/,;
1--
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
Page
2..
of _ _ __
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forrns\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
Notes
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150018

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/24/2014
Date Reported:
12/24/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

RESTROOMS
Address:
CARMEL, CA-HAZMAT RENO
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150018-001
MEN'S RR
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Toilet Caulking, White

(%)
Detected
No
None Detected
1A
0150018-002
PLUMBING RM
Concrete, Gray
No
PLUMBING RM
Concrete, Gray
No
PLUMBING RM
3A
LAYER 1
Pipe Caulking, Beige
LAYER 2
Putty, Lt. Gray
0150018-005
4A
PLUMBING RM
LAYER 1
Pipe Caulking, Off White
LAYER 2
Putty, Lt. Yellow
No
No
No
No
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Wollastonite
10%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
90%
None Detected
2B
0150018-004
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
None Detected
2A
0150018-003
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Wollastonite
Cellulose Fiber
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
3%
<1%
Wollastonite
2%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
98%
Wollastonite
10%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
90%
96%
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150018

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/24/2014
Date Reported:
12/24/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

RESTROOMS
Address:
CARMEL, CA-HAZMAT RENO
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150018-006
EXTERIOR
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Caulking, Beige

(%)
Detected
No
None Detected
5A
0150018-007
EXTERIOR
6A
Asphalt Compound, Gray/ Black
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Silicone
Gypsum
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Quartz
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
99%
Page 2 of 2
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page_ of __
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51 8 r St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
LAB#:
)700/g
TAT:
J~
Rec' d:DEC 2 2 P.M.
BILL TO:
(If Dlffarent Location)

:ONTACT:
:mall:
(831} 649-4623/ (831} 649-4824

garrett@m3environmental.oom
JowAcceptfng:
VISA-MASTERCARD
hone/Fax:
PrlceQuoted: $
/Sample $_ _ /Layers
:OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure_ to complete any Items may cause a o processing or analyzing your samples)
TURNAROUND TIME: [4hr rush)
[8hr rush)
[1-Day]
[2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
Wr..erfor conflrmaUon of turnaround Ume is mqulrad

~Additional charges for rush analyele (plesee call marketing department for pricing details)
~Laboratory analysis may be subject to del
_
H tenns are not met
TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
ulk-P ] [Air-PCM] [Lead] [Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, SWab, Tape]
DISPOSAL INSTRUCTION
[Dispose of samples at EMC] I [Return
_
samples to me at mv e
AQJJSe
e
MtwmJ
(If you do not indicate Dreference, EMC will disnose of samoles flO dav.. from analysis.}
4. Project Name:
Cil'{, ,/Cannel- h~sr ?ht<akr, Cannd

..,
Project Number:
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
l
r
CLIENT
SAMPLE#
(!+-
~)
C,A-
ftf,
Pll-f73,tJ ?a.rk/
Samples
Accepted
Yes I No
.. __
."
h'ai!dla.t= /lt2nCJ
ql -
LOCATION/MATERIAL
TYPE
DATE&TIME
SAMPLED
11"'UJ

ON
OFF
FLOW
RATE
_r-r:_
\v
'
'}_..,.
... ;~'
N
N
N
~.
y
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
~JAL
JNSTRUCTJONS: _
__J:u!iGS~eJmmu.ll!!!iYl!...SUJllllQ!R_ _ _ _ _-+--'C7"---;>?-17-__:_-.-fJ-----
(Signatu"')'-21~'=~~-1~~~~~0::::....,...~-
Garrett Rodewald
r:' .:. ~
1uished by:
>-e..-~
atefTime:~
~ 1 ~eceived by: 1>~~ (~
DatefTime: Jc a,
Received by: _
DatefTime:..fr),~lj_J.:t_:_
Date/Time:/2.
2.2.1$1'
'
;uished by:
DatefTime
Received by:
Date/Time: _ _ __
e event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
9 and prevailing party will be entitled to attorney's tees and court costs.
/01/0B
-p--01'1~
[13
ENVIRONMENTAl.
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
1/J-
211
City of Carmel-b~-the-Sea
Forest Theater- RR~~i!J::l.S
14753.0 Task 1
Building
I Floor
Area
No.
Area Name
/PuY?!f
Sample Date: 12/ /::rl14

Inspector:
CAC No.
SST No.
tv)uJe
J({rYJ.
09-4531
Estimated Quantity
n;t.et- c.d.-ulklnj
SF
LF
,;:2.,<(
jJIWY~6,nj
Garrett Rodewald
EA
[11/iCreJc
SF
I""C/arh 1i?__f
LF
EA
f/1/Al / . /
SF
LF
ZB
EA
lklf<' /lPe
31}
.I
<-ffJ
Ill
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
_L
5"/J
caulkll?j'}o~
tJ/1-nJh/K /'~ Ctza!KtJy//ully
EA
6/e.n<'r'
~und tf.t?JC
4-/ t?x;Bn~r 7.nu'-hU - c.>ncrek IJ
t~/il.td Pl.J_/'h~;/ [o~flund .,;c
SF
LF
t!f-c{le ctUdhh.J:
EA
~;?Ju.-nd ad/ wA!fw.4fL:iP NomR.I!J /o ~

./
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
Page.
of
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead -Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms
- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log - revised 5-6-1 O.doc
Notes
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150015

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/17/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

PHONE BOOTH
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150015-001
INTERIOR
1A
Layer Name /
Sample Description
LAYER 1
Mastic, Black
LAYER 2
Caulking, Black
0150015-002
INTERIOR
Window Putty/ Caulking, Lt. Gray

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
None Detected
None Detected
INTERIOR
3A
Paint, Silver
No
Cellulose Fiber
<1%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
99%
Cellulose Fiber
40%
Carbonates
Binder/Filler
60%
Carbonates
Quartz
Binder/Filler
100%
Gypsum
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
2A
0150015-003
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Page 1 of 1
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page ____ of ___
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51ST St., Ste B-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
LAB#:
/()D 01s-
TAT:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
(If Different Location)

:ONTACT:
:mall:
{831) 649-4823/ (831) 649-4624

lowAcceptlng:
VISA-MASTERCARD
hone/Fax:
PrlceQuoted: $
/Sample $_/Layers
;oMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause~ processing or analyzing your samples)
[8hr rush}
[1-Day)
[2-Day]
[5-Day) [8-10 Day]
"'*.2dor conflnnaUon of turnaround time Is ~

wAddltlonal charges for rush analysis (please call marketing department for pricing details)
.
lttenns are not met
wLaboratory analysis may be subject to del
. TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
ulk-P
DISPOSALINSTRUCTION
"'
4. ProJect Name:
Cily..
[Air-PCM]
or:
:i
"" nnl J
ProJect Number:
CUENT
SAMPLE II
DATE& TlME
SAMPLED
}J..!--
gP,
,}.
){1-
Ph(N_6d;,
,/'Cannel- h~sl- 7ht"a/cr;. Ctttnnd; crJ - h'aJ~cffld Reno
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
[Lead] [Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, SWab, Tape]

to meatmv1
at EMC] I :
M_,_ ;from;
.[3
ftOo
LOCATlONIMATERIAL
TYPE
....
t_.t./J-~3. () Ta.fk/
Samples
Accepted
Yes I No

ON
OFF
FLOW
RA1E
W_
,._
)t
IV
Q
;~N
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
quished by:l/2~1:i.~~~~g,.D:
~ulshed by: <A..- r~

~uished
by:
Date/Time
Received by:
Da1e/Time: _ _ __
19 event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
a and prevailing party will be entitled to attorney's fees and court costs.
1/01108

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Sample
No.
/If
2A
311
ForstTheater- PhqoL !/u#\
14753.0 Task 1
Buildilig
I Floor
Area
No.
Area Name
~kn"gy
Sample Date: _,_1:;c21_,_/_,_1--'-11c::4_ _ _ _ __

Inspector:
CAC No.
SST No.
.
c~;~v"n.-;
dl1
tfo-tJ/1t /hu-t
JJh OJU
/~ ohf../
09-4531
Estimated Quantity
Black. mMhcjca.u.t.k,~j' A.l.f"dC.

w/ .nu.IRL p/v;ru ~nit. /~se.rtLtjhl- $.1'7l-_Y WMd&>w _r>udy/
.5-/Jd.r /t:?'"7n-r
Garrett Rodewald
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
Page _
__,/_ _ of _ __
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Asbestos Survey Forms\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
Notes
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150014

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/18/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

GENERAL SITE
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
0150014-001
AMPHITHEATER
SEATING
1A
0150014-002
1B
0150014-003
2A
0150014-004
2B
0150014-005
3A
AMPHITHEATER
SEATING
AMPHITHEATER
SEATING
AMPHITHEATER
SEATING
AMPHITHEATER
SEATING
Layer Name /
Sample Description
Stone & Mortar Retaining Wall,
Gray
Stone & Mortar Retaining Wall,

Gray
Stone & Mortar Fire Pit, Gray
Stone & Mortar Fire Pit, Gray
Concrete Pad, Gray

(%)
Detected
No
No
No
No
No
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
None Detected
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Carbonates
Quartz
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
Quartz
Carbonates
Gypsum
Mica
Binder/Filler
100%
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
None Detected
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.
Laboratory Report
0150014

Phone: 800-362-3373 or 480-940-5294 - Fax: (480) 893-1726

NVLAP#101926-0
Client:
Address:
Collected:
Job# / P.O. #:
14753.0 T1
Date Received:
12/22/2014
MONTEREY CA 93940
12/18/2014
Date Analyzed:
12/29/2014
Date Reported:
12/29/2014
EPA Method:
EPA 600/R-93/116
Submitted By:
GARRETT RODEWALD

GENERAL SITE
Address:
Collected By:
Lab ID
Client ID
Sample
Location
Layer Name /
Sample Description

(%)
Detected
Non-Asbestos
Constituents
Page 2 of 2
LAB#:
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
Page __ of __
EMC Labs, Inc. J

9830 S. 51 8 r St., Ste 8-'109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 382-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
/SbDILf
._3~0~
TAT:
Rec' d: DEC 2 2 P.M.

BILL TO:

CONTACT:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4624

garretl@m3environmental.com
Phone/Fax:
Email:
- Now Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
Price Quoted: $
I Sample $_/Layers
COMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure_ to complete any Items may cause a~ processing or analyzing your samples)
1. TURNAROUND TIME: (4hr rush}
[Bhr rush} [1-Day]
[2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
.
-.E.riQr confirmation of turnaround time Is ragdred
-Additional chargee for rush analysis (please cell marketing department for pricing details)
-Leboratooy analysis may be subject to del
It terms are not met
!. TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
ulk-P ] [Air-PCM] [Lead] [Point Count] (Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, Swab, Tape]
[Dispose of
I. DISPOSAL INSTRUCTIONS:
' EMC ~t EMC] I [Retum san;~;;" to me at
>nnl,
,C/lt.; ,.f Ca
4. Project
will
/ -
, ~r..-c
/~.
~~/
Project Number:
CLIENT
SAMPLE#
EMC
SAMPLE#
!fl
(
I
(
nple Collector:
7hrAk.
P.0. Number:
All:
lOT
DATE&TJME
SAMPLED
Ji3
ftlo
LOCATION/MATERIAL
TYPE
....
"-
Pu '" ".J JJ<.
~-
u-.PM~./-
Pl-1f73dJ ?ask/
Samples
Accepted
Yes I No

ON
FLOW
OFF
RATE
I '-'"'
N
;~"'
3A
{y
(Print)
[;\ <r. 7
'nquished by:
Date/Time:
nquished by:
Date/Time: (~
nqulshed by:
. '
Date/Time
Received by:
2.,~' "l 1&/
Date/Time:_ _ __
the event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parties agree that jurisdiction and venue will be in Phoenix,
ma and prevailing party will be entitled to attorney's fees and court costs.
09/01108

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
..
'
'
_, . "
City
Client:
I
Project Name:
View & ::;anta Rita, Carmel
Site Address:
_Sile
Building:
~h~Project No.:
i3.0 Task 1
btc.
"
No.
Area
No.
'
I Floor
Area Name
LL
l Ill
"-
. ff
'~" h
......
. .. Material Description .
SI!J,u
.rnorhz.r
,..e~;_'l/~
/Am//
\II
./
.Shru'
/z:2.r' ft/c ~/I
- /?1 or
21)
l{ 213
...
Inspector:
CACNo.
SST No.
1/J
!
"-
Sample Date: 121/8 114
3!J
.
.
Garrett RodewaldL.-1U.x
I
09-4531
.Estimated Quantity
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
~F
\I
LF
EA
'
'
'
CMC~ ,I'M t.W?dM--I'Ua.8t

,.,_., . k ~EP /r'<Th .,t- A
_, ..--v
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA_
SF
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
'
!'
SF
i,
LF
EA
Page
of---';-_
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3. Admin\M3 survey & Lab Fonns\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Fonns\Asbestos Survey Fonns\4- Asbestos Bulk Sample Log- revised 5-6-10.doc
&~
Notes
APPENDIX B
LEAD LABORATORY RESULTS
AND
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
EMC LABS, INC.

9830 South 51st Street, Suite B-109 / PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85044 / 480-940-5294 or 800-362-3373 / FAX 480-893-1726
emclab@emclabs.com
LEAD (Pb) IN PAINT CHIP SAMPLES

EMC SOP METHOD #L01/1 EPA SW-846 METHOD 7420
EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
City of Carmel-Forest Theater, Carmel, CA-HazMat
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/18
L1
Off-White/Concrete/Wall/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.010
0.291
12/18
L2
Beige/Wood/Door/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.010
0.849
12/18
L3
Beige/Wood/Door-Frame/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.010
0.692
12/18
L4
Beige/Plaster/Wall/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.010
0.019
12/18
L5
Beige/Concrete/Floor/Slab/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.011
BRL
12/18
L6
Beige/Metal/Window/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.010
0.578
12/18
L7
Beige/Metal/Conduit/Interior-Front Dressing Rm.
0.017
1.08
12/18
L8
Black/Wood/Floor/Theater Stage
0.012
0.141
^ = Dilution Factor Changed
* = Excessive Substrate May Bias Sample Results
BRL = Below Reportable Limits
# = Very Small Amount Of Sample Submitted, May Affect Result
This report applies to the standards or procedures identified and to the samples tested only. The test results are not necessarily indicative or representative of the qualities of the lot from which the sample was taken or
of apparently identical or similar products, nor do they represent an ongoing quality assurance program unless so noted. Unless otherwise noted, all quality control analyses for the samples noted above were within
acceptable limits.
Where it is noted that a sample with excessive substrate was submitted for laboratory analysis, such analysis may be biased. The lead content of such sample may, in actuality, be greater than reported. EMC makes
no warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy of the analysis of samples noted to have been submitted with excessive substrate. Resampling is recommended in such situations to verify original laboratory results.
These reports are for the exclusive use of the addressed client and are rendered upon the condition that they will not be reproduced wholly or in part for
connection with our name without special written permission. Samples not destroyed in testing are retained a maximum of sixty (60) days.
ANALYST:
advertising or other
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 7
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/18
L9
Pink/Plaster/Wall/Foyer
0.010
0.113
10
12/18
L10
Gray/Plaster/Wall/Theater Stage
0.010
0.044
11
12/18
L11
Light-Purple/Plaster/Wall/Behind Stage Corridor
0.010
BRL
12
12/18
L12
Beige/Wood/Shelf/Back Dressing Rm.
0.023
BRL
13
12/18
L13
Black/Wood/Door/Interior-Theater Stage
0.014
BRL
14
12/18
L14
Black/Concrete/Wood/Wall/Interior-Theater Stage
0.010
BRL
15
12/18
L15
Purple/Concrete/Wall/Interior-Theater Stage
0.010
BRL
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 2 of 7
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
16
12/18
L16
Beige/Wood/Wall Panel/Theater Seating
0.010
0.042
17
12/18
L17
Beige/Metal/Door Frame/Side Entry/Behind Stage

Corridor
0.012
BRL
18
12/18
L18
White/Wood/Cabinetry/Conference Rm.
0.011
BRL
19
12/18
L19
Off-White/Concrete W/Texturing/Ceiling/Conference
Rm.
0.010
BRL
20
12/18
L20
Cream/Wood/Door/Conference Rm.
0.010
0.768
21
12/18
L21
Cream/Wood/Door Frame/Conference Rm.
0.010
0.352
22
12/18
L22
Cream/Plaster/Wall/Conference Rm.
0.012
0.076
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 3 of 7
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
23
12/18
L23
Red/Concrete/Wall/Office
0.010
0.016
24
12/18
L24
Brown/Metal/Concrete/Window/Office
0.010
1.20
25
12/18
L25
Beige/Wood/Cabinetry/Interior-Kitchenette
0.012
0.118
26
12/18
L26
Off-White/Wood/Shelves/Office
0.016
BRL
27
12/18
L27
Brown/Concrete (Sub-Layer)/Floor/Slab (Under

Hardwood)/Office
0.010
0.239
28
12/18
L28
Off-White/Concrete/Ceiling/Office
0.010
0.020
29
12/18
L29
Gray/Wood/Prop Door/Prop Storage
0.012
0.040
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 4 of 7
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
30
12/18
L30
Blue/Wood/Door/Stage Prep. Rm.
0.019
BRL
31
12/18
L31
Off-White/Wood/Wall Paneling/Stage Prep. Rm.
0.010
BRL
32
12/18
L32
Brown/Wood/Door/Exterior
0.012
0.494
33
12/18
L33
Brown/Wood/Door Frame/Exterior
0.013
0.143
34
12/18
L34
Brown/Wood/Wall Paneling/Exterior
0.010
0.378
35
12/18
L35
Brown/Metal/Roof Flashing/Exterior
0.047
BRL
36
12/18
L36
Brown/Wood/Stage Privacy Wall/Exterior
0.011
BRL
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 5 of 7
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
37
12/18
L37
Black/Wood/Stage/Exterior
0.010
BRL
38
12/18
L38
Blue/Wood/Stage/Exterior
0.010
BRL
39
12/18
L39
Green/Wood/Stage Access Ramps/Exterior
0.013
BRL
40
12/18
L40
Black/Metal/Light Towers/Exterior
0.010
BRL
41
12/18
L41
Brown/Wood/Siding/Exterior
0.013
BRL
42
12/18
L42
Brown/Concrete/Wall/Exterior
0.010
BRL
43
12/18
L43
Brown/Metal/Window/Exterior
0.012
0.477
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 6 of 7
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54460
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54460-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
44
12/18
L44
Brown/Wood/Front Deck Handrail/Exterior
0.010
BRL
45
12/18
L45
Black/Wood/Wall Panel/Interior-Stage Control Area
0.010
BRL
46
12/18
L46
Sea-Foam Green/Plaster/Wall-Workshop
0.013
BRL
47
12/18
L47
Multi-Color/Concrete/Floor/Slab/Workshop Storage
0.010
BRL
48
12/18
L48
Sea-Foam Green/Wood/Bench Seat/Exterior-Front

Deck
0.012
BRL
49
12/18
L49
Black/Metal/Door Hinge/Interior-Conf. Rm.
0.044
0.075
50
12/18
L50
Beige/Metal/Door Opening/Interior-Conf. Rm.
0.015
0.040
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 7 of 7
!:'age _
vnA.JN ur- l,;U:S I ODY
or _
EMC Labs, Inc.

51
9830 S. 51 St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
MJ Environmental Consulting
COMPANY NAME:
BILL TO:
9821 Slue larkspur Lane, Suite 100

:ONTACT:
'mall:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4624

low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
hone/Fax:
Price Quotad: $
I Sample $_/Layers
:OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause a~ processing or analyzing your samples)
- . TURNAROUND TIME: [4hr rush}
[Bhr rush}
[1-Day)
(2-Day)
[5-Day) [6-10 Day)
"*~ conflnnaUon oftumaround time Is mquJred
Additional charges for rush analysis (please call mar1<eting department for pricing details)
"Laboratory analysis may be sub)scl to delay If ctedH terms are not m~
TYREOFANALYSIS:
DISPOSAL
- [BulkRLMI -[Air-PCMJ ~ [Point Count! [Fungi: AOC, W:C, Bulk, SWab, Tapej
of samples at EMCJ I ~~etum = ::":~~ to me at mv ,
INSTRUCr~~~:.;,
- .-
u/-1./ -,~ ~
4. Project
'-ri.
Project Number:
P.O. Number:
CUENT
SAMPLE#
EMC
SAMPLE II
51.
.L.
,Rllrl~v~""'
C&>- / C/J-
LOCATION/MATERIAL
TYPE
DATE&TIME
SAMPLED
~A.' VM.of, n.
PI-15"J,() 7a.IA:/
samples
AIR EIAA!PLE INFO I COMMENTS
Accspled
ON
Yes I No
L/
(
\
.i3
...
ftN
\v
f t
=~'"
L~-{)
II
IG
OFI'
FlOW
RATE
ft
!.-rn
~
y
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
odewald
Jished by:
Jlshed by:
lished by:
(Signatu\"J4.gj;:e:=~~~-/!>~~~~f!!::.::_+---/
aterrlme:~eceived by:
Dare!Time~ ~ecelved by;4~~-----
Date/Time:_ _ __
event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, parti s agree that jurisdidlon and venue will be In Phoenix,
and prevailing party will be entitled to attorney's fees and court costs.
,1/08
Dateffime
Received by:
ENVIRONMENTAL
COftSULTINO UC
Lead Bulk Sampling Log
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
1 ,
Forest Theater- Sf"$! t.-dlil'ng
14753.0 Task 1
I'Nci:, .
''
. ~ntnr
-.
.
c1- wh:4
Li
Inspector:
CDPH No.
: ::>
""
... ..." ...
.. ': ..'('''
"''
'
''
'.Cfi,f'i'l!)[fi!j""L,
'''ifr;'t' .
..
:.:.- .. --.-.-;
,,.
"Y -
Wq )I
Co I'C re J.e
M"' /-
,E.
/:?rY/.
. 1 q
.'
j),:?WY'),J k,/:r
/
~
.
~
<'
L)..
B:?tre
wo..'d
dva V"
L3
j}e.'j'e
Woo,(
ef<>ay--
L4
/)ei!fe:
l'l~tSf--"'r
4-.hc
L5"
Br-,' t-c
,:e,)'\. c.
Ll
13e:,J-C
rnehJI
tv/" tf 0 L-V
Ll
Pe rj-e
In t> 1--ti I
C'o 1 rfv,'J-
L~
/}I&<C/C
woc.c1
P!adY'
L-1
Afltc
LID
t. It
-L
(~
-;;
o/
l.'.j hi-- fu rP!.r.!
er:,<!)e.
T'r!!
t;....... f'
II
.(:ltJ 0
v--Isla..J
\"
f'lttskr
lv4 ,,
~1M~
PIa5 .f-.Pr
wq)J
-!lu~
Pia.sfev-
woatl
si, BD
~
- ;::;.~
"
_fleA/~~
s4;rc
5 A.e I .f2.
_ _/3aul::
-i).r7!ss };,q
;(Jm
of
Lf
~L-,
)h?LJ
0<1/f
Page
,J
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Lead Survey Forms\Lead Bulk Sample Log 2.doc
~-
2)'
EHVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING UC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
Fores!TheaterQld.f,
14753.0 Task 1
SarT]ple Date: _1""2/-"}-"S:'-'-t-'-14'-----:---lnsp~ctor:
Sbiji
CDPH No.
Blacc.
-- 1.
IL(
..- (.,15
<
L16
LO
bluctc
furPie
wl11k
L/'1
_.
Llo
C"rea?Yl
C.-2-f
- az.
ed
--
CV-i
13/?)w/?
Page
;:2.,
of
_if_,___
T:\M3 Envlronmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos -lead- Oversight- mold Forms\lead Survey Forms\lead Bulk Sample log 2.doc
ENV!RONMENT,t.L
CONSULTING LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
.,, No.

Sample Date: _::12/::..:..o/K::...:ie,:_14.:...__ _ _ __
.szy ptdj.
..
Inspector:
CDPH No.
:,;,,.,
ht~.;c;;,;.:~i\'i':!:
,,; . ,..,,
Garrett Rodewald
20480
I
/C, h ~lk
il4~1,-
,;, )
'
,ih~<) fJ.sfzr-.t"3"
- t>lifa
~Znt
,, ,,
t'~(:.e_
et'ncrt:k_
,.
;:;<:';i:.: ;':'i'l',~W~Ier;or/e~r;ork'oii:<ff~
;Cn~d-;-""-
b~k Si.4H!rKi!1
- t'Y/hc..e
Pn>JO
,
d.Par
- r'nfl. .S:tbnz.K.
v.
~;J/""
-sfd~
A.
Jfm.
,
\
wvt-U L~4n_(i'
./
~~ //tZJ..I?Jn'f
s~ /':-;v.:z./cy
/A.,;-"-"'
Page
>
of
II
L./
If
ENVIRONMENTAL
COHSULnHO U.C
Client:
Project Name:
S~e Address:
Building:
Project No.:
L.3B
Sample Date: ....:1:.::.21..!.i.!!.3~11:.::.4 _ _.,.-_ __
Inspector:
CDRH No.
SbJp fUdj,
8/Ui
Garrett Rodewald
20480
I
Rz/R;('==F
~ffko
II
L.H
13/ttck
.v
- L4L./
Pla-ck
, II
IIll
\
~dt~
Page
, {...t-t1
1}/ack
rvu../n.L
~JJr
of
h 1 "rz.ie
.;r:,.,.J,:,r)or - 6>-.f
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forms\Lead Survey Forms\Lead Btlk Sample Lc}g 2.doc
- L 7l'J
/J-t!-1g_t
/JU.../cd
/JM/
<?oem,.-,a An.r
Jin?
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54455
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54455-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L1
Off-White/WB/JC/Wall/Concession Stand/Interior
0.010
BRL
12/17
L2
Black/Concrete/Floor/Concession Stand/Interior
0.010
BRL
12/17
L3
Off-White/Wood/Door Frame/Concession
Stand/Interior
0.038
BRL
12/17
L4
Off-White/Wood/Door/Concession Stand/Interior
0.020
BRL
12/17
L5
Beige/Wood/Siding/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.010
BRL
12/17
L6
Beige/Metal/Roof Flashing/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.021
BRL
12/17
L7
Beige/Wood/Door/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.016
BRL
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54455
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54455-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L8
Beige/Metal/Hand Rail/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.010
BRL
12/17
L9
Beige/Metal/Conduit/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.010
BRL
10
12/17
L10
Off-White/Wood/Window Frame/Concession
Stand/Interior
0.062
BRL
11
12/17
L11
Beige/Wood/Door Frame/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.026
BRL
12
12/17
L12
Beige/Metal/Power Box/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.010
BRL
13
12/17
L13
Beige/Wood/Posting Board/Concession Stand/Exterior
0.015
BRL
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 2 of 2
\.,;MAIN UF CUSTODY
page_ or __
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 S. 51 8 r St., ste 8109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 8931726
COMPANY NAME:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
9821 Blue larkspur lane, SuHe 100

:ONTACT:
'hone/Fax:
:mall:
(831) 649-46231 (831) 649-4624

low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
:OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any ftams may cause

- TURNAROUND TIME: [4hr rush)
I Sample $__ 1 Layers
Price Quoted: $
[Bhr rush}
[1-Day]
[2-Day]
processing or analyzing your samples)

[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
~~ conflnnaUon oftumaround Ume Is !!!!l!!!m!!

~Additional charges for rush analysis (please call marl<eUng department for pricing details)
Laboratory analysis may be subject to delay If credij tenns are not m~
TYPEGF-ANA~Y:SIS:----[BulkPf;;M]
DISPOSAL INSTRUCr~~~~~:
4. ProJect Name: C/11./
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
[Air-PCM]-~ [Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, sWab, Tape]

l or -~, ~:;, at,~MC] I (Return ~.,'~~=~ t~e at mv
!:
,.fClfl.n'nef- rP~T,I.I- 7h~a/cr. Carmd, C..-'9 - #42:-l71af .R.eno

'
"
/._.</J-53, () ra.fk 1
ProJect Number:
CUENT
DATE& TIME
. lOCATIONJMATERIAL
SAMPLE#
SAMPLED
TYPE
_.
I
;.
//;;
LJ
/
\.
)
L1~
.
-~-=~M ,.,
Samplas
Accepted
Yes I No
'
II
'
N
N
(,
.__./
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
AIR SAIIPLE INFO /COMMENTS

ON
Off
FLOW
RATE
EMVIRONMENTAL
CONSULnNG w;
Client:
Building:
ForestTheater- C".:'J1G?SS/di?
Project No.:
...!.14"'7-"5"'3."-0.:,:Ta:::::s::,k.:...1- - - - - - -
Garrett Rodewald
20480
'
Stand
Pto6 v-
L 5"
ese
L6
P\:!J e
vJocJcl
~roocl
me f-a/
x te,-, vr'"'
L 1/
/3
wooc\.
/Ale';< J~k~
T
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54458
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
City of Carmel-Forest Theater, Carmel, CA HazMat
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54458-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L1
Off-White/Wood/Wall Paneling/Interior
0.013
BRL
12/17
L2
Off-White/Wood/Ticket Window Door/Interior
0.013
0.021
12/17
L3
Off-White/Wood/Shelf/Interior
0.011
BRL
12/17
L4
Off-white/Wood/Door/Interior
0.015
0.174
12/17
L5
Off-White/Wood/Door Frame/Interior
0.013
0.091
12/17
L6
Light Brown/Wood/Siding/Exterior
0.016
0.187
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54458
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
City of Carmel-Forest Theater, Carmel, CA HazMat
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54458-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L7
Light Brown/Wood/Door/Exterior
0.017
0.148
12/17
L8
Light Brown/Wood/Ticket Window Sill/Exterior
0.014
0.123
12/17
L9
Light Brown/Wood/Roof Deck/Framing/Exterior
0.013
0.326
10
12/17
L10
Light Brown/Concrete/Foundation/Exterior
0.010
0.079
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 2 of 2
l:"'oge _
COMPANY NAME:
.wu:ll!':
vnAIN ur- liU::S I UDY

EMC Labs, Inc.
9830 S. 51 8 T St., Ste B-109
Phoenix, AZ 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
o.L _ _
TAT:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
9821 Blue Larkspur Lane, SuHe 100

:ONTACT:
'hone/Fax:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4824
:mall:
low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
:oMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause

, TURNAROUND TIME: (4hr rush}
Price Quoted: $
(8hr rush}
(1-Day]
(2-Day]
I Sample $_1 Layers
(5-Day] (6-10 Day]
~~ conflnnaUon of tumaround time Is mm!lrelf
Additional charges for rush analysis (plaase call markeUng department for pricing details)
*Laboratory analysis may be subject to delay If credft fenns aro not m~
TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
(Bulk-PLM]
(Air-PCM]
(Point Counij (Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, SWab, Tape]

at EMC] I~~:
.,.,~~'d:;s ~o me at mv 1
_:_
DISPOSALINSTRU~~~:;,
4.
~
,.f c~l- hn-st- 7h~ait:r. Cannd ?A - /la.?cmar .Reno
ProJect Name: Ul'-'(
v
;
ProJect Number:
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE#
CUENT
SAMPLE#
LOCATION/MATERIAL
DATE& TIME
SAMPLED
TYPE
L I
(
!')
~~a.
I""
~:
'
"
/4-l-f;-j,tJ ?a.LI:/
Samples
Accepted
Yes/ No
ffv
fv
' A-
II)

ON
OFF
FLOW
RATE
rf:)N
~ 'D
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
Garrett Rod wald
(Signature)-1't~:::5Y,~-.fl.~~~~~=--t--
aterrime:~eceived by:
1ished by:
rlshed by:
Date/Time:
Date/Time:~~ived by:-f~t:!W:-----Date/Time:-+t-o...t--::.t...w..
Datelfime: _ _ __
event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, partie agree that jurisdiction and venue will ba In Phoenix,
and prevailing party will be enlltled to attorney's fees and court costs.
1108
Date/Time
Received by:
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING Ll!;

'
Client:
Site Address: Mountain View & Santa Rita, Canmel
Building:
Forest Theater- l3DX ,;26$'44
Project No.: ..;.1.;.;47c::5.::;3.:.:.0..;.T;:;as::.:k..;.1_ _ _ _ _ __
jc
. . ,,
l.c,'!~N;;:.
L/
: JD7.,:.:.:
. . ,;.rr< ~~~~~'~t
o//-vd,;/e
Sample Date: ..c.1"'21..c.l..:.1-..:.11'-4'------lnsp~ctor:
CDPH No.
'
c;
-~'
wzrn:l
olt:or-
II
II
;Ljfi,t#c..
..
...... ..,.,. .
:;.:,~ .~\i
\;
~27/ ~
;t(f~l
ExknC:r
Stdt~<f
."" "'1"7
d&T7);
l.l_
lick f'
{_
L/0
she/~
r,c;
{'1
I;, 1-e.-n'a y-
.. . ..
.........c~'z
W/r?.:i?<-1)
,./n')y--
C!>
L6
wad/'~ ~f_
,. . .
n~J::c(
Ll
[,'f
'1}@:! ~~,~~~~m~~gr
Garrett Rodewald
..=2.;;..04:..::8.;;..0_ __
\ ';
\ I
C'mcxtl.e
.J'J(
A/;~ ..L
/1Jol ~12(
..c..,.... ""'~ ,j,., t7
fo rA/1 da. k
Page
0. , /
'v
.
of
T:\M3 Environmental\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab FonTJs\M3 Asbestos- Lead -Oversight- mold FonTis\Lead Survey FonTJs\Lead Bulk Sample Log 2.doc
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54457
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54457-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/19
L1
Blue/Wood/Table/Interior
0.017
BRL
12/19
L2
Beige/Wood/Door/Interior
0.010
BRL
12/19
L3
Beige/Wood/Siding/Exterior
0.010
0.040
12/19
L4
Beige/Wood/Door Frame/Exterior
0.010
0.163
12/19
L5
Beige/Wood/Trim/Exterior
0.010
BRL
12/19
L6
Beige/Metal/Flashing/Exterior
0.012
BRL
12/19
L7
Beige/Metal/Conduit/Exterior
0.010
0.223
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54457
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54457-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/19
L8
Beige/Wood/Window Frame/Exterior
0.010
0.051
12/19
L9
Grey/Concrete/Floor/Interior
0.010
BRL
10
12/19
L10
Light-Blue/Metal/Fuse Box/Interior
0.033
BRL
11
12/19
L11
Light-Green/Wood/Door/Interior
0.013
0.409
12
12/19
L12
Grey/Metal/Power Box/Interior
0.017
0.081
13
12/19
L13
Light-Grey/Metal/Power/Box/Interior
0.059
BRL
14
12/19
L14
Black/Metal/Power Box/Interior
0.089
BRL#
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 2 of 2
vr vUi:) I UUY
EMC Labs, Inc.
9830 s. 51sr St., Ste B-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
vn~ll'l
J::Cl'=fl::::
--
V.L
--
COMPANY NAME:
TAT:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
9821 Blue L.arl<spur lane, Sutte 100

:ONTACT:
:mall:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4624

garreH@m3environmental.com
low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
'hone/Fax:
Price Quoted: $
I Sample $_1 Layers
:OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause a @ processing or analyzing your samples)
- TURNAROUND TIME: [4hrrush}
[Bhrrush} [1-Dayj [2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10Dayj
NI!Jlor confirmation of turnaround Ume Is~
NAcidiironal charges for rush analysis (please call mari<etlng department for pricing details)
NLaboratory analysis may be subJect to delay If credft Ierma ara not m~
TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
[Bulk-PLM]
[Air-PCMJ ~
DISPOSAL INSTRUC{~~~~!i,
4. Project Name:
C/ry
""':~~~I EMC]
Project Number:
CUENT
SAMPLE II
I _/
I_:::- _..":'~o~::s~~ me at mv,
,f Ct!?t???('i- /Prt'SI- 7ht'akr;, Ca.nnd, ?!9 - /la2:@aL l?.eno
P.O. Number:
EMC
SAMPLE II
[Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, SWab, Tape]
DATE&nME
SAMPLED
.... ....
PI-1-fi'3, ~ ?a..ck I
LOCATlONIMATERIAL
Samples
Accepted
Yes/ No
TYPE
.., __
AJR SAAIIPLE INFO I COMMENTS
ON
OFF
FLOW
RATE
y N
'""
y N
y N
y N
L}LI
N
y N
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
Garrett Rod wald

Jished by:
Jished by:
dshed by:
(Signature).-4~g:=#-~-.J.~~~~~:;::;-+--
ate/Time:~ecelved by:
Datemme:~<(ecelved by=---~~*--'---
Date/Time
Received by: _ _ _-'14--'----- Date/Time: _ _ __
event of any dispute between the above parties for these servioas or otherwise, parties agree th ' jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
and prevailing party will be entitled to attorney's fees and court costs.
1/0S
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTlNG LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Site Address:
Building:
Project No.:
City of Cannel-by-the-Sea
Mountain View & Santa Rita, Cannel
Forest Theater- 51arJ G t'b i't fr(J I
14753.0 Task 1
J
Sample Date: -'1-"'2/--'-/1;_;4_ _- : - - - lnspector:

CDPH No.
e'f.-re rf 0
Garrett Rodewald/.1}/e.x
20480
'
oocl
L5
Lq
LIO
'-13
L-JI.f
~ tljhr- - :::)ry
Lf,.c~
S"'f'crk<J
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54456
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54456-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L1
Beige/Metal/Wall Sheeting/Interior-Womens RR
0.010
BRL
12/17
L2
Beige/Metal/Toilet Stalls/Interior-Womens RR
0.010
0.058
12/17
L3
Beige/Metal/Door/Interior-Womens RR
0.010
BRL
12/17
L4
Beige/Concrete/Foundation/Interior-Womens RR
0.010
BRL
12/17
L5
Beige/Concrete/Door Frame/Interior-Womens RR
0.010
BRL
12/17
L6
Light Brown/Metal/Siding/Exterior
0.010
0.019
12/17
L7
Light Brown/Metal/Door/Exterior
0.010
BRL
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54456
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/29/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:
Monterey, CA 93940
Reno
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54456-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L8
Light Brown/Metal/Door Frame/Exterior
0.010
0.013
12/17
L9
Light Brown/Concrete/Foundation/Exterior
0.010
0.011
10
12/17
L10
Light Brown/Metal/Privacy Screen/Exterior
0.010
0.023
11
12/17
L11
Light Brown/Metal/Roof/Exterior
0.010
0.047
12
12/17
L12
Bulk/Metal/Toilet Sewage Drain Wrap/Collar/InteriorPlumbing Rm.
0.053
BRL
13
12/17
L13
Brown/Concrete/Exp. Slab/Interior-Mens RR
0.010
BRL
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 2 of 2
I:C.':jC-
U.J..
\JnM.II'f u r uU;:) I
--
UUY
EMC Labs, Inc.

9830 s. 61 8 T St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
COMPANY NAME:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
9821 Blue larkspur Lane, Suite 100

:oNTACT:
:mall:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4624

low Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
'hone/Fax:
:OMPLETE ITEMS
1-4:
Price Quoted: $
(Failure to complete any Items may cause

[Bhr rush}
w..Edar contJnnatJon of tumaround time Is mqllred
[1-DayJ
(2-Dayj
I Sample $ _ / LayeJS

(5-Dayj [6-10 Dayj
~Additional charges for nrsh analysis (pi-e call mal1<ating department for pricing details)
*Laboratory a nalysls may be subJect to delay If credH Ierma are not m.~
TY_pE OF ANALYSIS:
[BulkPLMJ_[Air-I"CMJ-~ [Point Count! [Fungi:A0C, W-C;-BuiR;swall;Tapef
'meatmv,
[Dispose of samples at EMCJ I [Return
~~
DISPOSAL INSTRUCDON~:
,11n ',I. ."'
I
4. Project - ..
'c;-r, ,fh~
-C.
.L
P.O. Number:
CUENT
SAMPLE II
EMC
SAMPLE II
L/
I
('_
\
J
LJ~
/7;
-n ~ C~
Project Number:
Pl-1-53.~
LOCATION/MATERIAL
TYPE
DATE& TIME
SAMPLED
Jli3 ....~. .....
:"
f"l.
~- Het~PMA,? o~.~
Samples
Acc:epled
Yss/ No
I((-'"'
II
auk I
~ft
_l
rti>N
y
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y

ON
OFF
FLOW
RATE
ENVIRONMENTAL
COftSULTING LLC
12tir114
slnasmP;i=rcletoor:ate:
CD~H No.
~G~a~r~~tt~R~od~ew~a~ld~-----
.:.2~04~80~---
r1-::Nci,
. ._ .: .. ,_,f:;
o: ..:'' .. <,,,
i'''
r r.'.~
.
. 1-::.:;:c.'.''::
{,/
/3-U~
"~ 1:-:'.,'
.: . ,.
~~
wa.C.t t.f./ueiJ nt;
t?U/a.e
n,w
[2.
It
'
t3
(.,I.{
;(/1Jw;?
ttl
t/Z.
.BLA-IK.
Bn, w111
~-
:.
>:. :_. ,....
.:z;., I"' :
, ' k'R
i
fYI.L.-kL
b-....e
b!&nor
;(IA/)da..h'o~
1
fri Jttc '1 scrt..eM
n:ol'
1/
concrtk
e~
p'
of
sl~
ll
dvn,,.,
" ~ "f~ol ~~ Gl0'-'"'"
fo~UJ t>~oAHHb
Page
L/ 3
H '' ;
.
do-or ~
.. . .:
do"r
cvnca:lt-
f,q
......
1/
s/'dtn1
a
tto
d&~/
~hu
11-
';-.''
r;U/!dah'eJ~?
L.'~hl
skds
I, ;., tJ{ :
~-.z,J~r:!~'
._.,
';.
~r
Oncrz-k
L'i
L6
'' /,;:(1;:,', '. / .. :. :..''.',:'."'!: : .. ,._ ' .
'
1-nJ.i,.-j 1v-~~rLj
1m.
I
'rt~Ot
w~s !-'11..
l~
~
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54454
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/23/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:

City of Carmel-by-the Sea/Pre-Renovation HazMat
Inspection/Mountain View & Santa Rita, Carmel/Bldg
Forest Theater-Phone Booth
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54454-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/17
L1
Light Brown/Wood/Wall Paneling/Interior
0.056
BRL
12/17
L2
Light Brown/Wood/Door Frame/Exterior
0.010
BRL
12/17
L3
Light Brown/Wood/Siding/Exterior
0.013
BRL
12/17
L4
Light Brown/Wood/Roof Framing/Deck/Exterior
0.010
BRL
12/17
L5
Silver/Metal/Phone Booth Insert/Interior
0.034
BRL
12/17
L6
Green/Metal/Phone Booth Insert/Interior
0.014
0.102
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 1
t>age _
unAJN Ut" l,;U::iTODY

EMC Labs, Inc.
9830 s. 51ST St., Ste B-109
Phoenix, AZ 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
or: __
COMPANY NAME:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:
9821 Blue Larkspur Lane, Sune 100

:ONTACT:
:mail:
(831) 649-4623/ (831) 649-4624

lowAcceptlng:
VISA-MASTERCARD
'hone/Fax:
PriceQuoted: $
/Sample $_/Layers
:OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause~ processing or analyzing your samples)
[Bhr rush}
"'.Erlar confJnnatlon of turnaround time Is mqulmd
[1-Day]
[2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
Acfdftfonal charges for rush analysis (ploese calf msrlcetlng department for pricing delails)
"L.sboratory analysis may be subject to delay If credit Janns are not m~
TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
[Bulk-PLM]
DISPOSAL INSTRUC_!ION!: """

4. ProJect Name:
[Air-PCM] ~ [Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, Swab, Tape]

of samples at EMC] I [Return samples to m .. at m"
EMC will'
i from
ProJect Number:
P.0. Number:
CUENT
SAMPLE II
EMC
SAMPLE#
-'
(
)
(;,
tC/J - /la~m.u- /?enc

t_-'INa.tJ ?ask/
c;-,;_'{_ ,./ Canr!t!l- n.rt'if 7ht'aicr;, Cannd,.

DATE&nME
SAMPLED
LOCAnON!MATERIAL
TYPE
, . , Dlaao d>aa
1-T
L/10
Ph
I.
II
AN
Samplao
Accepled
Yas I No
)'
/"
{@
y N
y N
y

ON
OfF
FLOW
RATE
ENVRONMENT,t,L
CONSULTING U..C
Client:
Building:
Forest Theater- ebtVJ,.t Btl"ll#l
Project No.: __:1~47:..:5~3::::.0c.:T"'a""sk:>-1'-------
. : No'-':
L-1
':'c :.... ::2::

w ri?;;,_;; ::;~ 1:::. ~
?tfhl-
1..:.:.: :._.'
/?,.-.,,. _..,
!.:'
~
.
wnrd
Inspector:
CDPH No.
...... ~:
. c .
::C
wz:ute /
..
.:.:,:
""h .
t3
\1/
cr;
S~!v~r
Lb
/f'U/z'L/
Garrett Rodewald
..::2o::04::::8:::.0_ __
:_... : ; ::::::
)'::.'.-~- .
/_"
...f'VIY/tf
dt?ar ~--
t..l
L'-1
Sample Date: ....:1=2/-'-/-'-r,-'7-'-14.;__ _ _ _ __
;:._
.-~.::
. II t'' ::: .... .-..
I ; f1:'.~ffJ{
..
,--'--,.. - '
. . '';:''/-~
: > .:
.:,
In ./.::--J ~;---
t?x:k.nC.r
S;'dtrzq
~- .J .~,~
,V?>n./
rrvd:;k
'"
...1--..
/"
_,
tfero ~
/;;J~r,.L-
\ If
..zn~cw\
I/
I~
~
Page
---!/__ of _
_.__
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54459
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/23/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:

Forest Theater-General Site
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54459-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/18
L1
Gray/ Metal/ Handrail/ Ext. Ampitheater Seating

Walkway
0.014
BRL
12/18
L2
Black/ Metal/ Light Tower/ Ext. Ampitheater Seating
0.016
BRL
12/18
L3
Brown/ Metal/ Trash Can Top/ Ext. Ampitheater Seating
0.010
BRL
12/18
L4
Red/ Metal/ Trash Can Ring/ Ext. Ampitheater Seating
0.016
BRL
12/18
L5
White/ Concrete/ Steps/Stairs/ Ext. Ampitheater Seating
0.010
0.056
12/18
L6
Natural Stain/ Wood/ Seats/ Ext. Ampitheater Seating
0.019
BRL
12/18
L7
Light Gray/ Metal/ Lamp Post/ Ext. Front Driveway/ Also

in Parking Lot
0.070
BRL#
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 1 of 2
EMC LABS, INC.

emclab@emclabs.com

EMC LAB #:
L54459
DATE RECEIVED:
12/22/14
CLIENT:
REPORT DATE:
12/29/14
DATE OF ANALYSIS:
12/23/14
CLIENT ADDRESS:
P.O. NO.:

Forest Theater-General Site
PROJECT NAME:
EMC #
L54459-
SAMPLE
DATE /14
CLIENT
SAMPLE #
14753.0 Task 1
PROJECT NO.:
DESCRIPTION
REPORTING
LIMIT
%Pb BY
WEIGHT
(%Pb by weight)
12/18
L8
Beige/ Metal/ Small Walkway Light Fixture/ Ext.

Ampitheater Seating Walkway/ On Ends of Seats
0.050
0.248
12/18
L9
Red/ Metal/ Fire Sprinkler System/ Ext. Stage Building

(Exterior Adj. Stairs)
0.025
0.284
acceptable limits.
ANALYST:
purposes over
our signature or in
QA COORDINATOR:
Jason Thompson
Kurt Kettler
Rev. 11/30/08
Page 2 of 2
l:'age _
ur \..U;:) I UUY
EMC Labs, Inc.
9830 S. 51 8 T St., Ste 8-109
Phoenix, AZ. 85044
(800) 362-3373 Fax (480) 893-1726
vnl'\11~
oL _ _
COMPANY NAME:
Rec'd:
BILL TO:

CONTACT:
:mall:
(831) 648-4623/ (831) 649-4624

~ow Accepting:
VISA- MASTERCARD
hone/Fax:
Price Quotad: $
I Sample $_ _ /Layers
::OMPLETE ITEMS 1-4: (Failure to complete any Items may cause @processing or analyzing your samples)
[Bhr rush} [1-Day] [2-Day]
[5-Day] [6-10 Day]
.
-.EcJor confirmation of turnaround time is requlred
rush
-Acidiifonaf charges for

analysis (please calf marketing department for pricing details)
-Laboratory analysis may be subject to delay If credH tenns are not~
[Air-PCM] ~ [Point Count] [Fungi: AOC, W-C, Bulk, Swab, Tape]

or"'" ~at EMC] I 1~etum ' ., ::". to me at mv,
: will'
D ,dav.~ from,
TYPE OF ANALYSIS:
[Bulk-PLM]
DISPOSAL INSTRUCTIONS:
(If you do,
4. Project Name: C//1{
v
,f carmel- h~sl-7h~a/er; Cannd, 49 - #a2/21aL l?eno
(
\
L-1
(
I
C/
Samples
Accepted
Yes/ No
(.,
tr~BO,
LOCATION/MATERIAL
TYPE
DATE& TIME
SAMPLED
CUENT
SAMPLE#
EMC
SAMPLE#
PI.Jf?3,tJ 7a.ri: I
Project Number:
P.O. Number:
L~/
;.. ~~
.....

ON
OFF
FLOW
RAlE
N
N
"~-
rf'<J
y
y N
y
y N
y
y N
y
~IAL INSTRUCTIONS:._---.!P:..!!I~2.!l!!!J!!!l..U.,....!!ii!.!"'-lll.l!.!l.ll<---:-------:-f----:-:;:----n'--7;---;~-/J---
'Ie Collector: ( rini) _ _~W'8!.n!~~!IL.----;-----
__ Date/Time:...J..t;;q..s.<ez;{.(
qulshed by:~~~;b~~!YJ~
-+~~~~::tt
~uished by:_ __,o.J-=-::....:..==---
-,J~------Date/Time:....:............,"'"-'-
~ulshed by:________
-+-------Date/Time: _ _ __
1e event of any dispute between the above parties for these services or otherwise, partie agree that jurisdiction and venue will be In Phoenix,
a and prevailing party wiD be entitled to attorney's fees and court costs.
V01/08
ENVIROHIIIENTAL
CONSULnNG LLC
Client:
Project Name:
Stte Address:
Building:
Project No.:

Forest Theeter- ~ , S/W
14753.0 Task 1
Sample Date: -'-1""21"'18.._1:...:1...;.4_ _ _ _ _ __

Inspector:
CDPH No.
seats
Page _
_./_ _ of
M~.p< S~o
Garrett Rodewald
1
20480
T:\M3 Environmentai\M3 Admin\M3 survey & Lab Forms\M3 Asbestos- Lead- Oversight- mold Forrns\Lead Survey Forrns\Lead Bulk Sample Log 2.doc
APPENDIX C
ARSENIC & COPPER LABORATORY RESULTS
AND
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
LA Testing
11652 Knott Street Unit F5, Garden Grove, CA 92841
Order ID: 331422513

Attn:
Fax:
Phone:
Email:
Report Date:
Garrett Rodewald
M3 Environmental Consulting, LLC
9821 Blue Larkspur Ln
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
831-649-4624
831-649-4623
12/30/14
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Data Received:
LA Testing Order:
MENC78
Project:
14753.0 T1-City of Carmel, Forest

Theater Carmel Hazmat Reno
Date Analyzed:
12/23/14
12/22/14
331422513
Metals in Bulk via EPA 6010B

Sample ID
Client ID
Analyte
Mg/Kg
B1
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
<50
8400
Reporting Limit
(mg/Kg)
50
50
331422513-0001
331422513-0002
B2
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
5000
15000
50
50
331422513-0003
B3
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
130
8400
50
50
331422513-0004
B4
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
2500
930
50
50
331422513-0005
B5
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
58
3900
50
50
331422513-0006
B6
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
170
3200
50
50
331422513-0007
B7
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
750
4800
50
50
331422513-0008
B8
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
1500
8600
50
50
Sample received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. This report may not be reproduced except in full, without written approval by LA
Testing. Unless otherwise noted, the results in this report have not been blank corrected. Quality Control Data associated with this sample set is
within acceptable limits, unless otherwise noted.
JD
Analyst
Michael Chapman, Laboratory Manager

Or other approved signatory
Page 1 of 2
LA Testing
11652 Knott Street Unit F5, Garden Grove, CA 92841
Order ID: 331422513

Attn:
Fax:
Phone:
Email:
Report Date:
Garrett Rodewald
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
831-649-4624
831-649-4623
12/30/14
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Data Received:
LA Testing Order:
MENC78
Project:
14753.0 T1-City of Carmel, Forest

Theater Carmel Hazmat Reno
Date Analyzed:
12/23/14
12/22/14
331422513
Metals in Bulk via EPA 6010B

Sample ID
Client ID
Analyte
Mg/Kg
B9
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
2600
14000
Reporting Limit
(mg/Kg
50
50
331422513-0009
331422513-0010
B10
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
1600
8200
50
50
331422513-0011
B11
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
3900
2100
50
50
331422513-0012
B12
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
<50
9200
50
50
331422513-0013
B13
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
<50
10000
50
50
331422513-0014
B14
TTLC-Arsenic
TTLC-Copper
<50
27000
50
50
Sample received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. This report may not be reproduced except in full, without written approval by LA
Testing. Unless otherwise noted, the results in this report have not been blank corrected. Quality Control Data associated with this sample set is
within acceptable limits, unless otherwise noted.
JD
Analyst
Michael Chapman, Laboratory Manager

Or other approved signatory
Page 2 of 2
11652 K NOTT A VE. UNIT F5

GARDEN GROVE, CA 9284 1
LA Testing Order NumberSLi ~e Only):
PHONE ' (800) 755- 1794
FAX' (7 14) 76 1-27 13
ReportToContactName:
Company Name:
~ /?~~ A/.n ld
Bill To Company:
/J1.J Gzv~~''P/1. unswl"fru? CLC
Attention To:
mJ Gfvir?J/1P7t'l?kJ.
Sampled By (Signature) :
kzu rr'U /1tJdPJAJL!Id
SK. !CIJ. /'J1a11 k-~~/ C/-J
9.394t'
Date of Shipment:
"
Address 2:
Phone:
Number of Samples In Shipment:
Address 1:
Address 2:
"'4,,~~
~c.~[t(
;z}JqJit.
.J
, ,
U.S. State where Samples Collected:

Fax:
;q
C/}
Purchase Order:
Email Results To: qtVr~/l&m3t:nvtnnrn~r7hU'. c.c.71

v
Page 1 Of
2Week
D
Sample ID
Media Type: iJulk - r~a.Jed Wt:7)tf

Manufacturer/Part#:
lot#:
Turnaround Time- Please Check: Please Note Standard TAT is 2 Week

1 Week
I 4 Day
3 Day I
2 Day
1 Day
I Other (Call lab
M
Media
D
Analyte I
Metho~
I D
D~:e~~e
Volume
location
Comments
Note: Most NIOSH and OSHA methods require field blanks. It is the IH field sampler's responsibility to submit the proper number of fie7d blanks and duplicates.
Released By
Date
Received By
Comments:
Jmff../:-
:'l
~&:.::. If<-;
.831. 52.1.4212
IPage 1 of
pages
OrderID: 331422513
LA T ESTING
Industrial Hygiene
Chain of Custody
(714) 828-4999
FAX: (7 14) 761-2713
P HONE
Additional Pages of the Chain of Custody are only necessary if needed for additional sample information
Sample 10
Analyte I Method
Media
Sample
DatefTime
Volume
I
Bit
B /2
j'".J,J1
lrre~d tAJt11Jd Ar:ren i<:
+ LtHJ.o er/ ~01 o c
JZ./Jf}l'1 16CJO
,,,
/3/L.I
Location
Comments
7iott77i.set""a-- sh .cu
1
cgnfn/ .t1c&?.
~ ad/ sk~ ,...A"v.&J -(/d/;.
Jl,_7--ru/}1 'r1"' JA.M / ;

H/Lnd~. ~i'7t7 - /1 V. ' ,.h:t ~ -J;;.rl.h-JJ/ .//df?. ~
ni"?u , Josh - 7 ~ ~eru??~.kr 4""/ _,o.Yl)pe-;_1-u
/
Page 2 Of
2
Comments: ~~~
mr
rM
C:t:tP/U'o/'
f JV'e
;n.e a
cet.d/r
~ ~ ~ ? ~Jh~"?J
8 3 I . s-2.1. 4 2.J 2,
7Jz an./cv VP u/ -b?L.Y"re t'/ ,;(? .

Page~ of
pages
OrderID: 331422513
LA T ESTING
10772 N OEL S T.
LOS A LA MITOS, CA 90720
APPENDIX D
MOLD LABORATORY RESULTS
AND
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
EMSL Analytical, Inc.
Order ID:
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Project ID:
2235 Polvorosa Ave , Suite 230 San Leandro, CA 94577

Phone/Fax: (510) 895-3675 / (510) 895-3680
http://www.EMSL.com / sanleandrolab@emsl.com
Phone:
Fax:
Collected:
Received:
Analyzed:
Attn:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
Proj:
14753.0 TI- CITY OF CARMEL, FOREST THEATER, CARMEL, CA
091418699
MENC78
14753.0
(831) 649-4623
(831) 649-4624
12/18/2014
12/20/2014
12/23/2014
Test Report: Air-O-Cell() Analysis of Fungal Spores & Particulates by Optical Microscopy (Methods EMSL 05-TP-003, ASTM D7391)
Lab Sample Number:
Client Sample ID:
Volume (L):
Sample Location:
Spore Types
Alternaria
Ascospores
Aspergillus/Penicillium
Basidiospores
Bipolaris++
Chaetomium
Cladosporium
Curvularia
Epicoccum
Fusarium
Ganoderma
Myxomycetes++
Pithomyces
Rust
Scopulariopsis
Stachybotrys
Torula
Ulocladium
Unidentifiable Spores
Zygomycetes
Beltrania
Helicomyces
Total Fungi
Hyphal Fragment
Insect Fragment
Pollen
Analyt. Sensitivity 600x
Skin Fragments (1-4)
Fibrous Particulate (1-4)
Background (1-5)
091418699-0003
21126659
75
TELEPHONE BOOTH BLDG.
091418699-0002
21126696
75
BOX OFFICE BLDG.
091418699-0001
21126685
75
OUTDOORS (AMBIENT) #1
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
10
420
5.9
300
8.2
24
1000
4.9
16
680
3.4
153
6460
91.2
40
1700
46.7
345
14600
72.1
-
200
2.8
38
1600
44
92
3900
19.2
40
0.2
40
1.1
40
0.2
167
7080
100
86
3640
100
479
20260
100
40
1.1
42
42
42
13*
13*
13*
Bipolaris++ = Bipolaris/Drechslera/Exserohilum
Myxomycetes++ = Myxomycetes/Periconia/Smut
No discernable field blank was submitted with this group of samples.
Israel Gutierrez, Micro Lab Manager

or Other Approved Signatory
High levels of background particulate can obscure spores and other particulates leading to underestimation. Background levels of 5 indicate an overloading of background particulates, prohibiting accurate
detection and quantification. Present = Spores detected on overloaded samples. Results are not blank corrected unless otherwise noted. The detection limit is equal to one fungal spore, structure, pollen, fiber
particle or insect fragment. "*" Denotes particles found at 300X. "-" Denotes not detected. Due to method stopping rules, raw counts in excess of 100 are extrapolated based on the percentage analyzed.
EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no
responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted.
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc San Leandro, CA AIHA-LAP, LLC--EMLAP Lab 101748
Initial report from: 12/23/2014 10:22:08

For Information on the fungi listed in this report please visit the Resources section at www.emsl.com
Test Report SPVER3-7.30.4 Printed: 12/23/2014 10:22:08AM
Page 1 of 5
Order ID:
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Project ID:

Phone/Fax: (510) 895-3675 / (510) 895-3680
Phone:
Fax:
Collected:
Received:
Analyzed:
Attn:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
Proj:
091418699
MENC78
14753.0
(831) 649-4623
(831) 649-4624
12/18/2014
12/20/2014
12/23/2014
Lab Sample Number:
Client Sample ID:
Volume (L):
Sample Location:
Spore Types
Alternaria
Ascospores
Basidiospores
Bipolaris++
Chaetomium
Cladosporium
Curvularia
Epicoccum
Fusarium
Ganoderma
Myxomycetes++
Pithomyces
Rust
Scopulariopsis
Stachybotrys
Torula
Ulocladium
Zygomycetes
Beltrania
Helicomyces
Total Fungi
Hyphal Fragment
Insect Fragment
Pollen
Background (1-5)
091418699-0006
21126686
75
CONCESSION STAND BLDG.
091418699-0005
21126714
75
MEN'S RR
091418699-0004
21126732
75
WOMEN'S RR
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
14
590
2.1
200
0.3
80
0.5
159
6710
23.9
761
32100
42.4
121
5110
31.9
338
14300
51
307
13000
17.2
164
6920
43.2
152
6410
22.9
715
30200
39.9
93
3900
24.4
40
0.1
200
0.3
80
0.1
664
28050
100
1794
75780
100
380
16010
100
40
0.1
40
0.3
42
42
42
13*
13*
13*


Page 2 of 5
Order ID:
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Project ID:

Phone/Fax: (510) 895-3675 / (510) 895-3680
Phone:
Fax:
Collected:
Received:
Analyzed:
Attn:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
Proj:
091418699
MENC78
14753.0
(831) 649-4623
(831) 649-4624
12/18/2014
12/20/2014
12/23/2014
Lab Sample Number:
Client Sample ID:
Volume (L):
Sample Location:
Spore Types
Alternaria
Ascospores
Basidiospores
Bipolaris++
Chaetomium
Cladosporium
Curvularia
Epicoccum
Fusarium
Ganoderma
Myxomycetes++
Pithomyces
Rust
Scopulariopsis
Stachybotrys
Torula
Ulocladium
Zygomycetes
Beltrania
Helicomyces
Total Fungi
Hyphal Fragment
Insect Fragment
Pollen
Background (1-5)
091418699-0009
21126702
75
STAGE BLDG. - THEATER SEATING
091418699-0008
21125532
75
STAGE CONTROL BLDG.
091418699-0007
21126708
75
STAGE BLDG. - BACK DRESS RM.
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
14
590
11.4
300
3.3
200
2.4
300
5.8
40
1700
18.7
94
4000
77.1
121
5110
56.1
189
7980
97.6
200
3.9
48
2000
22
100
1.9
121
5190
100
215
9110
100
193
8180
100
42
42
42
13*
13*
13*


Page 3 of 5
Order ID:
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Project ID:

Phone/Fax: (510) 895-3675 / (510) 895-3680
Phone:
Fax:
Collected:
Received:
Analyzed:
Attn:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
Proj:
091418699
MENC78
14753.0
(831) 649-4623
(831) 649-4624
12/18/2014
12/20/2014
12/23/2014
Lab Sample Number:
Client Sample ID:
Volume (L):
Sample Location:
Spore Types
Alternaria
Ascospores
Basidiospores
Bipolaris++
Chaetomium
Cladosporium
Curvularia
Epicoccum
Fusarium
Ganoderma
Myxomycetes++
Pithomyces
Rust
Scopulariopsis
Stachybotrys
Torula
Ulocladium
Zygomycetes
Beltrania
Helicomyces
Total Fungi
Hyphal Fragment
Insect Fragment
Pollen
Background (1-5)
091418699-0010
21126664
75
STAGE BLDG - WORKSHOP STORAGE
091418699-0011
21126645
75
STAGE BLDG - COSTUME STORAGE
091418699-0012
21126672
75
STAGE BLDG - CRAWLSPACE
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
40
1.4
15
630
4.2
200
2.3
300
10.6
26
1100
7.4
44
1900
21.8
60
2500
88
302
12700
85.4
152
6410
73.4
300
80
0.9
40
0.3
100
1.1
40
0.5
100
0.7
69
2840
100
353
14870
100
206
8730
100
40
0.3
42
42
42
13*
13*
13*


Page 4 of 5
Order ID:
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Project ID:

Phone/Fax: (510) 895-3675 / (510) 895-3680
Phone:
Fax:
Collected:
Received:
Analyzed:
Attn:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
Proj:
091418699
MENC78
14753.0
(831) 649-4623
(831) 649-4624
12/18/2014
12/20/2014
12/23/2014
Lab Sample Number:
Client Sample ID:
Volume (L):
Sample Location:
Spore Types
Alternaria
Ascospores
Basidiospores
Bipolaris++
Chaetomium
Cladosporium
Curvularia
Epicoccum
Fusarium
Ganoderma
Myxomycetes++
Pithomyces
Rust
Scopulariopsis
Stachybotrys
Torula
Ulocladium
Zygomycetes
Beltrania
Helicomyces
Total Fungi
Hyphal Fragment
Insect Fragment
Pollen
Background (1-5)
091418699-0013
21126647
75
STAGE BLDG - STAGE PREP. RM.
091418699-0015
21126695
75
OUTDOORS (AMBIENT) #2
091418699-0014
21126671
75
STAGE BLDG - PROP STORAGE RM.
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
Raw Count
Count/m
% of Total
100
1.3
13
550
7.5
19
800
5.6
116
4900
65.3
300
4.1
200
1.4
59
2500
33.3
150
6330
86.5
315
13300
92.7
40
0.5
40
0.3
100
1.4
178
7500
100
173
7320
100
340
14340
100
42
42
42
13*
13*
13*


Page 5 of 5
Order ID:
Customer ID:
Customer PO:
Project ID:

Phone/Fax: (510) 895-3675 / (510) 895-3680
Phone:
Fax:
Collected:
Received:
Analyzed:
Attn:
GARRETT RODEWALD
Suite 100
Monterey, CA 93940
Proj:
091418699
MENC78
14753.0
(831) 649-4623
(831) 649-4624
12/18/2014
12/20/2014
12/23/2014
Test Report: Microscopic Examination of Fungal Spores, Fungal Structures, Hyphae, and Other Particulates
from Swab Samples (EMSL Method: M041)
Lab Sample Number:
Client Sample ID:
Sample Location:
Spore Types
Agrocybe/Coprinus
Alternaria
Ascospores
Basidiospores
Bipolaris++
Chaetomium
Cladosporium
Curvularia
Epicoccum
Fusarium
Ganoderma
Myxomycetes++
Paecilomyces
Rust
Scopulariopsis
Stachybotrys
Torula
Ulocladium
Zygomycetes
Fibrous Particulate
Hyphal Fragment
Insect Fragment
Pollen
091418699-0016
SW-1
STAGE BLDG COSTUME STORAGE
Category
*High*
Medium
-
Category: Count/per area analyzed

Rare: 1 to 10 Low: 11 to 100 Medium: 101 to 1000
091418699-0017
SW-2
STAGE BLDG CRAWLSPACE
Category
Low
-
091418699-9901
Dummy
Dummy
091418699-9902
Dummy
Dummy
091418699-9903
Dummy
Dummy
High: >1000
Bipolaris++ = Bipolaris/Dreschlera/Exserohilum Myxomycetes++ = Myxomycetes/Periconia/Smut

* = Sample contains fruiting structures and/or hyphae associated with the spores.

responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation of the data contained in this report is the responsibility of the client. *-* denotes not detected. Samples received in good
condition unless otherwise noted.
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc San Leandro, CA AIHA-LAP, LLC--EMLAP Accredited #101748
Test Report DEVER1-7.30.1 Printed: 12/23/2014 10:22:08AM
Page 1 of 1
OrderID: 091418699
EMSL
I:MSL ANALYTICAL, INC

2236 POL VOROS/\ DR, STE 230
SAN LEANDRO, CA 94b 7 1
r e Number (Lab Use Only):
PHONE (610) 896-3675

I AX.(b10)89b-3680
liMSL ANAL!'!JCAL. INC.
......---~
EMSL-Blll to:
Company : 113 Environmental Consullina, LLC

Street: 9821 Blue Larkspur Lane, Suite 100
Different
Third Party BiUing requires written authorization from third oa11v
I State/Province: CA
City: Monterey
181 Same 0
If SRI to Is DHfet'ent plee note In Comments-
_j Country: USA
Zip/Postal Code: 93940
Report To (Name): Gamttt Rodewald
Fax#:
Telephone#: 831-649-4623
E-mail Address: garretl@m3environmental.com
Project Name/ Number:
1'11-53. () Tl -
Please Provide Results:
Fax
181 E-mail
J State Samples Taken: CA
Turnaround Time (TAT) Options*- Pleas<! C}lec:k

6 Hour I 0 24 Hour I U 48 Hour I 0 72 Hour ~r.;_96~Hii"o:::u::r--ri-;!X'Iitio!r.w:a;ee=k:--r--I-LFJ"2"Ww:-ee"'k:---l
'Analysis completed in BCCOirl8nce with EMSL's Tetms 8lld Conditions loc8ted in the Analyticsl~Guide. TATs am SUbiec1 to methodology requi78menls
U 3 Hour
J n
Non Culturable Air Samples (Spore Traps)

M173 AHegro M2
M003 Burkard
M174 MoldSnap
11001 Air-0-Cell
M049 BloSIS
11030 Micro 5
M004 Allergenco
M043 Cyclex
M176 Relle Smart
M032 Allergenco-D
M002 Cyclex-<1
11130 Via-Cell
11172 Versa Trap
Other Microbiology Test Codas
11041 Fungal Direct Examination

MOOS Viable Fungi ID and Count
MOD6 Viable Fungi ID and Count (Speciation)
11007 CUiturable Fungi
MOOS CuHurable Fungi (Speciation)
11009 Gram Stain Culturable Bacteria
M010 Bacterial Count and ID- 3 Most
Prominent
M011 Bacterial Count and ID - 5 Most
Prominent
11013 Sewage Contamination in Buildinas
11014 Endotoxin Analysis

11015 Heterotrophic Plate Count
M180 Real Time 0-PCR-ERMI 36
Panel
11018 Tote! Coliform
(Membrane FiHration)
M020 Fecal Streptococcus
(Membrane FiHration)
M210215 Legionella Detection
M026 Recreational Water Screen
M027 Mvcotoxin Analvsis
M029 Enterococci
11019 Fecal Colifonn
M133 MRSA Analysis
11028 Ctyptococcus 1180formans
Detection
M120 HisiJJp/asme C81J8u/atum
Detection
11033-39 AHergen Testing
11044 Group Allergen
(Cet, Dog, Cockroach, Dustmites)
Other See Analytical Price Guide
Praservatlon Method (Water):
S.
Slanatura of Sampler:
Ah
Sample
Test
Volume/Area
Type
Code
Name of Sampler: Garrett Rodewald

Sample#
Sample Location
tJuldt:Vlr.T ./_
2.112068>
211Z 6696
i3t>x
211Zi.J:;-q
/e/t'~ht>ne
~IIZ6nz
UN.
2112
""'A
6:J-N
AP.
-&,"ozL) 1
/J/dd.
&o/1, B/dt;.
,
2/t2s->32
slaU
lsrm
J$"1()
"' J- .12~
:S_ R .R
211Zt142
2JJZ6U'1
l&itlitl.f 15110
WJ.f
L&'l
S-/tf/7 et,
J 8/d~~ %,.__.Did,. - .&tck lJn!$S. km.
Sta~ ?tJn/x/ R/d,
2112_L6K
2112.048
glt:f~. -p,~'a~g-.i/afinv
Rtdq. - Mdc.J"i-uJP sn~g.l
~ecelved (Client):
I Total# of Samples: rr-
d-.
V
\If
\J
Time:
Date:
_/i.j~JI'-(
=-ants:
Page 1 of _l__ pages
Page 1 Of
,
1
~n-1
66F; ~'i-1.
6r'F ~~/.
6J-"F 6/ ;I.
t5~~
V~'F ~rY-
6u
65"F
b-v.
621-f
6tF
1S (,
ISJ<~
6s-r: 'I" v.66 '~" ~3 /.
t'>'IO
6'14
6g-= s-rr 1.
6~'F ~r/.
63!2._
Client Sample tl (s):

Relinquished (Client):
DataiTlme Collected
OrderID: 091418699
EMSL
ANALYTICAL, INC .
2235 POL VOROS/\ DR., STE 230

SIIN LEANDRO, CA 94577
PHONE: (510) 895-3675
FAX:( 51 0) 895-3680
EMSL ANALYTICAL, INC,

~TOIWo_......._
Additional Pages of the Chain of Custody are only necessary if needed for additional sample information
Sample#
Sample Location
Sample
Type
Test
Code
2112.ULI,2112 60l
~;e
Bldf. - li;ft.LHI.l Sh~
v
v
!Hr
/)11ft) I
lsk
!Jid;.
- Cr44-U/sJOa~
v
,
Z.J/ZU'-11
51P~
2/IZ. tt 11
5/8
IJI.dd./l.m/7 .Jimux ~m.
v
,
21/l 619>
SW-1
.SW-2.
a~"/). h. w. i~ n.tJ .~~2

s,...~ 13/df. ~c"s~
Volume/Area
/5:)#
'
IT
/llllh<l f5S1J 62
Xt.
8td;.Shzge
?I"C/J. />2m.
,
v
Date/Time Collected
lti!O
r;
IUJ<f
1&16
Swal,
/.AJ.?..
S~. 81~:,:. Cnuvl.y'IU.L

r..~
/J7NI
4t
?/0
6l"%, r
6tf'%
,-c%
~Pr~
/tl)
cml.
.f
% h
1631)
------
---
**Comments/Special Instructions
Page
of
pages
loi>I><JIIv 01. ""'':- /~<J'-'clc <: 1 COC- 'i~- 'I /1/C :
Page 2 Of
I'
APPENDIX E
FLOOR PLANS
WITH
SAMPLE LOCATIONS
SAMPLE LOCATION PLAN
...'
..
__.
"'\:
--,
I 'I
I-
'
.J, i' ! J
......
~::.<i i J
1\.
I.r
,_
.,....
l fO
lrl
~~ ~
!a
1/ "~,;
l\ ~ ~
.. ~~
.. "'"
c.... r
'
:!
Vrr
~
,.. ":a.
J 'IT~
J "~
'"
/1='1
... ~
/ lr 1\
"' ~-;
.~
...
~ IV [)
.....
If i' ~
~ 1\
~~
f=l
r-- cl'
' "':
l.J V.E':
"
i.e>
' r--
It'"" ~
1\.! ~ .
..!J
A - !\
..
II r.-tJ
' fi
~ I'J I
,_
~v
r\
......
I'I
r- 0
~~
I~
I~
It
lt'l
\
-~
~
t"'
~ .;
1-
r-- fd
\Ill.
t ~r=c IQ
t~
~ IV
1--
,J.2
I ~~~
11
'""'
~ l\\
I(
I'
'
r
I~ ~;>
t--'
( I~
~
'
til
I~
1\
c~
1.--
~~\
~ I~
"
,-r-
. . 1:'\
J:
\J'
'~
I I
ll 1 l
~~
'
ll
~
~ ~~
"
'.:"
~~
~
r--'"
~
~ I.J
lcl
~
....:.
~
(\1
10'
..."\
[)('l
!'-'
:1
llllil
.....
Client: City of Carmel-by-the-Sea
Project Name : Pre-Reno HazMat
Date: 12tlf-lft14
Location: Forest Theater- S~

Floor No.
8 I d.;, .
Inspector: Garrett Rode"'

Page ( of 2'
P'"iectNo. 14753.0 Tas
C:\Users\AiexS\Oesktop\Survey forms~a - Field Floor Plan.xls
1---
.....I.0
-
:""" . J
a 1J
.,.
k:
i-
r I-It
:!
J
::--:
r-
1\
-"' ~ ~
l~ l
1-1....... !~.-
~ lk
t'l ~-.~
\l i
\
~~
1-
l)..t\
~[4
I!:' ~ 11{ ~ ~ ~'
,;;; 'It' r-"" N ::t
1-1-
I>
~~
r-...
~""'~
19~
I/" r::::-..
~
~
:~
.JI'-l t::.
1---r-.,
~
~
f-
t"-1-'
I~
f-
r-1111:
t.'l
. ~~
I'- P"'
lc
1
1s I I(
r-- ....
!"--
-< ~ _L
1\. P.j
~'11'1
!:"'
~
.~ ~
"
1....
"( ~
-..
I'-
f.-'
""
!"''Il
' _411 /
L1;l
['i
I'
\~
~J
1/.
1\ ~.J
if ~
\~ :\
~ }
l\
..
1\
II'
;;;.
..
I"
r-.
fr
I
;I
~;?.' :..
1....-t--.
1\
a-
..
Ill"' I /:
'
~ ~
; !
!'....;; tll II'=" iJ
I'<: p;
:.. -)
f""J
~ 1.\.
......
I r~
-.,..;
( .,
\loT II /1(
....: ;::
tl
":i! -:;; ':>l. ""ICC'=t'
1'-l ::':. ~ :J ~
IC
....... r
~
~
~ld
I"
Lc
~
tr-~
l!t. l"
r~~~ ~~~\!)
- !3
~ ~
~ ~~
,-
~
t\b
NVIRONMENTAL
ONSULTING LLC

s-YAjl
Location: Forest TheaterFloor No.

AIJ4.
Project No.: 14753.0 Task 1

Date: 12111-'I!J14
Inspector: Garrett Rodewald
Page ..1::_ of ...Z....
C:\Users\AiexS\Desktop\Survey,onns\5a - Field Floor Plan.xls
(13,
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSU~TING LLC
I N
V'jy
11l
ll'
1/,L, k:~
:12B' :7
r..
1/
17
./.1ILl Dr
1\.' II
.., 1I I!J
l't,--
\
r(
1-r"
I f I/J1 ti
\. ~
II
II
....-1- .....,
~ 1-
.....~ c
fJ
!\
,ti [/
I/ ~ fu ' \)~
~m ' !..I
...... ~ ~
I '"' lll
I 1/ t"-,
'r r-..
Cl
'\Iii'\
'
\
~
'
.\ ~ )/
1>-
LI
... ,../
...... /
F- ~,
"
16~
(lUI')
IL ....,
I' l't
l'"lj
,.... /
r--
i'-1
v. ~
. fl
[/
- 1\
'J
I'
H\
P ' t'\
111"1'\
I(
')
,_v
rll
"~

Date: 12/17-18/14
Page I of I
Location: Forest Theater Floor No. C.n~ss ; ,t\ (})tlq.

C:\Users\AiexS\Deskto p\Surve y fonns\5a ~ield Floor Plan.xls
~/

.7' IIJ
'\
><
''
!:' ....
rc tilT
1\.J:/
(13
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSU~TIN G ~~C
frc.
, ~
i/.t
\
1
,....., r\
""'
..
... "
I(
/?0
2
f./
-/':
l ( ~ O}
I-'
a_,}
'-II
v ~) /
(r.... I)
_... If
'/
A"
I/

Location: Forest TheaterFloor No.
o#Jq_
{?tJ )(
PI~.
"'
t1 ;x
/
'(Jt'
'- /
Project No. : 14753.0 Task 1

Date: 12/17-18/14
Page I of 1
C.\Users\AiexS\Desktop\Survey forms\5a- Field Floor Plan.xls
'M
[13
ENVIRONMENTAL
CON SU~TING ~~C
v-: ~
!"? \ ]
K
~
... r'1, l"l
, . . ,.
l/
;:;-\111
.,)
r--- /
~~
l ... r
..._ ,
r1.--'-:
( I II
Jnti
"I ~I'
'.C. 'V
a' i\
~
~
!~
-,~
~,.-;> ~
L. 1r
t1. .,.
(~fl
I ll
1'-I-'
I' ~ "'
;"\
~
'
_~y
I)' P-<
ll f,
I
\ !"" "1
~I,.. I'
I'- v
'r
(~ 1
~ I
lr
If/ '(// 'I
,._
"
i"'4
, \~"-'
r2il'
'
, r-.
I/
r~ W
i'l
I~ ~
. ;:\
:./ ry
Location: Forest Theater

Floor No.
C.n h.J
-s.;r.
01
'g .
Date: 12/17-18/14
Page _f_ of I
C:\Users\AiexS\Deskto p\Survey fonns~5a - Field Floor Plan.xls
i/
-4 . '-
1----'f:\
."
v
1:;::)
(lfl

'
rt'
ll.
")
r--
'~
() i (/
\
'1:::.,.
,l
II .'U
......
1'-"
(13
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTINGLLC
I'-
"
II'
k\
r; ~ i
'
..
le
17
1 ~ 1 ...
ll
' '- fV
1'-
l it
,~ ,
.... .c
rJ ~
/. 'Ji'l
r f ;~I
1'-
v-f
"}
( ~'- '
1/
Jl ~ i ~I llJ
1 l IA IL
'
,./. ~ r.l wrl
V I.; I
L.B!
'\:
'llA 1M': 'lOt n. 1'1
'
I"'
/. ~
~L. 1'/
1;-; ~
{' r1
~~~ V1'
"- l
/, ri
ll
,,.
14 '\tJ 1
v ~~
~
:;... ~
'\
;; c a v
tl
"'
~
~
1...;1
1.;1
'f7
1/. 1'2 1'\
h
rLt'f/
/
1'I
ll
j::7,
I/ VI
'-1/

11..
~,
~
L- ~
II(
!-- V
~ I\
I
I-'
Date: 12/17-18/14
Location: Forest Theater - ~;-h.~m Inspector: Garrett Rodewald
Page _j_ of _f_
Floor No.
B f llfA .
C:\Users\AiexS\Desktop\Survey form~a - Field Floor Plan.xls
lhiA-
(13
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
:/~ N
t'
'I
.....,k-,
~<:::
i-"'
1....-:
" 'J.
I l l\
~~
1'\
v: "'II
II'.
[? ~ r
._.
ri ..:;rJ
\.. ~
1/
~

Location: Forest Theater~/eJ(I)w~
Floor No.
8 Nth
7,;;; ~
1;>,
/
- /
"""'

Date: 12/17-18/14
Page _1_ of I
C:\Users\AlexS\Desk(op\Survey forms\5a - Field Floor Plan.xls
11]3
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSULTING LLC
KEYNOTES
GUADALUPE
STREET
~---
....-......
___......
'! .
'
'
'
n~
-------.......____,
}
ll
/
;'
SANTA
RITA
STREET
- -----
-- --
A0.1B
APPENDIX F
PHOTOGRAPHS
Mold sampling conducted outside the theater building.
Theater building.
Sampling conducted in the theater building seating area.
Theater building back changing room.

Poor drainage in theater building costume storage.
Elevated moisture content in theater building crawlspace.

Sampling conducted in the theater building stage prep room.
Box office building

Phone Booth
Restroom building.
Sampling conducted in the mens restroom.
Concession building
Elevated moisture content noted in the concession building.
Standing water in the concession building.

Stage control building.
Sampling conducted in the stage control building.


Forest Theater - Bid Specifications

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Forest Theater - Bid Specifications

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Bids to be opened at 10:00 A.M.

on Monday, March 30, 2015

For Use With

MEMBERS OF CITY COUNCIL

Douglas J. Schmitz - City Administrator

Instructions to Bidders ..................................................................................................

Bid Proposal Form .........................................................................................................

Bidder's Checklist ..........................................................................................................

Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages ..............................................................

List of Subcontractors ....................................................................................................

Signature Pages for Bid Proposal ...................................................................................

Sample Bidders Bond ....................................................................................................

Attachments (to be Filed after Award) ............................................................................

Special Provisions ..........................................................................................................

Technical Specifications .................................................................................................

Hazardous Materials Survey & Testing Results; and Technical Specifications

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

(FOR CITY USE ONLY)

RESPONSIBLE FOR RESPONSE:

QUESTION (One question per sheet.)_______________________________________________________

One question per page - Duplicate this form as necessary.

Bid Proposal Form

BID PROPOSAL FORM pages 9 through 14.

Fax No. _____________________________

E-Mail address: __________________________________________________________

BIDDER: Name and Address:

Description of & License(s)

Workers Compensation Carrier

Name and Address:

Liability Insurance Carrier

Name and Address:

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,

FOREST THEATER RENOVATION

SAMPLE CONTRACT FORM

Contractors License. Contractor warrants and declares that its California

Contractors license number

is valid, and that its expiration date is

Business License. The Contractors Carmel-by-the-Sea Business license number is

_______________; with an expiration date of ________________.

(Typed or Printed Name)

Faithful Performance Bond

Faithful Performance Bond

Material and Labor Bond

, 2015, before me ____________, a

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official

Material and Labor Bond

FOREST THEATER RENOVATION

ENLARGED SEATING PLAN

SECTION 3. - CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION

SECTION 4. - SCOPE OF WORK

SECTION 5. - CONTROL OF WORK

Damage to any tree during construction shall be immediately reported by the

Drains shall be installed according to City Specifications so as to avoid harm to

No paint thinner, paint, plaster or other liquid or solid excess or waste

Failure to protect or maintain trees on the construction sites is a violation of

SECTION 6. - CONTROL OF MATERIALS

SECTION 7. - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY

Regional Water Quality Control Board.

the Contractor when applicable.

SECTION 8. - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

FOREST THEATER RENOVATIONS

Forest Theater Renovation

Cody Anderson Wasney Architects, Inc.

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP:

_; with an expiration date of __.